WATCHGUARD TECHNOLOGIES INC
S-1/A, 1999-06-29
PREPACKAGED SOFTWARE
Previous: RAILWORKS CORP, S-4/A, 1999-06-29
Next: CONVERGYS CORP, 11-K, 1999-06-29



<PAGE>


  As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 29, 1999
                                                     Registration No. 333-76587
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                      SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                            Washington, D.C. 20549

                                ---------------

                             AMENDMENT NO. 2
                                      TO
                                   FORM S-1
                            REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                     UNDER
                          THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

                                ---------------

                         WATCHGUARD TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
            (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

<TABLE>
 <S>                                 <C>                                <C>
             Delaware                               7372                            91-1712427
   (State or other jurisdiction         (Primary Standard Industrial             (I.R.S. Employer
 of incorporation or organization)      Classification Code Number)            Identification No.)
</TABLE>

                    316 Occidental Avenue South, Suite 200
                           Seattle, Washington 98104
                                (206) 521-8340
  (Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of
                   registrant's principal executive offices)

                                ---------------

                             CHRISTOPHER G. SLATT
         President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board
                         WatchGuard Technologies, Inc.
                    316 Occidental Avenue South, Suite 200
                           Seattle, Washington 98104
                                (206) 521-8340
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code,
                             of agent for service)

                                ---------------

                                  Copies to:
<TABLE>
<S>                                                <C>
                Stephen M. Graham                                   Robert P. Latta
                  Alan C. Smith                                  Patrick J. Schultheis
                  Ann L. McGuire                                 Christian E. Montegut
                 Perkins Coie LLP                           Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati
          1201 Third Avenue, 48th Floor                         Professional Corporation
          Seattle, Washington 98101-3099                           650 Page Mill Road
                  (206) 583-8888                            Palo Alto, California 94304-1050
                                                                     (650) 493-9300
</TABLE>
                                ---------------

  Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as
practicable after this registration statement becomes effective.

  If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on
a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of
1933, check the following box. [_]

  If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following
box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier
effective registration statement for the same offering. [_]
                                                            ---------------

  If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c)
under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box and list the
Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective
registration statement for the same offering. [_]
                                                  ----------------

  If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d)
under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box and list the
Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective
registration statement for the same offering. [_]
                                                   -----------------

  If delivery of this prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434,
please check the following box. [_]

                                ---------------

  The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such dates as
may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant files a
further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement
will thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the
Securities Act of 1933 or until this registration statement becomes effective
on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to Section 8(a), may
determine.

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>

++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
+The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may +
+not sell our common stock until the registration statement filed with the     +
+Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is offering  +
+to sell our common stock, and seeking offers to buy our common stock, only in +
+states where the offer or sale is permitted.                                  +
++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++

                SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED JUNE 29, 1999


                    [LOGO OF WATCHGUARD TECHNOLOGIES, INC.]

                                SHARES OF COMMON STOCK

                                $     per share

  This is the initial public offering of WatchGuard Technologies, Inc. We are
selling            shares of our common stock. In addition, we have granted the
underwriters a 30-day option to purchase up to an additional         shares of
common stock to cover any over-allotments. The selling stockholders listed on
page 60 are selling an additional       shares. We will not receive any of the
proceeds from the sale of shares by the selling stockholders.

  We expect the initial public offering price to be between $  and $  per
share. We have requested quotation of our common stock on the Nasdaq National
Market under the symbol WGRD.

  Investing in this stock involves significant risks. See "Risk Factors"
beginning on page 6.

                                  -----------

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              Total
                                                  -----------------------------
                                                     Without          With
                                        Per Share Over-Allotment Over-Allotment
                                        --------- -------------- --------------
<S>                                     <C>       <C>            <C>
Price to Public.......................    $            $              $
Underwriting Discounts & Commissions..
WatchGuard's Proceeds, Before
 Expenses.............................
Selling Stockholders' Proceeds, Before
 Expenses.............................
</TABLE>

                                  -----------

  Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities
commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if
this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is
a criminal offense.

Dain Rauscher Wessels
 a division of Dain Rauscher Incorporated

                   Warburg Dillon Read LLC

                                      SoundView Technology Group

                                                         Wit Capital Corporation

                                        , 1999
<PAGE>


GATEFOLD ARTWORK DESCRIPTION TEXT:

The WatchGuard LiveSecurity Internet Broadcast Service

     How it Works:

     1.   WatchGuard LiveSecurity Broadcast Service--WatchGuard's team of
security experts broadcast alerts, threat responses and security software
updates via the Internet directly to security managers at subscribing SME
customers and to ISP network operation centers (NOC).

     2.   Security Policy Management--Easy-to-use monitoring and reporting tools
enable SME customers to configure their security systems, implement security
policies and monitor all of their protected offices. In the NOC, specially
designed scalable software enables ISPs to centrally track, configure, update
and individually monitor thousands of managed security customers.

     3.   Comprehensive Security Protection--The standard security suite
includes:

          .   Firewall
          .   User authentication
          .   Remote User VPN
          .   Branch Office VPN
          .   Web surfing control

          ISP's may easily extend the standard security suite by bundling their
own value-added services, such as intrusion, detection, 24-hour monitoring and
expanded reporting and analysis.

     4.   WatchGuard Firebox--Easily installed into the SME or managed
customer's existing network, the WatchGuard Firebox simply plugs in between the
Internet router and the internal network of each office. This dedicated security
appliance implements the customer's security policies and protection.

WatchGuard LiveSecurity System.

     The WatchGuard LiveSecurity System is used by small- to medium-sized
enterprises (SME) that use the Internet for e-business and communications.

     Some current customers are:

     .   Norm Thompson Outfitters, Inc.
     .   Bolle' Inc.
     .   JDA Sofware Group, Inc.
     .   Unimed Pharmaceuticals, Inc.
     .   Boston Architectural Center

WatchGuard LiveSecurity for MSS

     WatchGuard LiveSecurity for MSS (Managed Security Services) is used by
Internet service providers (ISPs) to deliver the LiveSecurity protection to
their SME business, government and education customers around the world.

     Some current ISPs:

     .   AT&T EasyLink Services Asia/Pacific, Ltd.
     .   GTE Internetworking, Inc.
     .   PSINet Inc.
     .   Verio, Inc.

================================================================================
Diagram:  The WatchGuard LiveSecurity Internet Broadcast Service
================================================================================
Graphics:

     Diagram showing WatchGuard LiveSecurity broadcasts going through the
Internet to:

     (1)   A Firebox and then to the security manager at SME headquarters. From
the security manager, the broadcast goes to Fireboxes at SME branch offices.

     (2)   An ISP network operations center. From the ISP security manager, the
broadcast goes to Fireboxes on the premises of the ISP's subscribing SME
customers. Behind the diagram is an outline of a world map.

<PAGE>


                               TABLE OF CONTENTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                      Page                                                Page
                                      ----                                                ----
<S>                                   <C>           <C>                                   <C>
Prospectus Summary..................    3           Business............................   31
Risk Factors........................    6           Management..........................   50
Forward-Looking Statements..........   14           Related-Party Transactions..........   58
Use of Proceeds.....................   15           Principal and Selling Stockholders..   60
Dividend Policy.....................   15           Description of Capital Stock........   63
Capitalization......................   16           Shares Eligible for Future Sale.....   67
Dilution............................   17           Underwriting........................   69
Selected Financial Data.............   18           Legal Matters.......................   71
Management's Discussion and Analysis                Experts.............................   71
 of Financial Condition and Results                 Where You Can Find More
 of Operations......................   19            Information........................   71
                                                    Index to Financial Statements.......  F-1
</TABLE>
<PAGE>

                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

  This summary highlights information that we present more fully in the rest of
this prospectus. This summary does not contain all the information you should
consider before buying shares in this offering. You should read the entire
prospectus carefully.

                         WatchGuard Technologies, Inc.

  WatchGuard is a leading provider of dynamic, comprehensive Internet security
solutions designed to protect small- to medium-sized enterprises, or SMEs--
those businesses, governmental entities and educational institutions with fewer
than 1,000 employees--that use the Internet for electronic commerce and
communications. Our innovative LiveSecurity solution enables SMEs to keep their
security systems current with minimal effort through our broadcast of threat
responses, software updates and information alerts over the Internet.
LiveSecurity is made possible through an updatable security appliance that
executes software sent from a remote management system that receives our
LiveSecurity broadcasts. Our solution is a fully integrated, easy-to-install
package featuring a firewall, virtual private networking, user authentication
and web surfing control.

  We provide SMEs a security management choice through our two product
offerings, the LiveSecurity System and LiveSecurity for MSS, or managed
security service. Our LiveSecurity System enables SMEs to manage their own
Internet security with an easy-to-configure solution that provides point-and-
click security management and advanced real-time graphical monitoring of
network traffic. The LiveSecurity System allows SMEs to rapidly distribute
security protection from a desktop personal computer to all security appliances
on their corporate network, while retaining centralized control and
administration. Alternatively, SMEs can outsource their security management to
Internet service providers, or ISPs, that have implemented our LiveSecurity for
MSS. Through LiveSecurity for MSS, SMEs can sign up with an ISP to centrally
configure, monitor and update the SME's network security. For the ISP, our
technology greatly improves the economics of managed security services through
a scalable delivery platform that enables the ISP to remotely configure and
manage thousands of customer sites quickly, easily and economically.

  We initially incorporated in Washington in 1996 and reincorporated in
Delaware in 1997. References to "we," "our," "us" and "WatchGuard" in this
prospectus refer to WatchGuard Technologies, Inc. and its predecessor. Our
executive offices are located at 316 Occidental Avenue South, Suite 200,
Seattle, Washington 98104, and our telephone number is (206) 521-8340. Our web
site is located at http://www.watchguard.com. Any information that is included
on or linked to our web site is not a part of this prospectus.

  We own or have rights to various trademarks and trade names used in our
business. These include WatchGuard(R), Firebox(TM) and LiveSecurity(TM). This
prospectus also includes trademarks, service marks and trade names of other
companies, which remain the property of their owners.

                                       3
<PAGE>

                                  The Offering

<TABLE>
<S>                                            <C>
Common stock offered by WatchGuard...........            shares

Common stock offered by the selling
 stockholders................................            shares

Common stock to be outstanding after this
 offering....................................            shares

Use of proceeds..............................  For repayment of debt, working capital and
                                               other general corporate purposes

Proposed Nasdaq National Market symbol.......  WGRD
</TABLE>

  The number of shares of outstanding common stock is based on shares
outstanding on April 30, 1999, and excludes

  . 1,952,910 shares available for grant under our stock option plan;

  . 5,757,880 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of options
    outstanding under our stock option plan, at a weighted average exercise
    price of $1.03 per share, of which options to purchase 2,009,254 shares
    are currently exercisable;

  . 245,000 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of warrants
    outstanding at a weighted average exercise price of $0.32 per share, all
    of which are currently exercisable; and

  . 600,000 shares of common stock available for issuance under our employee
    stock purchase plan.

                                ----------------

  Except where stated otherwise, the information we present in this prospectus
assumes (1) the conversion of all outstanding shares of convertible preferred
stock into 13,425,316 shares of common stock at the closing of this offering,
(2) the exercise before the closing of this offering of warrants issued on
March 9, 1999, to purchase 42,856 shares of common stock at an exercise price
of $7.00 per share, (3) no exercise by the underwriters of their over-allotment
option, (4) a 2-for-1 split of our common stock effected on      , 1999, and
(5) the filing and effectiveness of our restated certificate of incorporation
approved by our board of directors on May 26, 1999 and by our stockholders on
May 27, 1999.

  You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus. We have
not authorized anyone to give you any different information or representations.
We are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, shares of our common stock
only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. The information in
this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless
of the time of delivery of this prospectus or any sale of our common stock.


                                       4
<PAGE>

                             Summary Financial Data
                     (In thousands, except per share data)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                             Period From
                            February 14,
                                1996          Year Ended       Three Months
                             (Inception)     December 31,     Ended March 31,
                           to December 31, -----------------  ----------------
                                1996        1997      1998     1998     1999
                           --------------- -------  --------  -------  -------
                                                                (unaudited)
<S>                        <C>             <C>      <C>       <C>      <C>
Statement of Operations
 Data:
Total revenues...........       $ 331      $ 5,098  $ 11,379  $ 2,034  $ 3,938
Operating loss...........        (462)      (4,396)   (9,000)  (1,401)  (3,129)
Net loss.................        (468)      (4,334)   (9,119)  (1,424)  (3,213)
Basic and diluted net
 loss per share..........         N/A      $(17.17) $ (11.34) $ (2.23) $ (2.28)
Shares used in
 calculation of basic and
 diluted net loss per
 share...................         N/A          252       804      639    1,407
Pro forma basic and
 diluted net loss per
 share...................                           $  (0.68)          $ (0.22)
Shares used in
 calculation of pro forma
 basic and diluted net
 loss per share..........                             13,374            14,832
</TABLE>

See note 6 of Notes to Financial Statements for information concerning the
calculation of pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         March 31, 1999
                                                  ------------------------------
                                                                      Pro Forma
                                                  Actual   Pro Forma as Adjusted
                                                  -------  --------- -----------
<S>                                               <C>      <C>       <C>
Balance Sheet Data:
Cash and cash equivalents........................ $ 2,046   $2,346      $
Working capital (deficit)........................  (3,449)  (3,149)
Total assets.....................................  10,101   10,401
Long-term debt, less current portion.............     --       --        --
Total stockholders' equity (deficit).............  (1,915)  (1,615)
</TABLE>

The preceding table summarizes

  . actual balance sheet data;

  . pro forma balance sheet data to give effect to the conversion of all
    outstanding preferred stock into 13,425,316 shares of common stock and
    the issuance of 42,856 shares of common stock upon the exercise of
    warrants issued on March 9, 1999 at an exercise price of $7.00 per share;
    and

  . pro forma balance sheet data as adjusted to give effect to the sale by
    WatchGuard of            shares of common stock offered through this
    prospectus at an assumed initial public offering price of $           per
    share, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and
    estimated offering expenses.

                                       5
<PAGE>

                                  RISK FACTORS

  In addition to the other information contained in this prospectus, you should
carefully read and consider the following risk factors before purchasing our
common stock. If any of these risks actually occur, our business, financial
condition or operating results could be adversely affected. In that case, the
trading price of our common stock could decline and you could lose all or part
of your investment.

We have incurred losses since inception and may never be profitable, which
could result in a decline in the value of our common stock and a loss of your
investment.

  We expect our operating losses and negative cash flows to continue. Although
our revenues have increased each year since we began operations, we may be
unable to sustain any revenue growth in the future. We may never generate
profits, and if we do become profitable, we may be unable to sustain or
increase profitability on a quarterly or annual basis. As a result, the trading
price of our common stock could decline and you could lose all or part of your
investment. We have incurred net losses and experienced negative cash flows in
each quarter since we began doing business. As of March 31, 1999, we had an
accumulated deficit of approximately $17.1 million.

Our operating results fluctuate and could fall below expectations of securities
analysts and investors, resulting in a decrease in our stock price.

  Our quarterly and yearly operating results have varied widely in the past and
will probably continue to fluctuate. In addition, our limited operating history
makes predicting our future performance difficult. Our operating results for a
particular quarter or year are likely to fall below the expectations of
securities analysts and investors, which could result in a decrease in our
stock price. We believe that period-to-period comparisons of our operating
results are not meaningful. Numerous factors contribute to the unpredictability
of our operating results, including

  .  changing demand for our products and services;

  .  changing product and price competition; and

  .  the timing of the announcement, introduction and market acceptance of
     new or enhanced products and services by us or our competitors.

  We base our spending levels for product development, sales and marketing, and
other operating expenses largely on our expected future revenues. Because our
expenses are largely fixed for a particular quarter or year, we may be unable
to adjust our spending in time to compensate for any unexpected quarterly or
annual shortfall in revenues.

  In addition, our domestic and international sales tend to be lower in the
summer months, when businesses often defer purchasing decisions. Also, as a
result of customer buying patterns and the efforts of our sales force to meet
or exceed quarterly and year-end quotas, we generally earn a substantial
portion of a quarter's revenues during its last month and, within that month,
during the last two weeks. We expect this concentration of revenues to
continue. If expected revenues at the end of any quarter are delayed, our
revenues for that quarter could fall below the expectations of securities
analysts and investors.


                                       6
<PAGE>


Because many potential SME customers are unaware of the need for Internet
security or may perceive it as costly and difficult to implement, our products
and services may not achieve market acceptance.

  We believe that many potential customers, particularly SMEs, are not fully
aware of the need for Internet security products and services. Historically,
only enterprises having substantial resources have developed or purchased
Internet security solutions. Also, there is a perception that Internet security
is costly and difficult to implement. We will therefore not succeed unless we
can educate our market about the need for Internet security and convince SMEs
of our ability to provide this security in a cost-effective and
administratively feasible manner. Although we have spent, and will continue to
spend, considerable resources educating potential customers about the need for
Internet security and the benefits of our products and services, our efforts
may be unsuccessful.

If SMEs do not accept our innovative LiveSecurity products and services, our
business will not succeed.

  We currently expect all future revenues to be generated through sales of our
LiveSecurity Internet security products and related services, particularly
subscription and license fees. Our success depends on market acceptance of our
LiveSecurity products and services and our ability and the ability of our ISP
partners to obtain and retain LiveSecurity customers. Our LiveSecurity products
and services, however, are new and unproven. The broadcast portion of our
LiveSecurity products has been available only since February 1999, and our
LiveSecurity for MSS product has been available only since September 1998. To
receive our broadcasts, enterprises will be required to pay an annual
subscription fee, either to us or, if they obtain LiveSecurity through an ISP,
to the ISP. We are not aware of any other Internet security product that allows
enterprises to keep their security solution current by receiving broadcasts of
software updates and related information over the Internet. SMEs may be
unwilling to pay a subscription fee to keep their Internet security up to date.
In addition, most businesses implementing security services have managed their
own Internet security rather than seeking the services of third-party service
providers. Our products and services and the outsourcing of Internet security
to third parties may not achieve significant market acceptance.

If our newly established and unproven relationships with ISPs are unsuccessful,
our ability to market and sell our products and services will be limited.

  We expect a substantial percentage of our revenues to be derived from our
contractual relationships with several domestic and international ISPs which
have agreed to implement our LiveSecurity for MSS solution. If these ISPs are
unsuccessful in marketing and implementing our LiveSecurity for MSS solution,
our operating results will be materially harmed. Because our relationships with
the ISPs are new, we cannot predict whether the ISPs will succeed in marketing
and selling services based on our products and services. The ISPs have not had
an opportunity to fully develop and implement service offerings incorporating
LiveSecurity and we cannot predict how long they will take to complete this
development and implementation. Until and unless this development and
implementation is achieved, our revenues from ISPs will be limited. If the ISPs
fail to provide adequate installation, deployment and support of our products
and services, end-users could decide not to subscribe, or cease subscribing,
for managed services that use our solution. The ISPs will offer our products in
combination with other products and services, some of which may be competitive
with our products and services.

                                       7
<PAGE>


If our third-party resellers and distributors fail to perform, our ability to
sell our products and services will be limited.

  We sell our products and services through value-added resellers and
distributors, and we expect our success to continue to depend in large part on
their performance. Our resellers and distributors have the ability to sell
products and services that are competitive with ours and to devote more
resources to those competitive products. While no single reseller or
distributor currently accounts for more than 10% of our total revenues, the
loss of or reduction in sales to several value-added resellers or a
distributor, particularly to competitive products offered by other companies,
could adversely affect our revenues.

Product returns or retroactive price adjustments could exceed our allowances,
which could adversely affect our operating results.

  We provide some of our distributors and resellers with product return rights
for stock rotation. We also provide some of our distributors and resellers with
price protection rights for inventories of our products held by those
distributors or resellers if we lower our prices for those products. We may
experience significant returns and price adjustments for which we may not have
adequate allowances. The short life cycles of our products and the difficulty
of predicting future sales increase the risk that new product introductions or
price reductions by us or our competitors could result in significant product
returns or price adjustments. In September 1998, when we introduced the latest
version of our security appliance, we experienced an increase in returns.
Provisions for returns and allowances for the years ended December 31, 1997 and
1998 and for the three months ended March 31, 1999 were $0, $1,655,000 and
$400,000, or 0%, 14% and 9% of total revenues before returns and allowances.


If we are unable to compete successfully in the highly competitive market for
Internet security products and services, our business will fail.

  The market for Internet security products is intensely competitive and we
expect competition to intensify in the future. We may be unable to compete
successfully against our current and future competitors. An increase in
competitive pressures in our market or our failure to compete effectively may
result in pricing reductions, reduced gross margins and loss of market share.

  Currently, the dominant competitor in our industry is Check Point Software
Technologies Ltd. Other current and potential competitors include hardware,
software and operating system vendors such as Axent Technologies, Inc., Cisco
Systems, Inc., Lucent Technologies, Inc., Microsoft Corporation, Network
Associates, Inc., Novell, Inc., Sun Microsystems, Inc. and a number of smaller
companies. Our competitors may develop security products or implement services
that are comparable or superior to our current or future products and services.
In addition, our competitors may bundle products competitive with ours with
other products that they may sell to our current or potential customers. These
customers may accept these bundled products rather than separately purchasing
our products.

  Many of our current competitors have longer operating histories, greater name
recognition, larger customer bases and significantly greater financial,
technical, marketing and other resources than we do. As a result, they may be
able to adapt more quickly to new technologies and customer

                                       8
<PAGE>

needs, devote greater resources to the promotion or sale of their products and
services, initiate or withstand substantial price competition, take advantage
of acquisition or other opportunities more readily or develop and expand their
product and service offerings more quickly.

Rapid changes in technology and industry standards could render our products
and services unmarketable or obsolete, and we may be unable to introduce new
products and services timely and successfully.

  To succeed, we must continually change and improve our products in response
to rapid technological developments and changes in operating systems, Internet
access and communications, application and networking software, computer and
communications hardware, programming tools, computer language technology and
hacker techniques. We may be unable to successfully and timely develop these
new products and services or achieve and maintain market acceptance. The
development of new, technologically advanced products and services is a complex
and uncertain process requiring great innovation and the ability to anticipate
technological and market trends. Because Internet security technology is
complex, it can require long development and testing periods. Releasing new
products and services prematurely may result in quality problems, and releasing
them late may result in loss of customer confidence and market share. In the
past, we have on occasion experienced delays in the scheduled introduction of
new and enhanced products and services, and we may experience delays in the
future. When we do introduce new or enhanced products and services, we may be
unable to manage the transition from the older products and services to
minimize disruption in customer ordering patterns, avoid excessive inventories
of older products and deliver enough new products and services to meet customer
demand.

We may be required to defend lawsuits or pay damages in connection with the
alleged or actual failure of our products and services.

  Because our products and services provide and monitor Internet security and
may protect valuable information, we may face claims for product liability,
tort or breach of warranty relating to our products and services. Anyone who
circumvents our security measures could misappropriate the confidential
information or other property of end-users using our products and services or
interrupt their operations. If that happens, affected end-users or ISPs may sue
us. In addition, we may face liability for breaches caused by faulty
installation of our products by resellers or end-users. Although we attempt to
reduce the risk of losses from claims through contractual warranty disclaimers
and liability limitations, these provisions may be unenforceable. Some courts,
for example, have found contractual limitations of liability in standard
software licenses to be unenforceable because the licensee does not sign them.
Defending a suit, regardless of its merit, could be costly and could divert
management attention. Although we currently maintain business liability
insurance, this coverage may be inadequate or may be unavailable in the future
on acceptable terms, if at all.

A breach of security could harm public perception of our products and services.

  We will not succeed unless the marketplace is confident that we provide
effective Internet security protection. Even networks protected by our software
products may be vulnerable to electronic break-ins and computer viruses. If an
actual or perceived breach of Internet security occurs in an SME end-user's
systems, regardless of whether the breach is attributable to us, the market
perception of the efficacy of our products and services could be harmed. This
could cause us and our ISP partners to lose current and potential customers or
cause us to lose potential resellers, distributors and ISP partners. Because
the techniques used by computer hackers to access or sabotage networks change
frequently and generally are not recognized until launched against a target, we
may be unable to anticipate these techniques.

                                       9
<PAGE>

If we are unable to prevent attacks on our internal network system by computer
hackers, public perception of our products and services will be harmed.

  Because we provide Internet security, we have become a greater target of
attacks by computer hackers. We have experienced attacks by computer hackers in
the past and expect attacks to continue. If attacks on our internal network
system are successful, public perception of our products and services will be
harmed.

Failure to address strain on our resources caused by our rapid growth will
result in our inability to effectively manage our business.

  Our current systems, management and resources will be inadequate if we
continue to grow. Our business has grown rapidly in size and complexity in the
last three years. This rapid expansion has placed significant strain on our
administrative, operational and financial resources and has resulted in ever-
increasing responsibilities for our management personnel. We will be unable to
effectively manage our business if we are unable to timely and successfully
alleviate the strain on our resources caused by our rapid growth.

We may be unable to adequately expand our operational systems to accommodate
growth, which could harm our ability to deliver our products and services.

  Our operational systems have not been tested at the customer volumes that may
be required in the future. We may encounter performance difficulties when
operating with a substantially greater number of customers. In implementing our
LiveSecurity products, we have experienced periodic interruptions affecting all
or a portion of our systems, and we believe that interruptions will continue to
occur from time to time. These interruptions could harm our ability to deliver
our products and services. An inability to add software and hardware or to
develop and upgrade existing technology or operational systems to handle
increased traffic may cause unanticipated system disruptions, slower response
times and poor customer service, including problems filling customer orders.

We may be unable to adequately protect our operational systems from damage,
failure or interruption, which could harm our reputation and our ability to
attract and retain customers.

  Our operations, customer service, reputation and ability to attract and
retain customers depend on the uninterrupted operation of our operational
systems. Although we have off-site backup facilities and take other precautions
to prevent damage, failure or interruption of our systems, our precautions may
be inadequate. Any damage, failure or interruption of our computer or
communications systems could lead to service interruptions, delays, loss of
data and inability to accept and fill customer orders and provide customers
with LiveSecurity updates.

We may be unable to deliver our products and services if we cannot continue to
license third-party technology that is important for the functionality of our
products.

  Our success will depend in part on our continued ability to license
technology that is important for the functionality of our products. Third-party
technology licenses may be unavailable to us in the future on acceptable terms,
if at all. Although we believe that we could find other sources for at least
some of the technologies we license, a significant interruption in the supply
of a third-party technology could delay our development and sales until we can
find, license and integrate equivalent technology. This could damage our brand
and result in loss of current and potential customers. Additionally,
alternative technologies may be unavailable on acceptable terms, if at all. We
depend

                                       10
<PAGE>

on our third-party licensers to deliver reliable, high-quality products,
develop new products on a timely and cost-effective basis and respond to
evolving technology and changes in industry standards. The third-party software
currently used in our products may become obsolete or incompatible with future
versions of our products.

We may be unable to deliver our products and services if our single-source
manufacturers fail to supply hardware with acceptable quality, quantity and
cost.

  We outsource all of our hardware manufacturing and assembly to one
motherboard manufacturer and one assembly house. While these single-source
vendors have produced hardware with acceptable quality, quantity and cost in
the past, they may be unable to meet our future demands. Although we believe
that we could find another manufacturer and assembly house, our operations
could be disrupted if we have to switch to a replacement vendor or if our
hardware supply is interrupted for an extended period. This could result in
loss of customer orders and revenue.

We may have to reduce or cease operations if we are unable to obtain the
funding necessary to meet our working capital requirements.

  Our future revenues may be insufficient to support the expenses of our
operations and the expansion of our business. We may therefore need additional
equity or debt capital to finance our operations. If we are unable to generate
sufficient cash flow from operations or obtain funds through additional
financing, we may have to reduce some or all of our development and sales and
marketing efforts or cease operations. We believe that the net proceeds from
this offering, together with our existing cash balances and our existing lines
of credit, should be sufficient to meet our capital requirements for at least
the next 18 months. Our capital requirements depend on several factors,
however, including the rate of market acceptance of our products and services,
our ability to expand our customer base and the growth of our sales and
marketing capabilities. If our capital requirements vary from our current
plans, we may require additional financing sooner than we anticipate. Financing
may be unavailable to us when needed or on acceptable terms.

We may be unable to adequately protect our proprietary rights, which may limit
our ability to compete effectively.

  Despite our efforts to protect our proprietary rights, unauthorized parties
may misappropriate or infringe on our trade secrets, copyrights, trademarks,
service marks and similar proprietary rights. We face additional risk when
conducting business in countries that have poorly developed or inadequately
enforced intellectual property laws. While we are unable to determine the
extent to which piracy of our software products exists, we expect piracy to be
a continuing concern, particularly in international markets and as a result of
the growing use of the Internet. In any event, competitors may independently
develop similar or superior technologies or duplicate the technologies we have
developed, which could substantially limit the value of our intellectual
property.

Intellectual property claims and litigation could subject us to significant
liability for damages and invalidation of our proprietary rights.

  In the future, we may have to resort to litigation to protect our
intellectual property rights, to protect our trade secrets or to determine the
validity and scope of the proprietary rights of others. Any litigation,
regardless of its success, would probably be costly and require significant
time and attention of our key management and technical personnel. Litigation
could also force us to

  . stop or delay selling, incorporating or using products that incorporate
    the challenged intellectual property;

                                       11
<PAGE>

  . pay damages;

  . enter into licensing or royalty agreements, which may be unavailable on
    acceptable terms; or

  . redesign products or services that incorporate infringing technology.

Although we have not been sued for intellectual property infringement, we may
face infringement claims from third parties in the future. The software
industry has seen frequent litigation over intellectual property rights, and we
expect that participants in the Internet security industry will be increasingly
subject to infringement claims as the number of products, services and
competitors grows and functionality of products and services overlaps.

Undetected product errors or defects could result in loss of revenues, delayed
market acceptance and claims against us.

  Our products and services may contain undetected errors or defects,
especially when first released. Despite extensive testing, some errors are
discovered only after a product has been installed and used by customers. Any
errors discovered after commercial release could result in loss of revenues or
claims against us.

Governmental controls over the export or import of encryption technology could
cause us to lose sales.

  Any additional governmental regulation of imports or exports or failure to
obtain required export approval of our encryption technologies could adversely
affect our international and domestic sales. The United States and various
foreign governments have imposed controls, export license requirements and
restrictions on the import or export of certain technologies, especially
encryption technology. For example, the imposition of governmental regulations
requiring the escrow and governmental recovery of private encryption keys, as
has been proposed from time to time by various U.S. law enforcement agencies,
could have an adverse effect on the acceptance and use of encryption products
and public networks for secure communications. This, in turn, could result in
decreased demand for our products and services.

  In addition, some foreign competitors are subject to less stringent controls
on exporting their encryption technologies. As a result, they may be able to
compete more effectively than we can in the United States and international
Internet security market.

If we do not retain our key employees, our ability to execute our business
strategy will be impaired.

  Our future success will depend largely on the efforts and abilities of our
senior management and our key development, technical, operations, information
systems, customer support and sales and marketing personnel and our ability to
retain them. These employees are not obligated to continue their employment
with us and may leave us at any time.

The year 2000 computer problem could disrupt our operations.

  Year 2000 compliance efforts may involve significant time and expense, and
uncorrected problems could disrupt our ability to accept or fill customer
orders and provide LiveSecurity updates. Computer systems, software and
computer chips embedded in products that use only two digits to store dates in
their year code fields are incapable of distinguishing 21st century dates from
20th century dates. As a result, many computers, programs and chips are unable
to process date-related

                                       12
<PAGE>

information beyond December 31, 1999. Unless they are upgraded to process date
information correctly, they will fail or produce erroneous results when the
century changes on January 1, 2000.

  Although we believe that the current versions of the internally developed
software technologies incorporated in our products and services are year 2000
compliant, we may face claims based on year 2000 issues arising from third-
party products that we integrate into our products and services or with which
our systems and products exchange data. If our suppliers, vendors or
distributors fail to timely correct their own year 2000 software, firmware and
hardware problems, or if any of them convert to a system that is incompatible
with our systems, our ability to deliver our products and services could be
disrupted. In addition, our year 2000 compliance plan may not adequately
address any year 2000 issues relating to our internal management information
and other systems. We may also experience reduced sales of our products and
services as potential customers reduce their budgets for Internet security
because of their own expenditures for year 2000 compliance. See "Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations --
 Year 2000 Compliance."

You may be unable to resell your shares at or above the initial public offering
price, and the price of our stock is likely to be volatile.

  Before this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock.
An active trading market may not develop or be sustained following this
offering. The initial public offering price of our common stock, which will be
determined through negotiations between us and the representatives of our
underwriters, may not be indicative of future market prices. See "Underwriting"
for a discussion of the factors to be considered in determining the initial
public offering price. You may be unable to resell your shares at or above the
initial public offering price due to a number of factors, including

  . actual or anticipated variations in quarterly or annual operating
    results;

  . changes in analysts' earning projections or analysts' recommendations;

  . our inability to successfully implement our business strategy;

  . changes in business conditions affecting our customers, our competitors
    and us; and

  . changes in accounting standards that adversely affect our revenues and
    earnings.

  In recent years, moreover, the stock market in general and the market for
Internet-related technology companies in particular have experienced extreme
price and volume fluctuations, often unrelated to the operating performance of
the affected companies. Our common stock may experience such fluctuations in
price, regardless of our performance. Market fluctuations or volatility could
cause the market price of our common stock to decline.

Future sales of our common stock may depress our stock price.

  Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public
market following this offering could adversely affect the market price of our
common stock. After this offering, we will have outstanding            shares
of common stock. All the shares sold in this offering will be freely tradable.
The remaining shares of common stock outstanding after this offering will be
available for sale in the public market as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     Number of
                     Date of Availability for Sale                     Shares
                     -----------------------------                   ----------
     <S>                                                             <C>
     90 days after the date of this prospectus.....................     227,776
     180 days after the date of this prospectus....................  14,651,730
     At various times after 180 days, when one-year holding periods
      expire.......................................................      42,856
</TABLE>

                                       13
<PAGE>

                           FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

  Some of our statements in this prospectus, including those under the captions
"Prospectus Summary," "Risk Factors," "Use of Proceeds," "Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and
"Business," are forward-looking statements that involve risks and
uncertainties. These forward-looking statements include statements about our
plans, objectives, expectations, intentions, future financial performance and
other statements that are not historical facts. We use words such as
anticipates, believes, expects, future and intends, and similar expressions to
identify forward-looking statements, but the absence of these words does not
mean that the statement is not forward-looking. You should not unduly rely on
these forward-looking statements, which apply only as of the date of this
prospectus. Our actual results could differ materially from those anticipated
in the forward-looking statements for many reasons, including the risks
described under "Risk Factors."

                                       14
<PAGE>

                                USE OF PROCEEDS

  We expect to receive approximately $  million in net proceeds from the sale
of the     shares of common stock sold by us in this offering, assuming an
initial public offering price of
$   per share, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and
commissions and expenses to be paid by us. Our net proceeds will be
approximately $  million if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment
option in full. We will not receive any proceeds from shares being sold by the
selling stockholders.

  We plan to use approximately $3.0 million of the net proceeds from this
offering to repay all debt to entities affiliated with Matrix IV Management
Co., L.P., OVMC III, L.P. and OVMC IV, LLC. As of March 31, 1999, the
outstanding principal balance on this loan was $3.0 million. This debt matures
on March 9, 2000 and bears interest at the rate of 6% per year.

  In addition, we intend to use up to approximately $2.25 million of the net
proceeds to repay our bridge loan facility with Silicon Valley Bank. As of June
1, 1999, the outstanding principal balance on this loan was $1.0 million. This
debt matures on the earlier of the closing date of our initial public offering
or August 26, 1999 and bears interest at the prime rate plus 2% per year.

  We intend to use the remainder of the net proceeds primarily for additional
working capital and other general corporate purposes. The amounts that we
actually spend for working capital purposes will vary significantly depending
on a number of factors, including any future revenue growth, the amount of cash
we generate from operations and the progress of our product development
efforts. Although we have no present plans, agreements or proposals to do so,
we may also use a portion of the net proceeds to license or acquire new
products or technologies or to acquire or invest in businesses complementary to
our own. As a result, we will retain broad discretion in allocating the net
proceeds from this offering. Pending their use, we will invest the net proceeds
in short-term, interest-bearing, investment-grade securities.

                                DIVIDEND POLICY

  We have never paid cash dividends on our common stock. We currently intend to
retain any future earnings to fund the development and growth of our business.
Therefore, we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends. In any event, our
line of credit agreement with Silicon Valley Bank prohibits the payment of
dividends without the bank's prior written consent.

                                       15
<PAGE>

                                 CAPITALIZATION

  The following table shows

  .  our actual capitalization on March 31, 1999;

  .  our pro forma capitalization assuming the conversion of all outstanding
     preferred stock into 13,425,316 shares of common stock and the issuance
     of 42,856 shares of common stock upon the exercise of warrants issued
     March 9, 1999 at an exercise price of $7.00 per share;

  .  our pro forma capitalization as adjusted to reflect the sale by us of
          shares of common stock at an assumed initial public offering price
     of $     per share, after deducting underwriting discounts and
     commissions and estimated expenses we expect to pay.

You should read this table in conjunction with "Management's Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations," our historical
financial statements and the notes to the financial statements included in this
prospectus.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       March 31, 1999
                                              ---------------------------------
                                                                     Pro Forma
                                               Actual    Pro Forma  As Adjusted
                                              --------  ----------- -----------
                                                        (unaudited)
                                                (In thousands, except share
                                                           data)
<S>                                           <C>       <C>         <C>
Stockholders' equity:
  Preferred stock: 10,000,000 shares
   authorized; 6,712,658 shares issued and
   outstanding, actual; no shares issued and
   outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as
   adjusted.................................. $      6   $     --    $     --
  Common stock: 80,000,000 shares authorized;
   1,441,614 shares issued and outstanding,
   actual; 14,909,786 shares issued and
   outstanding, pro forma;        shares
   issued and outstanding, pro forma as
   adjusted..................................        1         13
  Paid-in-capital............................   16,586     16,880
  Deferred stock-based compensation..........   (1,374)    (1,374)     (1,374)
  Accumulated deficit........................  (17,134)   (17,134)    (17,134)
                                              --------   --------    --------
    Total capitalization..................... $ (1,915)  $ (1,615)   $
                                              ========   ========    ========
</TABLE>

The number of shares of common stock issued and outstanding excludes

  .  2,494,974 shares available for grant under our stock option plan;

  .  5,228,398 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of options
     outstanding under our stock option plan, at a weighted average exercise
     price of $0.38 per share, of which options to purchase 1,901,650 shares
     are currently exercisable;

  .  245,000 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of warrants
     outstanding at a weighted average exercise price of $0.32 per share, all
     of which are currently exercisable; and

  .  600,000 shares of common stock available for issuance under our employee
     stock purchase plan.

                                       16
<PAGE>

                                    DILUTION

  If you invest in our common stock, your interest will be diluted to the
extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share
and the net tangible book value per share after this offering. We calculate net
tangible book value per share by dividing the net tangible book value, which is
total assets less intangible assets and total liabilities, by the number of
outstanding shares of common stock.

  Our pro forma net tangible book value at March 31, 1999, after giving effect
to the conversion of all outstanding preferred stock into common stock and the
issuance of 42,856 shares of common stock upon the exercise of warrants issued
March 9, 1999 at an exercise price of $7.00 per share, was a deficit of
$1,615,000, or $0.11 per share of common stock. After giving effect to the sale
of     shares of common stock by us offered through this prospectus at an
assumed initial public offering price of $  per share, less underwriting
discounts and commissions and estimated expenses we expect to pay, our net
tangible book value at March 31, 1999 would have been $  million, or $  per
share. This represents an immediate increase in the net tangible book value of
$  per share to existing stockholders and an immediate dilution of $  per share
to new investors, or approximately  % of the assumed initial offering price of
$  per share. The following table illustrates this per-share dilution:

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                 <C>     <C>
Assumed initial public offering price per share....................         $
  Net tangible book value per share at March 31, 1999.............. $(1.33)
  Increase due to the conversion of preferred stock................   1.22
  Pro forma net tangible book value per share at March 31, 1999....  (0.11)
  Increase per share attributable to new investors.................
                                                                    ------
Net tangible book value per share after this offering..............
                                                                            ----
Dilution per share to new investors................................         $
                                                                            ====
</TABLE>

  The following table shows, at March 31, 1999, the number of shares of common
stock purchased from us, the total consideration paid to us and the average
price paid per share by existing stockholders and by new investors purchasing
common stock in this offering.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                            Shares Purchased  Total Consideration
                           ------------------ ------------------- Average Price
                             Number   Percent   Amount    Percent   Per Share
                           ---------- ------- ----------- ------- -------------
<S>                        <C>        <C>     <C>         <C>     <C>
Existing stockholders..... 14,909,786       % $13,495,000       %     $0.91
New investors.............
                           ----------  -----  -----------  -----
    Total.................             100.0% $            100.0%
                           ==========  =====  ===========  =====
</TABLE>

  At March 31, 1999, we had outstanding options and warrants to purchase shares
of common stock as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     Weighted
                                                        Number of    Average
                                                         Shares   Exercise Price
                                                        --------- --------------
     <S>                                                <C>       <C>
     Stock option plan................................. 5,228,398     $0.37
     Warrants..........................................   245,000      0.32
                                                        ---------
                                                        5,473,398      0.37
                                                        =========
</TABLE>

Additionally, there were 2,494,974 option shares available for future grant
under our stock option plan and 600,000 shares available for issuance under our
employee stock purchase plan. There will be further dilution to new investors
to the extent that option and warrant holders exercise these outstanding
options and warrants or any options or warrants we grant in the future.

                                       17
<PAGE>

                            SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
                     (In thousands, except per share data)

  The following selected financial data and other operating information are
derived from our financial statements, which have been audited by Ernst & Young
LLP, independent auditors. When you read this selected financial data, it is
important that you also read the historical financial statements and related
notes included in this prospectus, as well as the section of this prospectus
entitled "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations." The historical results are not necessarily indicative
of future results.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  Three
                            Period From      Year Ended       Months Ended
                         February 14, 1996  December 31,        March 31,
                          (Inception) to   ----------------  ----------------
                         December 31, 1996  1997     1998     1998     1999
                         ----------------- -------  -------  -------  -------
                                                               (unaudited)
<S>                      <C>               <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>
Statement of Operations
 Data:
Revenues, net:
  Product...............       $ 329       $ 4,975  $10,678  $ 1,993  $ 3,387
  Service...............           2           123      701       41      551
                               -----       -------  -------  -------  -------
    Total revenues......         331         5,098   11,379    2,034    3,938
Cost of revenues........         104         1,610    3,925      619    1,635
                               -----       -------  -------  -------  -------
Gross margin............         227         3,488    7,454    1,415    2,303
Operating expenses:
  Sales and marketing...         224         4,369    8,666    1,637    2,936
  Research and
   development..........         274         2,192    5,273      805    1,548
  General and
   administrative.......         191         1,323    2,515      374      948
                               -----       -------  -------  -------  -------
    Total operating
     expenses...........         689         7,884   16,454    2,816    5,432
                               -----       -------  -------  -------  -------
Operating loss..........        (462)       (4,396)  (9,000)  (1,401)  (3,129)
Interest income
 (expense), net.........          (6)           62     (119)     (23)     (84)
                               -----       -------  -------  -------  -------
Net loss................       $(468)      $(4,334) $(9,119) $(1,424) $(3,213)
                               =====       =======  =======  =======  =======
Basic and diluted net
 loss per share.........         N/A       $(17.17) $(11.34) $ (2.23) $ (2.28)
                               =====       =======  =======  =======  =======
Shares used in
 calculation of basic
 and diluted net loss
 per share..............         N/A           252      804      639    1,407
                               =====       =======  =======  =======  =======
Pro forma basic and
 diluted net loss per
 share..................                            $ (0.68)          $ (0.22)
                                                    =======           =======
Shares used in
 calculation of pro
 forma basic and diluted
 net loss per share.....                             13,374            14,832
                                                    =======           =======
</TABLE>

See note 6 of Notes to Financial Statements for information concerning the
calculation of basic and diluted net loss per share and pro forma basic and
diluted net loss per share.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                              December 31,
                                           --------------------
                                           1996    1997   1998   March 31, 1999
                                           -----  ------ ------  --------------
                                                                  (unaudited)
<S>                                        <C>    <C>    <C>     <C>
Balance Sheet Data:
Cash and cash equivalents................. $ 232  $  603 $1,712     $ 2,046
Working capital (deficit).................  (464)    658   (274)     (3,449)
Total assets..............................   597   3,303  9,032      10,101
Long-term debt, less current portion......   --      --     --          --
Total stockholders' equity (deficit)......  (318)  1,382    881      (1,915)
</TABLE>

                                       18
<PAGE>

                    MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
                 FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Overview

  WatchGuard is a leading provider of dynamic, comprehensive Internet security
solutions designed to protect small- to medium-sized enterprises, or SMEs, that
use the Internet for electronic commerce and communications. Our innovative
subscription-based LiveSecurity solution broadcasts threat responses, software
updates and information alerts over the Internet, enabling SMEs to keep their
security systems current with minimal effort. Since our inception, we have
invested heavily in the development of our products and services. In September
1996, we introduced our initial Internet security appliance and began selling
our products both domestically and internationally. In 1997, we significantly
expanded our sales force, adding 12 sales employees to recruit indirect channel
partners around the world, and expanded our distribution efforts in the
European and Asia/Pacific markets. In September 1998, we launched our managed
security service offering for ISPs. We also continued to recruit and hire
additional employees in marketing, development, technical support and finance
and invested in our operational infrastructure to support our growth.

  Our revenues totaled $331,000 in 1996 and grew significantly to $5.1 million
in 1997. Our revenues totaled $11.4 million in 1998, representing a 123%
increase over 1997. Product revenues as a percentage of total revenues were 99%
in 1996, 98% in 1997 and 94% in 1998. Service revenues, although small, are
growing and are expected to be a significant component of our revenues in the
future as we expand our LiveSecurity subscription-based broadcast service. As a
result of our investments in our worldwide sales and distribution channels,
development of new products and services, brand development and our operational
infrastructure, we have incurred net losses in each fiscal quarter. As of March
31, 1999, we had an accumulated deficit of $17.1 million. We anticipate
significant growth in our operating expenses as we continue to expand our
business. In the future, however, we expect our operating expenses to begin to
decline as a percentage of total revenues.

Sources of Revenues and Revenue Recognition Policy

  We generate revenues through:

  . sales of products and service subscriptions through our indirect
    distribution partners at a discount from list price, typically 40%;

  . sales of products and service subscriptions directly to our ISP customers
    at volume pricing rates; and

  . from time to time, sales of service subscription renewals directly to our
    enterprise customers at list price.

Product revenues include perpetual software license fees and sales of our
security appliance. Service revenues include fees for access to our
LiveSecurity broadcast service for product updates, security threat responses,
general security information and technical support. Service revenues also
include annual fees for our LiveSecurity for MSS, which allows our ISP
customers access to the LiveSecurity broadcast service and the ability to
manage and update a specific number of their customers' security appliances. To
date, service subscription renewals directly from our enterprise customers have
not been material.

  We recognize revenues only when a contract or agreement has been executed,
delivery has occurred, the fee is fixed and determinable and we believe
collection is probable. We recognize

                                       19
<PAGE>

product revenues upon shipment and service subscription revenues ratably on a
monthly basis, generally over a one-year period.

Results of Operations

  The following table provides financial data for the periods indicated as a
percentage of total revenues:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   Three
                                                                  Months
                               Period From     Year Ended       Ended March
                            February 14, 1996 December 31,          31,
                             (Inception) to   ---------------   -------------
                            December 31, 1996  1997     1998    1998    1999
                            ----------------- ------   ------   -----   -----
   <S>                      <C>               <C>      <C>      <C>     <C>
   Revenues, net:
     Product...............        99.4 %       97.6 %   93.8 %  98.0 %  86.0 %
     Service...............         0.6          2.4      6.2     2.0    14.0
                                 ------       ------   ------   -----   -----
       Total revenues......       100.0        100.0    100.0   100.0   100.0
   Cost of revenues........        31.4         31.6     34.5    30.4    41.5
                                 ------       ------   ------   -----   -----
   Gross margin............        68.6         68.4     65.5    69.6    58.5
   Operating expenses:
     Sales and marketing...        67.7         85.6     76.2    80.4    74.6
     Research and
      development..........        82.8         43.0     46.3    39.6    39.3
     General and
      administrative.......        57.7         26.0     22.1    18.4    24.0
                                 ------       ------   ------   -----   -----
       Total operating
        expenses...........       208.2        154.6    144.6   138.4   137.9
                                 ------       ------   ------   -----   -----
   Operating loss..........      (139.6)       (86.2)   (79.1)  (68.9)  (79.5)
   Interest income
    (expense), net.........        (1.8)         1.2     (1.0)   (1.1)   (2.1)
                                 ------       ------   ------   -----   -----
   Net loss................      (141.4)%      (85.0)%  (80.1)% (70.0)% (81.6)%
                                 ======       ======   ======   =====   =====
</TABLE>

Three Months Ended March 31, 1998 and 1999

Revenues

  Total revenues, which consist of product revenues and service revenues,
increased from
$2.0 million in the three months ended March 31, 1998 to $3.9 million in the
three months ended March 31, 1999, an increase of 94%. During these periods, no
one customer accounted for 10% or more of total revenues.

  Product revenues include (1) the perpetual software license fees for the
security management system and the sale of our security appliance as part of
the LiveSecurity System and (2) the sale of our NOC security suite software and
our security appliance as part of LiveSecurity for MSS. Product revenues were
$2.0 million in the three months ended March 31, 1998 and $3.4 million in the
three months ended March 31, 1999, an increase of 70%. As a percentage of total
revenues, product revenues decreased from 98% in the three months ended March
31, 1998 to 86% in the three months ended March 31, 1999. Historically, we have
generated the majority of our revenues from our product sales, which, until the
introduction of LiveSecurity for MSS in late 1998, consisted primarily of the
sale of our LiveSecurity System for the enterprise. Product revenues from
LiveSecurity for MSS are growing and are expected to be a significant component
of our revenues in the future.

  Service revenues include the annual fee for our LiveSecurity broadcast
service, which is sold as a part of the LiveSecurity System and LiveSecurity
for MSS. Service revenues were $41,000 in the three months ended March 31, 1998
and $551,000 in the three months ended March 31, 1999. As a

                                       20
<PAGE>

percentage of total revenues, service revenues increased from 2% in the three
months ended March 31, 1998 to 14% in the three months ended March 31, 1999. As
renewals of our service subscriptions for the LiveSecurity System and
LiveSecurity for MSS increase, we expect service revenues as a percentage of
total revenues to increase significantly.

  The increase in total revenues was primarily due to increases in sales volume
caused by increased distribution in the European and Asia/Pacific markets and
increased market awareness of our products in North America. Total
international revenues represented approximately 43% of total revenues in the
three months ended March 31, 1998 and 47% in the three months ended March 31,
1999.

  The provision for sales returns and allowances was $56,000, or 3% of total
revenues, for the three months ended March 31, 1998 and $400,000, or 9% of
total revenues, for the three months ended March 31, 1999. The provision for
returns and allowances for the year ended December 31, 1998 was approximately
14% of total revenues. The returns and allowances reserve, established in 1998
to address the return rights and pricing protection rights of some of our
customers, primarily related to anticipated returns originating from the
introduction of the latest version of our security appliance, the Firebox II,
during the last half of 1998. Returns and allowances before that time were
immaterial. The lower provision, as a percentage of total revenues, for the
three months ended March 31, 1999 as compared to the provision for all of 1998,
reflects a reduction in the expected returns remaining from the 1998
introduction of the Firebox II plus a recurring provision for future expected
returns.

  We do not believe that the historical percentage growth rates of product
revenues will be sustainable as our revenue base increases.

Cost of Revenues

  Cost of revenues consists of product and service costs, which include the
costs of manufacturing our security appliance, product packaging, third-party
product licensing fees and our technical support organization. Historically,
cost of revenues has increased in total dollar amount and as a percentage of
total revenues in each year. Cost of revenues was $619,000 in the three months
ended March 31, 1998 and $1.6 million in the three months ended March 31, 1999.
As a percentage of total revenues, cost of revenues increased from 30% in the
three months ended March 31, 1998 to 42% in the three months ended March 31,
1999.

  The dollar increases in cost of revenues were primarily due to increases in
sales volume. The increase in cost of revenues as a percentage of total
revenues was primarily due to an increase in the cost of manufacturing our
Firebox II security appliance and, to a lesser extent, to an increase in
personnel-related costs of our service organization.

  In the third quarter of 1998, we released an enhanced version of our security
appliance, the Firebox II, which incorporated additional features required to
support our LiveSecurity for MSS product. The Firebox II is more expensive to
manufacture than the previous version of our security appliance, which
increased our cost of revenues. Over time, as volume levels increase, the unit
cost to manufacture the Firebox II should decrease.

  We expect service costs to increase in total dollar amount and as a
percentage of total cost of revenues as our enterprise customer base expands
and our LiveSecurity for MSS product for ISPs is deployed. Depending on our
product and service mix, which may affect our margins, we expect our

                                       21
<PAGE>

cost of revenues as a percentage of total revenues to remain at or slightly
above our first quarter 1999 level. As revenues from service subscriptions
increase, and become a greater percentage of total revenues, we expect our
gross margin to increase.

Operating Expenses

  Sales and Marketing. Sales and marketing expenses include salaries, travel
expenses, recruiting fees, commissions, public relations costs, marketing
collateral and trade show expenses. Sales and marketing expenses were $1.6
million in the three months ended March 31, 1998 and $2.9 million in the three
months ended March 31, 1999. As a percentage of total revenues, sales and
marketing expenses decreased from 80% in the three months ended March 31, 1998
to 75% in the three months ended March 31, 1999.

  The dollar increase in sales and marketing expenses was due primarily to
recruiting, training and supporting our domestic and international resellers
and distributors and, to a lesser extent, to establishing brand recognition of
our products and services. Specifically, components of the increase included

  . an increase in payroll and related expenses from $747,000 to $1.5
    million;

  . an increase in travel expenses from $304,000 to $461,000;

  . an increase in marketing costs from $372,000 to $492,000; and

  . an increase in amortization of deferred stock compensation from $1,000 to
    $96,000.

  The decrease in sales and marketing expenses as a percentage of total
revenues reflects both increased productivity of and efficiencies in managing
our indirect channel network and realization of our previous investments to
expand distribution, capture market share and establish brand recognition of
our products. We expect to see a gradual reduction in sales and marketing
expenses as a percentage of total revenues.

  Research and Development. Research and development expenses consist of
salaries, computing equipment and software tools, nonrecurring costs associated
with our security appliance prototypes and payment of designers and
contractors. Research and development expenses were $805,000 in the three
months ended March 31, 1998 and $1.5 million in the three months ended March
31, 1999. As a percentage of total revenues, research and development expenses
decreased from 40% in the three months ended March 31, 1998 to 39% in the three
months ended March 31, 1999.

  The dollar increase in research and development expenses reflects the growth
of our research and development organization to expand our enterprise product
line, development of our recently released LiveSecurity for MSS product and our
efforts to respond to new and emerging security threats through our
LiveSecurity broadcast service. Specifically, components of the increase
included

  . an increase in payroll and related expenses from $525,000 to $930,000 and

  . an increase in amortization of deferred stock compensation from $1,000 to
    $121,000.

  We will continue to increase our research and development expenses in total
dollar amount to expand our current product offerings, develop new products and
enhance our rapid response team and advisory council, which analyze new
security vulnerabilities and threats and provide continuing education to our
employees on Internet security. We expect total research and development
expenses as a percentage of total revenues to remain relatively constant.

                                       22
<PAGE>

  General and Administrative. General and administrative expenses include costs
of executive, human resource, finance and administrative support functions,
provision for uncollectible accounts and legal and accounting professional
services. General and administrative expenses were $374,000 in the three months
ended March 31, 1998 and $948,000 in the three months ended March 31, 1999. As
a percentage of total revenues, general and administrative expenses increased
from 18% in the three months ended March 31, 1998 to approximately 24% in the
three months ended March 31, 1999.

  The dollar increase in general and administrative expenses reflects the
expansion of our infrastructure to manage the growth of our operations.
Specifically, components of the increase included

  . an increase in payroll and related expenses from $154,000 to $225,000;

  . an increase in the provision for uncollectible amounts from $0 to
    $125,000, reflecting additional exposure related to the overall growth of
    our operations; and

  . an increase in professional fees from $48,000 to $143,000.

  We expect that these expenses will continue to increase in total dollar
amounts but will decrease as a percentage of total revenues.

  Deferred Compensation. Deferred compensation is recorded as the difference
between the exercise price of options we granted and the deemed fair value for
financial reporting purposes of our common stock during the periods in which
the options were granted. Deferred compensation is amortized over the vesting
periods of the options. We recorded $162,000 of deferred compensation in the
three months ended March 31, 1999. This deferral, along with the $1.9 million
of deferred compensation recorded in 1998, resulted in the amortization of
compensation expense aggregating $3,000 for the three months ended March 31,
1998 and $254,000 for the three months ended March 31, 1999. Amortization of
deferred compensation is included in the sales and marketing, research and
development and general and administrative expense categories, as described
above.

Interest Income (Expense)

  Interest expense of $24,000 in the three months ended March 31, 1998 resulted
from borrowings on our bank line of credit and our equipment term loan, and was
partially offset by $1,000 of interest income generated from our investment of
proceeds from the sale of preferred stock. Interest expense of $93,000 in the
three months ended March 31, 1999 resulted from borrowings on our bank line of
credit, our equipment term loan and our convertible note agreements, and was
partially offset by $9,000 of interest income generated from our investment of
proceeds from the sale of preferred stock.

Income Taxes

  We have experienced losses since inception, resulting in a net operating loss
carryforward position of $13.0 million as of March 31, 1999. These
carryforwards, if not utilized, will begin to expire in 2011, and may be
subject to limitations under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code.

Period Ended December 31, 1996 and Years Ended December 31, 1997 and 1998

  The following discussion and analysis includes revenue and cost information
for the period ended December 31, 1996 and the years ended December 31, 1997
and 1998. We have not discussed

                                       23
<PAGE>

in detail the results of operations for the period ended December 31, 1996.
During 1996, WatchGuard was a startup operation focused on validating the
technological feasibility of its products. We introduced our initial Internet
security appliance on a preproduction basis in September 1996, and shipped our
first production model, the Firebox 10, in December 1996. Beginning in early
1997, we began to implement our business model and develop our operational
infrastructure. Due to the limited nature of our operations in the period ended
December 31, 1996, we believe that further comparisons between 1996 and 1997
would not be meaningful.

Revenues

  Total revenues increased from $331,000 in 1996 to $5.1 million in 1997 and to
$11.4 million in 1998, an increase of 123% from 1997 to 1998. During these
periods, no one customer accounted for 10% or more of total revenues. Product
revenues were $329,000 in 1996, $5.0 million in 1997 and $10.7 million in 1998,
an increase of 115% from 1997 to 1998. As a percentage of total revenues,
product revenues decreased from 99% in 1996 to 98% in 1997 and to 94% in 1998.
Service revenues were $2,000 in 1996, $123,000 in 1997 and $701,000 in 1998. As
a percentage of total revenues, service revenues increased from 1% in 1996 to
2% in 1997 and to 6% in 1998.

  The increase in total revenues from 1996 to 1998 was primarily due to
increases in sales volume caused by increased distribution in the European and
Asia/Pacific markets and increased market awareness of our products in North
America. Total international revenues represented 56% of total revenues in 1997
and 35% in 1998.

  The establishment of reserves for sales returns and allowances negatively
impacted our revenues for 1998. The provision for sales returns and allowances
in 1998 was $1.7 million, or approximately 14% of total revenues before giving
effect to the provision. The returns and allowances reserve was established in
1998 primarily to address return rights and price protection rights for some of
our customers, including anticipated returns originating from the introduction
of the Firebox II. Before 1998, we did not experience any material returns and
therefore provided no reserve.

Cost of Revenues

  Cost of revenues was $104,000 in 1996, $1.6 million in 1997 and $3.9 million
in 1998. As a percentage of total revenues, cost of revenues increased from
approximately 31% in 1996 to 32% in 1997 and to 35% in 1998. The dollar
increases in cost of revenues from 1996 to 1998 were primarily due to increases
in sales volume. The increase in cost of revenues as a percentage of total
revenues from 1997 to 1998 was primarily due to an increase in the cost of
manufacturing our security appliance. As discussed above, the Firebox II, which
we released in the third quarter of 1998, is more expensive to manufacture than
the previous version of our security appliance.

Operating Expenses

  Sales and Marketing. Sales and marketing expenses were $224,000 in 1996,
$4.4 million in 1997 and $8.7 million in 1998. As a percentage of total
revenues, sales and marketing expenses increased from approximately 68% in 1996
to 86% in 1997, and decreased to 76% in 1998.

  The dollar increase in sales and marketing expenses was due primarily to
recruiting, training and supporting our domestic and international resellers
and distributors and, to a lesser extent, to establishing brand recognition of
our products and services. Specifically, components of the increase from 1997
to 1998 included

  .  an increase in payroll and related expenses from $2.0 million to $3.9
     million;

                                       24
<PAGE>

  .  an increase in travel expenses from $771,000 to $1.4 million;

  .  an increase in marketing costs from $1.1 million to $2.0 million;

  .  a $470,000 charge for a common stock warrant in 1998 issued to a
     customer; and

  .  an increase in amortization of deferred stock compensation from $0 to
     $146,000.

The decrease in 1998 sales and marketing expenses as a percentage of total
revenues reflects increased productivity of and efficiencies in managing our
indirect channel network and our utilization of our prior years' investment to
expand distribution, capture market share and establish brand recognition of
our products.

  Research and Development. Research and development expenses were $274,000 in
1996, $2.2 million in 1997 and $5.3 million in 1998. As a percentage of total
revenues, research and development expenses decreased from 83% in 1996 to 43%
in 1997, and increased to 46% in 1998.

  The dollar increase in research and development expenses reflects the growth
of our research and development organization to expand our enterprise product
line, development of our recently released LiveSecurity for MSS product and our
efforts to respond to new and emerging security threats through our
LiveSecurity broadcast service. Specifically, components of the increase from
1997 to 1998 included

  .  an increase in payroll and related expenses from $1.5 million to $2.5
     million;

  .  a $628,000 charge for compensation expense for stock options granted to
     a consultant in 1998, which was based on the fair value of the options
     at the termination of the consulting agreement; and

  .  an increase in amortization of deferred stock compensation from $0 to
     $203,000.

  General and Administrative. General and administrative expenses were $191,000
in 1996, $1.3 million in 1997 and $2.5 million in 1998. As a percentage of
total revenues, general and administrative expenses decreased from
approximately 58% in 1996 to 26% in 1997 and to 22% in 1998.

  The dollar increases in general and administrative expenses primarily reflect
the increase in personnel and related expenses and other overhead items in
connection with the expansion of our business. Specifically, components of the
increase from 1997 to 1998 included

  .  an increase in payroll and related expenses from $516,000 to $786,000;

  .  an increase in the provision for uncollectible amounts from $122,000 to
     $418,000, reflecting additional exposure related to the overall growth
     of our operations; and

  .  an increase in professional fees from $150,000 to $218,000.

The decrease in expenses as a percentage of total revenues from 1996 to 1998
reflects increased efficiencies of scale resulting from a larger revenue base.

  Deferred Compensation. Amortization of deferred compensation is included in
the sales and marketing, research and development and general and
administrative expense categories and totaled $411,000 in 1998.

Interest Income (Expense)

  Interest expense of $6,000 in 1996 resulted from borrowings on our bank line
of credit. Interest income of $88,000 in 1997 was generated from our investment
of proceeds from the sale of preferred

                                       25
<PAGE>

stock, and was partially offset by $26,000 of interest expense that resulted
from borrowings. Interest expense of $203,000 in 1998 resulted from borrowings
on our bank line of credit and equipment term loan, and was partially offset by
$84,000 of interest income generated from our investment of proceeds from the
sale of preferred stock.

Quarterly Results of Operations

  The following table provides both our unaudited quarterly results of
operations for the five quarters ended March 31, 1999 and our results of
operations expressed as a percentage of total revenues. In our opinion, this
unaudited information has been prepared on the same basis as our audited
financial statements. This information includes all adjustments, consisting
only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of the
information for the quarters presented, when read in conjunction with our
financial statements and the notes to the financial statements. The results of
operations for any quarter are not necessarily indicative of our future
results.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                Three Months Ended
                                   ------------------------------------------------
                                   Mar. 31,  June 30,  Sept. 30, Dec. 31,  Mar. 31,
                                     1998      1998      1998      1998      1999
                                   --------  --------  --------- --------  --------
                                                  (In thousands)
<S>                                <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>
Statement of Operations Data:
Revenues, net:
  Product........................  $ 1,993   $ 2,867    $ 2,544  $ 3,274   $  3,387
  Service........................       41       116        205      339        551
                                   -------   -------    -------  -------   --------
   Total revenues................    2,034     2,983      2,749    3,613      3,938
Cost of revenues.................      619       872      1,038    1,396      1,635
                                   -------   -------    -------  -------   --------
Gross margin.....................    1,415     2,111      1,711    2,217      2,303
Operating expenses:
  Sales and marketing............    1,637     2,184      2,315    2,530      2,936
  Research and development.......      805     1,104      1,465    1,899      1,548
  General and administrative.....      374       597        645      899        948
                                   -------   -------    -------  -------   --------
   Total operating expenses......    2,816     3,885      4,425    5,328      5,432
                                   -------   -------    -------  -------   --------
Operating loss...................   (1,401)   (1,774)    (2,714)  (3,111)   (3,129)
Interest income (expense), net...      (23)      (60)        24      (60)      (84)
                                   -------   -------    -------  -------   --------
Net loss.........................  $(1,424)  $(1,834)   $(2,690) $(3,171)  $(3,213)
                                   =======   =======    =======  =======   ========
</TABLE>

  The following table provides unaudited quarterly results of operations as a
percentage of total revenues for 1997, 1998 and the three months ended March
31, 1999.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                Three Months Ended
                                   ------------------------------------------------
                                   Mar. 31,  June 30,  Sept. 30, Dec. 31,  Mar. 31,
                                     1998      1998      1998      1998      1999
                                   --------  --------  --------- --------  --------
<S>                                <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>
Statement of Operations Data:
Revenues, net:
  Product........................    98.0 %    96.1 %     92.5 %   90.6 %    86.0 %
  Service........................     2.0       3.9        7.5      9.4      14.0
                                    -----     -----      -----    -----     -----
   Total revenues................   100.0     100.0      100.0    100.0     100.0
Cost of revenues.................    30.4      29.2       37.8     38.6      41.5
                                    -----     -----      -----    -----     -----
Gross margin.....................    69.6      70.8       62.2     61.4      58.5
Operating expenses:
  Sales and marketing............    80.4      73.2       84.2     70.0      74.6
  Research and development.......    39.6      37.0       53.3     52.6      39.3
  General and administrative.....    18.4      20.0       23.5     24.9      24.0
                                    -----     -----      -----    -----     -----
   Total operating expenses......   138.4     130.2      161.0    147.5     137.9
                                    -----     -----      -----    -----     -----
Operating loss...................   (68.9)    (59.4)     (98.8)   (86.1)    (79.5)
Interest income (expense), net...    (1.1)     (2.0)       0.9     (1.7)     (2.1)
                                    -----     -----      -----    -----     -----
Net loss.........................   (70.0)%   (61.4)%    (97.9)%  (87.8)%   (81.6)%
                                    =====     =====      =====    =====     =====
</TABLE>

                                       26
<PAGE>


  The trends discussed in the annual comparison of operating results from 1996
to 1998 and in the quarterly comparison of operating results for the three
months ended March 31, 1998 and 1999 generally apply to the comparison of
results of operations for the five quarters ended March  31, 1999. We were 90
days late in delivering the latest version of our security appliance, the
Firebox II, in the third quarter of 1998, and the cost to manufacture the
Firebox II increased from the previous version of our security appliance. As a
result of our 90-day delay, product revenues in the third quarter of 1998
decreased by approximately 11% over the previous quarter, while our cost of
product revenues increased by 19% over the same period. Our quarterly operating
results have fluctuated significantly in the past and will probably continue to
fluctuate.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

  Since our inception, we have financed our operations primarily through
private placements of convertible preferred stock. These preferred shares will
automatically convert into common stock at the closing of this offering.
Through March 31, 1999, net proceeds from private placements of preferred stock
totaled $13.2 million. We have also financed our operations through equipment
financing, traditional financing arrangements and convertible notes.

  We have a working capital revolving line of credit with a bank, secured by
our accounts receivable. The amount available under this facility is limited to
the greater of our borrowing base or $3.5 million. For purposes of this loan,
the borrowing base means the sum of 75% of the net amount of our eligible
domestic accounts receivable and 50% of the net amount of our eligible foreign
accounts receivable. As of March 31, 1999, we had borrowed $2.5 million on this
line of credit, which expires in September 1999. The amount exceeded the
borrowing base by $317,000.

  In May 1999, we amended our loan and security agreement with this bank. The
amendment primarily provides for a secured bridge loan facility that
immediately makes available to us an additional $2.25 million. The loan carries
a commitment fee of up to 1.5%, an interest rate of prime plus 2% and a
maturity date of the earlier of our initial public offering closing date or
August 26, 1999. Depending on our use of the bridge loan and the repayment
dates of any funds borrowed, our bank is entitled to receive warrants to
purchase 4,500 to 14,500 shares of common stock at an exercise price equal to
the greater of $7.00 per share or the initial public offering price. As of June
1, 1999, we had borrowed $1.0 million under the bridge loan facility. Also,
under the amendment, the $4.5 million line of credit was temporarily reduced to
$3.5 million until the closing of our initial public offering.

  We also have two term-loan facilities with this bank to finance new capital
equipment purchases. The first facility closed to further advances on March 5,
1998 and is being paid in 36 equal monthly payments. The first of these
payments was made on April 5, 1998. The loan matures March 5, 2001, at which
time all unpaid principal and interest will be due and payable. The second
facility closed to further advances on December 31, 1998 and is being paid in
36 equal monthly payments. The first of these payments was due on January 31,
1999. The loan matures December 31, 2002, at which time all unpaid principal
and interest will be due and payable. As of March 31, 1999, we had a combined
principal balance of $548,000 due under these term loans.

  The agreements under which the line of credit, the bridge loan facility and
the term loans were established contain financial covenants, including a
provision requiring us to maintain specified financial ratios. At December 31,
1998, we were not in compliance with the financial covenants, but we obtained a
waiver for noncompliance at December 31, 1998. In addition, the bank has
deleted

                                       27
<PAGE>


these covenants through the earlier of July 31, 1999 or the completion of our
initial public offering. We have classified the outstanding balance of long-
term debt as current on the balance sheet.

  In March 1999, we entered into convertible note agreements with existing
investors for a total of $3.0 million. The notes bear interest at 6% and will
be repaid with the net proceeds of this offering. We also issued warrants to
purchase 42,856 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $7.00 per share,
which are exercisable immediately. These warrants, if not exercised before our
initial public offering, will automatically convert into common stock on a net
exercise basis at the completion of this offering.

  Our operating activities resulted in net cash outflows of $131,000 in 1996,
$5.3 million in 1997, $7.6 million in 1998 and $2.1 million for the three
months ended March 31, 1999. The operating cash outflows in 1997, 1998 and the
three months ended March 31, 1999 resulted primarily from significant
investments in sales and marketing and research and development, all of which
led to operating losses.

  Cash used in operating activities was net of noncash charges totaling
$207,000 for 1997, $1.7 million for 1998 and $401,000 for the three months
ended March 31, 1999. These noncash charges were primarily associated with
depreciation and amortization of capital assets and compensation charges
associated with the issuance of stock options and warrants during 1998 and the
three months ended March 31, 1999. Cash used in operating activities from
working capital components impacting operating activities was $1.1 million in
1997 and $231,000 in 1998. Cash provided by operating activities from working
capital components impacting operating activities was $728,000 in the three
months ended March 31, 1999. However, there were large fluctuations within some
major working capital components, as described below:

    (a) Inventories increased to $2.2 million at December 31, 1998 from
  $218,000 at   December 31, 1997 and then decreased to $1.7 million at March
  31, 1999. These changes reflect (1) our decision in 1998 to change from an
  off-the-shelf to a custom-made motherboard component in our Firebox
  products, which resulted in our taking an inventory position on these
  components before their final assembly; (2) larger initial manufacturing
  volumes of Firebox II in the third and fourth quarters of 1998; (3) our
  efforts in 1998 to accommodate actual and anticipated increases in sales
  volume; and (4) the impact in the three months ended March 31, 1999 of
  first-quarter sales of Firebox II products balanced with lower purchases
  during the quarter.

    (b) Receivables increased to $3.5 million at December 31, 1998 and to
  $4.3 million at March 31, 1999, from $1.6 million at December 31, 1997.
  These increases are attributable primarily to the overall increase in
  revenues during these periods and, to a lesser extent, to sales mix and
  timing differences arising from varying payment cycles and terms in our
  customer agreements. Reserves for uncollectable accounts were $449,000 at
  December 31, 1998 and $399,000 at March 31, 1999, compared to $124,000 at
  December 31, 1997. The increase reflects additional exposure related to the
  overall growth of our operations. Reserves for estimated product returns
  were $615,000 at both December 31, 1998 and March 31, 1999, reflecting our
  estimate of returns and allowances associated with the return rights and
  price protection rights of some of our customers.

    (c) Accounts payable and accrued expenses increased to $3.2 million at
  December 31, 1998 and to $3.6 million at March 31, 1999, from $1.1 million
  in 1997. These increases reflect

                                       28
<PAGE>


  liabilities associated with the growth in inventories, the increased
  employee base required to sustain and build our business and expenses
  associated with the overall growth of our business.

    (d) Deferred revenue increased to $1.8 million at December 31, 1998 and
  to $2.4 million at March 31, 1999, from $313,000 at December 31, 1997. The
  increases reflect service subscriptions associated with the continued
  growth of product sales and, to a lesser extent, with service subscription
  renewals. Service subscriptions are generally amortized ratably over a one-
  year period.

  Investing activities used cash of $87,000 in 1996, $461,000 in 1997, $1.0
million in 1998 and $528,000 in the three months ended March 31, 1999,
primarily for capital expenditures, including computing equipment.

  Financing activities provided cash of $450,000 in 1996, $6.1 million in 1997,
$9.7 million in 1998, and $3.0 million in the three months ended March 31,
1999, primarily from the sale of preferred stock, borrowings on our line of
credit and proceeds from the issuance of convertible notes.

  As of March 31, 1999, we had $2.0 million in cash and cash equivalents
invested primarily in money market accounts. We have financed our operations to
date primarily through the issuance of equity securities and debt financing.
Further development, establishment and maintenance of our business for at least
the next 12 months will require additional equity or debt financing, which we
believe can be obtained from existing or new sources if it is not obtained from
this offering. In addition, our current investors have indicated that they will
provide sufficient financing in order for us to continue to operate through
1999. We believe, however, that existing cash balances, cash equivalents and
lines of credit, together with the net proceeds from this offering, will be
sufficient to meet our anticipated cash needs for working capital and capital
expenditures for at least the next 18 months. The underlying assumed levels of
revenues and expenses, however, may prove to be inaccurate, and we may need to
seek additional funding through public or private financings or other
arrangements before that time. Adequate funds may be unavailable when needed or
unavailable on acceptable terms. If funding is insufficient at any time in the
future, we may be unable to develop or enhance our products or services, take
advantage of business opportunities or respond to competitive pressures. If we
raise additional funds by issuing equity securities, dilution to existing
stockholders will result.

  We believe that the market risk arising from holdings of our financial
instruments is not material.

Year 2000 Compliance

  Like many companies, we face risks relating to year 2000 computer issues.
These issues result from computer systems, software and computer chips embedded
in products that use only two digits to store dates in their year code fields
and are therefore incapable of distinguishing 21st century dates from 20th
century dates. As a result, many computers, programs and chips are unable to
process date-related information beyond December 31, 1999. Unless they are
upgraded to process date information correctly, they will fail or produce
erroneous results when the century changes on January 1, 2000. If our internal
management and external information systems are not year 2000 compliant when
the century changes, some or all of our business operations could be disrupted.

  Our products and LiveSecurity service utilize a mixture of hardware and
software technologies. The hardware technology we use in our Firebox family of
security appliance products consists of a combination of industry-standard
components configured to our specifications and driven by

                                       29
<PAGE>


internally developed software technologies. We have tested and analyzed current
versions of these internally developed software technologies in conjunction
with our security appliances and believe them to be year 2000 compliant. These
current versions include the latest version of our software that drives the
Firebox 10 and 100 and the version that drives the Firebox II, which we are
currently shipping. While we are not aware of any year 2000 issues with
previous versions, we are recommending to our customers that they implement our
current versions. In addition to other internally developed software, our
LiveSecurity service incorporates current technologies acquired from third-
party vendors. We have completed our year 2000 assessment of the internally
developed software incorporated in our LiveSecurity service by July 31, 1999.
In addition, we are in the process of surveying the third-party vendors to
determine whether their products are year 2000 compliant and, if not, what
updates or arrangements are required to correct any year 2000 problems. We have
identified several of these vendors whose products are not year 2000 compliant
and are currently determining the updates or arrangements they require to
correct these problems. We expect to complete this phase of our year 2000 plan
by September 30, 1999.

  We are currently reviewing our internal management information and other
administrative systems to identify and modify any products, services or systems
that are not year 2000 compliant. Our internal information management and other
administrative systems generally are based on technologies and products
acquired from industry-leading third-party vendors. We have contacted these
vendors to determine whose products, services or systems may be impacted by
year 2000 compliance issues and whose technologies and products will require
upgrades. We have scheduled necessary upgrades with these vendors, which we
expect will be completed by the end of the third quarter of 1999.

  Our plan may not adequately and timely address the year 2000 issue and we may
be unable to upgrade any or all of our products, services and internal
information management and other administrative systems as we have planned. In
addition, any upgrades may not effectively address the year 2000 issue. If
required upgrades are incomplete, untimely or unsuccessful, our business may be
adversely affected. Furthermore, if our suppliers, vendors, distributors or
producers of products that we use or with which our products exchange data fail
to timely correct their own year 2000 software, firmware and hardware problems,
or if any of them convert to a system that is incompatible with our systems,
our business could be adversely affected. We may also experience reduced sales
of our products and services as potential customers reduce their budgets for
Internet security because of their own expenditures for year 2000 compliance.
We currently expect that the total cost of our efforts to assess year 2000
compliance will not be material. The most reasonably likely worst-case
scenario, however, would involve the incomplete, untimely or unsuccessful
identification or correction of year 2000 compliance issues of multiple third-
party vendors whose technology is incorporated into our LiveSecurity products
and services. If this were to occur, interruptions in our ability to deliver
our LiveSecurity service would result and our business would be adversely
affected.

  Our LiveSecurity service gives us a distribution channel for the rapid
implementation of software patches if a year 2000 problem is found with our
internally developed software. In addition, we intend to establish a
contingency plan detailing actions that will be taken if we do not successfully
execute our year 2000 plan on a timely basis. Still, some problems may remain
undetected or uncorrected, and our continuing efforts to address the year 2000
issue could involve unforeseen time and expense. Any year 2000 issues that are
not identified and corrected in a timely fashion would adversely affect our
business. We expect that the cost to fix any year 2000 problems that may be
identified, however, will involve internal labor-hours and will not be
material.

                                       30
<PAGE>

                                    BUSINESS

Overview

  WatchGuard is a leading provider of dynamic, comprehensive Internet security
solutions designed to protect small- to medium-sized enterprises, or SMEs, that
use the Internet for electronic commerce and communications. According to The
Yankee Group, SMEs represent 98% of U.S. businesses, account for approximately
50% of the gross national product and spend approximately $445 billion annually
on information technology products and services. SMEs are increasingly
utilizing the Internet to maintain a competitive advantage and to compete
effectively against enterprises with greater resources. International Data
Corporation estimates that, in the United States, approximately 3.5 million
SMEs will be connected to the Internet by the end of 1999, increasing to
approximately 4.7 million by the end of 2000.

  Our innovative subscription-based LiveSecurity solution broadcasts threat
responses, software updates and information alerts over the Internet, enabling
SMEs to keep their security systems current with minimal effort. The dynamic
nature of our solution is made possible through an updatable security appliance
that executes software sent from the remote management system receiving our
LiveSecurity broadcasts. Our comprehensive, fully integrated LiveSecurity
solution features a firewall, encryption, user authentication, virtual private
networking and web surfing control. We make installing, configuring and
monitoring our solution easy with point-and-click security management and
advanced real-time graphical monitoring of network traffic.

  Our LiveSecurity solution gives SMEs, which are those businesses,
governmental entities and educational institutions with fewer than 1,000
employees, a security management choice. SMEs can manage their own Internet
security through our LiveSecurity System or outsource their security management
to an ISP implementing our LiveSecurity for MSS. Enterprises using the
LiveSecurity System may rapidly distribute security protection from their
desktop personal computer to all security appliances on their corporate
network, while retaining centralized control and administration. Enterprises
that do not want to be directly involved with their security management may
outsource the function to an ISP. For the ISP, our technology greatly improves
the economics of managed security services through a scalable delivery platform
that enables the ISP to remotely configure and manage thousands of sites
quickly, easily and economically.

  We sell our Internet security solutions directly to ISPs and indirectly to
end-users through more than 230 distributors and resellers covering 48
countries. We have contracted with the following ISPs to implement LiveSecurity
for MSS: AT&T EasyLink Services Asia/Pacific Ltd., GTE Internetworking, Inc.,
Interpath Communications, Inc., PSINet Inc., Verio, Inc. and You Tools
Corporation/FASTNET. We have shipped over 7,000 WatchGuard security solutions.

Industry Background

The growth of the Internet

  The Internet has experienced rapid growth and has developed into a
significant tool for global communications, commerce and media, enabling
millions of people to share information and transact business electronically.
International Data Corporation estimates that there were over 38 million web
users in the United States and over 68 million worldwide at the end of 1997.
IDC projects the number of web users to increase to over 135 million users in
the United States and 319 million worldwide by the end of 2002. IDC also
estimates that the number of customers buying goods and

                                       31
<PAGE>

services on the Internet will grow from approximately 18 million worldwide in
1997 to 128 million in 2002, with the value of electronic commerce transactions
growing from $12 billion to over $400 billion in the same period.

  The growth in the Internet provides enterprises, regardless of size, with new
revenue opportunities through global distribution of products and services and
with significant reductions of sales and marketing costs through automation and
instantaneous access. Because of its affordability, global reach and
versatility, the Internet is a particularly powerful and necessary tool for
SMEs. SMEs are increasingly required to establish secure Internet access to
facilitate and support strategic business objectives. In a marketplace that is
becoming more and more competitive, SMEs are increasingly utilizing new
business tools and initiatives such as remote access, e-commerce, online
customer service and supply chain management to gain competitive advantage. IDC
estimates that approximately 3.5 million SMEs will be connected to the Internet
in the United States by the end of 1999, increasing to approximately 4.7
million SMEs by the end of 2000.

The need for Internet security

  The increased importance of electronic commerce and the proliferation and
growth of corporate intranets have dramatically increased the openness of
computer networks, with the Internet becoming a widely accepted platform for
many business-to-business and direct-to-consumer transactions. The
accessibility and the relative anonymity of users in open computing
environments, however, make systems and the integrity of information stored on
them increasingly vulnerable to security threats. Open systems present inviting
opportunities for computer hackers, curious or disgruntled employees,
contractors and competitors to compromise or destroy sensitive information
within the system or to disrupt operations and Internet access. In addition,
open computing environments are complex and typically involve a variety of
hardware, operating systems and applications supplied by a variety of vendors,
making these networks difficult to manage, monitor and protect from
unauthorized access.

  The annual Computer Security Institute survey conducted in early 1999
highlights the potential risks faced by organizations connected to the
Internet. The CSI poll of 521 computer security specialists at U.S.
corporations, government agencies, financial institutions and universities
revealed that 62% of respondents had experienced security breaches within the
past 12 months. The damage caused by a security breach is often difficult to
quantify and may include the loss of irreplaceable proprietary information or
data, damage to business reputation or undetected theft or alteration of
information. The 163 organizations in the CSI poll that were able to quantify
losses reported an average total loss of over $650,000 per organization.
Breached computer security has become such an extensive problem that the U.S.
Federal Bureau of Investigation has recently established the National
Infrastructure Protection Center to prevent and respond to cyber attacks on the
nation's infrastructure.

The Internet security challenge

  Internet security begins with a firewall, a security component of varying
complexity designed to provide a barrier and control the flow of information
between a company's internal network and the Internet. Firewalls, however, are
often difficult to install, must be configured by skilled personnel and, to
maximize effectiveness, must be continually monitored and updated. A
comprehensive security solution also typically integrates several other
sophisticated security components, such as virtual private networking, which
secures encrypted communications between two points on the Internet, and access
control mechanisms. These components use a complex mixture of technologies,
including user authentication, passwords, packet filters, proxies and
encryption.

                                       32
<PAGE>

  Because SMEs increasingly depend on the Internet for external and internal
communications and for facilitating and conducting business, they need
comprehensive Internet security solutions. Traditional Internet security
solutions, however, are generally difficult to install and expensive to
maintain. Additionally, the technological complexity of traditional solutions
introduces a new set of risks -- their many interacting components can easily
be misconfigured. A study conducted by the FBI and the CSI revealed that
because of configuration errors, 30% of all reported successful break-ins took
place despite the presence of a firewall. SMEs therefore face increasing
pressure to hire trained security personnel to ensure that traditional security
solutions are installed and maintained properly. The scarcity of skilled
network and Internet security personnel, however, makes the cost of hiring in-
house personnel prohibitive for many enterprises, particularly SMEs. Because of
the financial and technical resources necessary to implement, maintain and
update these complex security solutions, they tend to be better suited for
larger enterprises than for SMEs.

  Traditional security solutions are also expensive to maintain because they
must be updated continually to maximize effectiveness. These security solutions
tend to be static, while the dangers against which they must protect are
dynamic, with new types of intrusion schemes and other security threats and
vulnerabilities emerging on a monthly or weekly basis. In 1998, the Computer
Emergency Response Team, a federally funded research and development center,
published 42 responses to security threats or vulnerabilities, an average of
one every 9 days. Even if updates are available to allow an enterprise's
security systems to respond to the changing security landscape, the enterprise
needs dedicated security experts to proactively identify, obtain and manually
implement these updates quickly and correctly.

The Internet security gap

  Despite the obvious and compelling reasons for Internet security, most SMEs
on the Internet do not even have a firewall. The expense and complexity of
traditional security solutions incorporating a firewall puts protection out of
the reach of millions of SMEs that do not have the resources to adopt these
solutions, contributing to a security gap.

  IDC estimates that approximately 3.5 million SMEs in the United States will
be connected to the Internet by the end of 1999. IDC projects, however, that
from 1995, when IDC reports that firewalls first became widely available, until
the end of 1999, less than 450,000 firewalls will be shipped, leaving more than
3 million SMEs without a firewall. This security gap is increasing, with IDC
projecting that in the United States more than 1.1 million new SMEs will
connect to the Internet in the year 2000, but less than 260,000 firewalls will
be shipped during the same period. We believe that the security gap for SMEs
results from the cost and complexity of traditional comprehensive solutions,
combined with the ineffectiveness of lower-end firewall solutions, which lead
many SMEs to choose not to adopt any Internet security solution. Moreover, many
enterprises that have installed security systems continue to experience
significant security breaches because their systems are either configured
improperly or are not timely or properly updated in response to the latest
security threats.

  SMEs require an easy-to-use, highly effective, fully integrated Internet
security solution with low installation and maintenance costs that can be
installed quickly and kept up to date easily. In addition, many SMEs would
rather outsource the management of any Internet security system to vendors such
as ISPs. ISPs, however, face challenges in economically delivering affordable
security services that can be rapidly deployed to thousands of customer sites
and easily managed from a central location.

                                       33
<PAGE>

The WatchGuard Solution

  WatchGuard's LiveSecurity products and services offer a fundamentally new
approach to Internet security. We provide SMEs with a comprehensive, easy-to-
use and cost-effective Internet security solution that we keep up to date
through our innovative Internet-based broadcast service. Our solution has the
following key benefits:

<TABLE>
 <C>                             <S>
 Comprehensive, fully integrated We offer a comprehensive security solution
 security                        integrated into a single package that
                                 includes (1) a firewall, (2) virtual private
                                 networking for secure, encrypted
                                 communication between remote offices, mobile
                                 employees and trading partners,
                                 (3) authentication functions that identify
                                 network users and define user-group security
                                 policies and (4) web surfing control.

 Dynamic protection              Our subscription-based Internet broadcast
                                 service keeps SMEs and their systems up to
                                 date with (1) security threat responses that
                                 specifically address newly discovered
                                 security vulnerabilities or hacker
                                 techniques, (2) software updates and
                                 (3) information alerts concerning current
                                 news in Internet security.

 Easy installation and use       We offer (1) a security appliance with plug-
                                 in installation, (2) management and security
                                 software with an automated installation guide
                                 and (3) point-and-click centralized
                                 management. These features make it easy for
                                 the non-security professional to install,
                                 configure and monitor our security system and
                                 to receive and implement the threat
                                 responses, software updates and information
                                 alerts we broadcast over the Internet.

 Viable ISP outsourcing          Through its centralized configuration and
                                 management capabilities, LiveSecurity for MSS
                                 enables ISPs to provide outsourced Internet
                                 security services to thousands of customers
                                 quickly, easily and at a price SMEs can
                                 afford.

 Affordability                   We minimize SMEs' overall ownership cost with
                                 easy deployment and management that reduces
                                 the requirements for information technology
                                 personnel. Our broadcast updating enables
                                 users of LiveSecurity to address their
                                 security needs by leveraging our team of
                                 security experts.
</TABLE>

Strategy

  Our objective is to be the leading provider of Internet security systems and
services to SMEs worldwide. Our strategy to achieve this goal is based on the
following key elements:

  Maintain our market leadership position in comprehensive security for
SMEs. We intend to maintain our leadership position in comprehensive security
for SMEs by expanding and enhancing our Internet security product and service
offerings. We expect to deliver new versions of our major products
approximately two to three times per year. We were the first, and remain the
leader, in

                                       34
<PAGE>

developing updatable security appliances that execute software sent from a
remote management system. Our architecture allows SMEs to quickly and easily
deploy new products and services from the central management system, which
utilizes a familiar Windows-based interface. Our distributed architecture also
facilitates the scalability necessary for ISPs to provide our products and
services to their customers at a price SMEs can afford. Because our security
appliances are placed at each end-user's site, updates and future offerings
can be delivered to thousands of customers directly from the ISP's network
operations center. We intend to continue to enhance our technology and
architecture, hire additional network and Internet security experts and
continue to invest in product development and product and service
enhancements.

  Expand our strategic relationships with leading Internet service
providers. To capitalize on the desire of many SMEs to outsource their
Internet security management, we have established relationships with industry-
leading ISPs, including FASTNET, GTE, Interpath, PSINet and Verio in the
United States and AT&T EasyLink Services Asia/Pacific Ltd. in the Asia/Pacific
region. We intend to continue to establish similar relationships with ISPs and
expect that these relationships will facilitate the widespread adoption of our
LiveSecurity solution by enabling us to capitalize on the brand recognition
and customer bases of the ISPs. In addition, these strategic relationships
should enhance WatchGuard brand awareness and provide a powerful endorsement
of our security technology and services. For example, PSINet uses LiveSecurity
for MSS to provide managed security services to its customer base, and its
marketing of these services prominently features the WatchGuard brand.

  Expand and enhance our innovative LiveSecurity broadcast service. We have
created an innovative LiveSecurity solution that broadcasts threat responses,
software updates and information alerts over the Internet directly to our
subscribers and ISP partners. We plan to expand and enhance our LiveSecurity
broadcast content, and therefore the value of our subscription service,
through additional investment in three areas:

  . expansion of our rapid response team of dedicated internal security
    experts, including the addition of two to four employees by the end of
    1999;

  . expansion of our LiveSecurity advisory council of industry experts,
    including the addition of one to three outside experts by the end of
    1999; and

  . development of third-party industry relationships, including the addition
    of one to four new relationships by the end of 1999, that will allow us
    to broadcast third-party software and content to our subscribers.

As we expand and enhance our broadcast content, we plan to ensure that it
remains easy to implement and use by enterprises and ISPs.

  Expand WatchGuard brand awareness in the SME market. Currently, there
appears to be little or no brand awareness in the SME market for any Internet
security product. We therefore believe that we have a unique opportunity to
make the WatchGuard brand synonymous with Internet security for SMEs
worldwide. We intend to increase our telemarketing and direct mail programs to
companies that fit our target subscriber profile. We also plan to develop our
web site as a security portal for SMEs with the goal of establishing
www.watchguard.com as the first location SMEs will visit with questions about
Internet security. Our web site currently features links to the web sites of
PSINet and GTE. We plan to add additional links in 1999 and the early part of
2000 and to further integrate our web sites with the web sites of our ISP
partners. In addition, we intend to continue to invest in

                                      35
<PAGE>

marketing programs jointly executed with our distribution partners around the
world. These programs include WatchGuard web site content and links placed on
over 100 reseller sites, regionally targeted public relations activities and
events worldwide, and use of the WatchGuard brand name when ISP partners market
their managed security services.

  Expand worldwide sales and distribution. We intend to expand our
international distribution capabilities to allow any SME with an Internet
connection to purchase the WatchGuard LiveSecurity solution, no matter where
the SME is located. Our goal is to make our security solutions the easiest to
purchase and deploy, whether by the enterprise or by the ISP. We plan to expand
our base of resellers, distributors and ISP partners and make our solution
available for purchase through our resellers' web sites. We will continue to
invest in web-based training programs that educate our worldwide resellers and
subscribers about our product and service features and benefits and that assist
our customers in deploying our products and services.

  We have not determined a schedule for expanding our international
distribution capabilities or for implementing other components of our strategy.
The timing for executing these strategies will depend on market conditions, the
availability of strategic opportunities and the availability of management
resources.

Products and Services

  Our comprehensive LiveSecurity solution includes an integrated suite of
monitoring and management software, an Internet security appliance and a
dynamic broadcast service to keep security defenses current. Businesses,
governmental entities and educational institutions may use our LiveSecurity
System to internally manage their Internet security or elect to outsource
security management to an ISP implementing our LiveSecurity for MSS.

                                       36
<PAGE>

The LiveSecurity System for enterprise-managed security

  We designed our LiveSecurity System for use by enterprises that want to
manage their own Internet security. With the LiveSecurity System, an enterprise
can quickly and affordably deploy comprehensive security protection to all
sites on its network, while retaining centralized control and administration.

   [Diagram depicting the LiveSecurity System of enterprise-managed security:
  WatchGuard sends LiveSecurity broadcast over the Internet to the Firebox and
 the security manager at SME headquarters; the SME security manager manages the
            Fireboxes at SME branch offices from SME headquarters.]

  The LiveSecurity System has three key components: our security management
system software with security and management features, our security appliance
and a subscription to our Internet-based broadcast service.

  Security features. The LiveSecurity System contains the following security
features:

  . Firewall. Our firewall controls incoming and outgoing traffic between the
    Internet and an enterprise's systems and data. The firewall incorporates
    access control, logging and notification, and detection and blocking
    features.

  . Authentication. Our authentication features identify network users and
    define user and user-group security policies.

  . Virtual private networking. Our software enables enterprises to create
    virtual private networks by using encryption technology to allow data to
    flow securely across the Internet between two predetermined points. Our
    remote user VPN secures communications with telecommuters and traveling
    employees, while our branch office VPN secures communications with branch
    offices and trading partners. Our virtual private networking solutions
    implement industry standard protocols.

                                       37
<PAGE>


  . Web surfing control. Our web-blocking feature enables enterprises to
    restrict site access privileges by user, group, time of day, site type or
    particular site.

  Management features. Our Windows-based software manages and monitors an
enterprise's Internet security with an intuitive, point-and-click user
interface.

  . Integrated suite of system management tools. Our security management
    system packages, configures and deploys security software, security
    policies and the operating system to an enterprise's security appliances.
    Our management tools feature real-time monitoring and historical
    reporting of network, service and bandwidth usage and allow management of
    multiple security appliances from a single location.

  . Automated installation guide. Our automated installation guide enables
    enterprises to install our system and define user and user-group security
    policies in as quickly as 30 minutes.

  Security appliance. Our security appliance, the WatchGuard Firebox, is a
standalone Internet security appliance that runs the security functions of the
LiveSecurity System. The Firebox's security capabilities come entirely from the
operating system, security software and security policies directed to it from
the remote management software. It simply plugs in and resides between an
enterprise's Internet router and its internal network of servers and
workstations. The Firebox has three independent, separately monitored
connections: one to the enterprise's network, one to the Internet and one to
the enterprise's public network for hosting web and email servers. The
LiveSecurity System encrypts communications between the Firebox and the
management software on the in-house manager's desktop.

  Broadcast service. We keep our security solution current and our customers
informed through a subscription-based broadcast service that securely transmits
new security content over the Internet directly to the in-house manager's
desktop computer. Our broadcasts include:

  . Threat responses. When our rapid response team discovers and neutralizes
    a security vulnerability or new hacker technique, we broadcast software
    that specifically addresses that security threat.

  . Software updates. We broadcast software updates that enhance the function
    of the LiveSecurity System as a whole.

  . Information alerts. We notify our customers of breaking Internet security
    news and upcoming enhancements. In addition, our team of industry-leading
    security advisors provides continuing education on the rapidly changing
    field of Internet security.

  Our LiveSecurity broadcast service enables SMEs to augment their information
technology staff with our security experts, which substantially reduces
personnel costs. Every new LiveSecurity System includes a one-year subscription
to our broadcast service.

LiveSecurity for MSS for Internet service providers

  To serve the needs of enterprises that want to outsource their Internet
security and the needs of ISPs that want to provide this service, we have
created LiveSecurity for MSS. LiveSecurity for MSS allows an ISP to centrally
configure, monitor and update the Internet security of thousands of managed
customers. The ISP can economically deliver a full range of security services
while their subscribing customers enjoy the benefit of our up-to-date
protection at an affordable price.

                                       38
<PAGE>






[Diagram depicting LiveSecurity for MSS for Internet service providers:
WatchGuard sends LiveSecurity broadcast to the ISP security manager at the ISP
network operations center; ISP security manager manages and monitors Fireboxes
at the time premises of the ISP's subscribing customers.]

  LiveSecurity for MSS has four components: our network operations center, or
NOC, security suite software with security and management features, our
security appliances, our LiveSecurity broadcast service and optional monitoring
software for the ISP's customers.

  Security features. LiveSecurity for MSS includes the same comprehensive set
of security features offered with the LiveSecurity System.

  Management features. Centrally located at the ISP's network operations
center, our global policy manager software provides security intelligence and
configuration for all customer sites under management. Our software allows the
ISP to create and store various security policy configurations for different
customer groups or service plans. Our scalable WatchGuard event processor
software provides monitoring and reporting for customer sites.

  Security appliances. One or more of our security appliances resides on the
ISP customer's premises. The appliances receive and implement the operating
system, security software and security policies that the ISP sends.

  Broadcast service. Through our LiveSecurity broadcast service, the ISP's
network operations center receives threat responses, system updates and
information alerts. The ISP then updates the security policy of its customers
and transmits these policy updates over its network to those customers.

  Monitoring software for the ISP's customers. The optional Firebox monitor
software allows the ISP's customer to view its network activity on-site while
otherwise leaving the management of its Internet security to the ISP.

  Receiving the benefits of our security solution through an ISP gives an
enterprise a number of added advantages. ISPs

  .  monitor and manage customers' security 24 hours a day, 7 days a week;

                                       39
<PAGE>

  .  define and implement professional, customized Internet security
     policies;

  .  automatically install software updates and threat responses;

  .  regularly review customers' security and provide detailed reporting and
     analysis; and

  .  mitigate the up-front cost of security system purchase and setup.

Implementation

  The WatchGuard LiveSecurity System. Once an enterprise registers on one of
our LiveSecurity web sites, its registration information is automatically
transferred to our LiveSecurity database. Upon verification, the enterprise can
download and install our security management system software and begin
receiving our LiveSecurity broadcasts. The security management system software
configures the LiveSecurity System, implements security protection and manages
the installed security features with a point-and-click user interface. Our
LiveSecurity broadcasts go directly to the Windows desktop of the person
responsible for Internet security, who follows our easy installation
instructions to send the updated security software, security policy or
operating system to all of the enterprise's security appliances for automatic
implementation. We send our LiveSecurity broadcasts from a redundant, secured
broadcast server, using digital certificates and public key encryption.
Communications between the management software and the security appliances are
also encrypted.

  LiveSecurity for MSS. Our scalable NOC security suite software enables an ISP
to economically and efficiently configure, monitor and update the Internet
security of thousands of managed customers from its network operations center.
The ISP uses our global policy manager's security policy templates to
streamline initialization and configuration of security policies to match the
ISP's specific service offerings and customer needs. The global policy manager
then sends the desired operating system, security software or policy
configuration to subscribing customers' security appliances. The security
appliances implement the new security policies and forward activity logs to
WatchGuard event processor software, which monitors network activity and
reports back to the global policy manager. Communications between the network
operations center, the event processors and the security appliances are
encrypted, and we have implemented automatic failover features to protect
valuable log information against being lost due to hardware or network failure.
ISP personnel at the network operations center use our suite of real-time
monitoring tools to track each security appliance on the ISP's network and
transmit LiveSecurity broadcast content to all ISP subscribers. In addition,
the ISP can offer its customers Firebox monitor software, a Windows-based
monitoring tool that allows subscribers to view their network activity and
defenses in real time while leaving management of the system to the ISP.

  Customer service. We make customer service a priority. Our staff of support
representatives serves our end-users and ISP partners by phone and email from
6:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m. Pacific standard time, Monday through Friday, excluding
national holidays. As of March 31, 1999, we had 12 customer support
representatives. We also offer 24-hour-a-day, 7-day-a-week web support tools.
Our computerized customer center manages all support requests and allows
customers to check resolution status on-line. We provide on-line answers to
frequently asked questions about our products, descriptions of how to configure
WatchGuard products to work with other products and other technical
information.

The WatchGuard team of experts

  Rapid response team. Our rapid response team identifies, analyzes and
generates responses to new Internet security threats. To identify new threats,
the team continually monitors a wide variety of

                                       40
<PAGE>


Internet sources related to network security, including news groups, vendor web
sites and hacker bulletin boards. When the rapid response team identifies a new
security threat, we send an advisory to our subscribers while software or
configuration changes to neutralize the threat are developed and tested. We
then broadcast the software updates or configuration recommendations to our
subscribers. The team sends other information of interest as information
alerts, which include cautionary notices, general usage guidelines and other
important announcements.

  LiveSecurity advisory council. Our LiveSecurity advisory council provides
continuing education on the rapidly changing subject of Internet security. The
council also oversees and contributes to the efforts of our rapid response
team. We intend to expand the council as opportunities arise. Currently, the
council is composed of Messrs. Frederick Avolio and Rik Farrow.

    Frederick Avolio. Mr. Avolio has been involved in Internet computing and
  communication since the early 1980s and has worked with Internet security
  systems for over 10 years. He assisted in the creation of the first
  commercial Internet firewall offering and helped create the commercial
  security products division of Trusted Information Systems. His areas of
  expertise include firewalls, intrusion detection, cryptography, security
  management and electronic mail systems. Mr. Avolio is the co-author, with
  Paul Vixie, of Sendmail Theory and Practice, published by Digital Press. He
  holds a B.S. in computer science from the University of Dayton and an M.S.
  in computer science from Indiana University.

    Rik Farrow. Mr. Farrow provides UNIX and Internet security consulting and
  training. He has been working with UNIX system security since 1984 and with
  TCP/IP networks since 1988. He has taught in a number of countries and for
  a variety of organizations. He also consults with firms in designing and
  implementing security applications. Mr. Farrow is the author of UNIX System
  Security, published by Addison-Wesley, and is the co-author, with Rebecca
  Thomas, of UNIX Administrator's Guide to System V, published by Prentice
  Hall. He writes a column for ;login:, the magazine of the USENIX
  Association, and a network security column for Network magazine.

Licensing and pricing

  For an enterprise purchasing our LiveSecurity System, we include in the
system price a perpetual license for the security and management software. The
enterprise also receives a renewable one-year subscription to our LiveSecurity
broadcast service, through which it receives threat responses, software updates
and information alerts.

  For LiveSecurity for MSS, an ISP buys a license to use our NOC security suite
management and security software and makes an annual license payment for each
customer security appliance it manages. The licenses, the cost of which varies
depending on the ISP's volume commitment, allow the ISP to manage its
subscribers' security appliances from its network operations center. Each
annual license includes a subscription to our LiveSecurity broadcast service.

                                       41
<PAGE>

  The following table lists our end-user product prices as of January 1, 1999.
We offer reseller discounts, educational discounts and occasional promotional
pricing.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
       Product               Components          List Price
- -----------------------------------------------------------
 <C>                  <S>                        <C>
                      LiveSecurity System         $  4,990
                      Security management
 LiveSecurity System  system software
                      Firebox II security
                      appliance
                      12-month LiveSecurity
                      subscription
                         ----------------------------------
                      LiveSecurity
                      subscription renewal        $    995
- -----------------------------------------------------------
                      LiveSecurity for MSS
                      platform pack               $ 64,475
                      NOC Security Suite
                      Firebox II for MSS: 5
                      appliances
                      MSS client licenses: 5
                      licenses
                      MSS technical
                      certification class: 1
                      attendee
                      LiveSecurity broadcast
                      service
                         ----------------------------------
                      NOC security suite
                      software                    $ 50,000
                         ----------------------------------
                      Firebox II for MSS          $  1,300
                         ----------------------------------
                      MSS technical
 LiveSecurity For MSS certification class         $  2,500
                         ----------------------------------
                      Firebox monitor software    $    195
                         ----------------------------------
                      MSS annual client
                      license
                      Block of 25: $1,695 per
                      license                     $ 42,375
                      Block of 50: $1,495 per
                      license                       74,750
                      Block of 100: $1,395 per
                      license                      139,500
                      Block of 250:$1,295 per
                      license                      323,750
                      Block of 500: $1,095 per
                      license                      547,500
                      Block of 1,000: $945 per
                      license                      945,000
</TABLE>



Sales, Marketing and Distribution

  We employ a global marketing strategy. Because the need for Internet security
crosses geographic and economic boundaries, our business opportunity extends
worldwide to all business segments. Since our inception, we have invested
heavily in worldwide sales and marketing. International sales generated over
35% of our revenues in 1998 and approximately 47% of our revenues in the three
months ended March 31, 1999.

  We sell our products and services through indirect channels covering 48
countries. Over 230 companies resell our products and services, including

  . distributors, such as Eltrax Systems, Inc., Ingram Micro, Otsuka Shokai
    Co., Ltd., Tech Data and Wick Hill Group, Plc;

  . value-added resellers, such as CDW Computer Centers, Inc., Integrated
    Network Technologies, Kent DataComm, Network Computing Architects, Inc.
    and Solunet; and

  . ISPs, such as AT&T EasyLink Services Asia/Pacific Ltd., FASTNET, GTE,
    Interpath, PSINet and Verio.

Our agreements with our resellers are nonexclusive and provide for discounts
based on the reseller's minimum purchase commitment or the volume that the
reseller purchases or resells.

                                       42
<PAGE>

  We divide our sales organization regionally among North America, Latin
America, Europe and Asia/Pacific, and also between the enterprise and managed
security market segments. In North America, we have sales personnel located in
Atlanta, Boston, Chicago, Dallas, Denver, Los Angeles, New York, Philadelphia,
San Francisco, Seattle and Toronto. Internationally, we have sales personnel
located in Amsterdam, Melbourne, Munich, Surrey and Tokyo, and in Buenos Aires
and Miami to cover Latin America. Assisting our reseller network within a
specific region is a central responsibility of our regional sales
representatives. Regional sales representatives manage our relationships with
our network of distributors, resellers and ISPs, help our reseller network sell
and support key customer accounts, and act as liaison between our reseller
network and our marketing and product development organizations. We expect to
continue to expand our field sales organization in support of both the managed
security and enterprise market segments.

  We conduct a number of marketing programs to support the sale and
distribution of our products. These programs inform existing and potential
resellers, distributors, ISPs and end-user customers about the capabilities and
benefits of our products. Marketing activities include advertising, publishing
technical and educational articles in industry journals, participating in
industry tradeshows and product technology conferences, sales training and
marketing on our web site. As of March 31, 1999, we had 46 employees in our
sales and marketing organization.

  Preferred service provider program. For our partner ISPs, we instituted a
preferred service provider program in 1999. The goal of the program is to
partner with managed security service providers to jointly promote LiveSecurity
protection to SMEs worldwide. Joining the program gives ISPs access to several
marketing and promotional opportunities, including special placement on the
WatchGuard web site, prominence in WatchGuard marketing materials and joint
participation in tradeshows and events. For example, PSINet and GTE are
featured on the WatchGuard web site. The WatchGuard site has active links to
PSINet's and GTE's sites, which contain instructions on how to sign up for
WatchGuard-based managed security services. The program also includes several
options for joint promotions, which leverage the marketing and sales abilities
of both WatchGuard and the ISP.

  WatchGuard LiveSecurity alliance. In November 1998, we launched a
LiveSecurity alliance, a technology and marketing program designed to support
the LiveSecurity concept and WatchGuard products and services. The purpose of
the alliance program is to enhance the interoperability of our LiveSecurity
products and services with alliance partner products and services and to engage
in cooperative marketing. Vendors in the alliance include BackWeb Technologies,
Clarent Corporation, CRYPTOCard, eSafe Technologies, Inc., FASTNET, Finjan,
Inc., Funk Software, ISS Group, Inc., PSINet, Rainbow Technologies, RSA Data
Security, Inc., WebTrends Corporation, Worldtalk Corporation and Verio.

                                       43
<PAGE>

Customers

  As of March 31, 1999, we had shipped over 7,000 of our security appliances to
our reseller network, which resold our products and services to end-users
spanning a wide variety of countries and industries. The following is a
representative list of our ISP and end-user customers:

<TABLE>
<S>                                          <C>                                         <C>
Internet Service Providers                   Technology                                  Manufacturing
- --------------------------                   ----------                                  -------------
AT&T EasyLink Services                       AlphaBlox Corporation Inc.                  Bolle Inc.
 Asia/Pacific Ltd.                           Bentley Systems, Incorporated               Brown Shoe Company
GTE Internetworking, Inc.                    e-DOCS.net                                  Durkan Patterned Carpet, Inc.
Interpath Communications, Inc.               JDA Software Group, Inc.                    Ferguson Metals/Aerospace
PSINet Inc.                                  Pentax Technologies                          Alloys Inc.
Verio, Inc.                                   Corporation                                Graham Steel Corporation
You Tools Corporation/                       Sheridan Software                           J.E. Dunn Construction
 FASTNET                                      Systems, Inc.                               Company

Services                                     Education                                   Government
- --------                                     ---------                                   ----------
Boullioun Aviation Services                  Boston Architectural Center                 City of Bellingham, WA
Bull Housser & Tupper                        Canon City Schools                          City of Dandenong,
Camp, Inc.                                   Huntsville Intermediate                      Australia
Catholic Charities                            School District                            City of Garden Grove, CA
Digital Magic                                Summit Board of Education                   Lenoir County, NC MIS
hawthorne direct inc.                        Woodridge School District #68               Mornington Peninsula
Javelin Technology                                                                        Shire Council, Australia
                                             Financial Services                          North Carolina State Ports
Medical                                      ------------------                          Pierce County, WA
- -------                                      Atlantic Mortgage &                          Library Service
Bendigo Health Care Group                     Investment Corp.
CoreCare Systems, Inc.                       Hudson Valley Federal Credit                Entertainment
Health Technologies Pty Ltd                   Union                                      -------------
NeoTherapeutics, Inc.                        KDP Investment Advisors                     Argosy Gaming Company
PATH                                         McMahan Securities Co., LP                  Black Hawk Gaming &
Southeast Alabama Medical Center             Seritis Services Group, LLC                  Development Company
Unimed Pharmaceuticals, Inc.                 Sunflower Bank                              Crave Entertainment, Inc.
                                                                                         Everton Football Club
Media                                        Retail
- -----                                        ------                                      Utilities and
KSTW-UPN 11 Television                       Norm Thompson Outfitters, Inc.              Telecommunications
Reader's Digest Australia                    Rebel Sport Limited                         ------------------
The Herald                                                                               Globecomm Systems, Inc.
University of Toronto Press                                                              MACtel
</TABLE>

Case Studies

  The following are profiles of WatchGuard customers that have successfully
implemented our products and services:

GTE Internetworking, Inc. -- An ISP providing managed Internet security
services

  GTE Internetworking, Inc., part of one of the largest publicly held
telecommunications companies in the world, has been providing managed Internet
access and related services worldwide

                                       44
<PAGE>

for more than 20 years. In April 1999, GTE introduced a new LiveSecurity for
MSS-based security service, GTE Security Advantage(TM), which enables GTE to
offer a cost-effective managed Internet security service to SMEs and branch
offices of large corporations.

  GTE has integrated LiveSecurity for MSS into its sophisticated $6 million,
5,000-square-foot network operations center in Burlington, Massachusetts, and
offers GTE Security Advantage to both current and new customers. In the past,
GTE focused its managed security services on Fortune 500 corporations. By
partnering with WatchGuard, however, GTE can expand its range of services by
offering SMEs the same level of security it could only offer in the past to
large enterprises, due to the cost and complexity of its previous service
offerings.

  GTE is a member of our preferred service provider program, which enables GTE
and WatchGuard to combine their marketing expertise and resources in joint
marketing activities that promote GTE Security Advantage through various media.
GTE will also promote the GTE Security Advantage service through its network of
independent local exchange carriers, which deliver telephone service and
Internet connectivity to SMEs.

Bentley Systems, Incorporated -- An enterprise protecting its offices with the
WatchGuard LiveSecurity System

  Bentley Systems, Incorporated is a worldwide leader in quality engineering
software products and user services, serving over 250,000 professionals in
building engineering, geoengineering and mechanical engineering. Its
MicroStation(TM) products, used by over 70% of the largest engineering firms in
the United States, are used to design buildings, airports, hospitals,
facilities, highways, bridges and industrial plants throughout the world.
Founded in 1984, Bentley has become one of the world's fastest-growing software
companies.

  Bentley protects itself with the WatchGuard LiveSecurity System, deploying 11
WatchGuard Fireboxes. The company has implemented WatchGuard's branch office
VPN software to secure communications between its headquarters in Exton,
Pennsylvania and its branch offices in Huntsville, Alabama and Littleton,
Massachusetts, and relies on WatchGuard's remote user VPN software to encrypt
communications between its offices and approximately 55 traveling salespeople.
Now that Bentley has established interconnectivity between offices with its
network of WatchGuard security appliances, it is in the process of moving from
a private-frame wide area network to a virtual private network of Internet
sites, which will reduce its remote access costs by over 60%.

Technology and Architecture

  Our LiveSecurity solution utilizes an innovative distributed architecture
through which a basic processor in a security appliance receives and executes
software directed to it from a remote management system. Because the security
intelligence resides in the software and not in the hardware, we can keep our
customers' Internet security up to date with periodic broadcasts of new
security software and operating system configurations. Our LiveSecurity
solution encrypts and authenticates communications between WatchGuard, the
management system software and the security appliance. This allows the
management system and the appliance to be separated within an enterprise's
local or wide area network or between an ISP and its subscriber. Typically, to
install software on a computer using a general-purpose operating system such as
Windows, a person must be physically present at the computer. Our distributed
architecture, however, allows our customers to remotely install our software on
the security appliances and receive updated software broadcast over the
Internet.

                                       45
<PAGE>

  The diagram below depicts the core technologies we use to deliver our
products and services. Our approach gives us flexibility, reliability and
scalability.

[Diagram depicting the components of WatchGuard's security applicance,
operating system software, security software, management software and Internet
distribution.]

  Security appliance. Our security appliance uses a standard Intel Pentium
processor, which is dedicated solely to running security functions. The
security appliance has no other function and no hard drive memory storage.

  Operating system software. Our security appliance's operating system is a
custom-configured Linux kernel. Using Linux under an open source license, we
have been able to review the source code and generate a flexible, robust and
secure operating system. We use specially designed application programming
interfaces to facilitate secure loading of new operating system and security
software that our management software sends to the appliance.

  Security features. The LiveSecurity solution implements our security features
in a number of software modules. Each module provides the specific function
that the management system defines in security rules and transmits to the
appliance. For example, the firewall features that control network traffic are
based around an extensible set of network service protocols, such as HTTP and
SMTP. The appliance applies the security policies defined by the management
system to all incoming or outgoing traffic. Those network services that require
special security, such as mail and file transfers, are directed to specific
modules. Additional modules implement other security features, such as
authentication and web surfing control, which also are defined in the security
policies that the management system transmits to the appliance. If web surfing
control is activated, for example, the web surfing control software module will
automatically check the details of all outgoing web traffic to make sure it
complies with the defined policies.

  We use an open architectural structure to allow integration with common
standards for network security. For example, our virtual private networking
component currently supports IPSec and PPTP standards, and our authentication
module supports a variety of standard authentication methods. We intend to
adopt additional standards as they mature in the market.

                                       46
<PAGE>

  Management features. Because enterprise and ISP environments are very
different, we designed a separate management system for each. Our LiveSecurity
System management software allows for quick installation and management by a
typical SME in-house manager using a standard Windows system. We designed the
LiveSecurity for MSS management software, on the other hand, for a trained
operator using a dedicated management console to configure and manage the
security of a large subscriber base. Both management systems have the ability
to remotely deploy new security software to the appliances or update their
security engines from the management console. Our ISP customers can choose to
separately and remotely deploy certain security features, such as virtual
private networking and web blocking. This gives ISPs the ability to
incrementally add for-fee services to their basic service offering, without the
expense of sending personnel to their customers' sites.

  To enable ISPs to configure, monitor and manage the Internet security of
thousands of customers, LiveSecurity for MSS includes scalable logging and
monitoring software called WatchGuard event processors. The event processors
run on UNIX-based workstations and can be located in the network operations
center or distributed at the ISP's point of presence. Each event processor
manages the logging and notification features of up to 500 security appliances
via commands issued from the global policy manager at the network operations
center.

  LiveSecurity broadcast. Our scalable LiveSecurity broadcast system is a
collection of secured servers that registers subscribers, facilitates
downloading our software to the desktop computers of registered subscribers and
broadcasts threat responses, software updates and information alerts to
subscribers. To facilitate a high level of security and authenticity, we
protect our servers with our own security system and strongly encrypt data
communication between servers. We also encrypt and digitally sign broadcasts to
ensure that subscribers receive only authentic LiveSecurity broadcast content.
We can replicate and distribute our LiveSecurity servers throughout the world,
which should enable us to meet growth in demand for our LiveSecurity service.
We have initially deployed one primary server and two replicated servers to
reach North America, Asia and Europe.

Research and Development

  To maintain our product and service leadership position, we focus our
research and development efforts on enhancing our existing products, developing
new products based on our innovative distributed appliance architecture and
developing services that capitalize on our LiveSecurity broadcast
infrastructure. We utilize a modular design, which allows us to develop new
applications that plug into our existing product line. As a result, our
products can be deployed in stages, whether directly by an enterprise or by an
ISP if the enterprise has outsourced its security management. As we develop new
products, our LiveSecurity end-users and ISP partners can incorporate the new
products into their systems with minimal system interruption.

  As of March 31, 1999, we employed 38 people on our research and development
staff. Research and development expenses were approximately $274,000 in 1996,
$2.2 million in 1997, $5.3 million in 1998 and $1.5 million in the three months
ended March 31, 1999. All of our product development activities are conducted
at our principal facility in Seattle, Washington.

Competition

  We compete in a market that is new, intensely competitive, highly fragmented
and rapidly changing. We face competition in sales both of products and
services designed for enterprises and of those designed for ISPs. We have
experienced and will continue to experience increased competition from current
and emerging competitors, many of which have significantly greater financial,
technical, marketing and other resources.

                                       47
<PAGE>

  In the market for Internet security solutions, we compete on the basis of
technological expertise and functionality, breadth of service and product
features, ease of installation and management, updatability, scalability, brand
recognition, price and customer support. Currently, the dominant competitor in
our industry is Check Point Software Technologies Ltd. Other competitors
offering security products include hardware and software vendors such as Axent
Technologies, Inc., Cisco Systems, Inc., Lucent Technologies, Inc., Network
Associates, Inc. and a number of smaller companies, and operating system
vendors such as Microsoft Corporation, Novell, Inc. and Sun Microsystems, Inc.

  Our competitors may be able to respond more quickly to new or emerging
technologies and changes in customer requirements than we can. In addition, our
current and future competitors may bundle their products with other software or
hardware, including operating systems and browsers, in a manner that may
discourage users from purchasing the products and services we offer. Many of
our current and potential competitors have greater name recognition, larger
customer bases to leverage and access to proprietary technology, and could
therefore gain market share to our detriment. We expect additional competition
as other established and emerging companies enter the Internet security market
and new products and technologies are introduced.

  While most of our competitors have generally targeted large-enterprise
security needs, using complex products that run on general purpose hosts such
as UNIX or Windows NT and require full training and support programs, these
vendors could adapt their existing products to make them more attractive to
SMEs. If our competitors were to focus their greater financial, technical and
marketing resources on the SME market, our business could be adversely
affected. While none of our competitors currently offer a technology similar to
our LiveSecurity solution architecture to address changing security threats,
they could develop such technology as part of any SME appliance offering.
Increased competition in the SME market could result in price reductions, fewer
customer orders, reduced gross margins and loss of market share.

Proprietary Rights

  To protect our proprietary rights, we rely primarily on

  . copyright, trademark, service mark and trade secret laws;

  . license agreements with third parties, including a standard software
    license included with our products;

  . confidentiality agreements with our employees and third parties;

  . invention assignment agreements with our employees and contractors;

  . protective contractual provisions in our agreements with some of our
    consultants, resellers and customers; and

  . limited access to our software, documentation and other proprietary
    information.

  WatchGuard(R) is a registered trademark in the United States, Norway and New
Zealand. Firebox(TM) and LiveSecurity(TM) are trademarks in the United States
and in some foreign jurisdictions. We have no patents, but we have four patents
pending. We copyright our software.

  We currently license and use the following technologies in our products and
services:

  . BSAFE encryption toolkit from RSA Data Security, Inc. This industry-
    standard product provides us with encryption functions that we use in our
    remote office VPN product. We pay a fee for this perpetual license, which
    we may terminate for any reason with 90 days' notice.

                                       48
<PAGE>


  . Cyber Patrol database from the Learning Company. This database provides
    blocking of particular web addresses as part of our web-blocking module.

  . Linux kernel. We use a customized version of the Linux operating system
    for our security appliance platform. This license is a no-cost, open-
    source license.

  . BackWeb Technologies client software and server. We use this technology
    to facilitate the distribution of our LiveSecurity content.

U.S. Government Export Regulation Compliance

  Our products are subject to federal export restrictions on encryption
strength. To comply with these restrictions, we have developed two versions of
our products: one for the U.S. and Canadian market and one for international
markets. Recent federal legislation, however, has increased exportable
encryption strength and allows the export of any-strength encryption to
designated business sectors overseas, including U.S. subsidiaries, banks,
financial institutions, insurance companies and health and medical end-users.
In addition, we have obtained a federal export license that allows us to export
encryption of any strength to commercial entities in 45 approved countries.
With these expanded export rights, we may export strong encryption to a wide
range of foreign end-users, subject to limitations and record-keeping
requirements. To comply with these constraints, we obtain from our distributors
and resellers detailed information about each foreign end-user customer that
will obtain strong encryption.

Manufacturing

  We currently outsource all hardware manufacturing and assembly to two
companies in California: Smart Modular Technologies, Inc., our motherboard
manufacturer, and Streamlined Electronics Manufacturing, our final assembly
house. The motherboard manufacturer designed and manufactures the motherboard
to our specifications. The manufacturer may terminate the agreement for breach
or insolvency of WatchGuard. We then distribute the finished products worldwide
from our Seattle distribution center. Both the motherboard manufacturer and
final assembly house test our hardware to confirm that all components function
properly. Both companies are certified as meeting the International
Organization for Standardization's quality assurance standards: Smart Modular
Technologies against ISO 9001 and 9002, and Streamlined Electronics
Manufacturing against ISO 9002.

Employees

  As of March 31, 1999, we had 121 employees. Of these, 46 were employed in
sales and marketing, 11 in finance and administration, 12 in customer support
and 52 in development and operations. We are not parties to any collective
bargaining agreements with our employees and we have not experienced any work
stoppages. We believe we have good relations with our employees.

Facilities

  Our principal administrative, marketing, sales, development and operations
facility is located in Seattle, Washington. We occupy approximately 20,200
square feet in this facility, under two leases that expire in April 2001. We
will be expanding our general office space within the next 12 months, and we
expect adequate space to be available on commercially reasonable terms. We also
maintain a 3,000-square-foot warehouse for product fulfillment and
distribution. The warehouse lease expires in August 2000, but has two one-year
renewal options.

Legal Proceedings

  We currently are not a party to any material legal proceeding.

                                       49
<PAGE>

                                   MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers, Directors and Key Employees

  The following table lists the executive officers, directors and key employees
of WatchGuard as of April 30, 1999.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 Name                             Age                Position
 ----                             ---                --------
 <C>                              <C> <S>
 Executive Officers and Directors

 Christopher G. Slatt............  40 President, Chief Executive Officer and
                                      Chairman of the Board

 Steven N. Moore.................  41 Executive Vice President of Finance,
                                      Chief Financial Officer, Secretary,
                                      Treasurer and Director

 R. Michael Peronto..............  42 Vice President and Chief Operating
                                      Officer

 Stuart J. Ellman................  32 Director

 Andrew W. Verhalen..............  42 Director

 Charles P. Waite, Jr............  43 Director

 Key Employees

 David W. Bonn...................  36 Chief Technology Officer

 Randall C. Boroughs.............  42 Vice President of LiveSecurity

 Dennis R. Cloutier..............  48 Executive Vice President of Sales

 Todd A. Hooper..................  33 Vice President of Business Development

 Michael V. Martucci.............  40 Vice President of Marketing
</TABLE>

  We have no employment agreements with our executive officers.

  Christopher G. Slatt cofounded WatchGuard in February 1996. Mr. Slatt has
served WatchGuard as president, chief executive officer and director since its
inception, and as chairman of the board since April 1999. From September 1993
to October 1995, he served as a vice president and a general manager of Legent
Corporation, a computer software company. Legent Corporation was acquired by
Computer Associates International, Inc., a computer software company, in August
1995. He is also a director of a privately held company. Mr. Slatt holds a
B.S.E.E. from the University of Notre Dame.

  Steven N. Moore cofounded WatchGuard in February 1996. Mr. Moore has served
WatchGuard as executive vice president of finance, chief financial officer,
secretary, treasurer and director since its inception, and as its vice
president of finance and operations from its inception until March 1999. From
September 1993 to September 1995, he served as a director of finance of Legent
Corporation. Mr. Moore holds a B.S. in finance from Central Washington
University.

  R. Michael Peronto joined WatchGuard as vice president and chief operating
officer in March 1999. From February 1997 to November 1998, Mr. Peronto served
as president and chief executive Officer of Endura Software Corporation, a
management software supply company. From September 1994 to February 1997, he
served as vice president of publishing products and site manager of Adobe
Systems Incorporated, a desktop publishing and graphics software company. From
July 1992 to September 1994, he served as general manager of graphic products
of Aldus Corporation, a desktop publishing and graphics software company that
was acquired by Adobe Systems Incorporated. Mr. Peronto holds a B.A. in
economics from UCLA and an M.B.A. from the University of Washington.

                                       50
<PAGE>


  Stuart J. Ellman has served as a director of WatchGuard since April 1998. In
August 1994, Mr. Ellman cofounded RRE Investors, LLC and RRE Investors II, LLC,
both of which are venture capital firms. He serves as managing director of RRE
Investors, LLC and as a member of RRE Investors II, LLC. He is also a director
of several privately held companies. Mr. Ellman holds a B.A. in economics from
Wesleyan University and an M.B.A. from Harvard University.

  Andrew W. Verhalen has served as a director of WatchGuard since May 1997.
Since April 1992, Mr. Verhalen has been a partner of Matrix Partners, a venture
capital firm. He currently is a director of Copper Mountain Networks, a
communications equipment company, and Unwired Planet, a wireless communications
software company. He also serves on the board of several private technology
companies. Before Matrix, Mr. Verhalen held senior management positions at 3Com
Corporation and Intel Corporation. He holds a B.S.E.E., an M.E. and an M.B.A.
from Cornell University.

  Charles P. Waite, Jr. has served as a director of WatchGuard since May 1997.
Since December 1987, Mr. Waite has served as a general partner of Olympic
Venture Partners. He is also a director of Cardima, Inc., CellPro Incorporated,
Verity, Inc. and several privately held companies. Mr. Waite holds an A.B. in
history from Kenyon College and an M.B.A. from Harvard University.

  David W. Bonn joined WatchGuard in March 1996 and has served WatchGuard as
chief technology officer since March 1999. From May 1997 to March 1999, Mr.
Bonn served as WatchGuard's vice president of engineering. From February 1997
to May 1997, he served as WatchGuard's chief technology officer. From March
1996 to February 1997, he served as WatchGuard's vice president of security
products. He cofounded Mazama Software Labs, Inc., a computer software company,
in 1995, and served as its president until the acquisition of Mazama's
technology by WatchGuard in March 1996. From November 1993 to January 1995, he
served as senior software engineer of Legent Corporation. Mr. Bonn holds a B.S.
in computer science from the University of Washington.

  Randall C. Boroughs joined WatchGuard in October 1997 and has served
WatchGuard as vice president of LiveSecurity since December 1998. From October
1997 to December 1998, Mr. Boroughs served as WatchGuard's vice president of
product management. From August to October 1997, he served as a consultant with
MarkeTech Consulting. From January 1996 to August 1997, he served as director
of marketing of GTE Corporation's network management organization. From August
1995 to January 1996, he served as a director of product management of Computer
Associates International, Inc. From September 1993 to August 1995, he served as
a director of product management of Legent Corporation. Mr. Boroughs holds a
B.S. in aeronautical engineering from the University of Washington.

  Dennis R. Cloutier joined WatchGuard in March 1997 as executive vice
president of sales. From March 1994 to September 1996, Mr. Cloutier served as
vice president of sales of Sierra On-Line, an education and entertainment
computer software publisher. Mr. Cloutier holds a B.S. in marketing from
Central Connecticut University.

  Todd A. Hooper joined WatchGuard in June 1998 and has served WatchGuard as
vice president of business development since February 1999. From June 1998 to
February 1999, Mr. Hooper served as WatchGuard's director of market
development. From March 1996 to May 1998, he served as manager of Internet and
open systems of AlphaWest Pty. Ltd., a provider of information technology-based
services. From January 1994 to March 1996, he served as chief executive officer
and managing director of Momentum Pty. Ltd., a management consulting company.
Mr. Hooper holds a Bachelor of Business in information processing from Curtin
University.

                                       51
<PAGE>


  Michael V. Martucci joined WatchGuard in May 1997 as vice president of
marketing. From February 1996 to May 1997, Mr. Martucci served as director of
sales and marketing worldwide of Corbis Corporation, an Internet delivery and
sales company. From August 1994 to February 1996, he served as director of
sales and marketing worldwide of Knight-Ridder's Presslink, Inc., an Internet
delivery and sales company. From August 1993 to August 1994, he served as vice
president of marketing of Telepad Corporation, a wireless and hand-held
computing solutions marketing company. Mr. Martucci holds a B.C.E. in civil
engineering and an M.S.I.M. in marketing and financial management from Georgia
Institute of Technology.

Committees of the Board of Directors

  The compensation committee of our board of directors consists of Messrs.
Ellman, Verhalen and Waite. The compensation committee

  . reviews and approves the compensation and benefits for our executive
    officers and grants stock options under our stock option plan and

  . makes recommendations to the board of directors regarding these matters.

  The audit committee consists of Messrs. Ellman, Verhalen and Waite. The audit
committee

  . makes recommendations to the board of directors regarding the selection
    of independent auditors;

  . reviews the results and scope of the audit and other services provided by
    our independent auditors; and

  . reviews and evaluates our audit and control functions.

We established these committees in February 1999.

Director Compensation

  We do not pay cash compensation to our directors for their services as
directors or members of committees of the board of directors, but we do
reimburse them for reasonable expenses they incur in attending meetings of the
board of directors. Directors of WatchGuard are eligible to participate in our
stock option plan.

Director and Officer Indemnification and Liability

  Our certificate of incorporation limits the liability of directors to the
full extent permitted by Delaware law. Delaware law provides that a
corporation's certificate of incorporation may eliminate or limit the personal
liability of directors for monetary damages for breach of their fiduciary
duties as directors, except for liability for

  . any breach of their duty of loyalty to the corporation or its
    stockholders;

  . acts or omissions not in good faith or that involve intentional
    misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

  . unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or
    redemptions; or

  . any transaction from which the director derived an improper benefit.

  Our bylaws provide that we shall indemnify our directors and officers and may
indemnify our employees and agents to the fullest extent permitted by law. In
addition, we intend to obtain and

                                       52
<PAGE>

maintain directors' and officers' liability insurance, under which our
directors and officers may be indemnified against liability they incur for
serving in their capacities as directors and officers of WatchGuard.

  The Securities and Exchange Commission has advised us that, in its opinion,
any indemnification of our directors and officers for liabilities arising under
the Securities Act of 1933 is against public policy as expressed in the
Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

  We believe that the limitation of liability provision in our certificate of
incorporation, the indemnification provisions in our bylaws and the liability
insurance will facilitate our ability to continue to attract and retain
qualified individuals to serve as directors and officers of WatchGuard.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

  Our board of directors' compensation committee currently consists of Messrs.
Ellman, Verhalen and Waite. None of these individuals has at any time been an
employee or officer of WatchGuard. Until the compensation committee was formed
in February 1999, the full board of directors made all decisions regarding
executive compensation. No member of our board of directors or of its
compensation committee serves as a member of the board of directors or
compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers
serving as members of its board of directors or its compensation committee.

  Mr. Ellman is a member of RRE Investors II, LLC, the managing member of RRE
Investors, L.P., which purchased 500,241 shares of our Series C preferred
stock. RRE Investors II, LLC is also the indirect manager of RRE Investors Fund
L.P., which purchased 275,403 shares of our Series C preferred stock. Mr.
Verhalen is the general partner of Matrix IV Management Co., L.P., the general
partner of Matrix Partners IV, L.P., which purchased 1,100,416 shares of our
Series B preferred stock and 276,324 shares of our Series C preferred stock.
Matrix IV Management Co., L.P. is also the general partner of Matrix IV
Entrepreneurs Fund, L.P., which purchased 57,917 shares of our Series B
preferred stock and 14,543 shares of our Series C preferred stock. Mr. Waite is
the general partner of OVMC III, L.P., the general partner of Olympic Venture
Partners III, L.P., which purchased 489,685 shares of our Series B preferred
stock and 122,964 shares of our Series C preferred stock. OVMC III, L.P. is
also the general partner of OVP III Entrepreneurs Fund, L.P., which purchased
25,773 shares of our Series B preferred stock and 6,472 shares of our Series C
preferred stock. Mr. Waite is also the managing member of OVMC IV, LLC, the
general partner of Olympic Venture Partners IV, L.P., which purchased 610,731
shares of our Series B preferred stock and 153,360 shares of our Series C
preferred stock. OVMC IV, LLC is also the general partner of OVP IV
Entrepreneurs Fund, L.P., which purchased 32,144 shares of our Series B
preferred stock and 8,071 shares of our Series C preferred stock.

  We sold the Series B preferred stock on May 9, 1997 at $2.59 per share. We
sold the Series C preferred stock on April 24, 1998 at $5.16 per share.

                                       53
<PAGE>

Executive Compensation

  The following table provides information concerning the compensation received
for services rendered to WatchGuard in all capacities during the year ended
December 31, 1998, by our chief executive officer and the other executive
officer of WatchGuard whose compensation exceeded $100,000 in fiscal 1998.

                           Summary Compensation Table

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  Long-Term
                                                 Compensation
                                                    Awards
                                                 ------------
                          Annual Compensation
                          ----------------------  Securities
Name and Principal                                Underlying   Other Annual      All Other
Position                  Salary($)    Bonus($)   Options(#)  Compensation($) Compensation($)
- ------------------        -----------  --------- ------------ --------------- ---------------
<S>                       <C>          <C>       <C>          <C>             <C>
Christopher G. Slatt,
 Chief Executive Officer
 and President..........  $   155,000    $    --    70,000         $ --            $ --

Steven N. Moore,
 Executive Vice
 President of Finance,
 Chief Financial
 Officer, Secretary and
 Treasurer..............      155,000         --    70,000           --              --
</TABLE>

  The following table provides information regarding stock options we granted
in fiscal 1998 to our chief executive officer and the other executive officer
whose compensation exceeded $100,000 in fiscal 1998. The table includes the
potential realizable value over the five-year term of the options, based on
assumed rates of stock appreciation of 5% and 10%, compounded annually. The
assumed rates of appreciation are prescribed by the Securities and Exchange
Commission for illustrative purposes only and are not intended to forecast or
predict future stock prices. Any actual gains on option exercises will depend
on the future performance of our stock.


                       Option Grants in Last Fiscal Year
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                            Individual Grants                             Potential Realizable
                         ------------------------                           Value at Assumed
                         Number of   Percent of                           Annual Rates of Stock
                         Securities Total Options                          Price Appreciation
                         Underlying  Granted to                              for Option Term
                          Options   Employees in    Exercise   Expiration ----------------------
Name                     Granted(#)  Fiscal Year  Price ($/Sh)    Date      5%($)      10%($)
- ----                     ---------- ------------- ------------ ---------- ---------- -----------
<S>                      <C>        <C>           <C>          <C>        <C>        <C>
Christopher G. Slatt....   70,000       5.77%        $0.14      01/28/03  $    2,700 $    6,000
Steven N. Moore.........   70,000       5.77          0.14      01/28/03       2,700      6,000
</TABLE>

  Approximately 2% of Mr. Slatt's and Mr. Moore's options vest and become
exercisable each month, commencing February 28, 1998. In 1998, we granted
options to purchase up to an aggregate of 1,212,500 shares to employees,
directors and consultants. We granted all options under our stock option plan
at exercise prices at the fair market value of our common stock on the date of
grant, as determined in good faith by our board of directors.

  The following table provides information regarding unexercised options held
as of December 31, 1998 by our chief executive officer and the other executive
officer whose compensation exceeded

                                       54
<PAGE>

$100,000 in fiscal 1998. The value of unexercised options is calculated on the
basis of an assumed initial public offering price of $    per share. These
individuals did not exercise any options in fiscal 1998.

                           FY-End Option Values

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                     Number of
                               Securities Underlying     Value of Unexercised
                              Unexercised Options at    In-the-Money Options at
                                Fiscal Year End(#)        Fiscal Year-End($)
                             ------------------------- -------------------------
Name                         Exercisable Unexercisable Exercisable Unexercisable
- ----                         ----------- ------------- ----------- -------------
<S>                          <C>         <C>           <C>         <C>
Christopher G. Slatt........   16,040       53,960       $            $
Steven N. Moore.............   16,040       53,960
</TABLE>

Change-of-Control Arrangements

  On April 12, 1999, R. Michael Peronto, our chief operating officer, was
granted an option to purchase 439,564 shares of our common stock. If a change
of control of WatchGuard occurs, half of the unvested shares subject to this
option will vest and become exercisable.

Employee Benefit Plans

1996 Stock Incentive Compensation Plan

  In March 1996, our board of directors and stockholders adopted our 1996 stock
incentive compensation plan. The purpose of the stock option plan is to enhance
long-term stockholder value by offering opportunities to selected persons to
participate in our growth and success, and to encourage them to remain in our
service or in the service of our subsidiaries and to acquire and maintain
ownership in WatchGuard. The stock option plan provides for awards, which may
include incentive stock options, nonqualified stock options and stock awards.
The board has reserved a total of 8,634,986 shares of common stock under the
plan, of which 1,952,910 remain available for grant as of April 30, 1999. In
addition, the plan provides for an automatic annual increase, to be added on
the first day of each fiscal year beginning on January 1, 2000, equal to the
least of

  . 750,000 shares;

  . 3% of the average number of outstanding common shares used to calculate
    fully diluted earnings per share as reported in our annual financial
    statements for the preceding year; and

  . a lesser amount determined by our board of directors.

As of April 30, 1999, 924,196 shares had been issued upon the exercise of stock
options granted under the stock option plan and 5,757,880 shares were subject
to outstanding options.

  The compensation committee of our board of directors serves as the plan
administrator of the stock option plan. Unless the plan administrator permits
otherwise, no awards granted under the stock option plan may be assigned or
transferred by the holder other than by will or the applicable laws of descent
and distribution. During the holder's lifetime, awards generally may be
exercised only by the holder. The board may suspend or terminate the stock
option plan at any time. Unless sooner terminated by the board, the plan will
terminate on May 26, 2009.

  Stock Option Grants. The plan administrator has the authority to select
individuals to receive options under the stock option plan and to specify the
terms and conditions of each option granted, the exercise price, the vesting
provisions and the option term. For incentive stock options, the exercise price
must be equal to at least the fair market value of the common stock on the
grant date

                                       55
<PAGE>

and, for nonqualified stock options, must be not less than 85% of the fair
market value of the common stock on the grant date. Unless otherwise provided
by the plan administrator, options granted under the stock option plan will
expire 10 years from the grant date.

  Stock Awards. The stock option plan authorizes the plan administrator to
award shares of common stock subject to terms, conditions and restrictions
established by the plan administrator in its sole discretion. The terms,
conditions and restrictions that the plan administrator has the power to
determine include the manner in which shares subject to stock awards are held
during the periods they are subject to restrictions and the circumstances under
which forfeiture of restricted stock will occur because of termination of the
holder's services. Holders of restricted stock are stockholders of WatchGuard
and generally have all the rights of stockholders with respect to those shares.

  Corporate Transactions. Unless individual letter agreements provide
otherwise, if certain corporate transactions, such as a merger or sale of
WatchGuard, occur, each outstanding option will automatically accelerate and
become 100% vested and exercisable immediately before the corporate
transaction, unless the option is assumed, continued or replaced with a
comparable award by the successor corporation or the parent of the successor
corporation. If option vesting is accelerated, any forfeiture provisions
applicable to the stock awards will lapse. Any option or stock award that is
assumed, continued or replaced with a comparable award in the corporate
transaction will accelerate if the holder's employment or services are
terminated by the successor corporation without cause or by the holder
voluntarily and with good reason within two years.

1999 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

  In May 1999, our board of directors and stockholders approved our 1999
employee stock purchase plan. We will implement our stock purchase plan upon
the effectiveness of this offering to encourage employees to remain in our
employ or the employ of our subsidiaries. We intend for the plan to qualify
under Section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code.

  Our stock purchase plan permits our eligible employees and eligible employees
of our subsidiaries to purchase common stock through payroll deductions of up
to 15% of their salary or wage compensation. Under our stock purchase plan, no
employee may purchase common stock with a fair market value of more than
$25,000 in any calendar year, or purchase more than 1,000 shares of common
stock in any single purchase period.

  We will implement the stock purchase plan with two-year offering periods.
Each two-year offering period has four consecutive six-month purchase periods.
The first offering period will commence on the effectiveness of this offering
and end on August 31, 2001. The first purchase period under the first offering
period will commence on the effectiveness of this offering and end on February
29, 2000. Subsequent purchase periods will begin on each March 1 and September
1 and end on the next August 31 and February 28, or February 29 in the case of
leap years. The plan administrator generally may establish a different term and
different commencing and ending dates for future offerings.

  The price of the common stock purchased under the stock purchase plan will be
the lesser of 85% of the fair market value on the first day of the applicable
offering period and 85% of the fair market value on the last day of the
applicable purchase period. The purchase price for the first offering period,
however, will be equal to the lesser of 100% of the initial public offering
price of the common stock and 85% of the fair market value on the last day of
the applicable purchase period. The stock purchase plan terminates 10 years
after the date of adoption by our board of directors, but

                                       56
<PAGE>

the board may terminate it at any earlier time. We have not yet issued any
shares of common stock under the stock purchase plan.

  Employees generally will be eligible to participate in the stock purchase
plan if they are customarily employed by WatchGuard for 20 hours or more per
week and are not, as of the beginning of a purchase period, holders of 5% or
more of our common stock or the common stock of our subsidiaries. Options
granted under the stock purchase plan generally are not transferable and are
exercisable only during the optionee's lifetime.

  We authorized the issuance under the stock purchase plan of a total of
600,000 shares of common stock. In addition, the plan provides for automatic
annual increases, to be added on the first day of our fiscal year beginning on
January 1, 2000, equal to the least of

  . 400,000 shares;

  . 1.5% of the average outstanding common shares used to calculate fully
    diluted earnings per share as reported in our annual financial statements
    for the preceding year; and

  . a lesser amount determined by our board of directors.

  If a merger or consolidation resulting in a change of control or acquisition
by another corporation of all or substantially all our assets occurs, each
outstanding option to purchase shares under the stock purchase plan will be
assumed or an equivalent option substituted by the successor corporation. If
the successor corporation refuses to assume or substitute for the option, the
offering period during which a participant may purchase stock will be shortened
to a specified date before the proposed transaction. Similarly, if a
liquidation or dissolution of WatchGuard is proposed, the offering period
during which a participant may purchase stock will be shortened to a specified
date before the date of the proposed liquidation or dissolution.

401(k) Plan

  We maintain a 401(k) plan that covers all our employees who satisfy the
plan's eligibility requirements relating to minimum age, length of service and
hours worked. We may make an annual contribution for the benefit of eligible
employees in an amount determined by our board of directors. We have not made
any contribution to date and have no current plans to do so. Eligible employees
may make pretax elective contributions of up to 15% of their compensation,
subject to maximum limits on contributions prescribed by law.

                                       57
<PAGE>


                        RELATED-PARTY TRANSACTIONS

  Since our inception in February 1996, we have issued shares of preferred
stock in private placement transactions as the following table summarizes:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                     Number of Shares of
                                                                                       Preferred Stock
                                                                                 ---------------------------
                                                             Issuance  Price per                     Series
                        Purchaser                              Date      Share   Series A  Series B     C
                        ---------                           ---------- --------- --------- --------- -------
<S>                                                         <C>        <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>
Christopher G. Slatt......................................  March and    $0.05   1,500,002
                                                            July 1996

Steven N. Moore...........................................  March and     0.05   1,500,002
                                                            July 1996

Entities affiliated with Matrix IV Management Co., L.P. ..  May 1997      2.59             1,158,333
                                                            April 1998    5.16                       290,867

Olympic Venture Partners III, L.P. and OVP III
 Entrepreneurs Fund.......................................  May 1997      2.59               515,458
                                                            April 1998    5.16                       129,436

Olympic Venture Partners IV, L.P. and OVP IV Entrepreneurs
 Fund, L.P. ..............................................  May 1997      2.59               642,875
                                                            April 1998    5.16                       161,431

MLS-I, L.C. ..............................................  March 1998    2.59                38,610

Entities affiliated with RRE Investors II, LLC ...........  April 1998    5.16                       775,644
</TABLE>

  Christopher G. Slatt and Steven N. Moore are executive officers and directors
of WatchGuard. Stuart J. Ellman, a director of WatchGuard, is a member of RRE
Investors II, LLC, which is the managing member of RRE Investors, L.P. and the
indirect managing member of RRE Investors Fund, L.P. Andrew W. Verhalen, a
director of WatchGuard, is the general partner of Matrix IV Management Co.,
L.P., which is the general partner of Matrix Partners IV, L.P. and of Matrix IV
Entrepreneurs Fund, L.P. Charles P. Waite, Jr., a director of WatchGuard, is a
general partner of OVMC III, L.P., which is the general partner of Olympic
Venture Partners III, L.P. and of OVP III Entrepreneurs Fund, L.P. Mr. Waite is
also a managing member of OVMC IV, LLC, which is the general partner of Olympic
Venture Partners IV, L.P. and of OVP IV Entrepreneurs Fund, L.P. The holders of
the preferred stock are entitled to registration rights with respect to the
common stock to be issued when the preferred stock is converted. All
outstanding shares of preferred stock will convert into an aggregate of
13,425,316 shares of common stock upon the closing of this offering.

  Mr. Slatt and Mr. Moore are guarantors of the lease agreement between COM
Realty, Inc. and WatchGuard Technologies Inc., dated as of March 16, 1996. Mr.
Slatt and Mr. Moore were guarantors of our loan with Commerce Bank of
Washington, which we have repaid. Mr. Slatt was a guarantor of the cell phone
service contract between WatchGuard and AT&T Wireless, but is no longer a
guarantor.

  On March 9, 1999, we borrowed an aggregate of $1,500,000 from entities
affiliated with Olympic Venture Partners and an aggregate of $1,500,000 from
entities affiliated with Matrix IV Management Co., L.P. We issued each entity a
promissory note, which bears interest at 6% per year and matures on March 9,
2000, and a warrant to purchase our common stock at an exercise price of $7.00
per share. The table below states the amount of each loan and the number of
shares for which

                                       58
<PAGE>

each warrant is exercisable. If not exercised before the closing of this
offering, all of these warrants will automatically convert into common stock on
a net exercise basis at the closing of this offering.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               Number of Shares
                                                    Amount of  for Which Warrant
Name of Investor                                       Loan     Is Exercisable
- ----------------                                    ---------- -----------------
<S>                                                 <C>        <C>
Olympic Venture Partners III, L.P. ................ $  647,500       9,244

OVP III Entrepreneurs Fund, L.P....................     20,000         296

Olympic Venture Partners IV, L.P. .................    774,225      11,060

OVP IV Entrepreneurs Fund, L.P.....................     58,275         828

Matrix Partners IV, L.P............................  1,425,000      20,356

Matrix IV Entrepreneurs Fund, L.P. ................     75,000       1,072
</TABLE>

  We believe that we made all of the transactions described above on terms no
less favorable to us than we could have obtained from unaffiliated third
parties. Any future transactions between us and our officers, directors and
principal stockholders will be approved by a majority of our board of
directors, including a majority of the independent and disinterested directors,
and will be on terms no less favorable to us that we could obtain from
unaffiliated third parties.

  Dain Rauscher Incorporated, the parent company of our underwriter Dain
Rauscher Wessels, is a limited partner in Olympic Venture Partners III, L.P., a
shareholder of WatchGuard.

                                       59
<PAGE>

                       PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

  The following table provides information regarding the actual beneficial
ownership of our outstanding common stock as of April 30, 1999, and as adjusted
to reflect the sale of common stock offered by this prospectus, for

  . each person or group that we know beneficially owns more than 5% of our
    common stock;

  . each of our directors;

  . our chief executive officer;

  . the other executive officer whose compensation exceeded $100,000 in
    fiscal 1998;

  . all of our directors and executive officers as a group; and

  . all other selling stockholders.

  Under the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission, beneficial
ownership includes shares over which the indicated beneficial owner exercises
voting and/or investment power. Shares of common stock subject to options that
are currently exercisable or will become exercisable within 60 days are deemed
outstanding for computing the percentage ownership of the person holding the
option, but are not deemed outstanding for purposes of computing the percentage
ownership of any other person. Unless otherwise indicated in the footnotes
below, we believe that the persons and entities named in the table have sole
voting and investment power with respect to all shares beneficially owned,
subject to applicable community property laws. Unless otherwise indicated, the
following beneficial owners can be reached at our principal offices.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              Shares of Common
                                                                    Stock
                                   Shares of Common             Beneficially
                                  Stock Beneficially             Owned After
                                 Owned Before Offering Shares     Offering
                                 --------------------- to Be  -----------------
Name and Address                   Number   Percentage  Sold  Number Percentage
- ----------------                 ---------- ---------- ------ ------ ----------
<S>                              <C>        <C>        <C>    <C>    <C>
Entities affiliated with Matrix
 IV Management Co., L.P.(1)....   2,919,828   19.57%
 2500 Sand Hill Road
 Menlo Park, CA 94025
Entities affiliated with
 Olympic Venture Partners(2)...   2,919,828   19.57
 2420 Carillon Point
 Kirkland, WA 98033
Entities affiliated with RRE
 Investors II, LLC(3)..........   1,551,288   10.40
 156 East 56th St., 22nd Floor
 New York, NY 10022
Christopher G. Slatt(4)........   3,024,794   20.24
Steven N. Moore(4).............   3,024,794   20.24
Stuart J. Ellman(5)............   1,551,288   10.40
Andrew W. Verhalen(6)..........   2,919,828   19.57
Charles P. Waite, Jr.(7).......   2,919,828   19.57
Directors and executive
 officers as a group
 (6 persons)(8)................  13,447,256   89.82
Randall C. Boroughs(9).........      71,872       *
Dennis Cloutier(10)............     512,184    3.40
Michael Martucci(11)...........     327,824    2.15
Mazama Software Labs, Inc. ....     400,000    2.68
</TABLE>

                                       60
<PAGE>

- --------
(1) Represents 2,898,400 shares issuable upon conversion of the preferred stock
    and 21,428 shares subject to warrants exercisable within 60 days of April
    30, 1999, held by entities affiliated with Matrix IV Management Co., L.P.
    Matrix IV Management Co., L.P. is the general partner of Matrix Partners
    IV, L.P. and of Matrix Entrepreneurs Fund, L.P., and thus is deemed to
    beneficially own these shares. Andrew W. Verhalen, a director of
    WatchGuard, is a general partner of Matrix IV Management Co., L.P.

(2) Includes 1,289,788 shares issuable upon conversion of the preferred stock
    and 9,540 shares subject to warrants exercisable within 60 days of April
    30, 1999, held by Olympic Venture Partners III, L.P. and OVP III
    Entrepreneurs Fund, L.P.  OVMC III, L.P. is the general partner of Olympic
    Venture Partners III, L.P. and of OVP III Entrepreneurs Fund, L.P., and
    thus is deemed to beneficially own these shares. Also includes 1,608,612
    shares issuable upon conversion of the preferred stock and 11,888 shares
    subject to warrants exercisable within 60 days of April 30, 1999, held by
    Olympic Venture Partners IV, L.P. and OVP IV Entrepreneurs Fund, L.P.  OVMC
    IV, LLC is the general partner of Olympic Venture Partners IV, L.P. and of
    OVP IV Entrepreneurs Fund, L.P., and thus is deemed to beneficially own
    these shares. OVMC III, L.P. and OVMC IV, LLC disclaim beneficial ownership
    of these shares except to the extent of their pecuniary interests in these
    shares. Charles P. Waite, Jr., a director of WatchGuard, is a general
    partner of OVMC III, L.P. and a managing member of OVMC IV, LLC.

(3) Represents 1,551,288 shares issuable upon conversion of the preferred stock
    held by entities affiliated with RRE Investors II, LLC. RRE Investors II,
    LLC is the managing member of RRE Investors, L.P. and the indirect managing
    member of RRE Investors Fund, L.P., and thus is deemed to beneficially own
    these shares. Stuart J. Ellman, a director of WatchGuard, is a member of
    RRE Investors II, LLC.

(4) Represents 3,000,004 shares issuable upon conversion of the preferred stock
    and 24,790 shares subject to an option exercisable within 60 days of April
    30, 1999.

(5) Represents 1,551,288 shares issuable upon conversion of the preferred stock
    held by entities affiliated with RRE Investors II, LLC. Mr. Ellman is a
    member of RRE Investors II, LLC, which is the direct or indirect managing
    member of each of the entities affiliated with it. Mr. Ellman disclaims
    beneficial ownership of the shares held by the entities affiliated with
    RRE Investors II, LLC, except to the extent of his pecuniary interest
    arising from his interest in RRE Investors II, LLC.

(6) Represents 2,898,400 shares issuable upon conversion of the preferred stock
    and 21,428 shares subject to warrants exercisable within 60 days of April
    30, 1999, held by entities affiliated with Matrix IV Management Co., L.P.
    Mr. Verhalen is a general partner of Matrix IV Management Co., L.P., which
    is the general partner of each of the entities affiliated with it. Mr.
    Verhalen disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by the entities
    affiliated with Matrix IV Management Co., L.P., except to the extent of his
    pecuniary interest arising from his interest in Matrix IV Management Co.,
    L.P.

(7) Represents 2,898,400 shares issuable upon conversion of the preferred stock
    and 21,428 shares subject to warrants exercisable within 60 days of April
    30, 1999. Mr. Waite is a general partner of OVMC III, L.P., which is the
    general partner of Olympic Venture Partners III, L.P. and of OVP III
    Entrepreneurs Fund. Mr. Waite is also a managing member of OVMC IV, LLC,
    which is the general partner of Olympic Venture Partners IV, L.P. and of
    OVP IV Entrepreneurs Fund, L.P.  Mr. Waite disclaims beneficial ownership
    of the shares held by Olympic Venture Partners

                                       61
<PAGE>

     III, L.P., OVP III Entrepreneurs Fund, L.P., Olympic Venture Partners IV,
     L.P. and OVP IV Entrepreneurs Fund, L.P., except to the extent of his
     pecuniary interest arising from his interest in these entities.

(8)  Includes 49,580 shares subject to options exercisable within 60 days of
     April 30, 1999 and 42,856 shares subject to warrants exercisable within 60
     days of April 30, 1999.

(9)  Includes 69,872 shares subject to options exercisable within 60 days of
     April 30, 1999.

(10) Includes 123,968 shares subject to options exercisable within 60 days of
     April 30, 1999.

(11) Represents 327,824 shares subject to options exercisable within 60 days
     of April 30, 1999.

                                      62
<PAGE>

                          DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

  We are authorized to issue up to 80,000,000 shares of common stock and
10,000,000 shares of preferred stock. You should carefully read our certificate
of incorporation, which is included as an exhibit to the registration statement
of which this prospectus is a part.

Common Stock

  As of April 30, 1999, assuming conversion of all outstanding shares of
preferred stock and the exercise before the closing of this offering of
warrants to purchase 42,856 shares of common stock at an exercise price of
$7.00 per share, there were 14,922,362 shares of common stock outstanding, held
of record by 40 stockholders. Following this offering, there will be
shares of common stock outstanding, assuming no exercise of the underwriters'
over-allotment option and no exercise of outstanding options or warrants. The
holders of common stock are entitled to one vote for each share held of record
on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders. Subject to preferences of
any outstanding shares of preferred stock, the holders of common stock are
entitled to receive ratably any dividends the board of directors declares out
of funds legally available for paying dividends. If WatchGuard is liquidated,
dissolved or wound up, the holders of common stock are entitled to share
ratably in all assets remaining after paying liabilities and liquidation
preferences of any outstanding shares of preferred stock. Holders of common
stock have no preemptive rights or rights to convert their common stock into
any other securities. There are no redemption or sinking fund provisions
applicable to the common stock. All outstanding shares of common stock are
fully paid and nonassessable, and the shares of common stock to be issued upon
completion of this offering will be fully paid and nonassessable.

Preferred Stock

  At the closing of this offering, all outstanding shares of preferred stock
will be converted into 13,425,316 shares of common stock. Under our certificate
of incorporation, the board of directors will then have the authority, without
further action by the stockholders, to issue up to 10,000,000 shares of
preferred stock in one or more series and to fix the price, rights, privileges,
preferences and restrictions of that preferred stock, any or all of which may
be greater than the rights of the common stock. The board of directors, without
stockholder approval, can issue preferred stock with voting, conversion or
other rights that could adversely affect the voting power and other rights of
the holders of common stock. Preferred stock could thus be issued quickly with
terms that could delay or prevent a change of control of WatchGuard or make
removal of management more difficult. Additionally, the issuance of preferred
stock may decrease the market price of the common stock and may adversely
affect the voting and other rights of the holders of common stock. We have no
current plans to issue any preferred stock.

Warrants

  As of April 30, 1999, there were outstanding warrants to purchase 287,856
shares of common stock. One holder holds a warrant to purchase 15,000 shares of
common stock, which expires on July 24, 2001 and another holds a warrant to
purchase 20,000 shares of common stock, which expires on September 24, 2001,
each at an exercise price of $0.03 per share. One holder holds a warrant to
purchase 10,000 shares of common stock, which expires on March 23, 2003, at an
exercise price of $0.13 per share. One holder holds a warrant to purchase
200,000 shares of common stock, which expires on June 17, 2003, at an exercise
price of $0.39 per share. Six holders hold warrants to purchase an aggregate of
42,856 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $7.00 per share,

                                       63
<PAGE>

which, if not exercised before the closing of this offering, will convert
automatically into common stock on a net exercise basis at the closing of this
offering.

Antitakeover Effects of Provisions of Our Certificate of Incorporation, Our
Bylaws, Delaware Law and Washington Law

  Preferred Stock. Our board of directors, without stockholder approval, has
the authority under our certificate of incorporation to issue preferred stock
with rights superior to the rights of the holders of common stock. As a result,
preferred stock could be issued quickly and easily, could adversely affect the
rights of holders of common stock and could be issued with terms calculated to
delay or prevent a change of control of WatchGuard or make removal of
management more difficult.

  Election and Removal of Directors. Effective with the first annual meeting of
stockholders following this offering, our bylaws provide for the division of
our board of directors into three classes, as nearly equal in number as
possible. The directors in the first class will serve an initial term of one
year, the directors in the second class an initial term of two years, and the
directors in the third class an initial term of three years. After the initial
term, all classes of directors will serve for a three-year term, and one class
will be elected each year by our stockholders. Directors may be removed only
for cause. Because this system of electing and removing directors generally
makes it more difficult for stockholders to replace a majority of directors, it
may tend to discourage a third party from making a takeover bid or attempting
to gain control of WatchGuard and may maintain the incumbency of our board of
directors.

  Approval for Certain Business Combinations. Our certificate of incorporation
requires that certain business combinations, including a merger, share exchange
and the disposition or encumbrance of a substantial part of our assets other
than in the usual course of business, be approved by the holders of at least
two-thirds of the outstanding shares. If the business combination has been
approved by a majority of the board of directors, however, the affirmative vote
required is a majority of the outstanding shares.

  Stockholder Meetings. Under our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, our
stockholders may call a special meeting only upon the request of holders of at
least 25% of the outstanding shares. Additionally, the board of directors, the
chairman of the board and the president may call special meetings of
stockholders.

  Requirements for Advance Notification of Stockholder Nominations and
Proposals. Our bylaws establish advance notice procedures for stockholder
proposals and the nomination of candidates for election as directors, other
than nominations made by or at the direction of the board of directors or a
committee of the board of directors.

  Washington Law. The laws of Washington, where our principal executive offices
are located, impose restrictions on transactions between foreign corporations
and significant stockholders. Chapter 23B.19 of the Washington Business
Corporation Act generally prohibits a target corporation from engaging in
significant business transactions with an acquiring person. An acquiring person
is defined as a person or group of persons that beneficially owns 10% or more
of the voting securities of the target corporation, for a period of five years
after the acquisition, unless a majority of the members of the target
corporation's board of directors approves the transaction before the
acquisition. Prohibited transactions include

  . a merger or consolidation with, disposition of assets to, or issuance or
    redemption of stock to or from, the acquiring person;

                                       64
<PAGE>

  . termination of 5% or more of the employees of the target corporation as a
    result of the acquiring person's acquisition of 10% or more of the
    shares; and

  . allowing the acquiring person to receive any disproportionate benefit as
    a stockholder.

  After the five-year period, a significant business transaction may take place
so long as it complies with the fair price provisions of the statute or is
approved at an annual or special meeting of stockholders. A target corporation
includes a foreign corporation if

  . the corporation has a class of voting stock registered under Section 12
    or 15 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934;

  . the corporation's principal executive office is located in Washington;

  . any of (a) more than 10% of the corporation's stockholders of record are
    Washington residents, (b) more than 10% of its shares of record are owned
    by Washington residents or (c) 1,000 or more of its stockholders of
    record are Washington residents;

  . a majority of the corporation's employees are Washington residents or
    more than 1,000 Washington residents are employees of the corporation;
    and

  . a majority of the corporation's tangible assets are located in Washington
    or the corporation has more than $50 million of tangible assets located
    in Washington.

  A corporation may not opt out of this statute. If WatchGuard meets the
definition of a target corporation, Chapter 23B.19 of the Washington Business
Corporation Act may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a
change of control of WatchGuard.

  Delaware Law. WatchGuard is subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General
Corporation Law, which prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from
engaging in a business combination with an interested stockholder for a period
of three years after the date of the transaction in which the person became an
interested stockholder, unless

  . before that date, the board of directors of the corporation approves
    either the business combination or the transaction that resulted in the
    stockholder's becoming an interested stockholder;

  . upon consummation of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder's
    becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owns at
    least 85% of the outstanding voting stock, excluding shares held by
    directors, officers and certain employee stock plans; or

  . on or after the consummation date, the business combination is approved
    by the board of directors and by the affirmative vote at an annual or
    special meeting of stockholders of at least 66 2/3% of the outstanding
    voting stock that is not owned by the interested stockholder.

  For purposes of Section 203, a business combination includes a merger, asset
sale or other transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the interested
stockholder. An interested stockholder is generally a person who, together with
affiliates and associates of that person, (a) owns 15% or more of the
corporation's voting stock or (b) is an affiliate or associate of the
corporation and was the owner of 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of
the corporation at any time within the prior three years.

  These charter provisions and provisions of Washington and Delaware law may
have the effect of delaying, deterring or preventing a change of control of
WatchGuard.

                                       65
<PAGE>

Registration Rights

  After this offering, the holders of 13,425,316 shares of common stock will
have rights with respect to the registration of those shares under the
Securities Act, under a registration rights agreement among the holders and
WatchGuard, dated as of April 24, 1998. Under the terms of the registration
rights agreement, if we propose to register any of our securities under the
Securities Act, either for our own account or for the account of other security
holders exercising registration rights, the holders are entitled to notice of
the registration and to include shares of common stock in the registration at
our expense. Additionally, the holders are entitled to demand registration
rights under which they may require us to file a registration statement under
the Securities Act at our expense for their shares of common stock. Further,
the holders may require us to file additional registration statements on Form
S-3 at our expense. All of these registration rights are subject to conditions
and limitations, including the right of the underwriters of an offering to
limit the number of shares included in the registration and our right to
decline to effect such a registration before the earlier of January 1, 2000 and
six months after the closing of the initial public offering.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

  The transfer agent and registrar for the common stock is ChaseMellon
Shareholder Services, LLC.

Nasdaq National Market Listing

  We have applied to have our common stock quoted on the Nasdaq National Market
under the symbol WGRD.

                                       66
<PAGE>

                        SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

  Before this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. A
significant public market for our common stock may not develop or be sustained
after this offering. Future sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in
the public market, or the possibility of these sales occurring, could adversely
affect prevailing market prices for our common stock or our future ability to
raise capital through an offering of equity securities.

  After this offering, we will have outstanding            shares of common
stock, or            shares if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment
option in full. Of these shares, the            shares that we expect to sell
in this offering, or            shares if the underwriters exercise their over-
allotment option in full, will be freely tradable in the public market without
restriction under the Securities Act, unless the shares are held by affiliates
of WatchGuard, as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. In
general, affiliates include directors, officers and 10% stockholders.

  The remaining 14,922,362 shares of common stock that will be outstanding
after this offering will be restricted shares. We issued and sold the
restricted shares in private transactions in reliance on exemptions from
registration under the Securities Act. Restricted shares may be sold in the
public market only if they are registered or if they qualify for an exemption
from registration under Rule 144 or 701 under the Securities Act, which are
summarized below.

  The executive officers, directors and most stockholders and employees of
WatchGuard, who collectively hold an aggregate of 14,651,730 restricted shares,
have agreed not to offer, sell, contract to sell, grant any option to purchase
or dispose of their shares by any other means for a period of 180 days from the
date of this prospectus. This 180-day period is known as the lock-up period. We
also have entered into an agreement with the underwriters that we will not
offer, sell or otherwise dispose of common stock during the lock-up period.

  Ninety days after the date of this prospectus, 227,776 shares that are not
subject to lock-up agreements will be eligible for sale in the public market
under Rules 144 and 701. On the date the lock-up agreements expire, an
additional 14,651,730 restricted shares will be eligible for immediate sale, of
which 13,425,316 shares will be subject to the volume, manner of sale and other
limitations of Rule 144. The remaining 42,856 restricted shares will be
eligible for sale under Rule 144 when one-year holding periods expire.

  After the lock-up periods expire, some of the shares issued upon exercise of
options we granted before the date of this prospectus will also be available
for sale in the public market under Rule 701 under the Securities Act. Rule 701
permits resales of those shares in reliance on Rule 144 but without compliance
with some of the restrictions imposed by Rule 144, including the holding period
requirement. Under Rule 144, beginning 90 days after the date of this
prospectus, a person who has beneficially owned restricted shares for at least
one year would be entitled to sell within any three-month period up to the
greater of

  . 1% of the then-outstanding shares of common stock, which will be
    approximately            shares immediately after this offering, and

  . the average weekly trading volume of the common stock during the four
    calendar weeks preceding the filing of a Form 144 with respect to such
    sale.

  Sales under Rule 144 are also subject to manner of sale and notice
requirements and to the availability of current public information about
WatchGuard. Under Rule 144(k), a person who is not

                                       67
<PAGE>

deemed to have been an affiliate of WatchGuard during the 90 days preceding a
sale and who has beneficially owned the restricted shares for at least two
years may sell them without complying with the manner of sale, public
information, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144.

  After the effective date of this offering, we intend to file a registration
statement on Form S-8 to register up to approximately 5,305,398 shares of
common stock reserved for issuance under our stock option plan. That
registration statement will become effective automatically upon filing. After
the filing of a registration statement on Form S-8, shares issued under our
stock option plan may be sold in the open market. Some holders, however, will
be subject to the Rule 144 limitations applicable to affiliates, the lock-up
agreements and vesting restrictions imposed by us.

  In addition, following this offering, the holders of an aggregate of
13,425,316 shares of outstanding common stock will have rights to require us to
register their shares for future sale.

                                       68
<PAGE>

                                  UNDERWRITING

  Each of the underwriters named below, acting through its representatives,
Dain Rauscher Wessels, a division of Dain Rauscher Incorporated, Warburg Dillon
Read LLC, a subsidiary of UBS AG, SoundView Technology Group, Inc. and Wit
Capital Corporation, has agreed, subject to the terms and conditions of the
underwriting agreement, to purchase from us and the selling stockholders the
number of shares of common stock listed opposite its name below. The
underwriters have committed to purchase and pay for all of the shares if any
are purchased, subject to the conditions stated in the underwriting agreement.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       Number of
Name of Underwriter                                                     Shares
- -------------------                                                    ---------
<S>                                                                    <C>
Dain Rauscher Wessels ................................................
Warburg Dillon Read LLC, a subsidiary of UBS AG.......................
SoundView Technology Group, Inc. .....................................
Wit Capital Corporation...............................................
                                                                       ---------
  Total...............................................................
                                                                       =========
</TABLE>

  The representatives have advised us that the underwriters propose to offer
the shares of common stock to the public at the initial public offering price
stated on the cover page of this prospectus and to dealers at that price less a
concession of no more than $      per share, of which $      may be reallowed
to other dealers. After the public offering, the representatives may reduce the
public offering price, concession and reallowance to dealers. The
representatives may not change the offering price and other selling terms until
after the completion of this offering, and no reduction in the offering price
may change the amount of proceeds to be received by WatchGuard stated on the
cover page of this prospectus.

  A prospectus in electronic format is being made available on an Internet web
site maintained by Wit Capital. In addition, all dealers purchasing shares from
Wit Capital in this offering have agreed to make a prospectus in electronic
format available on web sites maintained by each of these dealers. Wit Capital,
a member of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc., will
participate in this offering as one of the underwriters. The National
Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. approved the membership of Wit Capital
on September 4, 1997.

  The underwriting agreement contains covenants of indemnity among the
underwriters, WatchGuard and the selling stockholders against civil
liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act and liabilities
arising from breaches of representations and warranties contained in the
underwriting agreement.

  We have granted the underwriters an option to purchase up to
additional shares of common stock, which may be exercised at any time up to 30
days after the date of this prospectus. The option entitles the underwriters to
purchase the additional shares of common stock at the same price per share as
the            shares being sold in this offering. If the underwriters exercise
the option, each of the underwriters must purchase approximately the same
percentage of additional shares that they purchased from WatchGuard and the
selling stockholders. If purchased, the underwriters will sell the additional
shares on the same terms as those on which the            shares are being
sold.

                                       69
<PAGE>

  The price of the shares of common stock purchased by the underwriters will be
the public offering price stated on the cover page of this prospectus less the
following underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid by us:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   Total Without    Total With
                                         Per Share Over-allotment Over-allotment
                                         --------- -------------- --------------
<S>                                      <C>       <C>            <C>
By WatchGuard...........................   $         $              $
By the selling stockholders.............
</TABLE>

  We will also pay offering expenses estimated to total $1,200,000.

  Most of our stockholders and option holders have agreed, for the 180-day
lock-up period after the date of this prospectus, not to sell, transfer, grant
any third party the right to purchase or dispose of by any other means any
shares of common stock or other securities that they own or acquire, without
the written consent of the underwriters. The representatives may, without
notice and in their sole discretion, allow any stockholder or option holder to
dispose of common stock or other securities before the expiration of the lock-
up period. There are, however, no agreements between the underwriters and any
of our stockholders or option holders that would allow them to do so.

  In addition, we have agreed that we will not issue, sell, offer to sell or
dispose of by any other means any shares of our common stock or other
securities during the lock-up period without the written consent of the
underwriters. This agreement does not include shares of common stock or other
securities issued under our stock option plan or employee stock purchase plan
or common stock or other securities issued for options or other securities
outstanding on the date of this prospectus.

  The underwriters have advised us that in connection with this offering, some
persons participating in this offering may engage in transactions that may have
the effect of stabilizing or maintaining the market price of the common stock
at a level above that which might otherwise prevail in the open market. These
transactions may include stabilizing bids, syndicate covering transactions and
the imposition of penalty bids. A stabilizing bid is a bid for or the purchase
of common stock on behalf of the underwriters for the purpose of preventing or
retarding a decline in the market price of the common stock. A syndicate
covering transaction is the bid for or the purchase of the common stock on
behalf of the underwriters to reduce a short position incurred by the
underwriters in connection with this offering. A penalty bid is an arrangement
permitting the representatives to reclaim the selling concession otherwise
accruing to an underwriter or syndicate member, if the common stock originally
sold by the underwriter or syndicate member is purchased by the representatives
in a syndicate covering transaction and has therefore not been effectively
placed by the underwriter or syndicate member. The representatives have advised
us that these transactions may be effected on the Nasdaq National Market or
other market and, if commenced, may be discontinued at any time.

  Before this offering, there was no public market for our common stock. The
initial public offering price for the common stock will be determined by
negotiation between us and the representatives of the underwriters. Factors to
be considered in determining the initial public offering price include

  . prevailing market and economic conditions;

  . our revenues and earnings;

  . the state of our business operation;

  . an assessment of our management; and

                                       70
<PAGE>

  . market valuation of companies in related businesses.

The prices at which the common stock will sell in the public market after this
offering, however, may not be equal to or greater than the initial public
offering price.

                                 LEGAL MATTERS

  WatchGuard's legal counsel is Perkins Coie LLP of Seattle, Washington. The
underwriters' legal counsel is Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional
Corporation, of Palo Alto, California and Kirkland, Washington.

                                    EXPERTS

  Ernst & Young LLP, independent auditors, have audited our financial
statements and schedule at December 31, 1997 and 1998, and for the period from
our inception on February 14, 1996 to December 31, 1996 and for the years ended
December 31, 1997 and 1998, as described in their reports. We have included our
financial statements and schedule in this prospectus and elsewhere in the
registration statement in reliance on Ernst & Young LLP's reports, given on
their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

                      WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

  We have filed a registration statement on Form S-1 with the Securities and
Exchange Commission. This prospectus, which is part of the registration
statement, does not contain all the information included in the registration
statement. Because some information is omitted, you should refer to the
registration statement and its exhibits. For copies of actual contracts or
documents referred to in this prospectus, you should refer to the exhibits
attached to the registration statement. You may review a copy of the
registration statement, including the attached exhibits and schedule, at the
SEC's public reference facilities in Room 1024, Judiciary Plaza, 450 Fifth
Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549, and at the regional offices of the SEC at
7 World Trade Center, Suite 1300, New York, New York 10048, and Citicorp
Center, 500 West Madison Street, Suite 1400, Chicago, Illinois 60661. You may
also obtain copies of these materials from the Public Reference Room of the
SEC, Room 1024, Judiciary Plaza, 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C.
20549, at prescribed rates. You may obtain information on the operation of the
Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC maintains a
web site at http://www.sec.gov that contains reports, proxy and information
statements and other information regarding registrants, such as WatchGuard,
that file electronically with the SEC.

                                       71
<PAGE>

                         WATCHGUARD TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

                         INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            Page
                                                                            ----
<S>                                                                         <C>
Report of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Auditors.......................... F-2
Balance Sheets............................................................. F-3
Statements of Operations................................................... F-4
Statements of Stockholders' Equity......................................... F-5
Statements of Cash Flows................................................... F-6
Notes to Financial Statements.............................................. F-7
</TABLE>

                                      F-1
<PAGE>

               REPORT OF ERNST & YOUNG LLP, INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

Board of Directors and Shareholders
WatchGuard Technologies, Inc.

  We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of WatchGuard Technologies,
Inc. as of December 31, 1997 and 1998 and the related statements of operations,
stockholders' equity, and cash flows for the period from February 14, 1996
(date of inception) to December 31, 1996 and for the years ended December 31,
1997 and 1998. These financial statements are the responsibility of
WatchGuard's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these
financial statements based on our audits.

  We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of
material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit
also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant
estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial
statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis
for our opinion.

  In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in
all material respects, the financial position of WatchGuard Technologies, Inc.
at December 31, 1997 and 1998, and the results of its operations and its cash
flows for the period from February 14, 1996 (date of inception) to December 31,
1996 and for the years ended December 31, 1997 and 1998, in conformity with
generally accepted accounting principles.

Seattle, Washington
March 26, 1999, except as to Note 11,

 as to which the date is July   , 1999.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  The foregoing report is in the form that will be signed upon the completion
of the stock split described in Note 11 to the financial statements.

                                          ERNST & YOUNG LLP

Seattle, Washington

June 28, 1999

                                      F-2
<PAGE>

                         WATCHGUARD TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

                                 BALANCE SHEETS
                       (In thousands, except share data)

                                     ASSETS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    Pro Forma
                                                                  Stockholders'
                                     December 31,                    Equity
                                   -----------------   March 31,    March 31,
                                    1997      1998       1999         1999
                                   -------  --------  ----------- -------------
                                                      (Unaudited)  (Unaudited)
<S>                                <C>      <C>       <C>         <C>
Current assets:
  Cash and cash equivalents....... $   603  $  1,712   $  2,046
  Trade accounts receivable, net..   1,596     3,491      4,275
  Inventories.....................     218     2,156      1,721
  Prepaid expenses................     162       450        457
                                   -------  --------   --------
      Total current assets........   2,579     7,809      8,499
Equipment and furniture, net......     372     1,140      1,550
Deposits, intangibles, and other
 assets...........................     352        83         52
                                   -------  --------   --------
      Total assets................ $ 3,303  $  9,032   $ 10,101
                                   =======  ========   ========

                      LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

Current liabilities:
  Line of credit.................. $   500  $  2,500   $  2,500
  Equipment term loan.............      --       609        548
  Notes payable...................      --        --      2,874
  Accounts payable................     682     2,185      2,497
  Accrued expenses................     426     1,016      1,133
  Deferred revenue................     313     1,773      2,396
                                   -------  --------   --------
      Total current liabilities...   1,921     8,083     11,948
Deferred revenue..................      --        68         68
Commitments.......................
Stockholders' equity:
  Preferred stock, $0.001 par
   value:
    Authorized shares --
      10,000,000
    Shares issued and
     outstanding -- 5,316,670,
     6,712,658 and 6,712,658 at
     December 31, 1997 and 1998
     and March 31, 1999,
     respectively (none pro
     forma).......................
    Liquidation preference --
      $13,250.....................       5         6          6     $     --
  Common stock, $0.001 par value:
    Authorized shares --
      80,000,000
    Shares issued and
     outstanding -- 532,916,
     1,362,744 and 1,441,614 at
     December 31, 1997 and 1998
     and March 31, 1999,
     respectively (14,866,930
     pro forma)...................     --          1          1           13
    Additional paid-in capital....   6,179    16,261     16,586       16,580
  Deferred stock-based
   compensation...................     --     (1,466)    (1,374)      (1,374)
  Accumulated deficit.............  (4,802)  (13,921)   (17,134)     (17,134)
                                   -------  --------   --------     --------
      Total stockholders' equity
       (deficit)..................   1,382       881     (1,915)    $ (1,915)
                                   -------  --------   --------     ========
      Total liabilities and
       stockholders' equity ...... $ 3,303  $  9,032    $10,101
                                   =======  ========   ========
</TABLE>

                            See accompanying notes.

                                      F-3
<PAGE>

                         WATCHGUARD TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

                            STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
                     (In thousands, except per share data)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                            Period from      Year Ended      Three Months Ended
                         February 14, 1996  December 31,          March 31,
                          (Inception) to   ----------------  --------------------
                         December 31, 1996  1997     1998      1998       1999
                         ----------------- -------  -------  ---------  ---------
                                                                 (unaudited)
<S>                      <C>               <C>      <C>      <C>        <C>
Revenues, net:
  Product...............       $ 329       $ 4,975  $10,678  $   1,993  $   3,387
  Service...............           2           123      701         41        551
                               -----       -------  -------  ---------  ---------
    Total revenues......         331         5,098   11,379      2,034      3,938
Cost of revenues........         104         1,610    3,925        619      1,635
                               -----       -------  -------  ---------  ---------
Gross margin............         227         3,488    7,454      1,415      2,303
Operating expenses:
  Sales and marketing...         224         4,369    8,666      1,637      2,936
  Research and
   development..........         274         2,192    5,273        805      1,548
  General and
   administrative.......         191         1,323    2,515        374        948
                               -----       -------  -------  ---------  ---------
    Total operating
     expenses...........         689         7,884   16,454      2,816      5,432
                               -----       -------  -------  ---------  ---------
Operating loss..........        (462)       (4,396)  (9,000)    (1,401)    (3,129)
Interest income.........          --            88       84          1          9
Interest expense........          (6)          (26)    (203)       (24)       (93)
                               -----       -------  -------  ---------  ---------
Net loss................       $(468)      $(4,334) $(9,119) $  (1,424) $  (3,213)
                               =====       =======  =======  =========  =========
Basic and diluted net
 loss per share.........         N/A       $(17.17) $(11.34) $   (2.23) $   (2.28)
                               =====       =======  =======  =========  =========
Shares used in
 calculation of basic
 and diluted net loss
 per share..............         N/A           252      804        639      1,407
                               =====       =======  =======  =========  =========
Pro forma basic and
 diluted net loss per
 share (unaudited)......                            $ (0.68)            $   (0.22)
                                                    =======             =========
Shares used in
 calculation of pro
 forma basic and diluted
 net loss per share
 (unaudited)............                             13,374                14,832
                                                    =======             =========
</TABLE>


                            See accompanying notes.

                                      F-4
<PAGE>

                         WATCHGUARD TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

                       STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
                       (In thousands, except share data)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                         Preferred Stock    Common Stock   Additional   Deferred
                         ---------------- ----------------  Paid-in   Stock-Based  Accumulated
                          Shares   Amount  Shares   Amount  Capital   Compensation   Deficit    Total
                         --------- ------ --------- ------ ---------- ------------ ----------- -------
<S>                      <C>       <C>    <C>       <C>    <C>        <C>          <C>         <C>
Sale of Series A
 Preferred Stock........ 3,000,004  $ 3          --  $--    $   147     $    --     $     --   $   150
Net loss................        --   --          --   --         --          --         (468)     (468)
                         ---------  ---   ---------  ---    -------     -------     --------   -------
Balance, December 31,
 1996................... 3,000,004    3          --   --        147          --         (468)     (318)
  Sale of Series B
   preferred stock, net
   of issuance costs of
   $21.................. 2,316,666    2          --   --      5,977          --           --     5,979
  Issuance of common
   stock in settlement
   of royalty payments..        --   --     400,000              52          --           --        52
  Exercise of common
   stock options and
   warrants.............        --   --     132,916               3          --           --         3
  Net loss..............        --   --          --   --         --          --       (4,334)   (4,334)
                         ---------  ---   ---------  ---    -------     -------     --------   -------
Balance, December 31,
 1997................... 5,316,670    5     532,916           6,179          --       (4,802)    1,382
  Sales of Series B
   preferred stock......    38,610   --          --   --        100          --           --       100
  Sales of Series C
   preferred stock, net
   of issuance costs of
   $25.................. 1,357,378    1          --   --      6,974          --           --     6,975
  Stock options
   exchanged for
   services.............        --   --          --             628          --           --       628
  Issuance of stock
   warrant to a
   customer.............        --   --          --             470          --           --       470
  Deferred stock
   compensation.........        --   --          --   --      1,877      (1,877)          --        --
  Amortization of
   deferred stock-based
   compensation.........        --   --          --   --                    411           --       411
  Exercise of common
   stock options and
   warrants.............        --   --     829,828    1         33          --           --        34
  Net loss..............        --   --          --   --         --          --       (9,119)   (9,119)
                         ---------  ---   ---------  ---    -------     -------     --------   -------
Balance, December 31,
 1998................... 6,712,658    6   1,362,744    1     16,261      (1,466)     (13,921)      881
  Deferred stock
   compensation
   (unaudited)..........        --   --          --   --        162        (162)          --        --
  Amortization of
   deferred stock-based
   compensation
   (unaudited)..........        --   --          --   --         --         254           --       254
  Issuance of stock
   warrants
   (unaudited)..........        --   --          --   --        155          --           --       155
  Exercise of common
   stock options and
   warrants
   (unaudited)..........        --   --      78,870   --          8          --           --         8
  Net loss (unaudited)..        --   --          --   --         --          --       (3,213)   (3,213)
                         ---------  ---   ---------  ---    -------     -------     --------   -------
Balance, March 31, 1999
 (unaudited)............ 6,712,658  $ 6   1,441,614  $ 1    $16,586     $(1,374)    $(17,134)  $(1,915)
                         =========  ===   =========  ===    =======     =======     ========   =======
</TABLE>

                            See accompanying notes.

                                      F-5
<PAGE>

                         WATCHGUARD TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

                            STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                                 (In thousands)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                              Period from
                           February 14, 1996    Year Ended       Three Months
                          (date of inception)  December 31,     Ended March 31,
                            to December 31,   ----------------  ----------------
                                 1996          1997     1998     1998     1999
                          ------------------- -------  -------  -------  -------
                                                                  (unaudited)
<S>                       <C>                 <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>
Operating activities
Net loss................         $(468)       $(4,334) $(9,119) $(1,424) $(3,213)
Adjustments to reconcile
 net loss to net cash
 used in operating
 activities:
  Depreciation and
   amortization.........            23            207      235       40      118
  Stock and warrant
   issued in exchange
   for services.........            --             --    1,509       27      254
  Non-cash interest
   expense..............            --             --       --       --       29
  Changes in operating
   assets and
   liabilities:
    (Increase) in trade
     accounts
     receivable.........          (167)        (1,429)  (1,895)    (408)    (784)
    (Increase) decrease
     in inventories.....            --           (214)  (1,938)       2      435
    (Increase) in
     prepaid expenses...           (52)          (113)    (288)     (67)      (6)
    (Increase) decrease
     in deposits and
     other assets.......           (41)          (273)     269      (57)      31
    Increase in accounts
     payable and accrued
     expenses...........           240            868    2,093      535      429
    Increase (decrease)
     in deferred
     revenue............           334            (22)   1,528      325      623
                                 -----        -------  -------  -------  -------
Net cash used in
 operating activities...          (131)        (5,310)  (7,606)  (1,027)  (2,084)
Investing activities
Purchase of equipment
 and furniture..........           (77)          (391)  (1,003)    (142)    (528)
Purchase of intangible
 assets.................           (10)           (70)      --       --       --
                                 -----        -------  -------  -------  -------
Net cash used in
 investing activities...           (87)          (461)  (1,003)    (142)    (528)
Financing activities
Borrowings on line of
 credit and long-term
 debt...................           300            700    2,663    1,000    2,845
Issuance of warrants....            --             --       --       --      155
Principal repayments on
 line of credit.........            --           (500)     (54)     (19)     (62)
Repayment of note
 payable................            --            (40)      --       --       --
Proceeds from sale of
 preferred stock........           150          5,979    7,075      100       --
Proceeds from exercise
 of common stock options
 and warrants...........            --              3       34        8        8
                                 -----        -------  -------  -------  -------
Net cash provided by
 financing activities...           450          6,142    9,718    1,089    2,946
                                 -----        -------  -------  -------  -------
Net increase (decrease)
 in cash and cash
 equivalents............           232            371    1,109      (80)     334
Cash and cash
 equivalents at
 beginning of period....            --            232      603      603    1,712
                                 -----        -------  -------  -------  -------
Cash and cash
 equivalents at end of
 period.................         $ 232        $   603  $ 1,712  $   523  $ 2,046
                                 =====        =======  =======  =======  =======
Supplementary disclosure
 of cash flow
 information:
  Cash paid for
   interest.............         $   6        $    21  $   179  $    --  $    51
                                 =====        =======  =======  =======  =======
Supplemental schedule of
 noncash investing and
 financing activities:
  Issuance of note
   payable for purchase
   of intangible
   assets...............         $  40        $    --  $    --  $    --  $    --
                                 =====        =======  =======  =======  =======
  Issuance of common
   stock for purchase of
   intangible assets....         $  --        $    52  $    --  $    --  $    --
                                 =====        =======  =======  =======  =======
</TABLE>

                            See accompanying notes.

                                      F-6
<PAGE>

                         WATCHGUARD TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

                         NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

                               December 31, 1998

1. Accounting Policies

Description of Business

  WatchGuard Technologies, Inc. is in the business of developing and marketing
Internet security solutions which incorporate a security appliance, security
and management software and an Internet-based broadcast service designed to
keep its products current. WatchGuard was incorporated in the state of
Washington on February 14, 1996 and maintains its headquarters in Seattle,
Washington. In May 1997, WatchGuard reincorporated in the state of Delaware. In
conjunction with the reincorporation, WatchGuard changed its name from Seattle
Software Labs, Inc. to WatchGuard Technologies, Inc. in August 1997.

Basis of Presentation and Liquidity

  The accompanying financial statements have been prepared on a going-concern
basis. This basis of accounting contemplates the realization of assets and the
satisfaction of liabilities in the normal course of business operations.
WatchGuard recorded losses of $9.1 million and used $7.6 million to fund
operations during the year ended December 31, 1998. At December 31, 1998,
WatchGuard had cash and cash equivalents of $1.7 million, a working capital
deficit of $274,000 and an accumulated deficit of $13.9 million.

  WatchGuard has financed its operations to date through the issuance of equity
securities and debt financing. Further development and establishment of
WatchGuard's business will require additional equity or debt financing.
WatchGuard believes that equity or debt financing can be obtained from existing
or new sources. WatchGuard's current investors have indicated that they will
provide sufficient financing in order for WatchGuard to continue to operate
through 1999.

Revenue Recognition

  Statement of Position 97-2, "Software Revenue Recognition" (SOP 97-2), was
issued in October 1997 by the American Institute of Certified Public
Accountants (AICPA) and was amended by Statement of Position 98-4 (SOP 98-4).
In December 1998, the AICPA issued SOP 98-9, which amends SOP 97-2 and 98-4 and
is effective for transactions entered into after March 15, 1999. WatchGuard
adopted SOP 97-2, as amended by SOP 98-9, effective January 1, 1998. Based upon
its interpretation of SOP 97-2 and SOP 98-9, WatchGuard believes its current
revenue recognition policies and practices are consistent with the SOPs.
However, full implementation guidelines for this standard have not yet been
issued. Once available, implementation guidance could lead to unanticipated
changes in current revenue accounting practices, and these changes could
materially adversely affect the timing of WatchGuard's future revenues and
earnings.

  WatchGuard generates revenues through sales of its Firebox products,
including related software licenses, and subscriptions for its LiveSecurity
broadcast service, which includes threat responses, information alerts,
software updates and maintenance. Software license revenues are generated from
licensing the rights to use WatchGuard's products directly to end-users, from
sublicense fees from resellers, distributors and, beginning in late 1998, from
sales of its products to Internet service providers (ISPs), which utilize the
product to provide managed security services to the ISPs' customers. Revenues
from LiveSecurity subscriptions are recognized ratably over the term of the
contract, typically one year.

                                      F-7
<PAGE>

                         WATCHGUARD TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

  Revenues from software license agreements are generally recognized upon
delivery of software if persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists,
collection is probable and the fee is fixed or determinable, and vender-
specific objective evidence exists to allocate the total fee to elements of the
arrangement. Payment terms do not extend beyond a year. A limited number of
WatchGuard's distributors have the right to delay payment until the product is
sold to the end-user. Revenues from these arrangements is not recognized until
sale to the end-user occurs. WatchGuard provides unspecified upgrades on a when
and if available basis. These upgrades are considered post-contract customer
support (PCS) and are recognized as revenues ratably over the terms of the PCS
arrangement. Vendor-specific objective evidence is typically based on the price
charged when an element is sold separately or, in the case of an element not
sold separately, on the price established by authorized management, if it is
probable that the price, once established, will not change before market
introduction. WatchGuard uses the residual method, as defined in SOP 98-9, to
allocate revenue to delivered elements once it has established vendor-specific
objective evidence for all undelivered elements. Under the residual method, any
discount in the arrangement is allocated to the delivered element. WatchGuard
provides for return rights and pricing protection rights for some of its
customers. The return rights included in these customer agreements are
generally limited to a percentage of purchases by these customers for the
previous quarter. The pricing protection rights in these agreements are
generally limited to 60 to 90 days after notification of a price change.
Revenues are reduced by the provision for estimated returns and allowance at
the time the sale is made. The reserves are reviewed and revised as needed.

Fair Values of Financial Instruments

  At December 31, 1998, WatchGuard had the following financial instruments:
cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable, accrued
liabilities, capital lease obligations and long-term debt. The carrying value
of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued
liabilities approximates their fair value based on the liquidity of these
financial instruments or based on their short-term nature. The carrying value
of long-term debt approximates fair value based on the market interest rates
available to WatchGuard for debt of similar risk and maturities.

Cash Equivalents

  WatchGuard considers all highly liquid investments purchased with an initial
maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents. Cash equivalents are
carried at fair market value.

Inventories

  Inventories are stated at the lower of cost (first-in, first-out basis) or
market. WatchGuard outsources all of its hardware manufacturing and assembly to
one manufacturer and one assembler. The inability of the manufacturer and
assembler to supply product in a timely manner and on terms acceptable to
WatchGuard could severely affect WatchGuard's ability to meet customers'
demands.

Equipment and Furniture

  Equipment and furniture is stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation.
Equipment and furniture is depreciated using the straight-line method over
estimated useful lives ranging from three to five years.

                                      F-8
<PAGE>

                         WATCHGUARD TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Research and Development

  Research and development costs are expensed as incurred and consist primarily
of software development costs. Financial accounting standards require the
capitalization of certain software development costs after technological
feasibility of the software is established. In the development of WatchGuard's
new products and enhancements to existing products, the technological
feasibility of the software is not established until substantially all product
development is complete, including the development of a working model. Internal
software development costs that were eligible for capitalization were
insignificant and were charged to research and development expense in the
accompanying statements of operations.

Net Loss per Share

  Basic and diluted net loss per share is calculated using the average number
of shares of common stock outstanding. Other common stock equivalents,
including preferred stock, stock options and warrants, are excluded from the
computation as their effect is antidilutive. See Note 6.

  Upon the completion of WatchGuard's proposed initial public offering, all
convertible preferred stock will automatically convert into common stock.
Accordingly, pro forma net loss per share is computed using the weighted
average number of shares of common stock outstanding and the weighted average
convertible preferred stock outstanding as if these shares were converted to
common stock at the time of issuance.

Advertising Costs

  WatchGuard expenses advertising costs as incurred. Total expenses were $900,
$199,500, and $60,000 in 1996, 1997, and 1998, respectively.

Concentration of Credit Risk

  WatchGuard is subject to concentrations of credit risk primarily from cash
investments. WatchGuard's credit risk is managed by investing its excess cash
in high-quality money market instruments. In addition, substantially all of
WatchGuard's accounts receivable are due from WatchGuard's resellers,
distributors and ISPs located throughout the world. International sales were
$46,000, $2.8 million and $4.0 million for 1996, 1997 and 1998, respectively.
No single customer, foreign country, or geographic area accounted for more than
10% of revenues in the periods presented. WatchGuard does not believe there are
any significant concentrations of credit risk as of December 31, 1998.

Stock Compensation

  WatchGuard has elected to apply the disclosure-only provisions of Statement
of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123, "Accounting for Stock-Based
Compensation" (SFAS 123). Accordingly, WatchGuard accounts for stock-based
compensation using the intrinsic value method prescribed in Accounting
Principles Board Opinion No. 25, "Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees,"
and related interpretations. Compensation cost for stock options is measured as
the excess, if any, of the fair value of WatchGuard's common stock at the date
of grant over the stock option exercise price.

                                      F-9
<PAGE>

                         WATCHGUARD TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Income Taxes

  WatchGuard recognizes deferred tax assets and liabilities based on
differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and
liabilities using the enacted tax rates and laws that are expected to be in
effect when the differences are expected to be recovered. WatchGuard provides a
valuation allowance for deferred tax assets that cannot be currently recognized
due to WatchGuard's losses and the uncertainty of future profitability.

Reclassifications

  Certain prior-year items have been reclassified to conform to the current-
year presentation.

Use of Estimates

  The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted
accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions
that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying
notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Unaudited Interim Financial Information

  The financial information as of March 31, 1999 and for the three months ended
March 31, 1998 and 1999 is unaudited, but includes all adjustments, consisting
only of normal recurring adjustments, that WatchGuard considers necessary for a
fair presentation of the financial position at those dates and of the
operations and cash flows for the periods then ended. Operating results for the
three months ended March 31, 1999 are not necessarily indicative of results
that may be expected for the entire year.

New Accounting Pronouncements

  In June 1997, the FASB issued SFAS No. 130, "Reporting Comprehensive Income,"
which establishes standards for reporting and display of comprehensive income
and its components (revenues, expenses, gains and losses) in a full set of
general-purpose financial statements. This statement requires that all items
that are required to be recognized under accounting standards as components of
comprehensive income be reported in a financial statement that is displayed
with the same prominence as other financial statements. This statement, adopted
by WatchGuard on
January 1, 1998, does not affect results of operations or financial position,
as WatchGuard had no items that would have been classified as other
comprehensive income.

  In June 1998, the FASB issued SFAS No. 133, "Accounting for Derivatives and
Hedging Activities," which establishes accounting and reporting standards for
derivative instruments, including certain derivative instruments embedded in
other contracts (collectively referred to as derivatives), and for hedging
activities. Because WatchGuard has never used nor currently intends to use
derivatives, management does not anticipate that the adoption of this new
standard will have a significant effect on earnings or the financial position
of WatchGuard.

                                      F-10
<PAGE>

                         WATCHGUARD TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

2. Balance Sheet Account Detail

Trade Accounts Receivable

  Trade accounts receivable consisted of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     December 31,
                                                     --------------   March 31,
                                                      1997    1998      1999
                                                     ------  ------  -----------
                                                                     (unaudited)
                                                          (In thousands)
   <S>                                               <C>     <C>     <C>
   Trade accounts receivable........................ $1,720  $4,555    $5,289
   Reserve for returns..............................     --    (615)     (615)
   Allowance for uncollectible accounts.............   (124)   (449)     (399)
                                                     ------  ------    ------
                                                     $1,596  $3,491    $4,275
                                                     ======  ======    ======
</TABLE>

Inventories

  Inventories consisted of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          December
                                                             31,
                                                         -----------  March 31,
                                                         1997  1998     1999
                                                         ---- ------ -----------
                                                                     (unaudited)
                                                             (In thousands)
   <S>                                                   <C>  <C>    <C>
   Finished goods....................................... $218 $1,203   $  861
   Components...........................................   --    953      860
                                                         ---- ------   ------
                                                         $218 $2,156   $1,721
                                                         ==== ======   ======
</TABLE>

Equipment and Furniture

  Equipment and furniture consisted of the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          December
                                                             31,
                                                         -----------  March 31,
                                                         1997  1998     1999
                                                         ---- ------ -----------
                                                                     (unaudited)
                                                             (In thousands)
   <S>                                                   <C>  <C>    <C>
   Computer equipment................................... $361 $  831   $1,104
   Furniture and fixtures...............................   57    337      444
   Software.............................................   50    302      450
                                                         ---- ------   ------
                                                          468  1,470    1,998
   Less accumulated depreciation........................   96    330      448
                                                         ---- ------   ------
                                                         $372 $1,140   $1,550
                                                         ==== ======   ======
</TABLE>

3. Acquisition of Intangibles

  In March 1996, WatchGuard acquired certain technology (source code for its
software products) from Mazama Software Labs, Inc. (Mazama) for $50,000.
Additionally, WatchGuard was required for a three-year period to make royalty
payments on the sale of products that utilized the Mazama technology, with the
total royalty payments not to exceed $4 million. In June 1997, WatchGuard and
Mazama agreed to a buy-out of the royalty payments due Mazama, with WatchGuard
paying $70,000 in cash and issuing 400,000 shares of its common stock valued at
$52,000, the deemed fair value at that date, which was based on the board of
directors' best estimate of fair value. This amount is included in other
assets, net of accumulated amortization of $157,600 at December 31, 1998, and
is being amortized over its useful life of three years.

                                      F-11
<PAGE>

                         WATCHGUARD TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

4. Debt

  At December 31, 1998, WatchGuard had borrowings outstanding under a) a $2.5
million working capital revolving line of credit (increased to $4.5 million
available on January 7, 1999); b) a $177,000 equipment term loan; and c) a
$432,000 equipment term loan. All three facilities are from a commercial bank.

  The revolving line of credit is for operating needs and expires on September
30, 1999. Principal and interest are due at maturity. Borrowings under the line
of credit bear interest at the bank's prime interest rate plus 1.0% (8.75% at
December 31, 1998). The borrowing base for the line is to be monitored on a
monthly basis and is to consist of the sum of up to 75% of eligible domestic
and 50% of eligible foreign accounts receivable. There was $2.5 million
outstanding on this line at December 31, 1998 and no additional amount
available.

  The $177,000 term loan bears interest at the bank's prime interest rate plus
1.5% (9.25% at December 31, 1998) and matures in March 2001. The $432,000 term
loan bears interest at the bank's prime interest rate plus 1% (8.75% at
December 31, 1998) and matures in December 2001. The term loans require monthly
principal and interest payments of $6,327 and $11,995, respectively, and are
collateralized by equipment.

  At December 31, 1998, WatchGuard was not in compliance with certain covenants
related to the line of credit and term loans, but has obtained a waiver for
noncompliance at December 31, 1998. In addition, the bank has deleted these
covenants through the earlier of July 31, 1999, as amended (see Note 11) or the
completion of an initial public offering of WatchGuard's stock. WatchGuard has
classified the outstanding balance of long-term debt as current on the
accompanying balance sheets.

  The contractual maturities of the term loans are as follows:

<TABLE>
       <S>                                                                  <C>
       1999................................................................ $216
       2000................................................................  220
       2001................................................................  173
                                                                            ----
                                                                            $609
                                                                            ====
</TABLE>

Convertible Note Financing and Warrants

  In March 1999, WatchGuard entered into convertible note agreements with its
existing investors for an aggregate of $3,000,000. The notes bear interest at
6% and are due on demand after March 2000. The notes will automatically be due
upon an initial public offering or converted into Series D preferred stock (new
series) if a subsequent private equity financing is completed before the
initial public offering, on the same terms and conditions offered to the other
investors in the private financing. WatchGuard also issued warrants to purchase
42,856 shares of common stock (21,428 to each group of funds), at an exercise
price of $7.00 per share, which are exercisable immediately. These warrants, if
not exercised before the closing of an initial public offering, will
automatically convert into common stock on a net exercise basis upon completion
of the initial public offering. The warrants were assigned a fair value of
$155,139 based upon the Black Scholes pricing model, based upon a fair value of
the underlying stock of $8.00 per share, a risk-free interest rate of 6%, a
dividend yield rate of 0%, volatility of .6 and an expected life of one year.
WatchGuard is amortizing the resulting discount on the notes over the expected
term of the notes.

                                      F-12
<PAGE>

                         WATCHGUARD TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)


5. Shareholders' Equity

Reincorporation

  WatchGuard was incorporated as Seattle Software Labs, Inc. in the state of
Washington in February 1996. In March 1996, WatchGuard sold 1,000,000 shares of
Series A preferred stock to its two cofounders for $0.05 per share, resulting
in aggregate proceeds of $50,000. In July 1996, WatchGuard sold 350,878 shares
of what was originally characterized as Series B preferred stock to the
cofounders for $0.29 per share, resulting in aggregate proceeds of $100,000. In
connection with the restatement of its Articles of Incorporation in March 1997,
WatchGuard reclassified the preferred shares originally characterized as Series
B preferred stock into 2,000,004 Series A preferred shares. The financial
statements have been restated to reflect this recapitalization.

Preferred Stock

  In May 1997, WatchGuard completed a Series B preferred stock offering by
selling 2,316,666 shares at $2.59 per share, aggregating gross proceeds of $6.0
million. In March 1998, WatchGuard issued an additional 38,610 shares of Series
B preferred stock at $2.59 per share, aggregating gross proceeds of $100,000.
In April 1998, WatchGuard completed a Series C preferred stock offering by
selling 1,357,378 shares at $5.16 per share, aggregating gross proceeds of
approximately $7.0 million.

  Holders of Series A, B, and C preferred stock have preferential rights to
dividends when and if declared by the board of directors. Series A, B and C
preferred stockholders have the right to one vote for each share of common
stock into which these Series A, B, and C preferred stock could then be
converted and, with respect to that vote, have full voting rights and powers
equal to those of the holders of common stock.

  In the event of liquidation, the holders of Series A, B, and C preferred
stock have preferential rights to liquidation payments of $0.05, $2.59, and
$5.16 per share, respectively, plus any declared, but unpaid, dividends. Series
A, B, and C preferred stock is convertible into common stock at a price per
share of $0.05, $2.59, and $5.16, respectively, at the option of the holder, or
automatically upon the vote or written consent of a majority of the preferred
stockholders in the case of Series A or Series B, or 75% in the case of Series
C, or upon the closing of an initial public offering of WatchGuard's common
stock from which the aggregate proceeds are not less than $15 million and a
price per share is paid by the public of at least $10.31. Currently, each share
of Series A, B, and C preferred stock will convert into two shares of common
stock.

  The following is a summary of terms and conditions for each series of
preferred stock as of December 31, 1998:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        Annual
                                                          Approximate  Dividend
                                                           Aggregate   Rate --
                              Shares     Shares    Stated Liquidation    Non-
                            Designated Outstanding Value     Value    Cumulative
                            ---------- ----------- ------ ----------- ----------
   <S>                      <C>        <C>         <C>    <C>         <C>
   Series A................ 3,000,004   3,000,004  $0.05  $  150,000    $0.01
   Series B................ 2,374,581   2,355,276   2.59   6,100,000     0.16
   Series C................ 1,357,378   1,357,378   5.16   7,000,000     0.31
</TABLE>


                                      F-13
<PAGE>

                         WATCHGUARD TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Stock Options

  In 1996, WatchGuard adopted the 1996 Stock Incentive Compensation Plan (the
Plan), which provides for the granting of incentive and nonqualified stock
options to employees, officers, directors, agents, consultants and independent
contractors. As of December 31, 1998, WatchGuard had authorized 7,734,986
shares of common stock for possible grants under the Plan. Options under the
Plan generally are granted at fair market value on the date of grant. Of the
shares of common stock covered by the options, 25% become vested on the first
anniversary of the date of grant, with the remaining shares covered by the
option vesting at 2.08% every month thereafter, and with all shares becoming
fully vested on the fourth anniversary date of the date of grant. Stock options
under the Plan have a term of ten years unless modified by the plan
administrator.

  The following table summarizes WatchGuard's stock option activity:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                         December 31, 1996  December 31, 1997   December 31, 1998     March 31, 1999
                         ------------------ ------------------- ------------------- -------------------
                                   Weighted            Weighted            Weighted            Weighted
                                   Average             Average             Average             Average
                                   Exercise            Exercise            Exercise            Exercise
                          Options   Price    Options    Price    Options    Price    Options    Price
                         --------- -------- ---------  -------- ---------  -------- ---------  --------
                                                                                       (unaudited)
<S>                      <C>       <C>      <C>        <C>      <C>        <C>      <C>        <C>
Balance at beginning of
 period.................        --  $  --   1,156,994   $0.03   5,227,580   $0.08   5,145,268   $0.16
Granted................. 1,156,994   0.03   4,970,526    0.08   1,212,500    0.44     162,000    7.00
Exercised...............        --     --     (12,916)   0.03    (819,828)   0.04     (78,870)   0.11
Canceled................        --     --    (887,024)   0.04    (474,984)   0.09          --      --
                         ---------          ---------           ---------           ---------
Balance at end of
 period................. 1,156,994   0.03   5,227,580    0.08   5,145,268    0.16   5,228,398    0.37
                         =========          =========           =========           =========
Exercisable at end of
 period.................        --            428,300           1,618,038           1,901,650
Weighted average fair
 value of options
 granted during period
  Granted at fair
   value................ 1,156,994   0.01   4,970,526    0.02     308,000    0.01          --      --
  Granted at below fair
   value................        --     --          --      --     904,500    2.08     162,000    7.00
</TABLE>

  At December 31, 1998, 1,756,974 shares of common stock were available for
future grant under the Plan.

  The weighted average remaining contractual life and weighted average exercise
price of options outstanding and options exercisable at December 31, 1998 for
selected exercise price ranges is as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   Options
                                  Options Outstanding            Exercisable
                           ---------------------------------- ------------------
                                        Weighted
                                         Average     Weighted           Weighted
                                        Remaining    Average            Average
                                       Contractual   Exercise           Exercise
Exercise Prices             Shares   Life (in years)  Price    Shares    Price
- ---------------            --------- --------------- -------- --------- --------
<S>                        <C>       <C>             <C>      <C>       <C>
$0.03-0.14................ 4,501,392      8.08        $0.09   1,582,370  $0.08
$0.39-0.55................   516,876      9.54         0.54      33,481   0.55
$1.13-2.25................   127,000      9.74         1.29       2,187   1.13
                           ---------                          ---------
                           5,145,268      8.27        $0.16   1,618,038  $0.09
                           =========                          =========
</TABLE>

                                      F-14
<PAGE>

                         WATCHGUARD TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)


  WatchGuard uses the intrinsic value-based method to account for all its
employee stock-based compensation arrangements. Accordingly, no compensation
cost has been recognized for its stock options in the accompanying financial
statements because the fair value of the underlying common stock equals or
exceeds the exercise price of the stock options at the date of grant, except
with respect to certain options granted during the year ended December 31,
1998. WatchGuard has recorded deferred stock compensation expense of
$1.9 million relating to options granted during the year ended December 31,
1998. This amount represents the difference between the exercise price and the
deemed fair value for financial reporting purposes of WatchGuard's common stock
during the periods in which the options were granted. Amortization of deferred
stock compensation of $411,000 was recognized during the year ended December
31, 1998.

  The following pro forma information regarding stock-based compensation has
been determined as if WatchGuard had accounted for its employee stock options
under the fair market value method of SFAS 123. The fair value of these options
was estimated at the date of grant using a minimum value option pricing model
with the following weighted average assumptions: risk-free interest rates range
from 6.0% to 5.0% in 1996, 1997, and 1998; a dividend yield rate of 0% for all
periods; and an expected life of five years.

  For purposes of pro forma disclosures, the estimated fair value of the
options is amortized to expense over the options' vesting periods. WatchGuard's
pro forma information is as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        Year Ended December
                                                                31,
                                                       -----------------------
                                                       1996    1997     1998
                                                       -----  -------  -------
                                                          (In thousands)
   <S>                                                 <C>    <C>      <C>
   Net loss -- as reported............................ $(468) $(4,334) $(9,119)
   Net loss -- pro forma..............................  (470)  (4,368)  (9,182)
   Net loss per share -- as reported..................   N/A   (17.17)  (11.34)
   Net loss per share -- pro forma....................   N/A   (17.30)  (11.42)
</TABLE>

  Under SFAS 123, compensation expense representing the fair value of the
option grant is recognized over the vesting period. The initial impact on pro
forma net loss may not be representative of compensation expense in future
years, when the effect of amortization of multiple awards would be reflected in
pro forma earnings.

  In December 1997 WatchGuard granted approximately 48,000 options with
exercise prices ranging from $0.05 to $0.26 to a consultant in connection with
a one-year consulting agreement. The options vested at the December 1998
termination date of the consulting agreement. WatchGuard has recorded
compensation expense of approximately $628,000 based on the fair value of the
options at the termination of the consulting agreement.

Common Stock Warrants

  During 1996, WatchGuard issued warrants for 145,000 shares of common stock at
an exercise price of $0.03 per share to various consultants and vendors for
technical and marketing services, including public relations and technical
writing. The warrants expire five years from date of issuance, beginning in
July 2001. During 1997 and 1998, 100,000 and 10,000 shares, respectively, of
these warrants were exercised.

  In January 1997, WatchGuard granted warrants for 20,000 shares at an exercise
price at $0.03 per share to an individual for recruiting services. In July
1997, the warrant was exercised for all 20,000 shares.

                                      F-15
<PAGE>

                         WATCHGUARD TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)


  In March 1998, WatchGuard granted a warrant to purchase 10,000 shares of
common stock at an exercise price of $0.13 per share to a bank in connection
with a debt financing.

  WatchGuard performed an analysis to value all warrants using the Black
Scholes pricing model based upon the exercise prices described above, a risk-
free interest rate of 6%, a dividend yield rate of 0%, volatility of .6 and an
expected life of one year. The fair value associated with these warrants was
immaterial.

  In June 1998, WatchGuard entered into a two-year license and sales agreement
with a customer, under which the customer has committed to minimum purchase
quantities. This agreement may be terminated by either party for
nonperformance. The only recourse for nonperformance is the return of all
product and promotional material. Because of the promotional value of this
customer, WatchGuard granted it a warrant to purchase 200,000 shares of common
stock at an exercise price of $0.39 per share. The warrant is fully vested,
nonforfeitable and fully exercisable at the date of grant. The fair value of
the warrant, approximately $470,000, was recorded as sales and marketing
expense.

Common Shares Reserved

  At December 31, 1998 common stock reserved for future issuance was as
follows:

<TABLE>
       <S>                                                            <C>
       Conversion of preferred stock................................. 13,425,316
       Exercise of common stock options..............................  6,902,242
       Exercise of common stock warrants.............................    245,000
                                                                      ----------
                                                                      20,572,558
                                                                      ==========
</TABLE>

6. Net Loss per Share

  Basic and diluted net loss per common share is calculated by dividing net
loss by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding. Pro forma net
loss per share is computed using the weighted average number of shares used for
basic and diluted per share amounts and the weighted average convertible
redeemable preferred stock outstanding as if such shares were converted to
common stock at the time of issuance.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                              Period from        Years Ended     Three Months Ended
                           February 14, 1996    December 31,          March 31,
                          (date of inception)  ----------------  --------------------
                          to December 31, 1996  1997     1998      1998       1999
                          -------------------- -------  -------  ---------  ---------
                                                                     (unaudited)
                                   (In thousands, except per share data)
<S>                       <C>                  <C>      <C>      <C>        <C>
Net loss................         $(468)        $(4,334) $(9,119) $  (1,424) $  (3,213)
                                 =====         =======  =======  =========  =========
Basic and diluted net
 loss per common share..           N/A         $(17.17) $(11.34) $   (2.23) $   (2.28)
                                 =====         =======  =======  =========  =========
Weighted average number
 of common shares used
 for basic and diluted
 per share amounts......           N/A             252      804        639      1,407
                                 =====         =======  =======  =========  =========
Weighted average common
 shares issuable upon
 pro forma conversion of
 preferred stock........                                 12,570                13,425
                                                        -------             ---------
Weighted average number
 of shares used for pro
 forma per share amounts
 (unaudited)............                                 13,374                14,832
                                                        =======             =========
Pro forma basic and
 diluted net loss per
 share (unaudited)......                                $ (0.68)            $   (0.22)
                                                        =======             =========
</TABLE>


                                      F-16
<PAGE>

                         WATCHGUARD TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

  Options to purchase 5,145,268 shares of common stock and warrants to purchase
245,000 shares of common stock were excluded from the computation of actual and
pro forma diluted net loss per common share, as their effect is antidilutive.

7. Income Taxes

  At December 31, 1998, WatchGuard had a net operating loss carryforward for
federal tax purposes of approximately $9,875,000. The carryforwards begin to
expire in 2011. Utilization of net operating loss carryforwards may be subject
to certain limitations under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code. A
valuation allowance has been established to reflect the uncertainty of future
taxable income to utilize available tax loss carryforwards.

  Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effect of temporary differences
between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting
purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. Significant components
of WatchGuard's deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                December 31,
                                                               ----------------
                                                                1997     1998
                                                               -------  -------
                                                               (In thousands)
   <S>                                                         <C>      <C>
   Deferred tax assets:
     Net operating loss carryforwards......................... $ 1,423  $ 3,358
     Research and development tax credit......................      92      218
     Returns reserve..........................................      --      215
     Allowance for bad debts..................................      42      153
     Accrued expenses.........................................      43      102
                                                               -------  -------
   Total deferred tax assets..................................   1,600    4,046
   Valuation allowance........................................  (1,600)  (4,046)
                                                               -------  -------
   Net deferred taxes......................................... $    --  $    --
                                                               =======  =======
</TABLE>

  WatchGuard's valuation allowance increased $159,000, $1,441,000, and
$2,446,000 for 1996, 1997, and 1998, respectively.

8. Retirement 401(k) Plan

  WatchGuard sponsors a 401(k) plan that is available to all employees who
satisfy certain eligibility requirements relating to minimum age, length of
service and hours worked. Eligible employees may elect to contribute up to 15%
of their pre-tax gross earnings, subject to statutory limitations regarding
maximum contributions. WatchGuard may also make a discretionary contribution to
the plan. No such contributions have been made by WatchGuard.

                                      F-17
<PAGE>

                         WATCHGUARD TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)


9. Commitments

  WatchGuard leases office space and equipment under noncancelable operating
leases. Future minimum payments at December 31, 1998 under these leases are as
follows (in thousands):

<TABLE>
       <S>                                                                <C>
       1999.............................................................. $  489
       2000..............................................................    441
       2001..............................................................    155
       2002..............................................................     23
       2003 and thereafter...............................................     14
                                                                          ------
                                                                          $1,122
                                                                          ======
</TABLE>

  Two of the officers of WatchGuard are guarantors of part of the office lease.

  Rent expense for 1996, 1997 and 1998 was $67,000, $134,000 and $273,000,
respectively.

10. International Revenues

  WatchGuard licenses and markets its Internet security products and services
throughout the world, and operates in a single industry segment. While certain
expenses for sales and marketing activities are incurred in various
geographical regions, substantially all of WatchGuard's assets are located, and
the majority of its operating expenses are incurred, at its corporate
headquarters. Revenue information by geographic region is the only segment
information presented as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   Three Months
                                               Year Ended December  Ended March
                                                       31,              31,
                                               ------------------- -------------
                                               1996  1997   1998    1998   1999
                                               ---- ------ ------- ------ ------
                                                                    (unaudited)
                                                        (In thousands)
   <S>                                         <C>  <C>    <C>     <C>    <C>
   United States.............................. $285 $2,262 $ 7,401 $1,167 $2,101
   Rest of World
     Europe...................................   42  1,140   2,049    449    935
     Asia.....................................    2  1,209   1,106    206    616
     Other....................................    2    487     823    212    286
                                               ---- ------ ------- ------ ------
                                                 46  2,836   3,978    867  1,837
                                               ---- ------ ------- ------ ------
   Total...................................... $331 $5,098 $11,379 $2,034 $3,938
                                               ==== ====== ======= ====== ======
</TABLE>

11. Subsequent Events

Initial Public Offering

  On April 12, 1999, the board of directors authorized management to file a
registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission to permit
WatchGuard to offer its common stock to the public. If the offering is
consummated under terms presently anticipated, each outstanding share of
convertible preferred stock will convert into two shares of common stock.
Unaudited pro forma stockholders' equity reflects the assumed conversion of the
convertible preferred stock outstanding at March 31, 1999.

Stock Split

  On May 26, 1999, the board of directors authorized a 2-for-1 stock split of
WatchGuard's common stock and approved an amendment to the certificate of
incorporation to increase the number of authorized common and preferred shares
to 80,000,000 and 10,000,000 shares, respectively. The

                                      F-18
<PAGE>

                         WATCHGUARD TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

stock split was effected on       , 1999. The related common share, preferred
share and per share data in the accompanying financial statements have been
retroactively restated to reflect the stock split, including preferred share
data on an assumed converted to common stock basis.

Bridge Loan

  In May 1999, WatchGuard amended its loan and security agreement with its
bank. The amendment primarily provides for a secured bridge loan facility that
immediately makes available to WatchGuard an additional $2.25 million. The loan
carries a commitment fee of up to 1.5%, an interest rate of prime plus 2% and a
maturity date of the earlier of WatchGuard's initial public offering closing
date or August 26, 1999. Depending on WatchGuard's use of the bridge loan and
the repayment dates of any funds borrowed, the bank is entitled to receive
warrants to purchase 4,500 to 14,500 shares of common stock at an exercise
price equal to the greater of $7.00 per share or the initial public offering
price. In connection with the amendment, the bank has extended the waiver and
deletion of certain debt covenants, as described in Note 4 above, through July
31, 1999. Also, in connection with the amendment, the $4.5 million line of
credit was reduced to $3.5 million. The amount will be increased to $4.5
million after the completion of an initial public offering.

Stock Option Grant

  On April 12, 1999, R. Michael Peronto, WatchGuard's chief operating officer,
was granted an option to purchase 439,564 shares of WatchGuard's common stock.
If a change of control of WatchGuard occurs, half of the unvested shares
subject to this option will vest and become exercisable. If the initial public
offering occurs on or before September 30, 1999, the exercise price of the
option will be equal to the greater of $7.00 per share and the initial public
offering price. If the initial public offering occurs after September 30, 1999,
the exercise price of the option will be $7.00 per share.

1999 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

  In May 1999, the board of directors and stockholders approved the 1999
Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the ESPP). WatchGuard will implement the ESPP
upon the effectiveness of the initial public offering. The ESPP, subject to
certain limitations, permits eligible employees of WatchGuard to purchase
common stock through payroll deductions of up to 15% of their compensation.
WatchGuard authorized the issuance under the ESPP of a total of 600,000 shares
of common stock, plus an automatic annual increase, to be added on the first
day of the fiscal year beginning in 2000, equal to the lesser of (a) 400,000
shares, (b) 1.5% of the average common shares outstanding as used to calculate
fully diluted earnings per share as reported in WatchGuard's annual financial
statements for the preceding year, or (c) a lesser amount determined by the
board of directors.

Amended 1996 Stock Incentive Compensation Plan

  In May 1999, the board of directors and stockholders approved amendments to
the Stock Incentive Compensation Plan (SICP). The amendment provides for the
expansion of the SICP by 900,000 shares, plus an automatic increase, to be
added on the first day of the fiscal year beginning in 2000, equal to the
lesser of (a) 750,000 shares, (b) 3.0% of the average common shares outstanding
as used to calculate fully diluted earnings per share as reported in
WatchGuard's annual financial statements for the preceding year, or (c) a
lesser amount determined by the board of directors.

                                      F-19
<PAGE>


                    [INSIDE BACK COVER ARTWORK DESCRIPTION]

Text:     WatchGuard LiveSecurity
          The Security Manager's View

          Point-and-click management tools allow security managers to view
          their security policies at a glance.

          WATCHGUARD LIVESECURITY THREAT RESPONSE
          After WatchGuard's security experts identify and neutralize a newly
          discovered threat, WatchGuard transmits a software update that
          specifically addresses the new threat.

          WATCHGUARD LIVESECURITY SOFTWARE UPDATE
          WatchGuard broadcasts ongoing functional enhancements to security
          managers, which enables them to keep their defenses current with
          minimal effort.

          WATCHGUARD LIVESECURITY INFORMATION ALERT
          WatchGuard notifies its customers of breaking news and current issues
          in Internet security, keeping security managers around the world
          informed about the fast-changing Internet security landscape.

          Watchguard LiveSecurity--dynamic security protection, timely Internet
          broadcasts and responsive security experts protecting small- to
          medium-sized enterprises around the world that use the Internet for
          e-business and communications.

Graphics: Screen shot showing WatchGuard and other software program icons on a
          Windows desktop.

          [WatchGuard logo]

<PAGE>

                                 [BACK COVER]

LIVE

LiveSecurity

                              [WatchGuard's logo]

WatchGuard LiveSecurity--dynamic security protection, timely Internet
broadcasts, and responsive security experts protecting small- to medium-sized
enterprises around the world that use the Internet for e-business and
communications.

Until             , 1999, 25 days after the date of this prospectus, all dealers
that buy, sell or trade our common stock, whether or not participating in this
offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This requirement is in
addition to the dealers' obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as
underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.
<PAGE>

                                    PART II

                     INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution

  The following table states the costs and expenses, other than the
underwriting discounts and commissions, payable by the registrant in connection
with the sale of the common stock being registered by this registration
statement. All amounts shown are estimates, except the Securities and Exchange
Commission registration fee, the NASD filing fee and the Nasdaq National Market
listing fee.

<TABLE>
     <S>                                                             <C>
     Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee............ $   12,788
     NASD filing fee................................................      5,100
     Nasdaq National Market listing fee.............................     95,000
     Blue Sky fees and expenses.....................................     10,000
     Printing and engraving expenses................................    150,000
     Legal fees and expenses........................................    500,000
     Accounting fees and expenses...................................    300,000
     Directors and officers insurance...............................    100,000
     Transfer Agent and Registrar fees..............................     10,000
     Miscellaneous expenses.........................................     17,112
                                                                     ----------
         Total...................................................... $1,200,000
                                                                     ==========
</TABLE>

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers

  Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the "DGCL") provides
that a corporation may indemnify directors and officers, as well as other
employees and individuals, against expenses (including attorneys' fees),
judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement in connection with specified
actions, suits or proceedings, whether civil, criminal, administrative or
investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation -- a
"derivative action"), if they acted in good faith and in a manner they
reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the
corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no
reasonable cause to believe their conduct was unlawful. A similar standard
applies in the case of derivative actions, except that indemnification extends
only to expenses (including attorneys' fees) incurred in connection with the
defense or settlement of those actions, and the statute requires court approval
before there can be any indemnification where the person seeking
indemnification has been found liable to the corporation. The statute provides
that other indemnification may also be granted by a corporation's charter,
bylaws, disinterested director vote, stockholder vote, agreement or otherwise.

  Section 10 of the registrant's restated bylaws (Exhibit 3.2) requires
indemnification to the full extent permitted under Delaware law. Subject to any
restrictions imposed by Delaware law, the registrant's bylaws provide an
unconditional right to indemnification for all expense, liability and loss
(including attorneys' fees, judgment, fines, ERISA excise taxes or penalties
and amounts paid in settlement) actually and reasonably incurred or suffered by
any person in connection with any actual or threatened action, suit or
proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative
(including, to the extent permitted by law, any derivative action) by reason of
the fact that the person is or was serving as a director or officer of the
registrant or that, being or having been a director or officer of the
registrant, the person is or was serving at the registrant's request as a
director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint
venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to an
employee benefit plan. The bylaws also provide that the

                                      II-1
<PAGE>

registrant may, by action of the registrant's board of directors, provide
indemnification to its employees and agents with the same scope and effect as
the above indemnification of directors and officers.

  Section 102(b)(7) of the DGCL permits a corporation to provide in its
certificate of incorporation that a director of the corporation shall not be
personally liable to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages
for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability for (i) any
breach of the director's duty of loyalty to the corporation or its
stockholders, (ii) acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve
intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) payments of
unlawful dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions, or (iv) any
transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

  Article 10 of the registrant's Restated Certificate of Incorporation (Exhibit
3.1) provides that to the full extent that the DGCL permits the limitation or
elimination of the liability of directors, the registrant's directors shall not
be liable to the registrant or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach
of fiduciary duty as a director. Any amendment to or repeal of Article 10 shall
not adversely affect any right or protection of the registrant's directors for
or with respect to any acts or omissions of the directors occurring before the
amendment or repeal.

  The registrant intends to obtain and maintain directors' and officers'
liability insurance, under which the registrant's directors and officers may be
indemnified against liability they may incur for serving in their capacities as
directors and officers of the registrant.

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

  Since the registrant's inception in February 1996, the registrant has issued
and sold unregistered securities as follows. The numbers below reflect the 2-
for-1 split of the registrant's common stock reflected by this registration
statement.

  1. On March 11, 1996, the registrant issued 1,000,000 shares of Series A
preferred stock to the registrant's two cofounders for a consideration of $0.05
per share, or an aggregate of $50,000. On July 18, 1996, the registrant issued
an additional 2,000,004 shares of Series A preferred stock to the registrant's
two cofounders, for a consideration of $0.05 per share, or an aggregate of
$100,000. In the aggregate, these 3,000,004 shares of Series A preferred stock
are convertible into 6,000,008 shares of common stock.

  2. On May 9, 1997, May 29, 1997 and March 12, 1998, the registrant issued
2,355,276 shares of Series B preferred stock, which are convertible into
4,710,552 shares of common stock, to seven investors for a consideration of
$2.59 per share, or an aggregate of $6,100,165.

  3. On June 11, 1997, under an Asset Purchase Agreement among the registrant,
Mazama Software Labs, Inc. and the shareholders of Mazama, the registrant
issued 400,000 shares of common stock, valued at $0.13 per share, or an
aggregate of $52,000, to Mazama as partial consideration for the registrant's
purchase of certain of Mazama's technology.

  4. On July 24, 1996, September 24, 1996, September 25, 1996 and January 28,
1997, the registrant issued warrants for the purchase of an aggregate of
165,000 shares of common stock, with an exercise price of $0.025 per share, to
five consultants in exchange for services.

  5. On March 23, 1998, the registrant issued a warrant for the purchase of
10,000 shares of common stock, with an exercise price of $0.13 per share, to a
bank in connection with a debt financing.

                                      II-2
<PAGE>

  6. On April 24, 1998, the registrant issued 1,357,378 shares of Series C
preferred stock, which are convertible into 2,714,756 shares of common stock,
to eight investors for a consideration of $5.157 per share, or an aggregate of
$6,999,998.

  7. On June 17, 1998, the registrant issued a warrant for the purchase of
200,000 shares of common stock, with an exercise price of $0.39 per share, to a
customer because of that customer's promotional value.

  8. From March 1, 1996 through March 1, 1999, the registrant granted stock
options to purchase 7,502,020 shares of common stock, with exercise prices
ranging from $0.03 to $7.00 per share, to employees under the registrant's 1996
Stock Option Plan. Of these options, options for 1,362,008 shares have been
canceled without being exercised, options for 884,198 shares have been
exercised and options for 5,255,814 shares remain outstanding.

  9. On March 9, 1999, the registrant issued warrants for the purchase of an
aggregate of 42,856 shares of common stock, with an exercise price of $7.00 per
share, to two groups of affiliated investors in connection with a debt
financing.

  The sales and issuances of securities described in paragraphs 1, 2, 3, 5, 6,
7 and 9 above were exempt from Securities Act registration under Section 4(2)
of the Securities Act, on the basis that the transactions did not involve a
public offering.

  The sales and issuances of securities described in paragraphs 4 and 8 above
were exempt from Securities Act registration under Rule 701 under the
Securities Act, on the basis that these options were offered and sold either in
accordance with a written compensatory benefit plan or in accordance with
written contracts relating to compensation.

  No underwriters were used in connection with these sales and issuances.

Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

  (a) Exhibits

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 Number                               Description
 ------                               -----------
 <C>    <S>
  1.1*  Form of Underwriting Agreement.

  3.1+  Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the registrant.

  3.2+  Restated Bylaws of the registrant.

  5.1*  Opinion of Perkins Coie LLP as to the legality of the shares.

 10.1   Lease Agreement, dated as of March 15, 1996, between COM Realty, Inc.
         and the registrant.

 10.2   Lease Agreement, dated as of October 10, 1997, between Burke-State
         Bldg. LLC and the registrant.

 10.3   Lease Agreement, dated as of August 17, 1998, between Cederstrand
         Rentals and the registrant.

 10.4   Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of March 20,
         1998, between Silicon Valley Bank and the registrant.

 10.5   Loan Modification Agreement, dated as of September 18, 1998, between
         Silicon Valley Bank and the registrant.

 10.6+  1996 Stock Incentive Compensation Plan.

 10.7+  Standardized Adoption Agreement Prototype Cash or Deferred Profit-
         Sharing Plan and Trust (401(k) plan), effective as of September 1,
         1998.
</TABLE>

                                      II-3
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 Number                               Description
 ------                               -----------

 <C>    <S>
 10.8++ Development and Supply Agreement, dated as of March 25, 1998, between
         SMART Modular Technologies, Inc. and the registrant.

 10.9++ OEM Master License Agreement, dated as of August 14, 1997, between RSA
         Data Security, Inc. and the registrant.

 10.10+ 1999 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

 10.11  Loan Modification Agreement, dated May 26, 1999, between Silicon Valley
         Bank and the registrant.

 23.1   Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Auditors.

 23.2*  Consent of Perkins Coie LLP (contained in the opinion filed as Exhibit
         5.1).

 24.1+  Power of Attorney (contained on signature page).

 27.1+  Financial Data Schedule.
 27.2+  Financial Data Schedule.
 99.1   Report of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Auditors Report on Financial
         Statement Schedule.
</TABLE>
- --------
 * To be filed by amendment.

 ++Confidential treatment has been requested for portions of this exhibit. The
   omitted material has been separately filed with the Securities and Exchange
   Commission.

 + Previously filed.

  (b)Financial Statement Schedules

    Schedule II--Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

  All financial statement schedules not listed are omitted because they are
inapplicable or the requested information is shown in the financial statements
of the registrant or in the related notes to the financial statements.

Item 17. Undertakings

  Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act
of 1993 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the
registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant
has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission
such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act, and is
therefore unenforceable. If a claim for indemnification against such
liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or
paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the
successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted against such
director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being
registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the
matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of
appropriate jurisdiction the question of whether such indemnification by it is
against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act, and will be governed
by the final adjudication of such issue.

  The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters
at the closing specified in the Underwriting Agreement, certificates in such
denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to
permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

                                      II-4
<PAGE>

  The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that

  (1) for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of
      1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part
      of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained
      in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule
      424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to
      be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared
      effective; and

  (2) for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act
      of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of
      prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating
      to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities
      at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering
      thereof.

                                      II-5
<PAGE>

                                   SIGNATURES

  Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the
registrant has duly caused this Amendment No. 2 to Registration Statement to be
signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City
of Seattle, State of Washington, on the 28th day of June, 1999.

                                          WATCHGUARD TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

                                                  /s/ Christopher G. Slatt
                                          By: _________________________________
                                              Christopher G. Slatt, President
                                                and Chief Executive Officer

  Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this
Amendment No. 2 to Registration Statement has been signed by the following
persons in the capacities indicated below on the 28th day of June, 1999.

<TABLE>
 <C>                                       <S>
         /s/ Christopher G. Slatt          President, Chief Executive Officer and
 ________________________________________   Chairman of the Board (Principal Executive
           Christopher G. Slatt             Officer)

            /s/ Steven N. Moore            Executive Vice President of Finance and
 ________________________________________   Operations, Chief Financial Officer,
              Steven N. Moore               Secretary and Treasurer (Principal
                                            Financial and Accounting Officer)

            * Stuart J. Ellman             Director
 ________________________________________
             Stuart J. Ellman

           * Andrew W. Verhalen            Director
 ________________________________________
            Andrew W. Verhalen

          * Charles P. Waite, Jr.          Director
 ________________________________________
           Charles P. Waite, Jr.
</TABLE>

        /s/ Steven N. Moore
*By: ______________________________
          Steven N. Moore
          Attorney-in-Fact

                                      II-6
<PAGE>

                         WATCHGUARD TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

                                  SCHEDULE II

                       VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
                                 (In thousands)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
        Column A            Column B         Column C          Column D    Column E
- ------------------------  ------------ --------------------- ------------ ----------
                                             Additions
                                       ---------------------
                                       Charged to Charged to
                           Balance at   Revenue,    Other                 Balance at
                          Beginning of  Costs or  Accounts-- Deductions--   End of
      Description            Period     Expenses   Describe    Describe     Period
- ------------------------  ------------ ---------- ---------- ------------ ----------
<S>                       <C>          <C>        <C>        <C>          <C>
Period from February 14,
 1996 (inception) to
 December 31, 1996
  Allowance for
   uncollectible
   accounts.............      $--        $    8      $--        $  --        $  8
  Sales return reserve..      $--        $  --       $--        $  --        $--

Year ended December 31,
 1997
  Allowance for
   uncollectible
   accounts.............      $  8       $  122      $--        $    6       $124
  Sales return reserve..      $--        $  --       $--        $  --        $--

Year ended December 31,
 1998
  Allowance for
   uncollectible
   accounts.............      $124       $  418      $--        $   93(A)    $449
  Sales return reserve..      $--        $1,655      $--        $1,040(B)    $615
</TABLE>
- --------
(A)  Deductions consist of write-offs of uncollectible accounts, net of
     recoveries.
(B)  Deductions consist of product returns.

                                      S-1
<PAGE>

                               INDEX TO EXHIBITS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 Number                               Description
 ------                               -----------
 <C>    <S>
  1.1*  Form of Underwriting Agreement.
  3.1+  Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the registrant.
  3.2+  Restated Bylaws of the registrant.
  5.1*  Opinion of Perkins Coie LLP as to the legality of the shares.
 10.1   Lease Agreement, dated as of March 15, 1996, between COM Realty, Inc.
         and the registrant.
 10.2   Lease Agreement, dated as of October 10, 1997, between Burke-State
         Bldg. LLC and the registrant.
 10.3   Lease Agreement, dated as of August 17, 1998, between Cederstrand
         Rentals and the registrant.
 10.4   Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of March 20,
         1998, between Silicon Valley Bank and the registrant.
 10.5   Loan Modification Agreement, dated as of September 18, 1998, between
         Silicon Valley Bank and the registrant.
 10.6+  1996 Stock Incentive Compensation Plan.
 10.7+  Standardized Adoption Agreement Prototype Cash or Deferred Profit-
         Sharing Plan and Trust (401(k) plan), effective as of September 1,
         1998.
 10.8++ Development and Supply Agreement, dated as of March 25, 1998, between
         SMART Modular Technologies, Inc. and the registrant.
 10.9++ OEM Master License Agreement, dated as of August 14, 1997, between
         RSA Data Security, Inc. and the registrant.
 10.10+ 1999 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.
 10.11  Loan Modification Agreement, dated May 26, 1999, between Silicon Valley
         Bank and the registrant.
 23.1   Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Auditors.
 23.2*  Consent of Perkins Coie LLP (contained in the opinion filed as Exhibit
         5.1).
 24.1+  Power of Attorney (contained on signature page).
 27.1+  Financial Data Schedule.
 27.2+  Financial Data Schedule.
 99.1   Report of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Auditors Report on Financial
         Statement Schedule.
</TABLE>
- --------
 *  To be filed by amendment.
 ++ Confidential treatment has been requested for portions of this exhibit. The
    omitted material has been separately filed with the Securities and Exchange
    Commission.
 +  Previously filed.

<PAGE>

                                                                    EXHIBIT 10.1

                                 OFFICE LEASE

                                OCCIDENTAL MALL

                                      MSI

                               MARTIN SMITH INC

                             400 BRODERICK BUILDING
                                 615 2ND AVENUE
                           SEATTLE, WASHINGTON  98104
                           682-3300      FAX 340-1283

     THIS LEASE made this 15th day of March 1996, by and between COM REALTY,
INC., a Delaware corporation, as "Landlord," and SEATTLE SOFTWARE LABS, INC., a
Washington corporation, as "Tenant."

     As parties hereto, Landlord and Tenant agree that the following terms as
used herein shall have the meanings provided in Section 1, unless otherwise
specifically modified by provisions of this Lease:

1.   LEASE DATA AND EXHIBITS:

     a.  Building:  ("Building"), the Burke Building (316 Occidental Avenue
         South, Seattle, Washington) and the State Building (308 Occidental
         Avenue South, Seattle, Washington), together known as Occidental Mall,
         located in Seattle, Washington, situated on the real property more
         particularly described in Section 2 hereof (the "Land").

     b.  Premises:  ("Premises"), consisting of the floor area on the third
         (3rd) floor of the Burke Building, as outlined in red on the floor
         plan(s) of the Building, attached hereto as Exhibit A.

     c.  Agreed Areas:  As used in this Lease, Landlord and Tenant agree to the
         following areas and percentage of the Premises and the Building: Area
         of the Building is the total square feet calculated on a full-floor
         basis or 111,308 square feet; area of Tenant's Premises is
         approximately 3,392 rentable square feet; Tenant's Percentage of the
         Building is 3.05 percent.

     d.  Plan Delivery Date:  N/A

     e.  Lease Commencement Date:  April 1, 1996 or such earlier or later date
         as provided in Section 3 hereof ("Commencement Date").

<PAGE>

     f.  Lease Expiration Date:  March 31, 2001 ("Expiration Date").

     g.  Rent: Rent shall be as set forth below, payable on or before the first
         day of each month. Rent shall be adjusted from time to time as provided
         in Sections 7, 8, and 9 hereof.
<TABLE>
<S>                          <C>                    <C>
         April 1, 1996         to    May 31, 1996        $0.00
         June 1, 1996          to    March 31, 1997      $4,276.75 per month
         April 1, 1997         to    March 31, 1998      $4,418.08 per month
         April 1, 1998         to    March 31, 1999      $4,559.41 per month
         April 1, 1999         to    March 31, 2000      $4,700.75 per month
         April 1, 2000         to    March 31, 2001      $4,842.08 per month

</TABLE>

     h.  Security Deposit:  $4,842.08

     i.  For Notices and Payments:

         Landlord:            COM Realty, Inc.
                              c/o Martin Smith Inc, Agent
                              615 Second Avenue, Suite 400
                              Seattle, Washington  98104

         Tenant:              Seattle Software Labs, Inc.
                              316 Occidental Avenue South, Suite 301
                              Seattle, Washington  98104

     j.  Exhibits:            The following exhibits or riders are made a
                              part of this Lease:

                              Exhibit A-Floor Plan of Premises.
                              Exhibit B-Guaranty

2.  PREMISES:  Landlord does not hereby lease to Tenant, and Tenant does hereby
    lease from Landlord, upon the terms and conditions herein set forth, those
    certain Premises described in Subsection 1.b hereof, located in Seattle,
    King County, Washington, more particularly described as:

          Lots 1,2,3, and 4, Block 11, Town of Seattle, as laid out by D. S.
          Maynard, commonly known as D. S. Maynard's Plat of Seattle, according
          to the plat recorded in Volume 1 of Plats, Page 23, in King County,
          Washington; EXCEPT the West 9 feet thereof condemned in District Court
          Cause No. 7089 for Occidental Avenue, as provided by Ordinance No.
          1109 of the City of Seattle; and EXCEPT that portion of said Lot 2
          conveyed to Wilbert L. Smith by Deed recorded under recording number
          186629 in King County, Washington.

                                       2
<PAGE>

3.   COMMENCEMENT AND EXPIRATION DATES:

     a.  Lease Commencement Date:  The Lease Commencement Date shall be:

         i.   The date specified in Subsection 1.e unless notice is delivered
              pursuant to Subsection 3.a.ii or

         ii.  Such earlier or later date as may be specified in a notice
              delivered to Tenant at least five days before such date upon
              which the Premises, together with the common facilities for
              access and service therein, have been completed.

     b.  Tenant Termination Rights:  In the event a Lease Commencement Date as
         provided in Subsection 3.a.ii above does not occur within three months
         following the Lease Commencement Date specified in Subsection 1.e,
         Tenant may terminate this Lease by written notice to Landlord not
         later than ten (10) days following the end of such three-month period.

     c.  Confirmation of Commencement Date:  When a Lease Commencement Date as
         provided in Subsections 3.a.ii and iii above has been established as a
         later or earlier date than the Lease Commencement Date provided in
         Subsection 1.e hereof, Landlord shall confirm the same to Tenant in
         writing.

     d.  Lease Expiration Date:  This Lease shall expire on the date specified
         in Subsection 1.f.

4.   RENT:  Tenant shall pay Landlord the monthly rental stated in Subsection
     1.g hereof ("Rent") and Additional Rent as provided in Sections 8 and 9 and
     any other additional payments due under this Lease, without deduction or
     offset, payable in lawful money of the United States in advance on or
     before the day specified in Subsection 1.g to Landlord at the address noted
     in Subsection 1.i hereof, or to such other party or at such other place as
     Landlord may hereafter from time to time designate in writing. Rent for any
     partial month at the beginning or ending of the lease term shall be
     prorated.

5.   SECURITY DEPOSIT:  As partial consideration for the execution of this
     Lease, Tenant has paid to Landlord the sum specified in Subsection 1.h
     hereof, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged. If Tenant shall
     default with respect to any covenant or condition of this Lease, including
     but not limited to the payment of rent, Landlord may apply all or any part
     of such deposit to the payment of any sum in default or any other sum which
     Landlord may be required to spend or incur by reason of Tenant's default;
     and in such event, Tenant shall upon demand deposit with Landlord the
     amount so applied so that Landlord shall have the full deposit on hand at
     all times during the term of this Lease. If Tenant shall have fully
     complied with all of the covenants and

                                       3
<PAGE>

     conditions of this Lease, but not otherwise, such sum shall be repaid to
     Tenant within 30 days after the expiration or sooner termination of this
     Lease.

6.   USES:  The Premises are to be used only for general office purposes (the
     "Permitted Uses"), and for no other business or purpose without the written
     consent of Landlord.  No act shall be done in or about the Premises that is
     unlawful or that will increase the existing rate of insurance on the
     Building.  Tenant shall not commit or allow to be committed any waste upon
     the Premises, or any public or private nuisance or other act or thing which
     disturbs the quiet enjoyment of any other tenant in the Building.  Tenant
     shall not, without the written consent of Landlord, use any apparatus,
     machinery or device in or about the Premises which will cause any
     substantial noise or vibration.  If any of Tenant's office machines and
     equipment should disturb the quiet enjoyment of any other tenant in the
     Building, then Tenant shall provide adequate insulation, or take such other
     action as may be necessary to eliminate the disturbance.  Tenant shall
     comply with all laws relating to its use of the Premises and shall observe
     such reasonable rules and regulations as may be adopted and published by
     Landlord for the safety, care and cleanliness of the Premises or the
     Building, and for the preservation of good order therein.

7.   SERVICES AND UTILITIES: As long as Tenant is not in default under any of
     the provisions of this Lease, Landlord shall maintain the Premises and the
     public and common areas of the Building, such as lobbies, stairs, corridors
     and restrooms, in reasonably good order and condition except for damage
     occasioned by the act or omission of Tenant, the repair of which damage
     shall be paid for by Tenant.

     Landlord shall furnish the Premises with electricity for lighting and the
     operation of low-power-usage office machines, heat and normal air
     conditioning, and elevator service during ordinary business hours. Landlord
     shall also provide light replacement service for Landlord-furnished
     lighting, toilet room supplies, window washing at reasonable intervals, and
     customary building janitorial service.

     Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for any loss or damage caused by or
     resulting from any variation, interruption, or failure to such services due
     to any cause whatsoever. No temporary interruption or failure of such
     services incident to the making of repairs, alterations, or improvements,
     or due to accident or strike or conditions or events beyond Landlord's
     reasonable control shall be deemed an eviction of Tenant or relieve Tenant
     from any of Tenant's obligations hereunder.

     Before installing any equipment in the Premises that generates more than a
     minimum amount of heat, Tenant shall obtain the written permission of
     Landlord, and Landlord may refuse to grant such permission if the amount of
     heat generated would place an undue burden on the air conditioning system
     of the Building.

     If Tenant uses any high-power-usage equipment in the Premises, Tenant shall
     in advance, on the first day of each month during the least term, pay
     Landlord as

                                       4
<PAGE>

     Additional Rent the reasonable amount estimated by Landlord as the cost of
     furnishing electricity for the operation of such equipment. The monthly
     Rent stated in Subsection 1.g hereof does not include any amount to cover
     the cost of furnishing electricity for such purpose unless so stated
     herein.

     Tenant shall pay prior to delinquency all personal property taxes payable
     with respect to all property of Tenant located on the Premises or the
     Building and shall provide promptly, upon request of Landlord, written
     proof of such payment.

8.   COST OF SERVICES AND UTILITIES:

     a.  Definition of Terms:  In addition to the Rent provided in Subsection
         1.g of this Lease, Tenant shall pay to Landlord increases under this
         Section as "Additional Rent." The increases shall be made as provided
         herein, utilizing the following definitions:

         i. "Operating Costs " shall include Costs of Utilities and Other
            Operating Costs.

            (1)  "Costs of Utilities" shall mean all expenses paid or incurred
                  by Landlord for electricity, including any surcharges
                  imposed, water, gas, sewers, and similar utilities services.

            (2)   "Other Operating Costs" shall mean all other expenses paid or
                  incurred by Landlord for maintaining, operating and repairing
                  the Building and the personal property used in conjunction
                  therewith, including, without limitation, the costs of refuse
                  collection, supplies, janitorial and cleaning services, window
                  washing, landscape maintenance, services of independent
                  contractors, compensation (including employment taxes and
                  fringe benefits) of all persons who perform duties in
                  connection with the operation, maintenance and repair of the
                  Building, its equipment and the Land upon which it is
                  situated, insurance premiums, licenses, permits and inspection
                  fees, customary management fees, legal and accounting expenses
                  and any other expense or charge whether or not hereinabove
                  described which in accordance with generally accepted
                  accounting and management practices would be considered an
                  expense of maintaining, operating or repairing the Building,
                  excluding:

                  (a)  Costs of any special services rendered to individual
                       tenants (including Tenant) for which a special charge
                       is made;

                  (b)  Real Property Taxes (as defined in this Lease); and

                                       5
<PAGE>

                  (c)  Depreciation or amortization of costs required to be
                       capitalized in accordance with generally accepted
                       accounting practices (except Operating Costs shall
                       include amortization of capital improvements made
                       subsequent to the initial development of the Building
                       which are designed with a reasonable probability of
                       improving the operating efficiency of the Building,
                       provided that such amortization costs shall not exceed
                       expected savings in operating costs resulting from such
                       capital improvements).

          ii.  "Lease Year" shall mean the twelve-month period commencing
               January 1 and ending December 31.

          iii. "Base Services Year" shall mean the Lease Year in which the
               Lease Commencement Date occurs.

          iv.  "Actual Costs" shall mean the actual expenses paid or incurred by
               Landlord for Operating Costs during any Lease Year of the term
               hereof.

          v.   "Actual Costs Allocable to the Premises" shall mean the Tenant's
               share of the Actual Costs determined by Tenant's Percentage of
               the Building described in Subsection 1.c.

          vi.  "Estimated Costs Allocable to the Premises" shall mean Landlord's
               estimate of Actual Costs Allocable to the Premises for the
               following Lease Year to be given by Landlord to Tenant pursuant
               to Subsection 8.c below.

     b.  Base Amount:  Actual Costs Allocable to the Premises for the Base
         Services Year shall be deemed the "Base Amount" for purposes of this
         Section; provided, however, that for purposes of determining any
         Additional Rent for Operating Costs, Landlord shall estimate, to the
         extent required, the Base Amount in connection with the statement
         furnished in accordance with Subsection 8.c below; provided, however,
         that payments shall be further adjusted as appropriate at the time the
         Actual Costs are determined in accordance with Subsection 8.d below.

     c.  Additional Rent for Estimated Increases in Costs:  Prior to the
         commencement of each Lease Year (except the Base Services Year) during
         the term hereof, Landlord shall furnish Tenant a written statement of
         the Estimated Costs Allocable to the Premises for such Lease Year, and
         a calculation of the Additional Rent as follows: One-twelfth (1/12) of
         the amount, if any, by which such Estimated Costs Allocable to the
         Premises for such Lease Year exceed

                                       6
<PAGE>

         the Base Amount shall be Additional Rent payable by Tenant as provided
         in Section 4, "Rent," for each month during such Lease Year. If at any
         time or times during such Lease Year it appears to Landlord that the
         Actual Costs Allocable to the Premises for such Lease Year will vary
         from Landlord's estimate by more than 5 percent on an annualized basis,
         Landlord may, by written notice to Tenant, revise its estimate for such
         Lease Year and Additional Rent payments by Tenant for such Lease Year
         shall be based on such revised estimate.

     d.  Actual Costs:  Within 90 days after the close of each Lease Year during
         the term hereof, or as soon thereafter as practicable, Landlord shall
         deliver to Tenant a written statement setting forth the Actual Costs
         Allocable to the Premises during the preceding Lease Year. If such
         costs for any Lease Year exceed Estimated Costs Allocable to the
         Premises paid by Tenant to Landlord pursuant to the preceding
         Subsection c, Tenant shall pay the amount of such excess to Landlord as
         added Additional Rent within 30 days after receipt of such statement by
         Tenant. If such statement shows such costs to be less than the amount
         paid by Tenant to Landlord pursuant to the preceding Subsection c, then
         the amount of such overpayment by Tenant shall be credited by Landlord
         to the next immediate Rent payable by Tenant.

     e.  Determination:  The determination of Actual Costs and Estimated Costs
         Allocable to the Premises shall be made by Landlord.

     f.  End of Term:  If this Lease shall terminate on a day other than the
         last day of a Lease Year, the amount of any adjustment between
         Estimated and Actual Costs Allocable to the Premises with respect to
         the Lease Year in which termination occurs shall be prorated on the
         basis which the number of days from the commencement of such Lease Year
         to and including such termination date bears to 365; and any amount
         payable by Landlord to Tenant or Tenant to Landlord with respect to
         such adjustment shall be payable within 30 days after delivery by
         Landlord to Tenant of the statement of Actual Costs Allocable to the
         Premises with respect to such Lease Year.

     g.  Further Adjustment:  In the event the average occupancy level of the
         Building for the Base Services Year and/or any subsequent Lease Year
         was not 90 percent or more of full occupancy, then the Actual Costs
         for such year shall be proportionately adjusted by Landlord to reflect
         those costs which would have occurred had the Building been 90 percent
         occupied during such year.

     h.  Base Rent:  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 8
         or in Section 9, the Rent payable by Tenant shall in no event be less
         than the Rent specified in Subsection 1.g of this Lease.

                                       7
<PAGE>

     i.  Nonpayment of Additional Rent:  In the event of nonpayment of the
         Additional Rent hereunder, Landlord shall have the same rights with
         respect to such nonpayment as it has with respect to any other
         nonpayment of Rent hereunder.

9.   REAL PROPERTY TAXES:

     a.  Definition of Terms:  In addition to the Rent provided in Subsection
         1.g of this Lease, Tenant shall pay to Landlord increases under this
         Section 9. The increases shall be made as provided herein, utilizing
         the following definitions:

         i.   "Real Property Taxes" shall mean taxes on real property and
               personal property, including all tenant improvements which are
               paid for by Landlord and not reimbursed by tenants of the
               Building, and taxes on Property of Tenant, as defined in
               Subsection 9.a.iv, which have not been paid by Tenant directly to
               the taxing authority; charges and assessments levied with respect
               to the Land, the Building, any improvements, fixtures, and
               equipment and all other property of Landlord, real or personal,
               used directly in the operation of the Building; and any taxes
               levied or assessed in addition to or in lieu of, in whole or in
               part, such real property taxes, or any other tax upon leasing of
               the Building or rents collected, but not including any federal or
               state income tax or franchise tax.

          ii.  "Lease Year" shall mean the period defined in Section 8.a.ii.

          iii. "Base Tax Year" shall mean the Lease Year in which the Lease
               Commencement Date occurs.

          iv.  "Tenant's Share of Real Property Taxes" shall mean the amount of
               Real Property Taxes payable during any Lease Year by Landlord
               multiplied by Tenant's Percentage of the Building described in
               Section 1.c, plus any Real Property Taxes attributable to
               Property of Tenant, if any.  As used herein, "Property of Tenant"
               shall include improvements which are paid for by Tenant and not
               reimbursed by Landlord and improvements originally paid for by
               Landlord, the costs of which are reimbursed by Tenant.

     b.  Additional Rent for Estimated Increases in Tenant's Share of Real
         Property Taxes:  Prior to the commencement of each Lease Year (except
         the Base Tax Year) Landlord shall furnish Tenant with a written
         statement setting forth the estimated Tenant's Share of Real Property
         Taxes for such Lease Year. One-twelfth (1/12) of the amount, if any, by
         which such estimated Tenant's Share of Real Property

                                       8
<PAGE>

         Taxes exceeds the Tenant's Share of Real Property Taxes for the Base
         Tax Year shall be Additional Rent payable by Tenant as provided in
         Section 4, "Rent," herein for each month during such Lease Year.

     c.  Actual Real Property Taxes Within 90 days after the close of each Lease
         Year during the term hereof, or as soon thereafter as practicable,
         Landlord shall deliver to Tenant a written statement setting forth the
         Tenant's Share of Real Property Taxes during the preceding Lease Year.
         If such amount for any Lease Year exceeds the amount paid pursuant to
         Section 9.b above as Additional Rent for such Lease Year, Tenant shall
         pay the amount of such excess to Landlord as added Additional Rent
         within 30 days after receipt of such statement by Tenant. If such
         statement shows such amount to be less than the amount paid by Tenant
         to Landlord pursuant to Section 9.b above, then the amount of such
         overpayment shall be credited by Landlord to the next immediate Rent
         payable by Tenant within 30 days following the date of such statement.

     d.  Personal Property Taxes: Tenant shall pay, prior to delinquency, all
         Personal Property Taxes payable with respect to all Property of Tenant
         located on the Premises or the Building and shall provide promptly,
         upon request of Landlord, written proof of such payment.

     e.  Determinations:  The determination of Tenant's Share of Real Property
         Taxes and estimates thereof shall be made by Landlord.

     f.  End of Term:  If this Lease shall terminate on a day other than the
         last day of a Lease Year, the amount of any adjustment between Tenant's
         Share of Real Property Taxes and estimates thereof with respect to the
         Lease Year in which such termination occurs shall be prorated on the
         basis which the number of days from the commencement of such Lease Year
         to and including such termination date bears to 365; and any amount
         payable by Landlord to Tenant or Tenant to Landlord with respect to
         such adjustment shall be payable within 30 days after delivery by
         Landlord to Tenant of the statement of Tenant's Share of Real Property
         Taxes with respect to such Lease Year.

     g.  Nonpayment of Additional Rent.  In the event of Nonpayment of
         Additional Rent payable by Tenant hereunder, Landlord shall have the
         same rights with respect to such nonpayment as it has with respect to
         any other nonpayment of Rent hereunder.

     h.  Historic Designation:  Due to the Historic Designation of the
         Occidental Mall Building, the Building qualifies for a special tax
         valuation designation pursuant to the Special Valuation of Property
         Act, Chapter 84-26RCW.  This designation was a material economic
         element necessary to induce the Landlord to undertake and finance the
         rehabilitation of the Occidental Mall.  As a result

                                       9
<PAGE>

         of this Special Valuation of Property Act, the Occidental Mall
         qualifies for a special tax valuation, and, as a result, the Real
         Property Taxes have been reduced below the amount that would be due and
         owing if the Building did not qualify for the special tax valuation.
         For purposes of this Section 9 "Real Property Taxes," the Base Year
         Real Property Taxes and subsequent Lease Year Real Property Taxes shall
         be calculated based on full assessed value multiplied by the applicable
         mileage rate then in effect.

10.  IMPROVEMENTS:  Upon expiration or sooner termination of this Lease, all
     improvements and additions to the Premises shall become the property of
     Landlord.

11.  CARE OF PREMISES:  Tenant shall take good care of the Premises.

     Tenant shall, at the expiration or termination of this Lease, surrender and
     deliver the Premises to Landlord in as good condition as when received by
     Tenant from Landlord or as thereafter improved, reasonable use and wear and
     damage by fire or other casualty excepted.

     Tenant shall not make any alterations, additions or improvements in or to
     the Premises, or make changes to locks on doors, or add, disturb or in any
     way change any plumbing or wiring without first obtaining the written
     consent of Landlord and, where appropriate, in accordance with plans and
     specifications approved by Landlord.  All damage or injury done to the
     Premises or the Building by Tenant or by any persons who may be in or upon
     the Premises or the Building with the consent of Tenant, including the
     cracking or breaking of glass of any windows and doors, shall be paid for
     by Tenant, and Tenant shall pay for all damage to the Building or the
     Building caused by Tenant's misuse of the Premises or the appurtenances
     thereto.  Tenant shall not put any curtains, draperies or other hangings on
     or beside the windows in the Premises without first obtaining Landlord's
     consent.  All normal repairs necessary to maintain the Premises in a
     tenantable condition shall be done by or under the direction of Landlord
     and at Landlord's expense except as otherwise provided herein.  Landlord
     shall be the sole judge as to what repairs are necessary.

12.  ACCEPTANCE OF PREMISES:  If this Lease shall be entered into prior to the
     completion of Tenant Improvements in the Premises to be occupied by Tenant,
     the acceptance of the Premises by Tenant shall be deferred until the giving
     of written notice by Landlord to Tenant of the completion of such
     construction; thereupon Tenant shall, within five days after the giving of
     such notice, make such inspection of the Premises as Tenant deems
     appropriate, and, except as otherwise notified by Tenant in writing to
     Landlord within such period, Tenant shall be deemed to have accepted the
     Premises in their then condition.  If as a result of such inspection Tenant
     discovers minor deviations or variations from the plans and specifications
     for Tenant's Improvements of a nature commonly found on a "punch list" (as
     that term is used in

                                       10
<PAGE>

     the construction industry), Landlord shall promptly correct such deviations
     and variations upon receipt of such notice from Tenant. The existence of
     such punch list items shall not postpone the effective date of this Lease.

13.  SPECIAL IMPROVEMENTS:  Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for Landlord's costs
     of making all special improvements requested by Tenant, including but not
     limited to counters, partitioning, electrical and telephone outlets and
     plumbing connections, other than as shown on an exhibit or other attachment
     hereto as being furnished by Landlord; provided, however, Tenant shall not
     be obligated to pay for the cost of any such special improvements made
     without a written request therefor by Tenant to Landlord.

14.  ACCESS:  Tenant will permit Landlord and its agents to enter into and upon
     the Premises at all reasonable times for the purpose of inspecting the same
     or for the purpose of cleaning, repairing, altering or improving the
     Premises or the Building. Nothing contained in this Section shall be deemed
     to impose any obligation upon Landlord not expressly stated elsewhere in
     this Lease. When reasonably necessary, Landlord may temporarily close
     entrances, doors, corridors, elevators or other facilities without
     liability to Tenant by reason of such closure and without such action by
     Landlord being construed as an eviction of Tenant or as relieving Tenant
     from the duty of observing and performing any of the provisions of this
     Lease. Landlord shall have the right to enter the Premises for the purpose
     of showing the Premises to prospective tenants within the period of 180
     days prior to the expiration or sooner termination of the lease term.

15.  DAMAGE OR DESTRUCTION:  If the Premises shall be destroyed or rendered
     untenantable, either wholly or in part, by fire or other unavoidable
     casualty, Landlord may, at its option, restore the Premises to its previous
     condition, and in the meantime the Rent shall be abated in the same
     proportion as the untenantable portion of the Premises bears to the whole
     thereof; but unless Landlord within 30 days after the happening of any such
     casualty shall notify Tenant of its election to so restore the Premises,
     this Lease shall thereupon terminate and end.  In the event Landlord elects
     to restore the Premises and does not complete such restoration within 180
     days following its notification to Tenant, then Tenant may terminate this
     Lease.

     If the Building shall be destroyed or damaged by fire or other casualty
     insured against under Landlord's fire and extended coverage insurance
     policy to the extent that more than 50 percent thereof is rendered
     untenantable, or in the event the Building shall be materially destroyed or
     damaged by any other casualty other than those covered by such insurance
     policy, notwithstanding that the Premises may be unaffected directly by
     such destruction or damage, Landlord may, at its election, by prior written
     consent of any first mortgage, terminate this Lease by notice in writing to
     Tenant within 60 days after such destruction or damage.  Such notice shall
     be effective 30 days after receipt thereof by Tenant.

                                       11
<PAGE>

16.  WAIVER OF SUBROGATION:  Whether the loss or damage is due to the negligence
     of either Landlord or Tenant, their agents or employees, or any other
     cause, Landlord and Tenant do each hereby release and relieve the other,
     their agents or employees, from responsibility for, and waive their entire
     claim of recovery for (i) any loss or damage to the real or personal
     property of either located anywhere in the Building, including the Building
     itself, arising out of or incident to the occurrence of any of the perils
     which are covered by their respective fire insurance policies, with
     extended coverage endorsements, and (ii) any loss resulting from business
     interruption at the Premises or loss of rental income from the Building,
     arising out of or incident to the occurrence of any of the perils which may
     be covered by the business interruption insurance policy and by the loss of
     rental income insurance policy held by Landlord or Tenant.  Each party
     shall use its best efforts to cause its insurance carriers to consent to
     the foregoing waiver of rights of subrogation against the other party.
     Notwithstanding the foregoing, no such release shall be effective unless
     the aforesaid insurance policy or policies shall expressly permit such a
     release or contain a waiver of the carrier's right to be subrogated.

17.  INDEMNIFICATION:  Tenant shall defend and indemnify Landlord and save it
     harmless from and against any and all liability, damages, costs, or
     expenses, including attorneys' fees, arising from any act, omission, or
     negligence of Tenant or its officers, contractors, licensees, agents,
     servants, employees, guests, invitees, or visitors in or about the Building
     or Premises, or arising from any injury or damage to any person or
     property, occurring in or about the Building or Premises as a result of any
     act, omission or negligence of Tenant, or its officers, contractors,
     licensees, agents, employees, guests, or visitors, or arising from any
     breach or default under this Lease by Tenant.  Tenant shall, at its own
     expense, keep and maintain in full force and effect during the term of this
     Lease, a policy of commercial general liability insurance insuring Tenant's
     activities with respect to the Premises or the Building against loss,
     damage or liability for personal injury or death or loss or damage to
     property with a limit of not less than $1,000,000.00 combined single limit.
     Insurance required under this Section shall be with companies rated A-XV or
     better in Best's Insurance Guide.  No insurance policy shall be canceled or
     reduced in coverage and each such policy shall provide that it is not
     subject to cancellation or a reduction in coverage except after 30 days'
     prior written notice to Landlord.  Tenant shall deliver to Landlord upon
     the Commencement Date and from time to time thereafter copies of policies
     of such insurance or certificates evidencing the existence and amounts of
     same and also evidencing Landlord as an additional insured on such
     liability policies.  In no event shall the limits of such policies be
     considered as limiting the liability of Tenant under this Lease.  The
     foregoing provisions shall not be construed to make Tenant responsible for
     loss, damage, liability or expense resulting form injuries to third parties
     caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord, or its
     officers, contractors, licensees, agents, employees, or invitees; provided,
     however, that in no event shall Landlord be liable to Tenant for any damage
     to the Premises or for any loss, damage or injury to any property therein
     or thereon resulting from acts by other

                                       12
<PAGE>

     third parties or occasioned by bursting, rupture, leakage or overflow of
     any plumbing or other pipes (including, without limitation, water, steam
     and/or refrigerant lines), sprinklers, tanks, drains, drinking fountains or
     washstands or other similar cause in, above, upon or about the Premises or
     the Building.

     Landlord shall not be liable for any loss or damage to person or property
     sustained by Tenant or other persons, which may be caused by theft, or by
     any act or neglect of any tenant or occupant of the Building or any other
     third parties.

18.  ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING:  Tenant shall not assign this Lease nor sublet
     the whole or any part of the Premises without first obtaining Landlord's
     written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.  In
     determining whether to approve a proposed assignment or sublease, Landlord
     may consider without limitation the proposed transferee's reputation and
     creditworthiness, the character of the business to be conducted by the
     proposed transferee at the Premises and the effect of such assignment or
     subletting on the tenant mix in the Building.  In addition, Landlord shall
     have the right to approve the specific form of any assignment or sublease
     agreement.  In no event shall Landlord be obligated to consent to any
     assignment or subletting which materially increases (i) the Operating Costs
     of the Building, (ii) the burden on the Building services, or (iii) the
     foot traffic, elevator usage or security concerns in the Building or
     creates an increased probability of the comfort and/or safety of the
     Landlord and other tenants in the Building being unreasonably compromised
     or reduced.  (For example, but not exclusively, Landlord may deny consent
     to an assignment or subletting where the space would be used for a school
     or training facility, an entertainment, sports or recreation facility,
     retail sales to the public, a personnel or employment agency, or an embassy
     or consulate or similar office.  Landlord shall not be obligated to approve
     an assignment or subletting to (a) a current tenant of the Building or (b)
     a prospective tenant of the Building with whom Landlord is then
     negotiating.  No such assignment or subletting shall relieve Tenant of any
     liability under this Lease.  Consent to any such assignment or subletting
     shall not operate as a waiver of the necessity for a consent to any
     subsequent assignment or subletting, and the terms of such consent shall be
     binding upon any person holding by, under or through Tenant.

     If Tenant is a corporation, then any transfer of this Lease by merger,
     consolidation or liquidation, or any change in the ownership of, or power
     to vote the majority of its outstanding voting stock, shall constitute an
     assignment for the purpose of this Section.

19.  ADVERTISING:  Tenant shall not inscribe any inscription or post, place, or
     in any manner display any sign, notice, picture, placard or poster, or any
     advertising matter whatsoever, anywhere in or about the Premises or the
     Building at places visible (either directly or indirectly as an outline or
     shadow on a glass pane) from anywhere outside the Premises without first
     obtaining Landlord's written consent thereto.  Any such

                                       13
<PAGE>

     consent by Landlord shall be upon the understanding and condition that
     Tenant will remove the same at the expiration or sooner termination of this
     Lease and Tenant shall repair any damage to the Premises or the Building
     caused thereby.

20.  LIENS AND INSOLVENCY:  Tenant shall keep the premises and the Building free
     from any liens arising out of any work performed, materials ordered, or
     obligations incurred by Tenant.  If Tenant becomes insolvent, voluntarily
     or involuntarily bankrupt, or if a receiver or assignee or other
     liquidating officer is appointed for the business of Tenant, then Landlord
     may terminate Tenant's rights of possession under this Lease at Landlord's
     option.

21.  DEFAULTS:  Time is of the essence hereof, and in the event Tenant shall
     violate or breach or fail to keep or perform any covenant, agreement, term
     or condition of this Lease, and if such default or violation shall continue
     or shall not be remedied within three days (or, if no default in the
     payment of rent or additional rent is involved, within 30 days, except
     Tenant shall make immediate efforts to remedy such default) after notice in
     writing thereof is given by Landlord to Tenant specifying the matter
     claimed to be in default, Landlord at its option may immediately declare
     Tenant's rights under this Lease terminated and reenter the Premises using
     such force as may be necessary, and repossess itself thereof, as of its
     former estate, and remove all persons and property from the Premises.
     Notwithstanding any such reentry, the liability of Tenant for the full
     rental provided for herein shall not be extinguished for the balance of
     this Lease, and Tenant shall make good to Landlord any deficiency arising
     from a reletting of the Premises at a lesser rental, plus the costs and
     expenses of renovating or altering the Premises incurred by Landlord.
     Tenant shall pay any such deficiency each month as the amount thereof is
     ascertained by Landlord.

22.  SUBORDINATION:  This Lease is and shall be prior to any mortgage recorded
     after the date of this Lease affecting the Building.  If, however, a lender
     requires that this Lease be subordinate to any mortgage, this Lease shall
     be subordinate to that mortgage if Landlord first obtains from the lender a
     written agreement that provides substantially the following:

          *Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant and Landlord agree that
          Tenant's name shall be painted on the front entrance glass similar to
          the existing names.  The cost and liability for said signage shall be
          borne by Tenant.

          *As long as Tenant performs its obligations under this Lease, no
          foreclosure of, deed given in lieu of foreclosure of, or sale under
          the mortgage, and no steps or procedures taken under the mortgage,
          shall affect Tenant's rights under this Lease.

     Tenant shall attorn to any purchaser at any foreclosure sale, or to any
     grantee or transferee designated in any deed given in lieu of foreclosure.
     Tenant shall execute the

                                       14
<PAGE>

     written agreement and any other documents required by the lender to
     accomplish the purposes of this Section.

     If requested by the holder of any mortgage or deed of trust, Tenant shall
     enter into a new lease with the holder of such mortgage or deed of trust
     for the balance of the term of this Lease upon the same terms and
     conditions set forth herein, or shall attorn to such party provided such
     party agrees to recognize this Lease as long as Tenant shall not be in
     default hereunder beyond the period for curing the same.

23.  REMOVAL OF PROPERTY:  If Tenant shall fail to remove any of its property of
     any nature whatsoever from the Premises or the Building at the termination
     of this Lease, or when Landlord has the right of reentry, Landlord may, at
     its option, remove and store said property without liability for loss
     thereof or damage thereto, such storage to be for the account and at the
     expense of Tenant.  If Tenant shall not pay the cost of storing any such
     property after it has been stored for a period of 30 days or more, Landlord
     may, at its option, sell or permit to be sold, any or all of such property
     at public or private sale, in such manner and at such times and places as
     Landlord in its sole discretion may deem proper, without notice to Tenant,
     and shall apply the proceeds of such sale:  first, to the cost and expense
     of such sale, including reasonable attorney's fees actually incurred;
     second, to the payment of the costs or charges for storing any such
     property; third, to the payment of any other sums of money which may then
     be or thereafter become due Landlord from Tenant under any of the terms
     hereof; and fourth, the balance, if any, to Tenant.

24.  NONWAIVER:  Waiver by either Landlord or Tenant of any breach of any term,
     covenant, or condition herein contained shall not be deemed to be a waiver
     of such term, covenant, or condition; or of any subsequent breach of the
     same or any other term, covenant, or condition herein contained.  The
     subsequent acceptance of Rent hereunder by Landlord shall not be deemed to
     be a waiver of any preceding breach by Tenant of any term, covenant, or
     condition of this Lease, other than the failure of Tenant to pay the
     particular rental so accepted, regardless of Landlord's knowledge of such
     preceding breach at the time of acceptance of such Rent.

25.  SURRENDER OF POSSESSION:  Upon expiration of the term of this Lease,
     whether by lapse of time or otherwise, Tenant shall promptly and peacefully
     surrender the Premises to Landlord.

26.  HOLDOVER:  In the event Tenant shall holdover after the expiration of the
     term of this Lease without the written consent of Landlord, such tenancy
     shall be for a month-to-month tenancy, which tenancy may be terminated as
     provided by the laws of the State of Washington.  During such tenancy
     Tenant agrees to pay to Landlord 200 percent (200%) of the rate of rental
     payable by Tenant during the last month of the lease term as set forth
     herein.

                                       15
<PAGE>

27.  CONDEMNATION:  If all the Premises or such portions of the Building as may
     be required for the reasonable use of the Premises are taken by eminent
     domain, this Lease shall automatically terminate as of the date Tenant is
     required to vacate the Premises and all rentals shall be paid to that date.
     In the event of a taking of a part of the Premises, or a portion of the
     Building not required for the reasonable use of the Premises, then this
     Lease shall continue in full force and effect and the rental shall be
     equitably reduced based on the proportion by which the floor area of the
     Premises is reduced, such rent reduction to be effective as of the date
     possession of such portion is delivered to the condemning authority.
     Landlord reserves all rights to damages to the Premises for any taking by
     eminent domain, and Tenant hereby assigns to Landlord any right Tenant may
     have to such damages or award, and Tenant shall make no claim against
     Landlord for damages for termination of the leasehold interest or
     interference with Tenant's business.  Tenant shall have the right, however,
     to claim and recover from the condemning authority compensation for any
     loss to which Tenant may be put for Tenant's moving expenses and for the
     interruption of or damage to Tenant's business; provided, however, that
     such damages may be claimed only if they are award separately in the
     eminent domain proceeding and not as part of the damages recoverable by
     Landlord.

28.  HAZARDOUS WASTE AND MATERIALS:  Tenant shall not dispose of or otherwise
     allow the release of any hazardous waste or materials in, on or under the
     Leased Premises, or any adjacent property, or in any improvements placed on
     the Leased Premises.  Tenant represents and warrants to Landlord that
     Tenant's intended use of the Premises does not involve the use, production,
     disposal or bringing on to the Leased Premises of any hazardous waste or
     materials.  As used herein, the term "hazardous waste or materials"
     includes any substance, waste or material defined or designated as
     hazardous, toxic or dangerous (or any similar term) by any federal, state
     or local statute, regulation, rule or ordinance now or hereafter in effect.
     Tenant shall promptly comply with all statutes, regulations and ordinances,
     and with all orders, decrees or judgments of governmental authorities or
     courts having jurisdiction, relating to the use, collection, treatment,
     disposal, storage, control, removal or cleanup of hazardous waste or
     materials in, on or under the Leased Premises or any adjacent property, or
     incorporated in any improvements, at Tenant's expense.  Tenant shall notify
     Landlord immediately of any release of any hazardous waste or materials on
     the Leased Premises.

     Tenant agrees to indemnify and hold Landlord harmless against any and all
     losses, liabilities, suits, obligations, fines, damages, judgments,
     penalties, claims, charges, cleanup costs, remedial actions, costs and
     expenses (including, without limitations, attorneys' fees and
     disbursements) which may be imposed on, incurred or paid by, or asserted
     against Landlord or the Premises by reason of, or in connection with (i)
     any misrepresentation, breach of warranty or other default by Tenant under
     this Lease, or (ii) the acts or omissions of Tenant, or any subtenant or
     other person or entity acting

                                       16
<PAGE>

     through or on account of Tenant, resulting in the release of any hazardous
     waste or materials.

     To the best of Landlord's knowledge the Premises do not contain any
     hazardous waste.  Tenant further acknowledges that Landlord has not made
     any warranty or representation covering the presence or absence of any
     hazardous waste or materials in, on, under, or about the Building or the
     Leased Premises, any adjacent property, or in any improvements placed in
     the Building or the Leased Premises.  If Landlord is required by any
     statute, regulation, order, decree, judgment, or other law to take any
     action to remove or abate any hazardous waste or materials, or if Landlord
     deems it necessary to conduct special maintenance or testing procedures
     with regard to any hazardous waste or materials, or to remove or abate such
     hazardous waste or materials, Landlord may take such action or conduct such
     procedures at times and in a manner that Landlord deems appropriate under
     the circumstances, and Tenant shall permit the same.

29.  NOTICES:  All notices under this Lease shall be in writing and delivered in
     person or sent by registered or certified mail to Landlord and to Tenant at
     the addresses provided in Subsection 1.i, and to the holder of any first
     mortgage or deed of trust at such place as such holder shall specify to
     Tenant in writing; or such other addresses as may from time to time be
     designated by such party in writing.  Notices mailed as aforesaid shall be
     deemed given on the date of such mailing.

30.  COSTS AND ATTORNEYS' FEES:  If Tenant or Landlord shall bring any action
     for any relief against the other, declaratory or otherwise, arising out of
     this Lease, including any suit by Landlord for the recovery of rent or
     possession of the Premises, the losing party shall pay the successful party
     a reasonable sum for attorneys' fees in such suit, and such attorneys' fees
     shall be deemed to have accrued on the commencement of such action.

31.  LANDLORD'S LIABILITY:  Anything in this Lease to the contrary
     notwithstanding, covenants, undertakings and agreements herein made on the
     part of Landlord are made and intended not as personal covenants,
     undertakings and agreements or for the purpose of binding Landlord
     personally or the assets of Landlord except Landlord's interest in the
     Premises and the Building, but are made and intended for the purpose of
     binding only Landlord's interest in the Premises and the Building. No
     personal liability or personal responsibility is assumed by, nor shall at
     any time be asserted or enforceable against Landlord or its partners and
     their respective heirs, legal representatives, successors, and assigns on
     account of the Lease or on account of any covenant, undertaking or
     agreement of Landlord in this Lease contained.

32.  LANDLORD'S CONSENT:  Whenever Landlord's consent is required under the
     terms hereof, such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

                                       17
<PAGE>

33.  ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES:  Tenant shall, from time to time, upon written
     request of Landlord, execute, acknowledge and deliver to Landlord a written
     statement in a form approved by Landlord certifying that this Lease is
     unmodified and in full force and effect (or that the same is in full force
     and effect, as modified, listing the instruments of modification), that the
     Rent and other charges have not been paid more than one month in advance
     (or if so paid, the dates to which paid) and whether or not to the best of
     Tenant's knowledge Landlord is in default hereunder (and if so, specifying
     the nature of the default), it being intended that any such statement
     delivered pursuant to this Section may be relied upon by a prospective
     purchaser of Landlord's interest, or a mortgagee of Landlord's interest, or
     assignee of any mortgage upon Landlord's interest in the Building.  If
     Tenant shall fail to respond within ten days of receipt by Tenant of a
     written request by Landlord as herein provided, Tenant shall be deemed to
     have given such certificates as above provided without modification.

34.  TENANT IMPROVEMENTS:  As further consideration for the execution of this
     Lease, Landlord, at Landlord's sole cost and expense, shall provide the
     following items of improvement, alteration, and repair to the Premises:

     a.   Remove all carpeting throughout the Premises and the wood flooring in
          Suite 301.

     b.   Remove the existing walls located on the north and south sides of
          Office #6 identified on the plans prepared by Tenant dated March 13,
          1996 (the "Plan") and construct a new wall on the east side of Office
          #6.

     c.   Remove all existing wood and glass partitions located in Area #9 on
          the Plan.

     d.   Paint the walls throughout the Premises using Building-standard paint
          in one light color to be selected by Tenant, subject to Landlord's
          prior approval.  The doors, relites and trim may be a separate color
          at Tenant's option, also subject to Landlord's prior approval.  Tenant
          acknowledges that the interior window trim of the exterior windows in
          the Premises will not be repainted and shall remain "AS IS."

     e.   Install new Building-standard carpet throughout the Premises in a
          color to be selected by Tenant, subject to Landlord's prior approval.

     f.   Install Building-standard window blinds as necessary in the exterior
          windows of the Premises.

     All other improvements, alterations and repairs to the Premises shall be
     made by Tenant at Tenant's sole cost and expense subject to the provisions
     of this Lease.

                                       18
<PAGE>

35.  GENERAL:

     a.   The titles to sections of this Lease are not a part of this Lease and
          shall have no effect upon the construction or interpretation of any
          part hereof.  This Lease shall be construed and governed by the laws
          of the State of Washington.

     b.   All of the covenants, agreements, terms, and conditions contained in
          this Lease shall apply to and be binding upon Landlord and Tenant and
          their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors and
          assigns.

     c.   Tenant represents and warrants to Landlord that Tenant has not engaged
          any broker (other than Leibsohn & Company), finder or other person who
          would be entitled to any commission or fees from Landlord with respect
          to the negotiation, execution or delivery of this Lease and shall
          indemnify Landlord against any loss, cost, liability or expense
          incurred by Landlord as a result of any claim asserted by any such
          broker, finder or other person on the basis of any arrangements or
          agreements made or alleged to have been made by or on behalf of
          Tenant.

     d.   This Lease contains all covenants and agreements between Landlord and
          Tenant relating in any manner to the rental, use, and occupancy of the
          Premises and Tenant's use of the Building and other matters set forth
          in this Lease.  No prior agreement or understanding pertaining to the
          same shall be valid or of any force or effect, and the covenants and
          agreements of this Lease shall not be altered, modified, or added to
          except in writing signed by Landlord and Tenant.  If any provision of
          this Lease shall prove to be invalid, void or illegal, it shall in no
          way affect, impair or invalidate any other provision hereof, and the
          remaining provisions hereof shall nevertheless remain in full force
          and effect.

     e.   Any Rent, Additional Rent, or other sums payable by Tenant to Landlord
          shall not be paid upon the due date thereof shall bear interest at the
          highest rate permitted by the laws of the State of Washington, but not
          to exceed 18 percent per annum, calculated from the date of
          delinquency to the date of payment.

                                       19
<PAGE>

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Lease as of the date first
above written.

LANDLORD:                          TENANT:

COM REALTY, INC., a                SEATTLE SOFTWARE LABS, INC.,
Delaware Corporation               a Washington Corporation

 /s/  Loren Klug                   By:       Steven N. Moore
 ------------------------              -------------------------
                                         /s/ Steven N. Moore
                                       -------------------------

Title:   President                 Title:   Vice President & CFO
       ------------------                 ----------------------

                                   By:
                                        ------------------------

                                        ------------------------
                                  Title:
                                        ------------------------
PLEASE TYPE OR PRINT NAME UNDER
EACH SIGNATURE LINE

                                       20
<PAGE>

STATE OF ILLINOIS        )
                         ) ss.             OWNER/CORPORATE
COUNTY OF COOK           )                 ---------------

On this 4th day of April, 1996, personally appeared before me, a Notary Public
in and for the State of Illinois, duly commissioned and sworn, Loren Klug, known
to me to be the President of COM Realty, Inc., a Delaware corporation, which
executed the within and foregoing instrument and acknowledged the said
instrument to be the free and voluntary act and deed of said corporation, for
the uses and purposes therein stated, and on oath stated that he is authorized
to execute said instrument.

Witness my hand and official seal hereto affixed the day and year first above
written.

                                   /s/ Diana C. Moreno
                                ----------------------------------------------
                                Notary Public in and for the State of Illinois
                                Residing at  105A S. Evergreen, IL
                                             ---------------------------------
                                My Commission Expires:  9/29/97
                                                      ------------------------

                                ----------------------------------------------
                                Print Notary Public Name


STATE OF WASHINGTON  )
                     ) ss.                 TENANT/CORPORATE
COUNTY OF KING       )                     ----------------

On this 2nd day of April, 1996, personally appeared before me, a Notary Public
in and for the State of Washington, duly commissioned and sworn, Steven N.
Moore, and known to me to be the Vice President and CFO of Seattle Software
Labs, a Washington corporation, which executed the within and foregoing
instrument and acknowledged the said instrument to be the free and voluntary act
and deed of said corporation, for the uses and purposes therein stated, and on
oath stated that they are authorized to execute said instrument.

Witness my hand and official seal hereto affixed the day and year first above
written.

                                     /s/ Connie Hornbaker
                                ------------------------------------------------
                                Notary Public in and for the State of Washington

                                Residing at   Kirkland
                                            ------------------------------------
                                My Commission Expires:  3/19/97
                                                       -------------------------

                                ------------------------------------------------

                                Print Notary Public Name

                                       21
<PAGE>

                                                                       EXHIBIT A

                  [Floor Plan: drawing of third floor layout,
                 showing original division of third floor into
                   four areas, and tenant's plan subdividing
                 the four areas into additional office areas.]
<PAGE>

                                   EXHIBIT B

                                   GUARANTY

     THIS GUARANTY is made and given by the individuals set forth on the
signature page hereof ("Guarantor") to COM Realty, Inc., a Delaware corporation
("Landlord").

     RECITALS:  Seattle Software Labs, Inc., a Washington corporation
("Tenant"), has requested that Landlord enter into a lease with Tenant, and
Landlord is unwilling to enter into such a lease unless Guarantor gives Landlord
an unconditional guarantee of the full, prompt and complete payment by Tenant as
and when due of:

     A.  all installments of rent and other monetary obligations payable under
the Lease for all periods during which Tenant is in actual occupancy of the
Premises;

     B.  all installments of rent and other monetary obligations payable under
the Lease for the twelve (12) month period following any default by Tenant;

     C.  the unamortized balance as of the date Tenant relinquishes possession
of the Premises of (i) the total cost of improvements, alterations and repairs
("Tenant Improvements") provided by Landlord under the Lease, which is
$17,992.58, and (ii) the leasing fees due to Martin Smith Inc and Leibsohn &
Company, which are $15,866.76; such costs and fees shall be amortized, without
interest, over the Term; and

     D.  the unamortized balance as of the date Tenant relinquishes possession
of the Premises of the additional leasing fee due to Leibsohn & Company for
additional square footage leased under the Amendment to the Lease, which is
estimated to be $14,437.50; such fee shall be amortized without interest over
fifty-three (53) months of the Term (December 1, 1996 through April 30, 2001).

     NOW, THEREFORE, in order to induce Landlord to enter into a lease with
Tenant, Guarantor agrees as follows:

     1.  Guaranty.  Guarantor, as a material inducement to and in consideration
of Landlord entering into a written lease with Tenant, dated the same date as
this Lease Guaranty (the "Lease"), pursuant to which Landlord has leased or will
lease to Tenant, and Tenant has leased or will lease from Landlord, the premises
located in the City of Seattle, County of King, State of Washington, in the
building located at 316 Occidental Avenue South, Seattle, Washington,
unconditionally guarantees and promises to and for the benefit of Landlord the
full, prompt and complete payment by Tenant as and when due of (a) all
installments of rent and other monetary obligations payable under the Lease for
all periods during which Tenant is in actual occupancy of the Premises, (b) all
installments of rent and other monetary obligations payable under the Lease for
the twelve (12) month period following any default by Tenant, and (c) the
unamortized balance as of the date Tenant relinquishes possession of the
Premises of (i) the total cost of the Tenant Improvements provided by Landlord
under the Lease, which
<PAGE>

is $17,992.58, and (ii) the leasing fees paid to Martin Smith Inc and Leibsohn &
Company, which are $15,866.76; and (d) the unamortized balance as of the date
Tenant relinquishes possession of the Premises of the leasing fee due to
Leibsohn & Company for additional square footage leased under the Amendment to
the Lease, which is estimated to be $14,437.50. The cost and fees described
herein shall be amortized, without interest over the Term pursuant to paragraphs
C and D above. If, for example, Tenant defaults under the Lease at the end of
the thirtieth month of the Lease Term, Guarantor shall be obligated to pay (1)
the unamortized portion of the Tenant Improvements and leasing fees which equal
$16,929.74; (2) the unamortized portion of the leasing fee paid to Leibsohn &
Company, which equals $8,172.07 (calculated over twenty-three months; and (3)
all installments of rent and other monetary obligations payable under the Lease
for the twelve-month period following default by Tenant (months 31 through 42).
Guarantor acknowledges and agrees that this Guaranty is an absolute guarantee of
payment.

     2.  Attorneys' Fees.  Guarantor agrees to pay all expenses, including,
without limitation, actual attorneys' fees and costs, paid or incurred by
Landlord in endeavoring to collect or secure performance of the Obligations, or
any part thereof, or in enforcing this Guaranty.

     3.  Joint and Several Liability.  If Guarantor is more than one person,
Guarantor's Obligations are joint and several and are independent of Tenant's
Obligations.  A separate action may be brought or prosecuted against any
Guarantor whether this action is brought or prosecuted against any other
Guarantor or Tenant, or all, or whether any other Guarantor or Tenant, or all,
are joined in the action.

     4.  Primary Liability.  Guarantor's liability under this Guaranty is
primary, direct and immediate.  Guarantor waives the right to require Landlord
to:
          (a)  Proceed against Tenant or any other person;

          (b)  Proceed against or exhaust any security or collateral that
Landlord holds from Tenant; or

          (c)  Pursue any other remedy in Landlord's power.

     5.  Waiver of Statute of Limitations.  Guarantor waives the benefit of any
statute of limitations affecting Guarantor's liability under this Guaranty.

     6.  Bankruptcy or Reorganization of Tenant.  In the event of any proceeding
by or against Tenant, a composition, extension or reorganization under any
provision of the Bankruptcy Code, or any other bankruptcy, insolvency,
receivership, reorganization or similar proceeding, Guarantor expressly waives
the extension of the Obligations of this Guaranty under any provision of the
Bankruptcy Code or any law or rule applicable to such proceedings and hereby
agrees that Landlord may proceed immediately to collect any amount due under the
terms of this Guaranty and to otherwise enforce this Guaranty.

                                       2
<PAGE>

     7.  Rights and Remedies Cumulative.  All of Landlord's rights and remedies
herein specified are intended to be cumulative and not in substitution for any
right or remedy otherwise available to Landlord.

     8.  Enforcement.  If Tenant defaults under the Lease, Landlord can proceed
immediately against Guarantor or Tenant, or both, or Landlord can enforce
against Guarantor or Tenant, or both, any rights that it has under the Lease,
this Guaranty, or both, or pursuant to applicable laws.  If the Lease terminates
and Landlord has any rights it can enforce against Tenant after termination,
Landlord may enforce these rights against Guarantor without giving previous
notice to Tenant or Guarantor and without making any demand on either of them.

     9.  Waiver of Defenses.  Guarantor waives any defense arising by reason of
any disability of Tenant, or by reason of the cessation from any cause
whatsoever of the liability of Tenant.  Guarantor shall be liable and remain
liable for the payment of the Obligations to the extent provided herein
notwithstanding.

          (a)  Any previous discharge (partial or total) of Tenant from any
further liability;

          (b)  Any bar (temporary, partial or total) to the pursuit by Guarantor
of any right or claim for indemnification from Tenant;

          (c)  Any right or claim by Guarantor to be subrogated to the rights or
claims of Landlord against Tenant or in and to the Premises;

          (d)  Any action or inaction or delay in acting by Landlord; or

          (e)  Landlord's failure to enforce, or delay in enforcing, any of its
rights under the Lease, or otherwise.

     10.  Amendments to Lease; Assignment of Lease.  Guarantor authorizes
Landlord, without notice or demand and without affecting Guarantor's liability
hereunder, from time to time to:

          (a)  Amend or change the provisions of the Lease by agreement between
Landlord and Tenant at any time, or by course of conduct, or by operation of
law, or otherwise, without the consent of, and without notice to, Guarantor;

          (b)  Permit or suffer an assignment of the Lease or any subletting
under the Lease, whether or not consented to by Landlord; or

          (c)  Take and hold security for the performance and payment of the
Obligations and apply, enforce, exchange, waive and release any such security.

                                       3

<PAGE>

     11.  Waiver of Subrogation.  Until all of the Obligations have been
performed or paid in full, Guarantor shall have no right of subrogation against
Tenant.  Guarantor waives its right to enforce any remedies that Landlord now
has, or may later have, against Tenant.  Guarantor waives any right to
participate in any security now or hereafter held by Landlord.

     12.  Waiver of Acceptance, Presentments and Notices.  Guarantor waives
notice of acceptance of this Guaranty and all presentments, demands for
performance, notices of nonperformance, protests, notices of protest, notices of
dishonor and notices of acceptance of this Guaranty, and waives all notices of
the creation, existence, or incurring of new or additional Obligations.

     13.  Miscellaneous Provisions.

          (a)  This Guaranty sets forth the entire agreement of the parties as
to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior discussions and
understandings between them. This Guaranty may not be amended or rescinded in
any manner except by an instrument in writing signed by a duly authorized
officer or representative of each party hereto.

          (b)  This Guaranty shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in
accordance with, the laws of the State of Washington.

          (c)  Should any of the provisions of this Guaranty be found to be
invalid, illegal or unenforceable by any court of competent jurisdiction, such
provision shall be stricken and the remainder of this Guaranty shall nonetheless
remain in full force and effect unless striking such provision shall materially
alter the intention of the parties.

          (d)  In the event any action is brought to enforce this Guaranty, the
parties agree to be subject to exclusive in personam jurisdiction in the
Superior Court for the State of Washington or in the United States District
Court for the Western District of Washington and agree that in any such action
venue shall lie exclusively at Seattle, Washington.

          (e)  No waiver of any right under this Guaranty shall be effective
unless contained in a writing signed by a duly authorized officer or
representative of the party sought to be charged with the waiver and no waiver
of any right arising from any breach or failure to perform shall be deemed to be
a waiver of any future right or of any other right arising under this Guaranty.

          (f)  Paragraph headings contained in this Guaranty are included for
convenience only and form no part of the agreement between the parties.

          (g)  All notices or requests required or permitted under this Guaranty
shall be in writing; shall be personally delivered or sent by certified mail,
return receipt requested, postage prepaid; shall be deemed given when so
delivered or mailed, irrespective of whether such notice or request is actually
received by the addressee; and shall be sent to the parties at the following
addresses:
                                       4

<PAGE>

                   If to Landlord:       Occidental Mall
                                         c/o Martin Smith Inc
                                         615 Second Avenue, Suite 400
                                         Seattle, WA  98104

                   If to Guarantor:      Steven N. Moore
                                         Christopher Slatt
                                         Seattle Software Labs, Inc.
                                         316 Occidental Avenue South, Suite 301
                                         Seattle, WA  98104

Either party may change the address to which notices shall be sent by notice to
the other party.

          (h)  This Guaranty shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of,
the parties hereto and their respective heirs, devisees, legatees, executors,
administrators, personal representatives, successors and assigns.  If Landlord
disposes of its interest in the Lease, the term "Landlord" as used in this
Guaranty shall mean Landlord's successors.

          (i)  As used in this Guaranty, the masculine shall include the
feminine and neuter, the feminine shall include the masculine and neuter, the
neuter shall include the masculine and feminine, the singular shall include the
plural and plural shall include the singular, as the context may require.

     Dated this 17 day of December 1996.

GUARANTOR:

     /s/  Steven N. Moore                        /s/  Christopher Slatt
- -------------------------------------       -----------------------------------
      Steven N. Moore and                         Christopher Slatt and

         /s/ Sheila E. Moore                       /s/  Jeanine K. Slatt
- -------------------------------------       -----------------------------------

    Sheila E. Moore, husband and wife       Jeanine K. Slatt, husband and wife

                                       5
<PAGE>

STATE OF WASHINGTON      )
                         ) ss.          INDIVIDUAL
COUNTY OF KING           )              ----------

On this _______ day of __________, 19___, before me, a Notary Public, personally
appeared _____________________________________________________________________,
personally known to me or proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to
be the person(s) whose name(s) is/are subscribed to the within instrument and
acknowledged the said instrument to be his/hers (their) free and voluntary act
and deed for the uses and purposes therein mentioned.

Witness my hand and official seal.

                              ------------------------------------------------
                              Notary Public in and for the State of Washington

                              Residing at
                                          ------------------------------------
                              My Commission Expires:
                                                    --------------------------


                              ------------------------------------------------
                              Print Notary Public Name


STATE OF WASHINGTON  )
                     ) ss.              INDIVIDUAL
COUNTY OF KING       )                  ----------

On this _______ day of __________, 19___, before me, a Notary Public, personally
appeared ____________________________________________________________________,
personally known to me or proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to
be the person(s) whose name(s) is/are subscribed to the within instrument and
acknowledged the said instrument to be his/hers (their) free and voluntary act
and deed for the uses and purposes therein mentioned.

Witness my hand and official seal.


                              ------------------------------------------------
                              Notary Public in and for the State of Washington

                              Residing at
                                         -------------------------------------
                              My Commission Expires:
                                                    --------------------------


                              ------------------------------------------------
                              Print Notary Public Name

                                       6
<PAGE>

                                   EXHIBIT C
                             RULES AND REGULATIONS


1.   No sign, placard, picture, advertisement, name or notice shall be installed
     or displayed on any part of the exterior or in any area visible from the
     exterior of the Building without the prior written consent of the Landlord,
     which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.  Landlord
     shall have the right to remove, at Tenant's expense and without notice, any
     sign installed or displayed in violation of this rule.  All signs or
     lettering on doors and walls shall be printed, painted, affixed or
     inscribed at the expense of Tenant.  At the expiration or termination of
     Tenant's Lease, Tenant, at Tenant's sole cost and expense, shall remove all
     tenant-installed signage and repair and paint any and all damage resulting
     from installation and/or removal of said signage.

2.   Tenant shall not install any curtains, blinds, shades, screens or hanging
     plants or other similar objects attached to or used in connection with any
     window or door of the Premises except building-standard drapes approved by
     Landlord.  No awning shall be permitted on any part of the Premises.
     Tenant shall not place anything against or near glass partitions or doors
     or windows which may appear unsightly from outside the Premises.

3.   Tenant shall not obstruct any sidewalks, lobbies, halls, passages, exits,
     entrances, elevators, or stairways of the Building.  The halls, passages,
     exits, entrances, lobbies, elevators, and stairways are not open to the
     general public. Landlord shall in all cases retain the right to control and
     prevent access thereto of all persons whose presence in the judgment of
     Landlord would be prejudicial to the safety, character, reputation and
     interest of the Building and its Tenants; provided that nothing herein
     contained shall be construed to prevent such access to persons with whom
     any Tenant normally deals in the ordinary course of its business, unless
     such persons are engaged in illegal activities.  No Tenant and no employee
     or invitee of any tenant shall go upon the roof of the Building without
     Landlord's prior written consent.

4.   The directory of the Building will be provided exclusively for the display
     of the name and location of tenants' business only, and Landlord reserves
     the right to exclude any other names therefrom.

5.   All cleaning and janitorial services for the Building and the Premises,
     unless otherwise in the Lease, shall be provided exclusively through
     Landlord, and
<PAGE>

     except with the written consent of Landlord, no person or persons other
     than those approved by Landlord shall be employed by Tenant or permitted to
     enter the Building for the purpose of cleaning the same. Tenant shall not
     cause any unnecessary labor by carelessness or indifference to the good
     order and cleanliness of the Premises. Landlord shall not in any way be
     responsible to any tenant for any loss of property on the Premises, however
     occurring, or for any damage to any tenant's property by the janitor or any
     other employee or any other person.

6.   Landlord shall furnish Tenant with appropriate number of keys to each door
     lock in the Premises and to the main entrance door of the Building.
     Landlord may make a reasonable charge for any additional keys.  Tenant
     shall not make or have made additional keys, and Tenant shall not alter any
     lock or install a new additional lock or bolt on any door of its Premises.
     Tenant, upon termination of its tenancy, shall deliver to Landlord all keys
     to all doors which have been furnished to Tenant and in the event of loss
     of any keys so furnished, shall reimburse Landlord for the cost of any new
     lock(s) required due to such loss.

7.   Tenant shall not install computer cabling, telephone, burglar alarm or
     similar services without Landlord's approval for installation of same.
     Upon termination of Tenant's tenancy, at Landlord's option, Tenant shall
     remove any equipment and/or services from the Premises and shall restore
     the Premises to its condition prior to such installation.

8.   Freight elevator(s), if any, shall be available for use by all tenants in
     the Building, subject to such reasonable scheduling as Landlord in its
     discretion shall deem appropriate.  No equipment, materials, furniture,
     packages, supplies, merchandise or other property will be received in the
     Building or carried in the passenger elevators except between such hours
     and in such elevators as may be designated by Landlord.

9.   Tenant shall not place a load upon any floor of the Premises which exceeds
     the load per square foot which such floor was designed to carry and which
     is allowed by law.  Landlord shall have the right to prescribe the weight,
     size and position of all equipment, materials, furniture or other property
     brought into the Building.  Heavy objects shall, if considered necessary by
     Landlord, stand on such platforms as determined by Landlord to be necessary
     to properly distribute the weight of such objects.  Business machines and
     mechanical equipment belonging to Tenant which cause noise or vibration
     that may be transmitted to the structure of the Building or to any space
     therein or to any tenants in the Building shall be placed and maintained by
     Tenant, at Tenant's

                                      -2-
<PAGE>

     sole cost and expense, on vibration eliminators or other devices sufficient
     to eliminate noise or vibration. Landlord will not be responsible for loss
     of, or damage to, any such equipment or other property from any cause, and
     all damage done to the Building by maintaining or moving such equipment or
     other property shall be repaired at the expense of Tenant.

10.  Tenant shall not use or keep in the Premises any kerosene, gasoline or
     inflammable or combustible fluid or material other than those limited
     quantities necessary for the operation or maintenance of office equipment.
     Tenant shall not use or permit to be used in the Premises any foul or
     noxious gas or substance, or permit or allow the Premises to be occupied or
     used in a manner offensive or objectionable to Landlord or other occupants
     of the Building by reason of noise, odors, or vibrations, nor shall Tenant
     bring into or keep in or about the Premises any animals, including dogs
     (except seeing-eye dogs).

11.  Tenant shall not use any method of heating or air conditioning other than
     that supplied by Landlord.

12.  Tenant shall not waste electricity, water or air conditioning, and Tenant
     agrees to cooperate fully with Landlord to assure the most effective
     operation of the Building's heating and air-conditioning system and to
     comply with any governmental energy-saving rules, laws or regulations, of
     which Tenant has actual notice, and shall refrain from attempting to adjust
     controls.  Tenant shall keep corridor and exterior doors closed and shall
     close window coverings at the end of each business day.

13.  The name of the Building is the Occidental Mall.  Landlord reserves the
     right, exercisable without notice and without liability to Tenant, to
     change the name of the Building.

14.  Landlord reserves the right to exclude from the Building between the hours
     of 6:00 p.m. and 7:00 a.m. the following day, or such other hours as may be
     established from time to time by Landlord, and on Sundays and legal
     holidays any person, unless that person is known to the person or employee
     in charge of the Building and has a pass or is properly identified.  Tenant
     shall be responsible for all persons for whom it requests passes and shall
     be liable to Landlord for all acts of such persons.  Landlord shall not be
     liable for damages for any error with regard to the admission to or
     exclusion from the Building of any person.  Landlord reserves the right to
     prevent access to the Building in case of invasion, mob, riot, public
     excitement or other commotion by closing the doors or by other appropriate
     action.

                                      -3-
<PAGE>

15.  Tenant shall close and lock the doors of its Premises and entirely shut off
     all water faucets or other water apparatus, electricity, copiers and other
     office equipment, including coffee pots, etc., before Tenant and its
     employees leave the Premises.  Tenant shall be responsible for any damage
     or injuries sustained by other tenants or occupants of the Building or by
     Landlord for noncompliance with this rule.

16.  The toilet rooms, toilets, urinals, wash bowls and other apparatus shall
     not be used for any purpose other than that for which they were
     constructed, and no foreign substance of any kind whatsoever shall be
     thrown therein.  The expense of any breakage, stoppage or damage resulting
     from the violation of this rule shall be borne by the tenant, or employees
     or invitees of the tenant, who shall have caused it.

17.  Tenant shall not make any room-to-room solicitation of business from other
     tenants in the Building.  Tenant shall not use the Premises for any
     business or activity other than that specifically provided for in Tenant's
     Lease.

18.  Canvassing, soliciting and distribution of handbills or any other written
     material, and peddling in the Building are prohibited, and each tenant
     shall cooperate to prevent same.

19.  Tenant shall not install any radio or television antenna, loudspeaker or
     other device on the roof or exterior walls of the Building except as
     permitted in the Lease.  Tenant shall not interfere with radio or
     television broadcasting or reception from or in the Building or elsewhere.

20.  Landlord reserves the right to direct electricians as to where and how
     telephone, computer or other wiring or cabling are to be introduced to the
     Premises.  Tenant shall not cut nor bore holes for wiring or cabling
     without Landlord's prior written consent, said consent shall not be
     unreasonably withheld.  Tenant shall not affix any floor covering to the
     floor of the Premises in any manner except as approved by Landlord.  Tenant
     shall repair any damage resulting from noncompliance with this rule.

21.  Landlord reserves the right to exclude or expel from the Building any
     person who, in Landlord's judgment, is intoxicated or under the influence
     of alcohol or drugs or who is in violation of any of the Rules and
     Regulations of the Building.

22.  Tenant shall store all its trash and garbage within its Premises.  Tenant
     shall not place in any trash box or receptacle any material which cannot be
     disposed

                                      -4-
<PAGE>

     of in the ordinary and customary manner of trash and garbage disposal. All
     garbage and refuse disposal shall be made in accordance with directions
     issued from time to time by Landlord. All garbage over and above normal
     (i.e., major-delivery wrappings, etc.) shall be at Tenant's sole cost and
     expense. Tenant agrees to cooperate with Landlord in recycling programs as
     may be established from time to time by Landlord.

23.  The Premises shall not be used for lodging nor for manufacturing of any
     kind, nor shall the Premises be used for any improper, immoral or
     objectionable purpose.  No cooking shall be done or permitted by Tenant on
     the Premises, except that use by Tenant of Underwriters Laboratory approved
     equipment for brewing coffee, tea, hot chocolate and similar beverages, and
     microwave ovens shall be permitted; provided that such equipment and use is
     in accordance with all applicable federal, state, county and city laws,
     codes, ordinances, rules and regulations and does not cause objectionable
     odor.

24.  Without the written consent of Landlord, Tenant shall not use the name of
     the Building in connection with or in promoting or advertising the business
     of Tenant except as Tenant's address.

25.  Tenant shall comply with all safety, fire protection and evacuation
     procedures and regulations established by Landlord or any governmental
     agency.

26.  Tenant assumes any and all responsibility for protecting its Premises from
     theft, robbery and pilferage, which includes keeping doors locked and other
     means of entry to the Premises closed.

27.  The requirements of Tenant will be attended to only upon appropriate
     application to the office of the Building by an authorized individual.
     Employees of Landlord shall not perform any work or do anything outside
     their regular duties unless under special instructions from Landlord, and
     no employee of Landlord will admit any person (Tenant or otherwise) to any
     office of the Building without specific instructions from Landlord.

28.  Tenant and Tenant's employees shall not park vehicles in any parking areas
     designated by Landlord as reserved parking areas or as visitor parking
     areas.  Tenant shall not park any vehicles in the Building parking areas
     other than automobiles, motorcycles, motor-driven or nonmotor-driven
     bicycles or four-wheeled trucks.

29.  Tenant and Tenant's delivery personnel shall utilize loading zones and
     delivery entrances for all deliveries.  Any damage to the Building or
     Premises resulting

                                      -5-
<PAGE>

     from Tenant's deliveries shall be repaired at the sole cost and expense of
     the Tenant.

30.  Tenant and Tenant's delivery personnel shall not use in any space or in the
     common areas of the Building any hand truck except those equipped with
     rubber tire and side guards or such other material-handling equipment as
     Landlord may approve.  Tenant shall not bring vehicles of any other kind
     into the Building.

31.  All moving of furniture or other equipment shall be done so as to have
     minimal impact on other tenants' and visitors' use of elevators, common
     areas, and parking facilities.

32.  The Building is a nonsmoking building.

33.  Landlord may waive any one or more of these Rules and Regulations for the
     benefit of Tenant or any other tenant, but no such waiver by Landlord shall
     be construed as a waiver of such Rules and Regulations in favor of Tenant
     or any other tenant, nor prevent Landlord from thereafter enforcing any
     such Rules and Regulations against any or all of the tenants of the
     Building.

34.  These Rules and Regulations are in addition to and shall not be construed
     to in any way modify or amend, in whole or in part, the terms, covenants,
     agreements and conditions of any lease of any premises in the Building.

35.  Landlord reserves the right to make such other and reasonable Rules and
     Regulations as, in its judgment, may from time to time be needed for safety
     and security, for care and cleanliness of the Building and for the
     preservation of good order therein.  Tenant agrees to abide by all such
     Rules and Regulations hereinabove stated and any additional reasonable
     Rules and Regulations which are adopted.

36.  Tenant shall be responsible for the observance of all of the foregoing
     Rules and Regulations by Tenant's employees, agents, clients, customers,
     invitees and guests.

                                                        Initials     [initials]

                                                                      ________


                                                                     [initials]

                                                                      ________

                                      -6-
<PAGE>

                             LEASE AMENDMENT NO. 1

THIS LEASE AMENDMENT NO. 1 dated this 10th day of June 1996 amends that certain
Lease dated the 15th day of March 1996 by and between COM REALTY, INC., a
Delaware corporation, as Landlord, and SEATTLE SOFTWARE LABS, INC., a Washington
corporation, as Tenant ("the Lease"), covering approximately 3,392 rentable
square feet on the third floor of the Burke Building in the Occidental Mall.
For good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is
hereby acknowledged, Landlord and Tenant agree to amend the Lease in order to
revise the term of the Lease and to revise the schedule for the payment of rent
during the Lease term.

Effective May 1, 1996, the Lease is hereby amended as follows:

1.   Section 1(e) "Lease Commencement Date" is amended to read:

     May 1, 1996 ("Commencement Date").

2.   Section 1(f) "Lease Expiration Date" is amended to read:

     April 30, 2001 ("Expiration Date").

3.   Section 1(g) "Rent" to read:

     Rent shall be as set forth above, payable on or before the first day of
each month.  Rent shall be adjusted from time to time as provided in Sections 7,
8, and 9 hereof.

<TABLE>
<S>                    <C>                        <C>
   May 1, 1996          to      June 30, 1996           $0.00 per month
   July 1, 1996         to      April 30, 1997          $4,276.76 per month
   May 1, 1997          to      April 30, 1998          $4,418.08 per month
   May 1, 1998          to      April 30, 1999          $4,559.41 per month
   May 1, 1999          to      April 30, 2000          $4,700.75 per month
   May 1, 2000          to      April 30, 2001          $4,842.08 per month
</TABLE>

4.   Section 3 "COMMENCEMENT AND EXPIRATION DATES" is amended to read:

     a.  Lease Commencement Date: The Lease Commencement Date shall be May 1,
1996.

     b.  Lease Expiration date:  This Lease shall expire on April 30, 2001.

Except as set forth in this Lease Amendment No. 1, all the provisions of the
Lease shall remain unchanged and in full force and effect.
<PAGE>

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have executed this Lease Amendment No. 1
on the dates set forth below.

Landlord:                          Tenant:

COM Realty, Inc., a Delaware       Seattle Software Labs, Inc., a Washington
corporation                        corporation

By:  [signature illegible]         By:   /s/ Steve N. Moore
   -------------------------          -------------------------------

Date:    7/15/96                   Its:     Chief Financial Officer
      ----------------------          -------------------------------

                                   Date:   7/10/96
                                       ------------------------------

                                   By:    Christopher G. Slatt
                                      -------------------------------

                                   Its:   President
                                       ------------------------------

                                   Date:    7/10/96
                                        -----------------------------
<PAGE>

                             LEASE AMENDMENT NO. 2

THIS LEASE AMENDMENT NO. 2, dated this 6th day of November 1996, amends that
certain Lease dated the 15th day of March 1996 and Lease Amendment No. 1 dated
June 10, 1996 (the "Lease") by and between COM REALTY, INC., a Delaware
corporation, predecessor in interest to BURKE-STATE BLDG., L.L.C., a Washington
limited liability company ("Landlord"), and SEATTLE SOFTWARE LABS, INC., a
Washington corporation ("Tenant"), covering approximately 3,392 rentable square
feet on the third floor of the Burke Building in the Occidental Mall designated
Suite 301.  For good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of
which is hereby acknowledged, Landlord and Tenant agree to further amend the
Lease in order to increase the square footage of the Premises, to adjust
Tenant's Percentage of the Building, to adjust the Rent, to revise the provision
pertaining to assignment and subletting, to add the Building Rules and
Regulations, and to specify the improvements to be made to the Premises by
Landlord.

Effective November 15, 1996, the Lease shall be amended as follows:

1.  Section 1.c "Agreed Areas" shall be amended to read:

    c.  Agreed Areas:  As used in this Lease, Landlord and Tenant agree to the
following areas and percentage of the Premises and the Building: Area of the
Building is the total square feet calculated on a full-floor basis or 111,308
square feet; area of Tenant's Premises is approximately 7,517 rentable square
feet; Tenant's Percentage of the Building is 6.75%. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, if one or more of the facilities, services and utilities the costs of
which is included within the definition of Operating Costs is not furnished to
one or more tenants or to particular types of tenants, then in connection with
the calculation of Tenant's Share of each of such costs the Building Area shall
be reduced by the number of rentable square feet of space occupied by such
tenants and Tenant's Share shall be separately computed as to each of such
costs.

2.  Section 1.g "Rent" of the Lease shall be amended to read:

    g.  Rent:  The rent shall be as set forth below, payable on or before the
first day of each month. Rent shall be adjusted from time to time as provided in
Sections 7, 8, and 9 hereof.
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<S>                        <C>                              <C>
   May 1, 1996             to    June 30, 1996                  $0.00
   July 1, 1996            to    December 14, 1996          $4,276.75 per month
   December 15, 1996       to    April 30, 1997             $9,298.94 per month
   May 1, 1997             to    April 30, 1998             $9,612.14 per month
   May 1, 1998             to    April 30, 1999             $9,925.35 per month
   May 1, 1999             to    April 30, 2000            $10,238.56 per month
   May 1, 2000             to    April 30, 2001            $10,551.77 per month
</TABLE>

3.  The last sentence of Section 6 "Uses" shall be deleted in its entirety and
replaced with the following:

    Tenant and its authorized representatives shall comply with the Rules and
Regulations set forth on Exhibit C attached hereto.  Landlord shall have the
right to amend the Rules and Regulations from time to time.  In the event of a
conflict between this Lease and the Rules and Regulations, as amended, this
Lease shall control.  Landlord shall have the right to enforce the Rules and
Regulations and shall make commercially reasonable efforts to enforce the same
in a nondiscriminatory manner.  Landlord shall have no liability or
responsibility whatsoever with respect to the noncompliance by other tenants or
their authorized representatives with any of such Rules and Regulations.

4.  Section 18 "ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING" shall be deleted in its entirety and
replaced with the following:

    18.  ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING:

    a)   Landlord's Consent; Definitions.  Tenant acknowledges that the
Building is a multi-tenant office building, occupied by tenants specifically
selected by Landlord, and that Landlord has a legitimate interest in the type
and quality of such tenants, the location of tenants in the Building and in
controlling the leasing of space in the Building so that Landlord can better
meet the particular needs of its tenants and protect and enhance the relative
image, position and value of the Building in the office building market.  Tenant
further acknowledges that the rental value of the Premises may fluctuate during
the term in accordance with market conditions, and, as a result, the Rent paid
by Tenant under the Lease at any particular time may be higher or lower than the
then market rental value of the Premises.  Landlord and Tenant agree, and the
provisions of this Section are intended to so provide, that, if Tenant
voluntarily assigns its interest in this Lease or in the Premises or subleases
any part or all of the Premises, a portion of the profits from any increase in
the market rental value of the Premises shall belong solely to Landlord.  Tenant
acknowledges that, if Tenant voluntarily assigns this Lease or subleases any
part or all of the Premises, Tenant's investment in the subject portion of the
Premises (specifically including, but not

                                       2
<PAGE>

limited to, tenant improvements, good will or other assets) may be lost or
reduced as a result of such action.

      b)  Consent Required.  Tenant shall not voluntarily assign or encumber
its interest in this Lease or in the Premises, or sublease any part or all of
the Premises, without Landlord's prior consent, which consent shall not be
unreasonably withheld.  Any assignment, encumbrance or sublease without
Landlord's consent shall be voidable and, at Landlord's election, shall
constitute a default by Tenant under this Lease.  In determining whether to
approve a proposed assignment or sublease, Landlord shall place primary emphasis
on the proposed transferee's reputation and creditworthiness, the character of
the business to be conducted by the proposed transferee at the Premises and the
affect of such assignment or subletting on the tenant mix in the Building.  In
addition, Landlord shall have the right to approve the specific form of any
assignment or sublease agreement.  In no event shall Landlord be obligated to
consent to any assignment or subletting which increases (i) the Operating Costs,
(ii) the burden on the Building services, or (iii) the foot traffic, elevator
usage or security concerns in the Building, or creates an increased probability
of the comfort and/or safety of the Landlord and other tenants in the Building
being unreasonably compromised or reduced (for example, but not exclusively,
Landlord may deny consent to an assignment or subletting where the space will be
used for a school or training facility, an entertainment, sports or recreation
facility, retail sales to the public (unless Tenant's permitted use is retail
sales), a personnel or employment agency, a medical office, or an embassy or
consulate or similar ounce.  Landlord shall not be obligated to approve an
assignment or subletting to (x) a current tenant of the Building unless no
comparable space is available in the Building or (y) a prospective tenant of the
Building with whom Landlord is then negotiating.  Landlord's foregoing rights
and options shall continue throughout the entire term of this Lease.  No consent
to any assignment, encumbrance or sublease shall constitute a waiver of the
provisions of this Section and no other or subsequent assignment, encumbrance or
sublease shall be made without Landlord's prior consent.  Neither an assignment
or subletting nor the collection of Rent by Landlord from any person other than
Tenant, nor the application of any such Rent as provided in this Section shall
be deemed a waiver of any of the provisions of this Section or release Tenant
from its obligation to comply with the terms and provisions of this Lease and
Tenant shall remain fully and primarily liable for all of Tenant's obligations
under this Lease, including the obligation to pay Rent under this Lease.  Any
personal guarantee(s) of Tenant's obligations under this Lease shall remain in
full force and effect following any such assignment or subletting.  Landlord may
condition approval of an assignment or subletting hereunder on an increase in
the amount of the Security Deposit or on receipt of personal guarantees of the
assignee's or sublessee's obligations under this Lease.  If Landlord approves of
an assignment or subletting hereunder and this Lease contains any renewal
options,

                                       3
<PAGE>

expansion options, rights of first refusal, rights of first negotiation or any
other rights or options pertaining to additional space in the Building, such
rights and/or options shall not run to the assignee or subtenant, it being
agreed by the parties hereto that any such rights and options are personal to
Tenant named herein and may not be transferred.

     c)  Conditions to Assignment or Sublease.  Tenant agrees that any
instrument by which Tenant assigns or sublets all or any portion of the Premises
shall expressly provide that the assignee or subtenant may not further assign or
sublet the assigned or sublet space without Landlords prior consent (which
consent shall not, subject to Landlord's rights under Section 25(b), be
unreasonably withheld or delayed), and that the assignee or subtenant will
comply with all of the provisions of this Lease and that Landlord may enforce
the Lease provisions directly against such assignee or subtenant.  If this Lease
is assigned, whether or not in violation of the terms and provisions of this
Lease, Landlord may collect Rent from the assignee.  If the Premises, or any
part thereof, is sublet, Landlord may, upon a default under this Lease, collect
rent from the subtenant.  In either event, Landlord may apply the amount
collected from the assignee or subtenant to Tenant's obligation to pay Rent
under this Lease.

     d)  Events Constituting an Assignment or Sublease.  For purposes of this
Section, the following events shall be deemed an assignment or sublease, as
appropriate:  (i) the issuance of equity interests (whether stock, partnership
interests or otherwise) in Tenant, or any assignee or subtenant, if applicable,
or any entity controlling any of them, to any person or group of related
persons, in a single transaction or a series of related or unrelated
transactions, such that, following such issuance, such person or group shall
have Control (as defined below) of Tenant, or any assignee or subtenant, if
applicable; or (ii) a transfer of Control of Tenant, or any assignee or
subtenant, if applicable, or any entity controlling any of them, in a single
transaction or a series of related or unrelated transactions (including, without
limitation, by consolidation, merger, acquisition or reorganization), except
that the transfer of outstanding capital stock or other listed equity interests
by persons or parties other than "insiders" within the meaning of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, through the "over-the-counter" market or any
recognized national or international securities exchange, shall not be included
in determining whether Control has been transferred.  "Control" shall mean
direct or indirect ownership of fifty percent (50%) or more of all the legal and
equitable interest in any business entity.  The restrictions set forth in this
subsection shall not apply to an initial public offering of equity interests in
Tenant or when Tenant is raising Equity Capital and the Guarantors listed in
Exhibit B are actively managing Tenant's business.

                                       4
<PAGE>

     e)  Processing Expenses.  Tenant shall pay to Landlord the amount of
Landlord's cost of processing each proposed assignment or subletting, including,
without limitation, attorneys' and other professional fees, and the cost of
Landlord's administrative, accounting and clerical time (collectively,
"Processing Costs"), and the amount of all direct and indirect expense incurred
by Landlord arising from the assignee or sublessee taking occupancy of the
subject space, including, without limitation, costs of freight elevator
operation for moving of furnishings and trade fixtures, security service,
janitorial and cleaning service, rubbish removal service, costs of changing
signage, and costs of changing locks and making new keys (collectively,
"Occupancy Costs").  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Landlord
shall not be required to process any request for Landlords consent to an
assignment or subletting until Tenant has paid to Landlord the amount of
Landlord's estimate of the Processing Costs and the Occupancy Costs; provided,
however, such costs shall reflect the actual expenses incurred ant shall not
exceed $2,000.00 per assignment or subletting.

     f)   Consideration to Landlord.  In the event of any assignment or
sublease, whether or not requiring Landlord's consent, Landlord shall be
entitled to receive, as Additional Rent, one-half (1/2) of any consideration,
including, without limitation, payment for leasehold improvements owned by
Landlord, paid by the assignee or subtenant for the assignment or sublease and,
in the case of sublease, the excess of the amount of rent paid for the sublet
space by the subtenant over the total amount of Minimum Monthly Rent under
Section 5 and Additional Rent under Sections 7 and 9.  Upon Landlord's request,
Tenant shall assign to Landlord all amounts to be paid to Tenant by the assignee
or subtenant and shall direct such assignee or subtenant to pay the same
directly to Landlord.  If there is more than one sublease under this Lease, the
amounts (if any) to be paid by Tenant to Landlord pursuant to the preceding
sentence shall be separately calculated for each sublease and amounts due
Landlord with regard to any one sublease may not be offset against rental and
other consideration pertaining due under any other sublease.

     With regard to an approved assignment or subletting, Tenant acknowledges
that Landlord's agreement to deal directly with the assignee or subtenant with
regard to such party's occupancy of the Premises and the administration of the
Lease, without requiring Tenant to monitor or become directly involved in such
matters, constitutes appropriate and acceptable consideration for the capture by
Landlord of any rent or consideration paid by the assignee or subtenant in
excess of that required to be paid by Tenant under the Lease.

     g)   Procedures.  If Tenant desires to assign this Lease or any interest
therein or sublet all or part of the Premises, Tenant shall give Landlord
written notice

                                       5
<PAGE>

thereof designating the space proposed to be sublet and the terms proposed.
Landlord shall have the prior right and option (to be exercised by written
notice to Tenant given within fifteen (15) days after receipt of Tenant's
notice) (i) to sublet from Tenant any portion of the Premises proposed by Tenant
to be sublet, for the term for which such portion is proposed to be sublet, but
at the same Rent (including Additional Rent as provided for in Sections 7 and 9)
as Tenant is required to pay to Landlord under this Lease for the same space,
computed on a pro rata square footage basis, and during the term of such
sublease Tenant shall be released of its obligations under the Lease with regard
to the subject space, (ii) if the term of the sublease (including any renewal
terms) will expire during the final eighteen (18) months of the term (or if
Tenant has exercised a renewal option, if any, then during the final eighteen
(18) months of the subject renewal period), to terminate this Lease as it
pertains to the portion of the Premises so proposed by Tenant to be sublet, or
(iii) to approve Tenant's proposal to sublet conditional upon Landlord's
subsequent written approval of the specific sublease obtained by Tenant and the
specific subtenant named therein. If Landlord exercises its option in (i) above,
then Landlord may, at Landlord's sole cost, construct improvements in the
subject space and, so long as the improvements are suitable for general office
purposes, Landlord shall have no obligation to restore the subject space to its
original condition following the termination of the sublease. If Landlord
exercises its option described in (iii) above, Tenant shall submit to Landlord
for Landlord's written approval Tenant's proposed sublease agreement (in which
the proposed subtenant shall be named) together with a current reviewed or
audited financial statement prepared by a certified public accountant for such
proposed subtenant and a credit report on such proposed subtenant prepared by a
recognized credit reporting agency. If Landlord fails to exercise any aforesaid
option to sublet or to terminate, this shall not be construed as or constitute a
waiver of any of the provisions of this Section. If Landlord exercises any such
option to sublet or to terminate, Landlord shall not have any liability for any
real estate brokerage commission(s) or with respect to any of the costs and
expenses that Tenant may have incurred in connection with its proposed
subletting, and Tenant agrees to hold Landlord harmless from and against any and
all claims (including, without limitation, claims for commissions) arising from
such proposed subletting. Landlord's foregoing rights and options shall continue
throughout the term. For purposes of this Section, a proposed assignment of this
Lease in whole or in part shall be deemed a proposed subletting of such space.

     h)  Documentation.  No permitted subletting by Tenant shall be effective
until there has been delivered to Landlord a counterpart of the sublease in
which the subtenant agrees to be and remain jointly and severally liable with
Tenant for the payment of Rent pertaining to the sublet space and for the
performance of all of the terms and provisions of this Lease; provided, however,
that the subtenant shall be

                                       6
<PAGE>

liable to Landlord for rent only in the amount set forth in the sublease. No
permitted assignment shall be effective unless and until there has been
delivered to Landlord a counterpart of the assignment in which the assignee
assumes all of Tenant's obligations under this Lease arising on or after the
date of the assignment. The failure or refusal of a subtenant or assignee to
execute any such instrument shall not release or discharge the subtenant or
assignee from its liability as set forth above.

     i)  No Merger.  Without limiting any of the provisions of this Section, if
Tenant has entered into any subleases of any portion of the Premises, the
voluntary or other surrender of this Lease by Tenant, or a mutual cancellation
by Landlord and Tenant, shall not work a merger, and shall, at the option of
Landlord, terminate all or any existing subleases or subtenancies or, at the
option of Landlord, operate as an assignment to Landlord of any or all such
subleases or subtenancies.

5.  Improvements.  Tenant accepts the Premises in "AS IS" condition, subject to
the following items of improvement, alterations, and repair to be made to the
Premises by Landlord at Landlord's sole cost and expense:

    a)  Demolish the wall highlighted in yellow on the attached Exhibit A:

    b)  Construct two walls in the areas highlighted in blue on the attached
Exhibit A;

    c)  Install two (2) three-inch pipe-lined openings above the brick
passageway between the existing Premises and the expansion space at a location
mutually agreeable to both parties;

    d)  In the area marked "LAN Room" on the attached Exhibit A, Landlord shall
disconnect the water line, remove the stub wall, remove cabinets;

    e)  Install approximately 14 feet of Building-standard GWB wall with
Building-standard base to include one Building-standard electrical duplex outlet
on each side of the wall highlighted in green on the attached Exhibit A;

    f)  Patch and paint the newly constructed walls and areas affected by
construction;

    g)  Patch in carpeting in the areas affected by construction to match the
existing as closely as reasonably possible; and

    h)  Tenant shall install signage on the wall opposite elevator entrance on
the third floor similar to that of other tenant's in the Building, at Tenant's
sole cost and upon review and approval by Landlord.

                                       7
<PAGE>

6.  Exhibit A "Floor Plan" is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with
the amended Exhibit A attached hereto and by this reference made a part of the
Lease.

7.  Exhibit B "Guaranty" shall be cancelled in its entirety and superseded by
the amended Guaranty attached hereto as Exhibit B on the following condition:

     The amended Guaranty attached hereto will cancel and supersede that certain
Guaranty dated April 2, 1996 executed by the Guarantors named therein,
Christopher Slatt and Jeannine K. Slatt, husband and wife, and Steven N. Moore
and Sheila E. Moore, husband and wife, contingent upon execution of said amended
Guaranty by said Guarantors.

8.  The Building "Rules and Regulations" are attached hereto as Exhibit C and by
this reference made a part of the Lease.

Except as set forth in this Lease Amendment No. 2, all the provisions of the
Lease shall remain unchanged and in full force and effect.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have executed this Amendment as of the
date first above written.

Landlord:                                  Tenant:

BURKE-STATE BLDG., L.L.C., a Washington    Seattle Software Labs, Inc.,
limited liability company                  a Washington corporation

                                           As amended 4d) & 5h)

By: /s/  H. Martin Smith, III              By:   /s/ Christopher G. Slatt
   ------------------------------------       --------------------------------
Its:     Managing Member                   Its:     President
    -----------------------------------       --------------------------------
                                           By:
                                              --------------------------------
                                           Its:
                                               -------------------------------
5.h)  Tenant shall install signage on wall opposite elevator entrance on the
      third floor similar to that of other tenant's in building at Tenant's sole
      cost and upon review and approval by Landlord.

                                       8
<PAGE>

STATE OF WASHINGTON   )
                      ) ss
COUNTY OF KING        )

On this 17th day of December 1996, before me, a Notary Public, personally
appeared H. Martin Smith, III personally known to me or proved to me on the
basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person whose name is subscribed to the
within instrument and acknowledged to me that he executed the same in his
authorized capacity, and that by his signature on the instrument the person, or
the entity upon behalf of which the person acted, executed the instrument.

Witness my hand and official seal.


                                         Melaney Wade
                              ------------------------------------------------
                              Name (printed):  Melaney Wade
                                             ---------------------------------
                              Notary Public in and for the State of Washington,
                              residing at  Bellevue
                                          ------------------------------------
                              My Commission expires:  5/19/96
                                                     -------------------------

                                       9
<PAGE>

                             LEASE AMENDMENT NO. 3

     This Lease Amendment No. 3 is made and entered into this 28th day of
October 1998 by and between BURKE-STATE BLDG., L.L.C., a Washington limited
liability company ("Landlord"), and WatchGuard, Inc., a Washington corporation
("Tenant").

Recitals: Landlord and Tenant's predecessor in interest Seattle Software Labs,
Inc., a Washington corporation ("Seattle Software") entered into a written Lease
dated March 15, 1996, Lease Amendment No. 1 dated June 10, 1996, and Lease
Amendment No. 2 dated November 6, 1996 (the "Lease"), whereby Seattle Software
leased from Landlord certain Premises consisting of approximately 7,517 rentable
square feet of space located in the Burke Building in the Occidental Mall,
Seattle, Washington, designated as Suite 301.  Landlord and Tenant desire to
further amend the Lease to increase the square footage of the Premises by adding
Suite 315, to adjust Tenant's Percentage of the Building, to revise the Rent,
and to establish the base year for Suite 315.

NOW THEREFORE, Landlord and Tenant agree to amend the Lease as follows:

1.  The following paragraph shall be added to and become a part of Section 1(b):

     From and after November 1, 1998, "Premises" means that certain space
outlined in red on the attached Exhibit B located on the third floor of the
Burke Building (Suites 301 and Suite 315).

2.  Sections 1(c), 8(a)(iii) and 9(a)(iii) are supplemented as follows:

     From and after November 1, 1998, Tenant's Percentage of the Building shall
continue to mean 6.75% for purposes of Suite 301 (approximately 7,517 rentable
square feet), but Tenant's Percentage of the Building shall also mean an
additional one and twenty-two/100ths percent (1.22%) for purposes of Suite 315
(approximately 1,362 rentable square feet).  Moreover, while the "Base Services
Year" and the "Base Tax Year" shall continue to be calendar year 1996 for Suite
301, the "Base Services Year" and the "Base Tax Year" for Suite 315 shall be
calendar year 1998.  In other words, Tenant's share of increases in Real
Property Taxes and Operating Costs shall be calculated separately for Suite 315,
using a 1998 base year.

3.  Section 1(f) is amended to read:

    Lease Expiration Date: April 30, 2001 ("Expiration Date")

                                       1
<PAGE>

4.  The following paragraph shall be added to and become a part of Section 1(g):

    From and after November 1, 1998, the Rent shall be the following amounts as
    to the following periods during the term:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                   Period                                   Monthly Amount
- ---------------------------------------------       ------------------------
<S>                 <C>                               <C>
November 1, 1998      to     April 30, 1999               $12,195.35  Per month
May 1, 1999           to     April 30, 2000               $12,622.06  Per month
May 1, 2000           to     April 30, 2001               $13,048.77  Per month
</TABLE>

5.  Exhibit B is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the Exhibit B
attached hereto and made a part hereof.

6.  Improvements.  Tenant hereby accepts the Premises in "AS IS" condition,
subject to the following:

    Landlord, at Landlord's sole cost, shall (i) demolish a portion of the
demising wall; and (ii) install a finished passageway, to be mutually agreed
upon by Landlord and Tenant, between Suite 301 and Suite 315; and (iii) patch in
carpeting in the area affected by construction to match the existing carpeting
as closely as reasonably possible.  The provisions of the Work Letter (Exhibit C
to the Lease) have been completed and shall no longer apply; Landlord shall not
be required to make additional improvements to the Premises, except as set forth
above.  Tenant acknowledges that some or all of the foregoing work may be
performed during Tenant's business hours and may cause some disturbance to
occur, including noise and odors, and agrees to a reasonable degree of such
disturbance while the work is in progress, provided Landlord makes commercially
reasonable efforts to minimize any such disturbance.

7.  Agency Disclosure.  Martin Smith Inc hereby discloses that it represents the
Landlord in this transaction.

Except as set forth in this Lease Amendment No. 3, all the provisions of the
Lease shall remain unchanged and in full force and effect.

                                       2
<PAGE>

Dated the date first above written.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Landlord:                                  Tenant:
<S>                                        <C>
BURKE-STATE BLDG., L.L.C., a Washington    WatchGuard, Inc.,
limited liability company                  a Washington corporation


By:  /s/  H. Martin Smith, III             By:     /s/ Steven N. Moore
      Managing Partner                     Its:     Chief Financial Officer

                                           By:  ________________________________
                                           Its: ________________________________
</TABLE>

                                       3
<PAGE>

STATE OF WASHINGTON   )
                      ) ss
COUNTY OF KING        )

I certify that I know or have satisfactory evidence that H. Martin Smith, III is
the person who appeared before me, and said person acknowledged that he/she
signed this instrument, on oath stated that he/she was authorized to execute the
instrument, and acknowledged it as the (title) managing member of (entity) Burke
State Bldg., L.L.C., a Washington limited liability company to be the free and
voluntary act of such party for the uses and purposes mentioned in the
instrument.

Witness my hand and official seal this 30th day of November 1998.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

 <S>                                        <C>
                                                     /s/ Danette A. Brandt
- -----------------------------------------  ------------------------------------
                                                         Notary Public
                                               (Print Name)   Danette A. Brandt
   NOTARY SEAL                                 Residing at    Edmonds, WA
                                               My Commission Expires:  3/8/2001
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>


STATE OF WASHINGTON   )
                      ) ss
COUNTY OF KING        )

I certify that I know or have satisfactory evidence that Steven N. Moore is the
person who appeared before me, and said person acknowledged that he/she signed
this instrument, on oath stated that he/she was authorized to execute the
instrument, and acknowledged it as the (title) CFO of (entity) Watchguard
Technologies, Inc., a Delaware corporation, to be the free and voluntary act of
such party for the uses and purposes mentioned in the instrument.

Witness my hand and official seal this 6th day of November 1998.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                        <C>
                                                     /s/ Deborra L. Nelson
- -----------------------------------------  ------------------------------------
                                                         Notary Public
                                               (Print Name)  Deborra L. Nelson
   NOTARY SEAL                                 Residing at   King County
                                               My Commission Expires:  10/25/99
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

                                       4
<PAGE>

                                   EXHIBIT B

                                   GUARANTY

     THIS GUARANTY is made and given by the individuals set forth on the
signature page hereof ("Guarantor") to COM Realty, Inc., a Delaware corporation
("Landlord").

     RECITALS:  Seattle Software Labs, Inc., a Washington corporation
("Tenant"), has requested that Landlord enter into a lease with Tenant, and
Landlord is unwilling to enter into such lease unless Guarantor gives Landlord
an unconditional guarantee of the full, prompt and complete payment by Tenant as
and when due of (a) all installments of rent and other monetary obligations
payable under the Lease for all periods during which Tenant is in actual
occupancy of the Premises, (b) all installments of rent and other monetary
obligations payable under the Lease for the twelve (12) month period following
any default by Tenant, and (c) the unamortized balance as of the date Tenant
relinquishes possession of the Premises of (i) the total cost of improvements,
alterations and repairs ("Tenant Improvements") provided by Landlord under the
Lease, which is estimated to be $17,992.58, and (ii) the leasing fees due to
Martin Smith Inc and Leibsohn & Company, which are estimated to be $15,866.76.
Such costs and fees shall be amortized, without interest, over the Term.

     NOW, THEREFORE, in order to induce Landlord to enter into a lease with
Tenant, Guarantor agrees as follows:

     1.  Guaranty.  Guarantor, as a material inducement to and in consideration
of Landlord's entering into a written lease with Tenant, dated the same date as
this Lease Guaranty (the "Lease"), pursuant to which Landlord has leased or will
lease to Tenant, and Tenant has leased or will lease from Landlord, the premises
located in the City of Seattle, County of King, State of Washington, in the
building located at 316 Occidental Avenue South, Seattle, Washington,
unconditionally guarantees and promises to and for the benefit of Landlord the
full, prompt and complete payment by Tenant as and when due of (a) all
installments of rent and other monetary obligations payable under the Lease for
all periods during which Tenant is in actual occupancy of the Premises, (b) all
installments of rent and other monetary obligations payable under the Lease for
the twelve (12) month period following any default by Tenant, and (c) the
unamortized balance as of the date Tenant relinquishes possession of the
Premises of (i) the total cost of the Tenant Improvements provided by Landlord
under the Lease, which is estimated to be $17,992.58, and (ii) the leasing fees
due to Martin Smith Inc and Leibsohn & Company, which are estimated to be
$15,866.76.  The cost and fees described in clauses (c)(i) and (c)(ii) of the
preceding sentence shall be amortized, without interest over the Term.  If, for
example, Tenant defaults under the Lease at the end of the thirtieth month of
the Lease Term, Guarantor shall be obligated to pay the unamortized portion of
the Tenant Improvements and leasing fees which equal $16,929.74, plus all
installments of rent and other monetary obligations payable under the Lease for
the twelve-month period following default by Tenant (months 31 through 42).
Guarantor acknowledges and agrees that this Guaranty is an absolute guarantee of
payment.
<PAGE>

     2.  Attorneys' Fees.  Guarantor agrees to pay all expenses, including,
without limitation, actual attorneys' fees and costs, paid or incurred by
Landlord in endeavoring to collect or secure performance of the Obligations, or
any part thereof, or in enforcing this Guaranty.

     3.  Joint and Several Liability.  If Guarantor is more than one person,
Guarantor's Obligations are joint and several and are independent of Tenant's
Obligations.  A separate action may be brought or prosecuted against any
Guarantor whether this action is brought or prosecuted against any other
Guarantor or Tenant, or all, or whether any other Guarantor or Tenant, or all,
are joined in the action.

     4.  Primary Liability.  Guarantor's liability under this Guaranty is
primary, direct and immediate.  Guarantor waives the right to require Landlord
to:

         (a) Proceed against Tenant or any other person;

         (b) Proceed against or exhaust any security or collateral that
Landlord holds from Tenant; or

         (c) Pursue any other remedy in Landlord's power.

     5.  Waiver of Statute of Limitations.  Guarantor waives the benefit of any
statute of limitations affecting Guarantor's liability under this Guaranty.

     6.  Bankruptcy or Reorganization of Tenant.  In the event of any proceeding
by or against Tenant, a composition, extension or reorganization under any
provision of the Bankruptcy Code, or any other bankruptcy, insolvency,
receivership, reorganization or similar proceeding, Guarantor expressly waives
the extension of the Obligations of this Guaranty under any provision of the
Bankruptcy Code or any law or rule applicable to such proceedings and hereby
agrees that Landlord may proceed immediately to collect any amount due under the
terms of this Guaranty and to otherwise enforce this Guaranty.

     7.  Rights and Remedies Cumulative.  All of Landlord's rights and remedies
herein specified are intended to be cumulative and not in substitution for any
right or remedy otherwise available to Landlord.

     8.  Enforcement.  If Tenant defaults under the Lease, Landlord can proceed
immediately against Guarantor or Tenant, or both, or Landlord can enforce
against Guarantor or Tenant, or both, any rights that it has under the Lease,
this Guaranty, or both, or pursuant to applicable laws.  If the Lease terminates
and Landlord has any rights it can enforce against Tenant after termination,
Landlord may enforce these rights against Guarantor without giving previous
notice to Tenant or Guarantor and without making any demand on either of them.

     9.  Waiver of Defenses.  Guarantor waives any defense arising by reason of
any disability of Tenant, or by reason of the cessation from any cause
whatsoever of the liability of

                                      -2-
<PAGE>

Tenant. Guarantor shall be liable and remain liable for the payment of the
Obligations to the extent provided herein notwithstanding.

          (a) Any previous discharge (partial or total) of Tenant from any
further liability;

          (b) Any bar (temporary, partial or total) to the pursuit by Guarantor
of any right or claim for indemnification from Tenant;

          (c) Any right or claim by Guarantor to be subrogated to the rights or
claims of Landlord against Tenant or in and to the Premises;

          (d) Any action or inaction or delay in acting by Landlord; or

          (e) Landlord's failure to enforce, or delay in enforcing, any of its
rights under the Lease, or otherwise.

     10.  Amendments to Lease; Assignment of Lease.  Guarantor authorizes
Landlord, without notice or demand and without affecting Guarantor's liability
hereunder, from time to time to:

          (a) Amend or change the provisions of the Lease by agreement between
Landlord and Tenant at any time, or by course of conduct, or by operation of
law, or otherwise, without the consent of, and without notice to, Guarantor;

          (b) Permit or suffer an assignment of the Lease or any subletting
under the Lease, whether or not consented to by Landlord; or

          (c) Take and hold security for the performance and payment of the
Obligations and apply, enforce, exchange, waive and release any such security.

     11.  Waiver of Subrogation.  Until all of the Obligations have been
performed or paid in full, Guarantor shall have no right of subrogation against
Tenant.  Guarantor waives its right to enforce any remedies that Landlord now
has, or may later have, against Tenant.  Guarantor waives any right to
participate in any security now or hereafter held by Landlord.

     12.  Waiver of Acceptance, Presentments and Notices.  Guarantor waives
notice of acceptance of this Guaranty and all presentments, demands for
performance, notices of nonperformance, protests, notices of protest, notices of
dishonor and notices of acceptance of this Guaranty, and waives all notices of
the creation, existence, or incurring of new or additional Obligations.

     13.  Miscellaneous Provisions.

          (a) This Guaranty sets forth the entire agreement of the parties as to
the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior discussions and
understandings between them.

                                      -3-
<PAGE>

This Guaranty may not be amended or rescinded in any manner except by an
instrument in writing signed by a duly authorized officer or representative of
each party hereto.

          (b) This Guaranty shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in
accordance with, the laws of the State of Washington.

          (c) Should any of the provisions of this Guaranty be found to be
invalid, illegal or unenforceable by any court of competent jurisdiction, such
provision shall be stricken and the remainder of this Guaranty shall nonetheless
remain in full force and effect unless striking such provision shall materially
alter the intention of the parties.

          (d) In the event any action is brought to enforce this Guaranty, the
parties agree to be subject to exclusive in personam jurisdiction in the
Superior Court for the State of Washington or in the United States District
Court for the Western District of Washington and agree that in any such action
venue shall be exclusively at Seattle, Washington.

          (e) No waiver of any right under this Guaranty shall be effective
unless contained in a writing signed by a duly authorized officer or
representative of the party sought to be charged with the waiver and no waiver
of any right arising from any breach or failure to perform shall be deemed to be
a waiver of any future right or of any other right arising under this Guaranty.

          (f) Paragraph headings contained in this Guaranty are included for
convenience only and form no part of the agreement between the parties.

          (g) All notices or requests required or permitted under this Guaranty
shall be in writing; shall be personally delivered or sent by certified mail,
return receipt requested, postage prepaid; shall be deemed given when so
delivered or mailed, irrespective of whether such notice or request is actually
received by the addressee; and shall be sent to the parties at the following
addresses:

          If to Landlord:   Occidental Mall
                            c/o Martin Smith Inc
                            615 Second Avenue, Suite 400
                            Seattle, WA  98104

          If to Guarantor:  Steven N. Moore
                            Christopher Slatt
                            Seattle Software Labs, Inc.
                            316 Occidental Avenue South, Suite 301
                            Seattle, WA  98104

Either party may change the address to which notices shall be sent by notice to
the other party.

                                      -4-
<PAGE>

          (h) This Guaranty shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of,
the parties hereto and their respective heirs, devisees, legatees, executors,
administrators, personal representatives, successors and assigns.  If Landlord
disposes of its interest in the Lease, the term "Landlord" as used in this
Guaranty shall mean Landlord's successors.

          (i) As used in this Guaranty, the masculine shall include the feminine
and neuter, the feminine shall include the masculine and neuter, the neuter
shall include the masculine and feminine, the singular shall include the plural
and plural shall include the singular, as the context may require.

     Dated this 17th day of December, 1996.

GUARANTOR:


    /s/ Steven N. Moore and           /s/ Christopher Slatt and
 --------------------------        ----------------------------
        Steven N. Moore                   Christopher Slatt


    /s/ Sheila Moore, husband and wife     /s/ Jeanine Slatt, husband and wife
 -------------------------------------  --------------------------------------
        Sheila Moore                           Jeanine Slatt

                                      -5-
<PAGE>

STATE OF WASHINGTON      )
                         ) ss.                   INDIVIDUAL
COUNTY OF KING           )

On this _______ day of __________, 19___, personally appeared before me, a
Notary Public in and for the State of Washington, duly commissioned and sworn,
_______________________ and ________________________, known to me to be the
individual(s) described in and who executed the within and foregoing instrument
and acknowledged the said instrument to be his (their) free and voluntary act
and deed.

Witness my hand and official seal hereto affixed the day and year first above
written.


                              ------------------------------------------------
                              Notary Public in and for the State of Washington

                              Residing at
                                          ------------------------------------

                              My Commission Expires:
                                                    --------------------------

                              ------------------------------------------------
                              Print Notary Public Name

                                      -6-
<PAGE>

STATE OF WASHINGTON  )
                     ) ss.             INDIVIDUAL
COUNTY OF KING       )

On this _______ day of __________, 19___, personally appeared before me, a
Notary Public in and for the State of Washington, duly commissioned and sworn,
____________________ and _____________________________, known to me to be the
individual(s) described in and who executed the within and foregoing instrument
and acknowledged the said instrument to be his (their) free and voluntary act
and deed.

Witness my hand and official seal hereto affixed the day and year first above
written.


                              ------------------------------------------------
                              Notary Public in and for the State of Washington

                              Residing at
                                         -------------------------------------

                              My Commission Expires:
                                                    --------------------------

                              ------------------------------------------------
                              Print Notary Public Name

                                      -7-

<PAGE>

                                                                    EXHIBIT 10.2

                                 OFFICE LEASE

                                OCCIDENTAL MALL

                               Martin Smith Inc
                              500 Watermark Tower
                               1109 First Avenue
                            Seattle, WA  98101-2988
                        Tel:  682-3300   Fax:  340-1283

     This Lease is made this 10th day of October 1997 by and between BURKE STATE
BLDG., L.L.C., a Washington limited liability company ("Landlord"), and
WatchGuard, Inc., a Washington corporation ("Tenant"), who agree as follows:

1.  Fundamental Terms.  As used in this Lease, the following capitalized terms
shall have the following meanings:

    (a)  "Land" means the land on which the Building is located, situated in the
City of Seattle, County of King, State of Washington, which is described on
Exhibit A.

    (b)  "Building" means the Burke Building, the street address of which is 316
Occidental Avenue South, Seattle, Washington 98104, and the State Building, the
street address of which is 308 Occidental Avenue South, Seattle, Washington
98104, together known as "the Occidental Mall." The Premises are located in the
Burke Building.

    (c)  "Premises" means that certain space outlined in red in Exhibit B and
located on the second floor of the Burke Building designated as Suite 200.

    (d)  "Agreed Areas" means the agreed amount of rentable square feet of space
in the Building and the Premises. Landlord and Tenant stipulate and agree for
all purposes under this Lease that the Building contains approximately 111,308
rentable square feet of space (the "Building Area") and that the Premises
contain approximately 12,296 rentable square feet of space (the "Premises
Area"). Landlord and Tenant further agree that the Building Area may exclude
portions of the Building which are used for other than office purposes, such as
areas used for retail purposes or for storage purposes.

    (e)  "Tenant's Share" means the Premises Area divided by the Building Area,
expressed as a percentage, which is 11.05 percent). Notwithstanding the
foregoing, if one or more of the facilities, services and utilities the costs of
which are included

<PAGE>

within the definition of Operating Costs is not furnished to one or more tenants
or to particular types of tenants, then in connection with the calculation of
Tenant's Share of each of such costs the Building Area shall be reduced by the
number of rentable square feet of space occupied by such tenants and Tenant's
Share shall be separately computed as to each of such costs.

     If a portion of the Building is damaged or condemned, or any other event
occurs which alters the number of rentable square feet of space in the Premises
or the Building, then Landlord shall adjust Tenant's Share to equal the number
of rentable square feet of space then existing in the Premises (as altered by
such event) divided by the number of rentable square feet of space then existing
in the Building (as altered by such event).

     (f)  "Commencement Date" means December 15, 1997.

     (g)  "Expiration Date" means April 30, 2001.

     (h)  "Term" means the period of time commencing on the Commencement Date
and ending on the Expiration Date, unless sooner terminated pursuant to this
Lease.

     (i)  "Minimum Monthly Rent" means the following amounts as to the following
periods during the Term of this Lease:

                   Period                            Monthly Amount
     -----------------------------------          --------------------
     December 15, 1997 to April 30, 2001          $18,444.00 per month

     (j)  "Permitted Use" means general administrative office use.

     (k)  "Base Year" means the calendar year 1997.

     (l)  "Prepaid Rent" means Eighteen Thousand Four Hundred and Forty-Four
Dollars and 00/100 ($18,444.00).

     (m)  "Security Deposit" means Eighteen Thousand Four Hundred and Forty-Four
Dollars and 00/100 ($18,444.00).

     (n)  "Landlord's Address for Notice" means Occidental Mall, c/o Martin
Smith Inc, 1109 First Avenue, Suite 500, Seattle, Washington 98101-2988.

     (o)  "Landlord's Address for Payment of Rent" means Occidental Mall, c/o
Martin Smith Inc, 1109 First Avenue, Suite 500, Seattle, Washington 98101-2988.

                                      -2-
<PAGE>

     (p)  "Tenant's Address for Notice" means WatchGuard Inc., 316 Occidental
Avenue South, Suite 200, Seattle, Washington 98104.

     (q)  "Landlord's Agent" means Martin Smith Inc or such other agent as
Landlord may appoint from time to time.

     (r)  "Broker(s)" means Martin Smith Inc representing Landlord and Eric
Olmstead of Leibsohn & Co. representing Tenant in this transaction.

     (s)  "Exhibits" means the following Exhibits to this Lease:

          Exhibit A - Legal Description of the Property
          Exhibit B - Outline Drawing of the Premises
          Exhibit C - Work Letter
          Exhibit D - Rules and Regulations

     (t)  "Rider" means the following Rider which is attached hereto: Rider
dated the 10th day of October 1997 by and between Burke-State Bldg., LLC, a
Washington limited liability company ("Landlord") and WatchGuard, a Washington
corporation ("Tenant").

     (u)  "Definitions" means the words and phrases defined in Section 41
captioned "Definitions".

2.  Premises.  Landlord leases to Tenant and Tenant leases from Landlord the
Premises for the Term.

3.  Appurtenances.  Tenant, and its authorized representatives, shall have the
right to use, in common with others and subject to the Rules and Regulations,
the Common Areas of the Building.  Landlord shall have the right, in Landlord's
sole discretion, from time to time to (i) make changes to the Building interior
and exterior and Common Areas, including, without limitation, changes in the
location, size, shape, number and appearance thereof, (ii) to close temporarily
any of the Common Areas for maintenance purposes so long as reasonable access to
the Premises remains available, and (iii) to use the Common Areas while engaged
in making additional improvements, repairs or alterations to the Building.  All
of the windows and exterior walls of the Premises and any space in the Premises
used for shafts, stacks, pipes, conduits, ducts, electrical equipment or other
utilities or Building facilities are reserved solely to Landlord and Landlord
shall have rights of access through the Premises for the purpose of operating,
maintaining and repairing the same, provided, however, that such changes shall
not materially affect Tenant's access to, or use and occupancy of, the Premises.

                                      -3-
<PAGE>

4.   Term.

     (a)  Commencement Date.  The Term shall commence on the Commencement Date
and expire on the Expiration Date, unless sooner terminated pursuant to this
Lease.  The Commencement Date shall be:

          (i)  The date specified in Section 1.

          (ii)  If Tenant shall occupy the Premises for the Permitted Use prior
to the Commencement Date specified in Section 1, then the date of such early
occupancy.

     (b)  Tenant Termination Rights.  If Landlord is unable to deliver
possession of the Premises to Tenant on the Commencement Date as a result of
causes beyond its reasonable control, Landlord shall not be liable for any
damage caused by failing to deliver possession and this Lease shall not be void
or voidable.  Tenant shall not be liable for Rent until Landlord delivers
possession of the Premises to Tenant.  No delay in delivery of possession of the
Premises to Tenant shall change the Expiration Date or operate to extend the
Term.  If Landlord does not deliver possession of the Premises to Tenant within
six (6) months of the Commencement Date, then Tenant may elect to terminate this
Lease by giving notice to Landlord within thirty (30) days following the end of
such six (6) month period.

     (c)  Confirmation of Commencement Date.  When the Commencement Date has
been established as a later date than the Commencement Date specified in Section
1, Landlord shall confirm the Commencement Date by notice to Tenant.

5.   Minimum Monthly Rent; Late Charge.

     (a)  Minimum Monthly Rent.  Tenant shall pay to Landlord the Minimum
Monthly Rent without deduction, offset, prior notice or demand, in advance on
the first day of each month during the Term.  Minimum Monthly Rent for any
partial month shall be prorated at the rate of 1/30th of the Minimum Monthly
Rent per day.  Minimum Monthly Rent is exclusive of any sales, franchise,
business or occupation or other tax based on rents (other than Landlord's
general income taxes) and should such taxes apply during the Term, the Minimum
Monthly Rent shall be increased by the amount of such taxes.  All Rent shall be
paid to Landlord at Landlord's Address for Payment of Rent or at such other
address as Landlord may specify by notice to Tenant.

     (b)  Late Charge.  Tenant acknowledges that the late payment by Tenant of
any Rent will cause Landlord to incur administrative, collection, processing and

                                      -4-
<PAGE>

accounting costs and expenses not contemplated under this Lease, the exact
amount of which are extremely difficult or impracticable to fix.  Therefore, if
any Rent is not received by Landlord from Tenant by the fifth (5th) calendar day
after such Rent is due, Tenant shall immediately pay to Landlord a late charge
equal to Seventy-five and No/100 Dollars ($75.00).  Landlord and Tenant agree
that this late charge represents a reasonable estimate of such costs and
expenses and is fair compensation to Landlord for its loss caused by Tenant's
nonpayment.  Should Tenant pay said late charge but fail to pay
contemporaneously therewith all unpaid amounts of Rent, Landlord's acceptance of
this late charge shall not constitute a waiver of Tenant's default with respect
to Tenant's nonpayment nor prevent Landlord from exercising all other rights and
remedies available to Landlord under this Lease or under law.

     (c)  Amortization of Tenant Improvements.  Notwithstanding the foregoing,
and in addition to the Minimum Rent discussed in Sections 1.(l) and Section 5
(a) and (b), the Tenant shall pay monthly in advance on the first day of each
month during the Term the amortized cost of the Tenant Improvements.  It has
been agreed that Landlord's contribution for the Tenant Improvements shall not
exceed $40,000.00.  Landlord's contribution towards the Tenant Improvement shall
be amortized over thirty-eight (38) months at a 10% interest rate per annum.  It
is further understood that should the total Tenant Improvement costs not exceed
$40,000.00 Tenant shall pay only the amortized costs of the allowance used.  For
example, should Tenant elect to take the entire Forty Thousand and No/100
Dollars and No Cent ($40,000.00) allowance, the monthly payment for these
Improvements would be $1,232.42 in addition to the Minimum Monthly Rent
described in Section 1(1) and Section 5(a).

6.  Prepaid Rent and Security Deposit.  On execution of this Lease, Tenant shall
deposit with Landlord the Prepaid Rent, as monthly rent for the first full month
of the Term for which Rent is payable, and the Security Deposit, as a Security
Deposit for the performance by Tenant of the provisions of this Lease.  If
Tenant is in default, Landlord may use the Security Deposit, or any portion of
it, to cure the default, including, without limitation, paying for the cost of
any work necessary to restore the Premises, the Tenant Improvements and any
alterations to good condition or to compensate Landlord for all damage sustained
by Landlord resulting from Tenant's default.  Tenant shall within five (5) days
of demand pay to Landlord a sum equal to the portion of the Security Deposit
expended or applied by Landlord as provided in this Section so as to maintain
the Security Deposit in the sum initially deposited with Landlord.  If Tenant is
not in default as of the expiration or termination of the Term, including,
without limitation, in default in payment of the Rent for the last month of the
Term, then Landlord shall return the Security Deposit, without interest, to
Tenant within thirty (30) days after the expiration or termination of the Term.
Landlord's

                                      -5-
<PAGE>

obligations with respect to the Security Deposit are those of a debtor and not a
trustee. Landlord may commingle the Security Deposit with Landlord's general and
other funds.

7.   Real Property Taxes.

     (a)  Payment of Tenant's Share of Increases in Real Property Taxes.  Tenant
shall pay to Landlord, as Additional Rent, monthly, in advance on the first day
of each month during the Term, an amount equal to one-twelfth (1/12th) of
Tenant's Share of all increases in Real Property Taxes that are or will be
levied or assessed against the Property during each calendar year during the
Term over and above the Real Property Taxes that are levied or assessed against
the Property during the Base Year as reasonably estimated by Landlord.  Such
Additional Rent is exclusive of any sales, franchise, business or occupation or
other tax based on rents and should such taxes apply during the Term, such
Additional Rent shall be increased by the amount of such taxes.  Within one
hundred twenty (120) days after the end of each calendar year during the Term or
within such longer period of time as may be reasonably necessary, Landlord shall
furnish to Tenant a statement of the Real Property Taxes for the preceding
calendar year and Tenant's Share of the increase in Real Property Taxes.  If
Tenant's Share of the increase in such Real Property Taxes for that calendar
year over such Real Property Taxes for the Base Year exceeds the monthly
payments made by Tenant, then Tenant shall pay Landlord the deficiency within
thirty (30) days after receipt of the statement.  If Tenant's payments made
during that calendar year exceed Tenant's Share of the increase in such Real
Property Taxes for that calendar year over such Real Property Taxes for the Base
Year, then, at Landlord's option, either Landlord shall pay Tenant the excess at
the time Landlord furnishes the statement to Tenant, or Tenant shall be endued
to offset the excess against the next installment(s) of Minimum Monthly Rent and
Additional Rent, provided, however, that at the end of the Term Landlord shall
pay Tenant the excess at the time Landlord furnishes the statement to Tenant.

     (b)  General and Special Assessments.  With respect to any general or
special assessments which may be levied against or upon the Property, or which
under the laws then in force may be evidenced by improvement or other bonds or
may be paid in annual installments, only the amount of such annual installment,
and interest due thereon, shall be included in the computation of Real Property
Taxes.

     (c)  Proration.  Tenant's Share of Real Property Taxes shall be prorated on
the basis of a 360-day year to account for any fractional portion of a tax year
included in the Term at its commencement and expiration.

                                      -6-
<PAGE>

     (d)  No Effect on Minimum Monthly Rent.  Notwithstanding anything to the
contrary in this Section, the Minimum Monthly Rent payable by Tenant shall in no
event be less than the Minimum Monthly Rent specified in Section 1.

     (e)  Historic Designation.  Due to the Historic Designation of the
Occidental Mall, the Building qualifies for a special tax valuation designation
pursuant to the Special Valuation of Property Act, Chapter 84.26 RCW.  This
designation was a material economic element necessary to induce Landlord to
undertake and finance the rehabilitation of the Building.  As a result of this
Special Valuation of Property Act, the Building qualifies for a special tax
valuation, and, as a result, the real property taxes have been reduced below the
amount that would be due and owing if the Building did not qualify for the
special tax valuation.  For purposes of this Section, Real Property Taxes shall
be calculated based on full assessed value multiplied by the applicable millage
rate then in effect.

8.   Personal Property Taxes.  Tenant shall pay prior to delinquency all
personal property taxes assessed against and levied upon trade fixtures,
furnishings, equipment and all other personal property of Tenant contained in
the Premises or elsewhere. If possible, Tenant shall cause such trade fixtures,
furnishings, equipment and all other personal property of Tenant to be assessed
and billed separately from the Property.

9.   Operating Costs.

     (a) Payment of Tenant's Share of Increases in Operating Costs.  Tenant
shall pay to Landlord, as Additional Rent, monthly, in advance on the first day
of each month during the Term, an amount equal to one-twelfth (1/12th) of
Tenant's Share of the increase in the Operating Costs of the Property for each
calendar year during the Term over the Operating Costs for the Base Year as
reasonably estimated by Landlord.  Landlord shall reasonably estimate the
Operating Costs for the Base Year and for each calendar year during the Term
based on the Operating Costs that would have been incurred if the Building had
been 95% occupied during the Base Year or each such calendar year, as the case
may be, taking into account historical operating costs for the Building.  Such
Additional Rent is exclusive of any sales, franchise, business or occupation or
other tax based on rents and should such taxes apply during the Term, such
Additional Rent shall be increased by the amount of such taxes.  Within one
hundred twenty (120) days after the end of each calendar year during the Term or
within such longer period of time as may be reasonably necessary, Landlord shall
furnish to Tenant a statement of the Operating Costs for the preceding calendar
year and Tenant's Share of the increase in the Operating Costs.  If Tenant's
Share of the increase in the Operating Costs for that calendar year over the
Operating Costs for the Base Year exceeds the monthly payments made by Tenant,
then Tenant shall pay Landlord the deficiency within thirty (30) days after
receipt of the statement.  If

                                      -7-
<PAGE>

Tenant's payments made during that calendar year exceed Tenant's Share of the
increase in the Operating Costs for that calendar year over the Operating Costs
for the Base Year, then, at Landlord's option, either Landlord shall pay Tenant
the excess at the time Landlord furnishes the statement to Tenant, or Tenant
shall be entitled to offset the excess against the next installment(s) of
Minimum Monthly Rent and Additional Rent, provided, however, that at the end of
the Term Landlord shall pay Tenant the excess at the time Landlord furnishes the
statement to Tenant.

     (b)  Proration.  Tenant's Share of Operating Costs shall be prorated on the
basis of a-360 day year to account for any fractional portion of a year included
in the Term at its commencement and expiration.

     (c)  No Effect on Minimum Monthly Rent.  Notwithstanding anything to the
contrary in this Section, the Minimum Monthly Rent payable by Tenant shall in no
event be less than the Minimum Monthly Rent specified in Section 1.

10.  Use.  Tenant shall use the Premises for the Permitted Use and for no other
use without Landlord's prior consent.  Tenant agrees that it has determined to
its satisfaction that the Premises can be used for the Permitted Use.  Tenant
waives any right to terminate this Lease if the Premises cannot be used for the
Permitted Use during the Term unless the prohibition on use is the result of
actions taken by Landlord.  Tenant's use of the Premises shall be in accordance
with the following:

     (a)  Insurance.  Tenant shall not do, bring, or keep anything in or about
the Premises or the Property that will cause a cancellation of any insurance
covering the Property. If the rate of any insurance carried by Landlord on the
Property as published by the Washington Survey and Rating Bureau, or any
successor rating bureau or agency, is increased as a result of Tenant's use,
then Tenant shall pay to Landlord not less than ten (10) days before the date
Landlord is obligated to pay a premium on the insurance, a sum equal to the
difference between the original premium and the increased premium,

     (b)  Compliance With Laws.  Tenant shall comply with all Laws concerning
the Premises and Tenant's use of the Premises.

     (c)  Waste, Nuisance and Improper Use.  Tenant shall not use the Premises
in any manner that will constitute waste, nuisance or unreasonable annoyance to
other tenants in the Building, including, without limitation, (i) the use of
loudspeakers or sound or light apparatus that can be heard or seen outside the
Premises, (ii) for cooking or other activities that cause odors that can be
detected outside the Premises, or (iii) for lodging or sleeping rooms.

                                      -8-
<PAGE>

     (d)  Damage to Property.  Tenant shall not do anything in, on or about the
Premises that will cause damage to the Property.

     (e)  Rules and Regulations.  Tenant and its authorized representatives
shall comply with the Rules and Regulations set forth on Exhibit D attached
hereto. Landlord shall have the right to amend the Rules and Regulations from
time to time. In the event of a conflict between this Lease and the Rules and
Regulations, as amended, this Lease shall control. Landlord shall have the right
to enforce the Rules and Regulations. Landlord shall have no liability or
responsibility whatsoever with respect to the noncompliance by other tenants or
their authorized representatives with any of such Rules and Regulations.

11.  Hazardous Substances.  Tenant shall not dispose of or otherwise allow the
release of any Hazardous Substances in, on or under the Premises, or the
Property, or in any Tenant Improvements or alterations placed on the Premises by
Tenant.  Tenant represents and warrants to Landlord that Tenant's intended use
of the Premises does not involve the use, production, disposal or bringing on to
the Premises of any Hazardous Substances, except for products normally used in
general business offices which constitute Hazardous Substances, provided that
such products are used, stored and disposed of in accordance with applicable
laws and manufacturer's and supplier's guidelines.  Tenant shall promptly comply
with all laws and with all orders, decrees or judgments of governmental
authorities or courts having jurisdiction, relating to the use, collection,
treatment, disposal, storage, control, removal or cleanup of Hazardous
Substances, on or under the Premises or the Property, or incorporated in any
Tenant Improvements or alterations, at Tenant's expense.

     (a)  Compliance; Notification.  After notice to Tenant and a reasonable
opportunity for Tenant to effect such compliance, Landlord may, but is not
obligated to, enter upon the Premises and take such actions and incur such costs
and expenses to effect such compliance as it deems advisable to protect its
interest in the Premises and the Property, provided, however that Landlord shall
not be obligated to give Tenant notice and an opportunity to effect such
compliance if (i) such delay might result in material adverse harm to the
Premises, or the Property, or (ii) an emergency exists. Tenant shall reimburse
Landlord for the full amount of all costs and expenses incurred by Landlord in
connection with such compliance activities, and such obligation shall continue
even after expiration or termination of the Term. Tenant shall notify Landlord
immediately of any release of any Hazardous Substances on the Premises or the
Property.

     (b)  Indemnity by Tenant.  Tenant agrees to hold Landlord harmless from and
against any and all damages, charges, cleanup costs, remedial actions, costs and
expenses, which may be imposed on, incurred or paid by, or asserted against

                                      -9-
<PAGE>

Landlord, the Premises or the Property by reason of, or in connection with (i)
any misrepresentation, breach of warranty or other default by Tenant under this
Lease, or (ii) the acts or omissions of Tenant, its authorized representatives,
or any subtenant or other person for whom Tenant would otherwise be liable,
resulting in the release of any Hazardous Substances on the Premises or the
Property.

     (c)  Acknowledgment as to Hazardous Substances.  Tenant acknowledges that
the Premises may contain Hazardous Substances, and Tenant accepts the Premises
and the Building notwithstanding such Hazardous Substances. If Landlord is
required by any law to take any action to remove or abate any Hazardous
Substances, or if Landlord deems it necessary to conduct special maintenance or
testing procedures with regard to any Hazardous Substances, or to remove or
abate any Hazardous Substances, Landlord may take such action or conduct such
procedures at times and in a manner that Landlord deems appropriate under the
circumstances, and Tenant shall permit the same.

     (d)  Survival.  The provisions of this Section shall survive the expiration
or sooner termination of the Term. No subsequent modification or termination of
this Lease by agreement of the parties or otherwise shall be construed to waive
or to modify any provisions of this Section unless the termination or
modification agreement or other document expressly so states in writing.

12.  Landlord's Maintenance; Inclusion in Operating Costs.

     (a)  Landlord's Maintenance.  Except as provided in Section 13 captioned
"Tenant's Maintenance; Remedies," Section 23 captioned "Destruction" and Section
24 captioned "Condemnation" and except for damage caused by any negligent or
intentional act or omission of Tenant or its authorized representatives,
Landlord shall maintain in good condition and repair the following: (i) the
structural parts of the Building, which structural parts include only the
foundations, bearing and exterior walls (excluding glass and doors), subflooring
and roof, (ii) the building standard lighting fixtures, window coverings and
ceiling tiles and the unexposed electrical, plumbing and sewage systems,
including, without limitation, those portions lying outside the Premises, (iii)
the heating, ventilating and air-conditioning system, if any, servicing the
Building, (iv) the lobbies, corridors, elevators, public or common restrooms and
other common areas of the Building, and (v) the sidewalks, grounds, landscaping,
parking and loading areas, if any, and other common areas of the Property.

     (b)  Inclusion in Operating Costs.  The cost of maintaining, repairing,
replacing or servicing the portions of the Building that Landlord is required to

                                      -10-
<PAGE>

maintain pursuant to this Section shall be included in Operating Costs to the
extent provided in Section 9 captioned "Operating Costs."

13.  Tenant's Maintenance; Remedies.

     (a)  Tenant's Maintenance.  Except as provided in Section 12 captioned
"Landlord's Maintenance; Inclusion in Operating Costs," Section 23 captioned
"Destruction" and Section 24 captioned "Condemnation" and except for damage
caused by any negligent or intentional act or omission of Landlord or its
authorized representatives, Tenant, at its cost, shall maintain in good
condition and repair the Premises, including, without limitation, all of the
Tenant Improvements (except for latent defects), Tenant's alterations, Tenant's
trade fixtures, Tenant's personal property, signs, walls, interior partitions,
wall coverings, windows, non-building standard window coverings, glass, doors,
carpeting and resilient flooring, non-building standard ceiling tiles, plumbing
fixtures and non-building standard lighting fixtures.  Tenant shall be liable
for any damage to the Premises and the Building resulting from the acts or
omissions of Tenant or its authorized representatives.

     (b)  Landlord's Remedies.  If Tenant fails to maintain the Premises in good
condition and repair as required by Subsection 13(a) and if such failure is not
cured within thirty (30) days after notice of such failure is given by Landlord
to Tenant, then Landlord may, at its option, cause the Premises to be maintained
in good condition and repair and Tenant shall promptly reimburse Landlord for
all costs incurred by Landlord in performance of Tenant's obligation to maintain
the Premises.

14.  Tenant Improvements and Alterations; Trade Fixtures.

     (a)  Landlord and Tenant shall install and pay for the improvements and
alterations as set forth in the Work Letter attached hereto as Exhibit C.
Tenant shall not make any other improvements or alterations to the Premises
without Landlord's prior consent.  Any improvements and alterations made by
either party shall remain on and be surrendered with the Premises on expiration
or termination of the Term.  Any improvements and alterations that remain on the
Premises on expiration or termination of the Term shall automatically become the
property of Landlord and title to such improvements and alterations shall
automatically pass to Landlord at such time without any payment therefor by
Landlord to Tenant.  If Tenant or its authorized representatives make any
improvements or alterations to the Premises as provided in this Section, then
such improvements and alterations (i) shall be made in a first-class manner in
conformity with then building standard improvements, (ii) shall be made
utilizing then building standard materials, (iii) shall be made in compliance
with the Rules and Regulations and the reasonable directions of Landlord, (iv)
shall be made pursuant to a valid building permit to be obtained by Tenant, at
its cost, (v) shall be

                                      -11-
<PAGE>

made in conformity with then applicable Laws, including without limitation,
building codes, and (vi) shall not be commenced until five (5) days after
Landlord has received notice from Tenant stating the date the installation of
such improvements and alterations is to commence so that Landlord can post and
record an appropriate notice of nonresponsibility.

     (b)  Trade Fixtures.  Tenant shall not install any trade fixtures in or on
the Premises without Landlord's prior consent, which consent shall not be
unreasonably withheld.

15.  Mechanics' Liens.  Tenant shall pay, or cause to be paid, all costs of
labor, services and/or materials supplied in connection with any Work.  Tenant
shall keep the Property free and clear of all mechanics' liens and other liens
resulting from any Work.  Prior to the commencement of any Work or the supply or
furnishing of any labor, services and/or materials in connection with any Work,
Tenant shall provide Landlord with a labor and material payment bond in an
amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the aggregate price of all
contracts therefor, with release of the bond conditioned on Tenant's payment in
full of all claims of lien claimants for such labor, services and/or materials
supplied in the prosecution of the Work.  Said payment bond shall name Landlord
as a primary obligee, shall be given by a surety which is satisfactory to
Landlord, and shall be in such form as Landlord shall approve in its sole
discretion.  Tenant shall have the right to contest the correctness or validity
of any such lien if, immediately on demand by Landlord, it procures and records
a lien release bond issued by a responsible corporate surety in an amount
sufficient to satisfy statutory requirements therefor in the State of
Washington.  Tenant shall promptly pay or cause to be paid any sums awarded to
the claimant on its suit, and, in any event, before any execution is issued with
respect to any judgment obtained by the claimant in its suit or before such
judgment becomes a lien on the Premises, whichever is earlier.  If Tenant shall
be in default under this Section, by failing to provide security for or
satisfaction of any mechanic's or other liens, then Landlord may (but shall not
be obligated to), in addition to any other rights or remedies it may have,
discharge said lien by (i) paying the claimant an amount sufficient to settle
and discharge the claim, (ii) procuring and recording a lien release bond, or
(iii) taking such other action as Landlord shall deem necessary or advisable,
and, in any such event, Tenant shall pay as Additional Rent, on Landlord's
demand, all costs (including reasonable attorney's fees) incurred by Landlord in
settling and discharging such lien together with interest thereon in accordance
with Section 39 captioned "Interest on Unpaid Rent" from the date of Landlords
payment of said costs.  Landlord's payment of such costs shall not waive any
default of Tenant under this Section.

                                      -12-
<PAGE>

16.  Utilities and Services.

     (a)  Utilities and Services Furnished by Landlord.  Landlord shall furnish
the Premises with:

          (i)  Electricity for lighting and power suitable for the use of the
Premises for ordinary general office purposes; provided, however, that Tenant
shall not at any time have a connected electrical load for lighting purposes in
excess of the wattage per square foot of Premises Area required for budding
standard amounts of lighting, or a connected load for all other power
requirements in excess of four (4) watts per square foot of Premises Area as
determined by Landlord, and the electricity so provided for lighting and power
shall not exceed such limits, subject to any lower limits set by any
governmental authority with respect thereto;

          (ii)  Subject to the reasonable limitations of the existing building
systems, heating, ventilating and air-conditioning, if the Building has an air-
conditioning system, to maintain a temperature range in the Premises which is
customary for similar office space in the Seattle, Washington area (but in
compliance with any applicable governmental regulations with respect thereto).
Tenant agrees to keep closed, when necessary, blinds, draperies and windows
which must be closed to provide for the efficient operation of the heating and
air-conditioning systems, if any, and Tenant agrees to cooperate with Landlord
and to abide by the regulations and requirements which Landlord may prescribe
for the proper functioning and protection of the heating, ventilating and air-
conditioning system, if any. If Tenant requires heating, ventilating and air
conditioning to the Premises other than during normal business hours from 7:30
A.M. to 6:00 P.M. daily, except Saturdays, Sundays and those legal holidays
generally observed in the State of Washington, Landlord shall, upon Tenant's
request made not less than 24 hours before the time Tenant requires the after-
hour service, and not later than noon on the Friday before any Saturday or
Sunday on which Tenant requires such service, and not later than noon of the day
before any holiday on which Tenant requires such service (except as otherwise
provided in the Rules and Regulations), furnish such heating, ventilating and
air conditioning. If Tenant receives such services, then Tenant shall pay, upon
demand, an amount equal to Tenant's proportionate share of the actual direct
cost to Landlord in providing the heating, ventilating and air conditioning
outside of normal business hours;

     (iii)  Water for restroom and drinking purposes and access to restroom
facilities;

     (iv)   Elevator service for general office pedestrian usage if the Building
is serviced by elevators;

                                      -13-
<PAGE>

     (v)    Relamping of building-standard light fixtures;

     (vi)   Washing of interior and exterior surfaces of exterior windows with
reasonable frequency; and

     (vii)  Janitorial service five (5) times per week, except holidays.

     (b)  Payment for Excess Utilities and Services.  All services and utilities
for the Premises not required to be furnished by Landlord pursuant to Section
16(a) shall be paid for by Tenant.  If Tenant requires, on a regular basis,
water, heat, air conditioning, electric current, elevator or janitorial service
in excess of that provided for in Section 16(a), then Tenant shall first obtain
the consent of Landlord which consent may be withheld in Landlord's sole
discretion.  If Landlord consents to such excess use, Landlord may install an
electric current or water meter (including, without limitation, any additional
wiring, conduit or panel required therefor) to measure the excess electric
current or water consumed by Tenant or may cause the excess usage to be measured
by other reasonable methods (e.g. by temporary "check" meters or by survey).
Tenant shall pay to Landlord upon demand (i) the cost of any and all water,
heat, air conditioning, electric current, janitorial, elevator or other services
or utilities required to be furnished to Tenant in excess of the services and
utilities required to be furnished by Landlord as provided in Section 16(a);
(ii) the cost of installation, maintenance and repair of any meter installed in
the Premises; (iii) the cost of all electricity and water consumed by Tenant in
connection with any dedicated heating, ventilating and/or air conditioning,
computer power and/or air conditioning, telecommunications or other special
systems of Tenant, including any power usage other than through existing
standard 110-volt AC outlets; and (iv) any cost incurred by Landlord in keeping
account of or determining such excess utilities or services furnished to Tenant.
Landlord's failure to bill Tenant for any such excess utilities or services
shall not waive Landlord's right to bill Tenant for the excess at a later time.

     (c)  Temperature Balance.  Landlord makes no representation to Tenant
regarding the adequacy or fitness of the heating, ventilating and air-
conditioning systems, if any, in the Building to maintain temperatures that may
be required for, or because of, any of Tenant's equipment which uses other than
the fractional horsepower normally required for office equipment, and Landlord
shall have no liability for loss or damage suffered by Tenant or others in
connection therewith.  If the temperature otherwise maintained in any portion of
the Premises by the heating, air conditioning or ventilation system is affected
as a result of (i) any lights, machines or equipment (including without
limitation electronic data processing machines) used by Tenant in the Premises,
(ii) the occupancy of the Premises by more than one person per two hundred (200)
square feet of rentable area therein, (iii) an electrical load for lighting or
power in excess of the limits per square foot of rentable area of the

                                      -14-
<PAGE>

Premises specified in Section 16(a), or (iv) any rearrangement of partitioning
or other improvements, Landlord may install any equipment, or modify any
existing equipment (including the standard air conditioning equipment) Landlord
deems necessary to restore the temperature balance. The cost of any such
equipment, including without limitation, the cost of design and installation
thereof, and the cost of operating, metering, maintaining or repairing the same,
shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord upon demand. Tenant shall not install or
operate window-mounted heating or air-conditioning units.

     (d)  Special Electrical or Water Connections; Electricity Use.  Tenant will
not, without the prior consent of Landlord, which Landlord in its sole
discretion may refuse, connect or use any apparatus or device in the Premises
(i) using current in excess of 110 volts or (ii) which will cause the amount of
electricity, water, heating, air conditioning or ventilation furnished to the
Premises to exceed the amount required for use of the Premises for ordinary
general once purposes, as determined by Landlord, during normal business hours
or (iii) which would cause Tenant's connected load to exceed any limits
established in Section 16(a).  Tenant shall not connect with electric current
except through existing outlets in the Premises and shall not connect with water
pipes except through existing plumbing fixtures in the Premises.  In no event
shall Tenant's use of electricity exceed the capacity of existing feeders to the
Building or the risers or wiring installation, and Landlord may prohibit the use
of any electrical equipment which in Landlord's opinion will overload such
wiring or interfere with the use thereof by other tenants the Building.  If
Landlord consents to the use of equipment requiring such changes, Tenant shall
pay the cost of installing any additional risers, panels or other facilities
that may be necessary to furnish energy to the Premises.

     Landlord will not permit additional coring of the floor of the Premises in
order to install new electric outlets in the Premises unless Tenant furnishes
Landlord with X-ray scans of the floor area where the Tenant wishes to place
additional electrical outlets and Landlord, in its absolute discretion, is
satisfied, on the basis of such X-ray scans and other information obtained by
Landlord, that coring of the floor in order to install such additional outlets
will not weaken the structure of the floor.

     (e)  Landlord's Duties.  Landlord shall not be in default under this Lease
or liable for any damages resulting from, or incidental to, any of the
following, nor shall any of the following be an actual or constructive eviction
of Tenant, nor shall the Rent be abated by reason of:  (i) failure to furnish or
delay in furnishing any of the services described in this Section when such
failure or delay is caused by accident or any condition beyond the reasonable
control of Landlord, including the making of necessary repairs or improvements
to the Premises or to the Building, (ii) any

                                      -15-
<PAGE>

electrical surges or spikes, or (iii) failure to make any repair or to perform
any maintenance, unless such failure shall persist for an unreasonable time
after notice of the need for such repair or maintenance is given to Landlord by
Tenant. Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to remedy any interruption in the
furnishing of such services.

     (f)  Governmental Regulations.  Any other provisions of this Section
notwithstanding, if any governmental authority or utility supplier imposes any
laws, controls, conditions, or other restrictions upon Landlord, Tenant, or the
Building, relating to the use or conservation of energy or utilities, mandated
changes in temperatures to be maintained in the Premises or the Building or the
reduction of automobile or other emissions (collectively, the "Controls"), or in
the event Landlord is required or elects to make alterations to the Building in
order to comply with the Controls, Landlord may, in its sole discretion, comply
and may require Tenant to comply with the Controls or make such alterations to
the Building in order to comply with the Controls.  Such compliance and the
making of such alterations shall not constitute an actual or constructive
eviction of Tenant, impose on Landlord any liability whatsoever, or entitle
Tenant to any abatement of Rent.

17.  Indemnity.

     (a)  Generally.  Tenant shall hold Landlord harmless from and against any
and all damages arising out of any damage to any persons or property occurring
in, on or about the Premises or the Property resulting from the acts or
omissions of Tenant or its authorized representatives. Landlord shall hold
Tenant harmless from and against any and all damages arising out of any damage
to any persons or property occurring in, on or about the Premises or the
Property resulting from the acts or omissions of Landlord or its authorized
representatives. A party's obligation under this Section to indemnify and hold
the other party harmless shall be limited to the sum that exceeds the amount of
insurance proceeds, if any, received by the party being indemnified.

     (b)  Concurrent Negligence of Landlord and Tenant.  Notwithstanding Section
17(a) above, in the event of concurrent negligence of Tenant, or its authorized
representatives, on the one hand, and that of Landlord, or its authorized
representatives, on the other hand, which concurrent negligence results in
damage to any persons or property occurring in, on or about The Premises or the
Property, either party's obligation to indemnify the other party as set forth in
Section 17(a) shall be limited to the extent of the negligence of the
indemnifying party, or its authorized representatives, including the
indemnifying party's proportional share of costs and attorneys' fees incurred in
connection with any claims, actions or proceedings brought with respect to such
damage.

                                      -16-
<PAGE>

     (c)  Waiver of Worker's Compensation Immunity.  The indemnification
obligations contained in this Section shall not be limited by any worker's
compensation, benefit or disability laws, and each indemnifying party hereby
waives (solely for the benefit of the indemnified party) any immunity that said
indemnifying party may have under the Industrial Insurance Act, Title 51 RCW and
similar worker's compensation, benefit or disability laws.

     (d)  Provisions Specifically Negotiated.  LANDLORD AND TENANT ACKNOWLEDGE
BY THEIR EXECUTION OF THIS LEASE THAT EACH OF THE INDEMNIFICATION PROVISIONS OF
THIS LEASE (SPECIFICALLY INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THOSE RELATING TO WORKER'S
COMPENSATION BENEFITS AND LAWS) WERE SPECIFICALLY NEGOTIATED AND AGREED TO BY
LANDLORD AND TENANT.

18.  Exemption of Landlord From Liability.  Landlord and Landlord's Agent shall
not be liable for injury to Tenant's business or loss of income therefrom or for
damage which may be sustained by the person, goods, wares, merchandise or
property of Tenant, its authorized representatives, or any other person in or
about the Premises, caused by or resulting from fire, steam, electricity, gas,
water or rain, which may leak or flow from or into any part of the Premises, or
from the breakage, leakage, obstruction or other defects of the pipes,
sprinklers, wires, appliances, plumbing, air conditioning or lighting fixtures
of the same, whether the said damage or injury resulting from conditions arising
upon the Premises or upon other portions of the Building or the Property unless
such injury or damage is caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of
Landlord or its authorized representatives.

19.  Commercial General Liability and Property Damage Insurance.  Tenant, at its
cost, shall maintain commercial general liability insurance (including
contractual liability and products and completed operations liability) with
liability limits of not less than $1,000,000 per occurrence and $2,000,000
annual aggregate, insuring against all liability of Tenant and its authorized
representatives arising out of or in connection with Tenant's use and occupancy
of the Premises and property damage insurance with liability limits of not less
than $500,000.  All such commercial general liability and property damage
insurance shall insure performance by Tenant of the indemnity provisions of
Section 17 captioned "Indemnity".  Landlord and Landlord's Agent shall be
additional named insureds on such insurance policy.

20.  Tenant's Fire Insurance.  Tenant, at its cost, shall maintain on all of
Tenant's Alterations, Trade Fixtures and Personal Property in, on or about the
Premises, a policy of standard All Risk fire insurance, in an amount equal to at
least their full replacement cost.  The proceeds of any such policy shall be
used by Tenant for the restoration of Tenant's Alterations and Trade Fixtures
and the replacement of its

                                      -17-
<PAGE>

Personal Property. Any portion of such proceeds not used for such restoration
shall belong to Tenant.

21.  Waiver of Subrogation.  Landlord and Tenant release each other, and their
respective authorized representatives, from any claims for damage to any person
or to the Premises and the Building and to Tenant's Alterations, Trade Fixtures
and Personal Property that are caused by or result from risks insured against
under any insurance policies carried by the parties, in force at the time of any
such damage and collectible.  Landlord and Tenant shall cause each insurance
policy obtained by it to provide that the insurance company waives all right of
recovery by way of subrogation against either party in connection with any
damage covered by any insurance policy.  Neither party shall be liable to the
other for any damage caused by fire or any of the risks insured against under
any insurance policy required by this Lease.

22.  Other Insurance Matters.  All insurance required to be carried by Tenant
under this Lease shall (i) be issued by insurance companies authorized to do
business in the State of Washington with a rating of A/VI or better as rated in
the most recent edition of Best's Insurance Reports (ii) be issued as a primary
policy; and (iii) contain an endorsement requiring thirty (30) days' prior
written notice from the insurance company to both parties, to Landlord's Agent,
and, if requested by Landlord, to Landlord's lender, before cancellation or
change in the coverage, scope, or amount of any policy.  Each policy or a
certificate of the policy, together with evidence of payment of premiums, shall
be deposited with Landlord on or before the Commencement Date, and on renewal of
the policy not less than ten (10) days before expiration of the term of the
policy.

23.  Destruction.

     (a)  Insured Damage.  If during the Term the Premises or the Building are
partially or totally destroyed by any casualty that is covered by any insurance
carried by Landlord covering the Building, rendering the Premises partially or
totally inaccessible or unusable, Landlord shall restore the Premises or the
Building to substantially the same condition as they were in immediately before
such destruction, if (i) the insurance proceeds available to Landlord equal or
exceed the cost of such restoration, (ii) in the opinion of a registered
architect or engineer appointed by Landlord such restoration can be completed
within one hundred eighty (180) days after the date on which Landlord obtains
all permits necessary for such restoration, and (iii) such restoration is
permitted under then existing laws to be done in such a manner as to return the
Premises, or the Building, as the case may be, to substantially the same
condition as they were in immediately before such destruction. To the extent
that the insurance proceeds must be paid to a mortgagee under, or must be

                                      -18-
<PAGE>

applied to reduce any debt secured by, a mortgage covering the Property, the
insurance proceeds shall be deemed not to be available to Landlord unless such
mortgagee permits Landlord to use the insurance proceeds for such restoration.
Such destruction shall not terminate this Lease.

     (b)  Major or Uninsured Damage.  If during the Term the Premises or the
Building are partially or totally destroyed by any casualty and Landlord is not
obligated under Section 23(a) captioned "Insured Damage" to restore the Premises
or the Building, as the case may be, then Landlord may, at its election, either
(i) restore the Premises or the Building to substantially the same condition as
they were in immediately before such destruction, or (ii) terminate this Lease
effective as of the date of such destruction. If Landlord does not give Tenant
notice within sixty (60) days after the date of such destruction of its election
to restore the Premises or the Building, as the case may be, Landlord shall be
deemed to have elected to terminate this Lease. If Landlord elects to restore
the Premises or the Building, as the case may be, Landlord shall use
commercially reasonable efforts to complete such restoration within one hundred
eighty (180) days after the date on which Landlord obtains all permits necessary
for such restoration, provided, however, that such one hundred eighty (180) day
period shall be extended by a period equal to any delays caused by Force
Majeure, and such destruction shall not terminate this Lease.

     (c)  Damage to the Building.  If during the Term the Building is partially
destroyed by any casualty and if in the opinion of Landlord the Building should
be restored in such a way as to materially alter the Premises, then Landlord
may, at Landlord's election, terminate this Lease by giving notice to Tenant of
Landlord's election to do so within sixty (60) days after the date of such
destruction.

     (d)  Extent of Landlord's Obligation to Restore.  If Landlord is required
or elects to restore the Premises as provided in this Section, Landlord shall
not be required to restore alterations made by Tenant, Tenant's trade fixtures
and Tenant's personal property, such excluded items being the sole
responsibility of Tenant to restore.

     (e)  Abatement or Reduction of Rent.  In case of damage to, or destruction
of, the Premises or the Building the Minimum Monthly Rent shall be abated or
reduced, between the date of destruction and the date of completion of
restoration, by an amount that is in the same ratio to the Minimum Monthly Rent
as the total number of square feet of the Premises that are so damaged or
destroyed bears to the total number of square feet in the Premises.

                                      -19-
<PAGE>

24.  Condemnation.  If during the term there is any taking of part or all of the
Premises or the Building by condemnation, then the rights and obligations of the
parties shall be as follows:

     (a)  Minor Taking.  If there is a taking of less than ten percent (10%) of
the Premises, this Lease shall remain in full force and effect.

     (b)  Major Taking.  If there is a taking of ten percent (10%) or more of
the Premises and if the remaining portion of the Premises is of such she or
configuration that Tenant is unable to conduct its business in the Premises,
then the Term shall terminate as of the date of taking.

     (c)  Taking of Part of the Building.  If there is a taking of a part of the
Building other than the Premises and if in the opinion of Landlord the Building
should be restored in such a way as to materially alter the Premises, then
Landlord may terminate the Term by giving notice to such effect to Tenant within
sixty (60) days after the date of vesting of tide in the condemnor and the Term
shall terminate as of the date specified in such notice, which date shall not be
less than sixty (60) days after the giving of such notice.

     (d)  Award.  The entire award for the Premises, the Building and the
Property, shall belong to and be paid to Landlord, Tenant hereby assigning to
Landlord Tenant's interest therein, if any, provided, however, that Tenant shall
have the right to claim and recover from the condemnor compensation for the loss
of any alterations made by Tenant, Tenant's trade fixtures, Tenant's personal
property, moving expenses and business interruption.

     (e)  Abatement of Rent.  If any part of the Premises is taken by
condemnation and this Lease remains in full force and effect, on the date of
taking the Minimum Monthly Rent shall be reduced by an amount that is in the
same ratio to the Minimum Monthly Rent as the total number of square feet in the
Premises taken bears to the total number of square feet in the Premises
immediately before the date of taking.

25.  Assignment and Subletting.

     (a)  Landlord's Consent; Definitions.  Tenant acknowledges that the
Building is a multi-tenant office building, occupied by tenants specifically
selected by Landlord, and that Landlord has a legitimate interest in the type
and quality of such tenants, the location of tenants in the Building and in
controlling the leasing of space in the Building so that Landlord can better
meet the particular needs of its tenants and protect and enhance the relative
image, position and value of the Building in the office

                                      -20-
<PAGE>

building market. Tenant further acknowledges that the rental value of the
Premises may fluctuate during the term in accordance with market conditions,
and, as a result, the Rent paid by Tenant under the Lease at any particular time
may be higher or lower than the then market rental value of the Premises.
Landlord and Tenant agree, and the provisions of this Section are intended to so
provide, that, if Tenant voluntarily assigns its interest in this Lease or in
the Premises or subleases any pan or all of the Premises, a portion of the
profits from any increase in the market rental value of the Premises shall
belong solely to Landlord. Tenant acknowledges that, if Tenant voluntarily
assigns this Lease or subleases any part or all of the Premises, Tenant's
investment in the subject portion of the Premises (specifically including, but
not limited to, tenant improvements, good will or other assets) may be lost or
reduced as a result of such action.

     (b)  Consent Required.  Tenant shall not voluntarily assign or encumber its
interest in this Lease or in the Premises, or sublease any part or all of the
Premises, without Landlord's prior consent, which consent shall not be
unreasonably withheld. Any assignment, encumbrance or sublease without
Landlord's consent shall be voidable and, at Landlord's election, shall
constitute a default by Tenant under this Lease. In determining whether to
approve a proposed assignment or sublease, Landlord shall place primary emphasis
on the proposed transferee's reputation and creditworthiness, the character of
the business to be conduced by the proposed transferee at the Premises and the
affect of such assignment or subletting on the tenant mix in the Building. In
addition, Landlord shall have the right to approve the specific form of any
assignment or sublease agreement. In no event shall Landlord be obligated to
consent to any assignment or subletting which increases (i) the Operating Costs,
(ii) the burden on the Building services, or (iii) the foot traffic, elevator
usage or security concerns in the Building, or creates an increased probability
of the comfort and/or safety of the Landlord and other tenants in the Building
being unreasonably compromised or reduced (for example, but not exclusively,
Landlord may deny consent to an assignment or subletting where the space will be
used for a school or training facility, an entertainment, sports or recreation
facility, retail sales to the public (unless Tenant's permitted use is retail
sales), a personnel or employment agency, a medical office, or an embassy or
consulate or similar office. Landlord shall not be obligated to approve an
assignment or subletting to (x) a current tenant of the Building unless no
comparable space is available in the Building or (y) a prospective tenant of the
Building with whom Landlord is then negotiating. Landlord's foregoing rights and
options shall continue throughout the entire term of this Lease. No consent to
any assignment, encumbrance or sublease shall constitute a waiver of the
provisions of this Section and no other or subsequent assignment, encumbrance or
sublease shall be made without Landlord's prior consent. Neither an assignment
or subletting nor the collection of Rent by Landlord from any person other than
Tenant, nor the application

                                      -21-
<PAGE>

of any such Rent as provided in this Section shall be deemed a waiver of any of
the provisions of this Section or release Tenant from its obligation to comply
with the terms and provisions of this Lease and Tenant shall remain fully and
primarily liable for all of Tenant's obligations under this Lease, including the
obligation to pay Rent under this Lease. Any personal guarantee(s) of Tenant's
obligations under this Lease shall remain in full force and effect following any
such assignment or subletting. Landlord may condition approval of an assignment
or subletting hereunder on an increase in the amount of the Security Deposit or
on receipt of personal guarantees of the assignee's or sublessee's obligations
under this Lease. If Landlord approves of an assignment or subletting hereunder
and this Lease contains any renewal options, expansion options, rights of first
refusal, rights of first negotiation or any other rights or options pertaining
to additional space in the Building, such rights and/or options shall not run to
the assignee or subtenant, it being agreed by the parties hereto that any such
rights and options are personal to Tenant named herein and may not be
transferred.

     (c)  Conditions to Assignment or Sublease.  Tenant agrees that any
instrument by which Tenant assigns or sublets all or any portion of the Premises
shall expressly provide that the assignee or subtenant may not further assign or
sublet the assigned or sublet space without Landlord's prior consent (which
consent shall not, subject to Landlord's rights under Section 25(b), be
unreasonably withheld or delayed), and that the assignee or subtenant will
comply with all of the provisions of this Lease and that Landlord may enforce
the Lease provisions directly against such assignee or subtenant. If this Lease
is assigned, whether or not in violation of the terms and provisions of this
Lease, Landlord may collect Rent from the assignee. If the Premises, or any part
thereof, is sublet, Landlord may, upon a default under this Lease, collect rent
from the subtenant. In either event, Landlord may apply the amount collected
from the assignee or subtenant to Tenant's obligation to pay Rent under this
Lease.

     (d)  Events Constituting an Assignment or Sublease.  For purposes of this
Section, the following events shall be deemed an assignment or sublease, as
appropriate: (i) the issuance of equity interests "(whether stock, partnership
interests or otherwise) in Tenant, or any assignee or subtenant, if applicable,
or any entity controlling any of them, to any person or group of related
persons, in a single transaction or a series of related or unrelated
transactions, such that, following such issuance, such person or group shall
have Control (as defined below) of Tenant, or any assignee or subtenant, if
applicable, or (ii) a transfer of Control of Tenant, or any assignee or
subtenant, if applicable, or any entity controlling any of them, in a single
transaction or a series of related or unrelated transactions (including, without
limitation, by consolidation, merger, acquisition or reorganization), except
that the

                                      -22-
<PAGE>

transfer of outstanding capital stock or other listed equity interests by
persons or parties other than "insiders" within the meaning of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, through the "over-the-counter" market or any
recognized national or international securities exchange, shall not be included
in determining whether Control has been transferred. "Control" shall mean direct
or indirect ownership of fifty percent (50%) or more of all the legal and,
equitable interest in any business entity. The restrictions set forth in this
subsection shall not apply to any public or private offering or equity interest
in Tenant or a merger or acquisition of Tenant with a third party, provided
that, in the event of a merger or acquisition, the new entity has a tangible net
wroth equal to or greater than that of Tenant as measured immediately before the
merger or acquisition.

     (e)  Processing Expenses.  Tenant shall pay to Landlord the amount of
Landlord's cost of processing each proposed assignment or subletting, including.
without limitation, attorneys' and other professional fees, and the cost of
Landlord's administrative, accounting and clerical time (collectively,
"Processing Costs"), and the amount of all direct and indirect expense incurred
by Landlord arising from the assignee or sublessee taking occupancy of the
subject space, including, without limitation, costs of freight elevator
operation for moving of furnishings and trade fixtures, security service,
janitorial and cleaning service, rubbish removal service, costs of changing
signage, and costs of changing locks and making new keys (collectively,
"Occupancy Costs"). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Landlord
shall not be required to process any request for Landlord's consent to an
assignment or subletting until Tenant has paid to Landlord the amount of
Landlord's estimate of the Processing Costs and the Occupancy Costs, provided,
however, such costs shall reflect the actual expenses incurred and shall not
exceed $2,000.00 per assignment or subletting.

     (f)  Consideration to Landlord.  In the event of any assignment or
sublease, whether or not requiring Landlord's consent, Landlord shall be
entitled to receive, as Additional Rent, one-half (1/2) of any consideration,
including, without limitation, payment for leasehold improvements owned by
Landlord, paid by the assignee or subtenant for the assignment or sublease and,
in the case of sublease, the excess of the amount of rent paid for the sublet
space by the subtenant over the total amount of Minimum Monthly Rent under
Section 5 and Additional Rent under Sections 7 and 9. Upon Landlord's request,
Tenant shall assign to Landlord all amounts to be paid to Tenant by the assignee
or subtenant and shall direct such assignee or subtenant to pay the same
directly to Landlord. If there is more than one sublease under this Lease, the
amounts (if any) to be paid by Tenant to Landlord pursuant to the preceding
sentence shall be separately calculated for each sublease and amounts due
Landlord with regard to any one sublease may not be offset against

                                      -23-
<PAGE>

rental and other consideration pertaining due under any other sublease. Any
profits shall be calculated only above and beyond the dollars that are spent to
secure a Subtenant (i.e., Tenant Improvement's commissions, free rent, etc.).

     With regard to an approved assignment or subletting, Tenant acknowledges
that Landlord's agreement to deal directly with the assignee or subtenant with
regard to such party's occupancy of the Premises and the administration of the
Lease, without requiring Tenant to monitor or become directly involved in such
matters, constitutes appropriate and acceptable consideration for the capture by
Landlord of any rent or consideration paid by the assignee or subtenant in
excess of that required to be paid by Tenant under the Lease.

     (g)  Procedures.  If Tenant desires to assign this Lease or any interest
therein or sublet all or part of the Premises, Tenant shall give Landlord
written notice thereof designating the space proposed to be sublet and the terms
proposed. Landlord shall have the prior right and option (to be exercised by
written notice to Tenant given within fifteen (15) days after receipt of
Tenant's notice) (i) to sublet from Tenant any portion of the Premises proposed
by Tenant to be sublet, for the term for which such portion is proposed to be
sublet, but at the same Rent (including Additional Rent as provided for in
Sections 7 and 9) as Tenant is required to pay to Landlord under this Lease for
the same space, computed on a pro rata square footage basis, and during the term
of such sublease Tenant shall be released of its obligations under the Lease
with regard to the subject space, (ii) if the term of the sublease (including
any renewal terms) will expire during the final eighteen (18) months of the term
(or if Tenant has exercised a renewal option, if any, then during the final
eighteen (18) months of the subject renewal period), to terminate this Lease as
it pertains to the portion of the Premises so proposed by Tenant to be sublet,
or (iii) to approve Tenant's proposal to sublet conditional upon Landlord's
subsequent written approval of the specific sublease obtained by Tenant and the
specific subtenant named therein. If Landlord exercises its option in (i) above,
then Landlord may, at Landlord's sole cost, construct improvements in the
subject space and, so long as the improvements are suitable for general office
purposes, Landlord shall have no obligation to restore the subject space to its
original condition following the termination of the sublease. If Landlord
exercises its option described in (iii) above, Tenant shall submit to Landlord
for Landlord's written approval Tenant's proposed sublease agreement (in which
the proposed subtenant shall be named) together with a current reviewed or
audited financial statement prepared by a codified public accountant for such
proposed subtenant and a credit report on such proposed subtenant prepared by a
recognized credit reporting agency. If Landlord fails to exercise any aforesaid
option to sublet or to terminate, this shall not be construed as or constitute a
waiver of any of the provisions of this Section. If Landlord exercises any such
option to sublet or to

                                      -24-
<PAGE>

terminate, Landlord shall not have any liability for any real estate brokerage
commission(s) or with respect to any of the costs and expenses that Tenant may
have incurred in connection with its proposed subletting, and Tenant agrees to
hold Landlord harmless from and against any and all claims (including, without
limitation, claims for commissions) arising from such proposed subletting.
Landlord's foregoing rights and options shall continue throughout the term. For
purposes of this Section, a proposed assignment of this Lease in whole or in
part shall be deemed a proposed subletting of such space.

     (h)  Documentation.  No permitted subletting by Tenant shall be effective
until there has been delivered to Landlord a counterpart of the sublease in
which the subtenant agrees to be and remain jointly and severally liable with
Tenant for the payment of Rent pertaining to the sublet space and for the
performance of all of the terms and provisions of this Lease; provided, however,
that the subtenant shall be liable to Landlord for rent only in the amount set
forth in the sublease. No permitted assignment shall be effective unless and
until there has been delivered to Landlord a counterpart of the assignment in
which the assignee assumes all of Tenant's obligations under this Lease arising
on or after the date of the assignment. The failure or refusal of a subtenant or
assignee to execute any such instrument shall not release or discharge the
subtenant or assignee from its liability as set forth above.

     (i)  No Merger.  Without limiting any of the provisions of this Section, if
Tenant has entered into any subleases of any portion of the Premises, the
voluntary or other surrender of this Lease by Tenant, or a mutual cancellation
by Landlord and Tenant, shall not work a merger, and shall, at the option of
Landlord, terminate all or any existing subleases or substenancies or, at the
option of Landlord, operate as an assignment to Landlord of any or all such
subleases or subtenancies.

26.  Default.  The occurrence of any of the following shall constitute a default
by Tenant under this Lease:

     (a)  Failure to Pay Rent.  Failure to pay Rent when due, if the failure
continues for a period of five (5) days after written or fax notice of such
default has been given by Landlord to Tenant.

     (b)  Failure to Comply With Rules and Regulations.  Failure to comply with
the Rules and Regulations, if the failure continues for a period of twenty-four
(24) hours after notice of such default is given by Landlord to Tenant. If the
failure to comply cannot reasonably be cured within twenty-four (24) hours, then
Tenant shall not be in default under this Lease if Tenant commences to cure the
failure to comply within twenty-four (24) hours and diligently and in good faith
continues to cure the failure to comply.

                                      -25-
<PAGE>

     (c)  Other Defaults.  Failure to perform any other provision of this Lease,
if the failure to perform is not cured within thirty (30) days after notice of
such default has been given by Landlord to Tenant. If the default cannot
reasonably be cured within thirty (30) days, then Tenant shall not be in default
under this Lease if Tenant commences to cure the default within thirty (30) days
and diligently and in good faith continues to cure the default.

     (d)  Appointment of Trustee or Receiver.  The appointment of a trustee or
receiver to take poossession of substantially all of the Tenant's assets located
at the Premises or of Tenant's interest in this Lease, where possession is not
restored to Tenant within sixty (60) days; or the attachment, execution or other
judicial seizure of substantially all of Tenant's assets located at the Premises
or of Tenants interest in this Lease, where such seizure is not discharged
within sixty (60) days.

     (e)  Cross Default.  Landlord and Tenant are parties to that certain Lease
dated the 15th day of March 1996 governing Tenant's occupancy of Suite 301 in
the Building (hereinafter referred to as the "Upstairs Lease"). Landlord and
Tenant hereby agree that a default under the Upstairs Lease shall constitute a
default under this Lease and that a default under this Lease shall constitute a
default under the Upstairs Lease. The Upstairs Lease is hereby so amended.

27.  Remedies.  If Tenant commits a default, Landlord shall have the following
alternative remedies, which are in addition to any remedies now or later allowed
by law:

     (a)  Maintain Lease in Force.  Maintain this Lease in full force and effect
and recover the Rent and other monetary charges as they become due, without
terminating Tenants right to possession, irrespective of whether Tenant shall
have abandoned the Premises.  If Landlord elects to not terminate the Lease,
Landlord shall have the right to attempt to re-let the Premises at such rent and
upon such conditions and for such a term, and to do all acts necessary to
maintain or preserve the Premises as Landlord deems reasonable and necessary
without being deemed to have elected to terminate the Lease including removal of
all persons and property from the Premises; such property may be removed and
stored in a public warehouse or elsewhere at the cost of and for the account of
Tenant.  In the event any such re-letting occurs, this Lease shall terminate
automatically upon the new Tenant taking possession of the Premises.
Notwithstanding that Landlord fails to elect to terminate the Lease initially,
Landlord at any time during the term of this Lease may elect to terminate this
Lease by virtue of such previous default of Tenant.

     (b)  Terminate Lease.  Terminate Tenant's right to possession by any lawful
means, in which case this Lease shall terminate and Tenant shall immediately

                                      -26-
<PAGE>

surrender possession of the Premises to Landlord.  In such event Landlord shall
be entitled to recover from Tenant all damages incurred by Landlord by reason of
Tenant's default including without limitation thereto, the following:  (i) The
worth at the time of award of any unpaid Rent which had been earned at the time
of such termination; plus (ii) the worth at the time of award of the amount by
which the unpaid Rent which would have been earned after termination until the
time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that Tenant proves could
have been reasonably avoided; plus (iii) the worth at the time of award of the
amount by which the unpaid Rent for the balance of the Term after the time of
award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that is proved could be reasonably
avoided; plus (iv) any other amount necessary to compensate Landlord for all the
detriment proximately caused by Tenant's failure to perform its obligations
under this Lease or which in the ordinary course of things would be likely to
result therefrom, including, without limitation, any costs or expenses incurred
by Landlord in (A) retaking possession of the Premises, including reasonable
attorney's fees therefor, (B) maintaining or preserving the Premises after such
default, (C) preparing the Premises for reletting to a new tenant, including
repair or necessary alterations to the Premises for such reletting, (D) leasing
commissions, and (E) any other costs necessary or appropriate to relet the
Premises; plus (v) at Landlord's election, such other amounts in addition to or
in lieu of the foregoing as may be permitted from time to time by applicable
state law.  Upon any such reentry Landlord shall have the right to make any
reasonable repairs, alterations or modifications to the Premises, which Landlord
in its sole discretion deems reasonable and necessary.  As used in Subsection
27(b)(i) the "worth at the time of award" is computed by allowing interest at
the rate of fifteen percent (15%) per year from the date of default.  As used in
Subsections 27(b)(a) and 27(b)(iii) the "worth at the time of award" is
computed by discounting such amounts at the discount rate of eight percent (8%)
per year.

28.  Bankruptcy.

     (a)  Assumption of Lease.  If Tenant becomes a Debtor under Chapter 7 of
the Bankruptcy Code ("Code") or a petition for reorganization or adjustment of
debts is filed concerning Tenant under Chapter 11 or 13 of the Code, or a
proceeding is filed under Chapter 7 of the Code and is transferred to Chapter 11
or 13 of the Code, the Trustee or Tenant, as Debtor and as Debtor-In-Possession,
may not elect to assume this Lease unless, at the time of such assumption, the
Trustee or Tenant has:

          (i)  Cured all defaults under the Lease and paid all sums due and
owing under the Lease or provided Landlord with "Adequate Assurance" (as
defined below) that (i) within ten (10) days from the date of such assumption,
the Trustee or Tenant will completely pay all sums due and owing under this
Lease and compensate

                                      -27-
<PAGE>

Landlord for any actual pecuniary loss resulting from any existing default or
breach of this Lease, including, without limitation, Landlord's reasonable
costs, expenses, accrued interest, and attorneys' fees incurred as a result of
the default or breach; (ii) within twenty (20) days from the date of such
assumption, the Trustee or Tenant will cure all non-monetary defaults and
breaches under this Lease, or, if the nature of such non-monetary defaults is
such that more than twenty (20) days are reasonably required for such cure, that
the Trustee or Tenant will commence to cure such non-monetary defaults within
twenty (20) days and thereafter diligently prosecute such cure to completion;
and (iii) the assumption will be subject to all of the provisions of this Lease.

          (ii)  For purposes of this Section, Landlord and Tenant acknowledge
that, in the context of a bankruptcy proceeding involving Tenant, at a minimum,
"Adequate Assurance" shall mean (i) the Trustee or Tenant has and will continue
to have sufficient unencumbered assets after the payment of all secured
obligations and administrative expenses to assure Landlord that the Trustee or
Tenant will have sufficient funds to fulfill the obligations of Tenant under
this Lease; (ii) the Bankruptcy Court shall have entered an Order segregating
sufficient cash payable to Landlord and/or the Trustee or Tenant shall have
granted a valid and perfected first lien and security interest and/or mortgage
in or on property of Trustee or Tenant acceptable as to value and kind to
Landlord, to secure to Landlord the obligation of the Trustee or Tenant to cure
the monetary and/or non-monetary defaults and breaches under this Lease within
the time periods set forth above; and (iii) the Trustee or Tenant, at the very
minimum, shall deposit a sum equal to two (2) month's Minimum Monthly Rent to be
held by Landlord (without any allowance for interest thereon) to secure Tenant's
future performance under this Lease.

     (b)  Assignment of Lease.  If the Trustee or Tenant has assumed the Lease
pursuant to the provisions of this Section for the purpose of assigning Tenant's
interest hereunder to any other person or entity, such interest may be assigned
only after the Trustee, Tenant or the proposed assignee has complied with all of
the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease, including, without
limitation, those with respect to Additional Rent.  Landlord and Tenant
acknowledge that such terms, covenants and conditions are commercially
reasonable in the context of a bankruptcy proceeding of Tenant.  Any person or
entity to which this Lease is assigned pursuant to the provisions of the Code
shall be deemed without further act or deed to have assumed all of the
obligations arising under this Lease on and after the date of such assignment.
Any such assignee shall upon request execute and deliver to Landlord an
instrument confirming such assignment.

                                      -28-
<PAGE>

     (c)  Adequate Protection.  Upon the filing of a petition by or against
Tenant under the Code, Tenant, as Debtor and as Debtor-In-Possession, and any
Trustee who may be appointed agree to adequately protect Landlord as follows:
(i) to perform each and every obligation of Tenant under this Lease until such
time as this Lease is either rejected or assumed by Order of the Bankruptcy
Court; (ii) to pay all monetary obligations required under this Lease,
including, without limitation, the payment of Minimum Monthly Rent, Tenant's
Share of Real Property Taxes, Tenant's Share of Operating Costs and any other
sums payable by Tenant to Landlord under this Lease which is considered
reasonable compensation for the use and occupancy of the Premises; (iii) provide
Landlord a minimum of thirty (30) days' prior written notice, unless a shorter
period is agreed to in writing by the parties, of any proceeding relating to any
assumption of this Lease or any intent to abandon the Premises, which
abandonment shall be deemed a rejection of this Lease; and (iv) to perform to
the benefit of Landlord as otherwise required under the Code.  The failure of
Tenant to comply with the above shall result in an automatic rejection of this
Lease.

29.  Limitation of Actions.  Any claim, demand, right or defense of any kind by
Tenant which is based upon or arises in connection with this Lease or the
negotiations prior to its execution, shall be barred until Tenant commences an
action thereon, or interposes in a legal proceeding a defense by reason thereof,
within one (1) year after the date of the act or omission on which such claim,
demand, right or defense is based.

30.  Limitation on Landlord's Liability.  Anything in this Lease to the contrary
notwithstanding, covenants, undertakings and agreements herein made on the part
of Landlord are made and intended not as personal covenants, undertakings and
agreements or for the purpose of binding Landlord personally or the assets of
Landlord except Landlord's interest in the Property, but are made and intended
for the purpose of binding only the Landlord's interest in the Property.  No
personal liability or personal responsibility is assumed by, nor shall at any
time be asserted or enforceable against Landlord or its partners and their
respective heirs, legal representatives, successors and assigns on account of
this Lease or on account of any covenant, undertaking or agreement of Landlord
contained in this Lease.

31.  Signs.  Tenant shall not have the right to place, construct or maintain any
sign, advertisement, awning, banner or other exterior decoration without
Landlord's consent. Any sign that Tenant has Landlord's consent to place,
construct and maintain shall comply with all laws, and Tenant shall obtain any
approval required by such laws. Landlord makes no representation with respect to
Tenant's ability to obtain such approval. Tenant shall have the right to
maintain their signage on the front of the Building. In addition, Tenant, at
Tenant's sole cost and expense, shall have the right

                                      -29-
<PAGE>

to lobby exposure signage on floor 2. Any signage shall be mutually acceptable
to both Landlord and Tenant.

32.  Landlord's Right to Enter the Premises.  Landlord and its authorized
representatives shall have the right to enter the Premises at reasonable times
and upon reasonable prior notice (except in an emergency when no such notice
shall be required) for any of the following purposes:  (i) to determine whether
the Premises are in good condition and whether Tenant is complying with its
obligations under this Lease, (ii) to do any maintenance; to make any
restoration to the Premises or the Building that Landlord has the right or the
obligation to perform, and to make any improvements to the Premises or the
Building that Landlord deems necessary, (iii) to serve, post or keep posted any
notices required or allowed under the provisions of this Lease, (iv) to post any
ordinary "For Sale".  signs at any time during the Term and to post any ordinary
"For Lease" signs during the last ninety (90) days of the Term, and (v) to show
the Premises to prospective brokers, agents, purchasers, tenants or lenders, at
any time during the Term.

     Landlord shall not be liable in any manner for any inconvenience,
annoyance, disturbance, loss of business, nuisance, or other damage arising out
of Landlord's entry on the Premises as provided in this Section, except damage
resulting from the grossly negligent or willful acts of Landlord or its
authorized representatives.  Tenant shall not be entitled to an abatement or
reduction of Rent if Landlord exercises any right reserved in this Section.
Landlord shall conduct its activities on the Premises as allowed in this Section
in a reasonable manner so as to cause minimal inconvenience, annoyance or
disturbance to Tenant.

33.  Subordination.  This Lease is and shall be prior to any mortgage recorded
after the date of this Lease affecting the Building.  If, however, a lender
requires that this Lease be subordinate to any mortgage, this Lease shall be
subordinate to that mortgage if Landlord first obtains from the lender a written
agreement that provides substantially the following:

          "As long as Tenant performs its obligations under this Lease, no
          foreclosure of, deed given in lieu of foreclosure of, or sale under
          the mortgage, and no steps or procedures taken under the mortgage,
          shall affect Tenant's rights under this Lease."

     Tenant shall attorn to any purchaser at any foreclosure sale, or to any
grantee or transferee designated in any deed given in lieu of foreclosure,
Tenant shall execute the written agreement and any other documents required by
the lender to accomplish the purposes of this Section.

                                      -30-
<PAGE>

     If requested by the holder of any mortgage or deed of trust, Tenant shall
enter into a new lease with the holder of such mortgage or deed of trust for the
balance of the term of this Lease upon the same terms and conditions set forth
herein, or shall attorn to such party provided such party agrees to recognize
this Lease as long as Tenant shall not be in default hereunder beyond the period
for curing the same.

34.  Right to Estoppel Certificates.  Tenant, within ten (10) days after notice
from Landlord, shall execute and deliver to Landlord, in recordable form, a
certificate prepared by Landlord stating that this Lease is unmodified and in
full force and effect, or in full force and effect as modified and stating the
modifications. The certificate shall also state the amount of Minimum Monthly
Rent, the dates to which Rent has been paid in advance, and the amount of any
Prepaid Rent or Security Deposit and such other matters as Landlord may
reasonably request.  Failure to deliver the certificate within such ten (10) day
period shall be conclusive upon Tenant for the benefit of Landlord and any
successor to Landlord, that this Lease is in full force and effect and has not
been modified except as may be represented by Landlord requesting the
certificate.

35.  Transfer of Landlord's Interest.  If Landlord sells or transfers the
Property, Landlord, on consummation of the sale or transfer, shall be released
from any liability thereafter accruing under this Lease if Landlord's successor
has assumed in writing, for the benefit of Tenant, Landlord's obligations under
this Lease.  If any Security Deposit or Prepaid Rent has been paid by Tenant,
Landlord shall transfer such Security Deposit or Prepaid Rent to Landlord's
successor and on such transfer Landlord shall be discharged from any further
liability with respect to such Security Deposit or Prepaid Rent.

36.  Attorneys' Fees.  If either party shall bring any action for relief against
the other party, declaratory or otherwise, arising out of this Lease, including
any action by Landlord for the recovery of Rent or possession of the Premises,
the losing party shall pay the successful party a reasonable sum for attorneys'
fees which shall be deemed to have accrued on the commencement of such action
and shall be paid whether or not such action is prosecuted to judgment.

37.  Surrender; Holding Over.

     (a)  Surrender.  On expiration or ten (10) days after termination of the
Term, Tenant shall surrender the Premises and all Tenant Improvements and
alterations to Landlord broom clean and in good condition.  Tenant shall remove
all of its trade fixtures and personal property within the time period stated in
this Section.  Tenant, at its cost, shall perform all restoration made necessary
by, and repair any damage to the Premises caused by, the removal of its trade
fixtures, personal property

                                      -31-
<PAGE>

and signs to Landlord's reasonable satisfaction within the time period stated in
this Section. Landlord may, at its election, retain or dispose of in any manner
any of Tenant's trade fixtures or personal property that Tenant does not remove
from the Premises on expiration or within ten (10) days after termination of the
Term as allowed or required by the provisions of this Lease by giving ten (10)
days' notice to Tenant. Title to any such trade fixtures and personal property
that Landlord elects to retain or dispose of on expiration of such ten (10) day
period shall vest in Landlord. Tenant waives all claims against Landlord for any
damage to Tenant resulting from Landlord's retention or disposition of any such
trade fixtures and personal property. Tenant shall be liable to Landlord for
Landlords' costs for storing, removing and disposing of Tenant's trade fixtures
and personal property. If Tenant fails to surrender the Premises to Landlord on
expiration or ten (10) days after termination of the Term as required by this
Section, Tenant shall pay Landlord Rent in an amount equal to twice the Minimum
Monthly Rent applicable for the month immediately prior to the expiration or
termination of the Term for the entire time Tenant thus remains in possession
and Tenant shall hold Landlord harmless from all damages resulting from Tenant's
failure to timely surrender the Premises, including, without limitation, (i) any
Rent payable by, or any damages claimed by, any prospective tenant of any part
or all of the Premises, and (ii) Landlord's damages resulting from such
prospective tenant rescinding or refusing to enter into the prospective lease of
part or all of the Premises by reason of Tenant's failure to timely surrender
the Premises. If Tenant, without Landlord's prior consent, remains in possession
of the Premises after expiration or termination of the Term, or after the date
in any notice given by Landlord to Tenant terminating this Lease, such
possession by Tenant shall be deemed to be a tenancy at sufferance terminable at
any time by either parry.

     (b)  Holding Over With Landlord's Consent.  If Tenant, with Landlord's
prior consent, remains in possession of the Premises after expiration or
termination of the Term, or after the date in any notice given by Landlord to
Tenant terminating this Lease, such possession by Tenant shall be deemed to be a
month-to-month tenancy terminable by Landlord by a notice given to Tenant at
least twenty (20) days prior to the end of any such monthly period or by Tenant
by a notice given to Landlord at least thirty (30) days prior to the end of any
such monthly period.  During such month-to-month tenancy, Tenant shall pay Rent
in the amount then agreed to in writing by Landlord and Tenant.  All provisions
of this Lease, except those pertaining to term, shall apply to the month-to-
month tenancy.

38.  Agency Disclosure; Broker.

     (a)  Agency Disclosure.  Landlord hereby acknowledges that it has been
previously disclosed to Landlord that Tenant has been represented by Eric
Olmstead

                                      -32-
<PAGE>

of Leibsohn & Co. Tenant hereby acknowledges that it has been previously
disclosed to Tenant that Martin Smith Inc represents Landlord in this
transaction.

     (b)  Commission Indemnity.  Tenant represents and warrants that Eric
Olmstead of Liebsohn & Co. is to be paid by Imation Corporation, the parent
corporation of the prior occupant of the Premises.  Moreover, each party agrees
to indemnify and hold the other party harmless from and against any and all
liability, costs, damages, causes of action or other proceedings instituted by
any broker, agent or finder, licensed or otherwise, claiming through, under or
by reason of the conduct of the indemnifying party in any manner whatsoever in
connection with this Lease.  Each party agrees to indemnify and hold the other
party harmless from and against any and all liability, costs, damages, causes of
action or other proceedings instituted by any broker, agent or finder, licensed
or otherwise, claiming through, under or by reason of the conduct of the
indemnifying party in any manner whatsoever in connection with this Lease.

39.  Interest on Unpaid Rent.  In addition to the Late Charge as provided in
Section 5(b), Rent not paid when due shall bear interest from the date due until
paid at the rate of eighteen percent (18%) per year, or the maximum legal rate
of interest, whichever is less.

40.  Consent.  Whenever the consent of either Landlord or Tenant is required
under this Lease, such consent shall not be effective unless given in writing
and shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, provided, however, that such
consent may be conditioned as provided in this Lease.

41.  Definitions.  As used in this Lease, the following words and phrases,
whether or not capitalized, shall have the following meanings:

     (a)  "Additional Rent" means pass-throughs of increases in Operating Costs
and Taxes, as defined in this Lease, and other monetary sums to be paid by
Tenant to Landlord under the provisions of this Lease.

     (b)  "Alteration" means any addition or change to, or modification of, the
Premises made by Tenant, including, without limitation, fixtures, but excluding
trade fixtures as defined in this Section.

     (c)  "Authorized representatives" means any officer, agent, employee,
independent contractor or invites of either party.

     (d)  "Award" means all compensation, sums or anything of value awarded,
paid or received on a total or partial condemnation.

                                      -33-
<PAGE>

     (e)  "Common Areas" means all areas outside the Premises and within the
Building or on the Land that are provided and designated by Landlord from time
to time for the general, non-exclusive use of Landlord, Tenant and other tenants
of the Building and their authorized representatives, including, without
limitation, common entrances, lobbies, corridors, stairways and stairwells,
elevators, escalators, public restrooms and other public portions of the
Building.

     (f)  "Condemnation" means the exercise of any governmental power, whether
by legal proceedings or otherwise, by a condemnor and a voluntary sale or
transfer by Landlord to any condemnor, either under threat of condemnation or
while legal proceedings for condemnation are pending.

     (g)  "Condemnor" means any public or quasi-public authority or entity
having the power of condemnation.

     (h)  "Damage" means any injury, deterioration, or loss to a person,
property, the Premises or the Building caused by another person's acts or
omissions or by Acts of God. Damage includes death.

     (i)  "Damages" means a monetary compensation or indemnity that can be
recovered in the courts by any person who has suffered damage to his person,
property or rights through another's acts or omissions.

     (j)  "Date of taking" means the date the condemnor has the right to
possession of the property being condemned.

     (k)  "Encumbrance" means any mortgage, deed of trust or other written
security device or agreement affecting the Premises, and the note or other
obligation secured by it, that constitutes security for the payment of a debt or
performance of an obligation.

     (l)  "Expiration" means the coming to an end of the time specified in the
Lease as its duration, including any extension of the Term.

     (m)  "Force majeure" means strikes, lockouts, labor disputes, shortages of
labor or materials, fire or other casualty, Acts of God or any other cause
beyond the reasonable control of a party.

     (n)  "Good condition" means the good physical condition of the Premises and
each portion of the Premises, including, without limitation, all of the Tenant
Improvements, Tenant's alterations, Tenant's trade fixtures, Tenant's Personal
Property, all as defined in this Section, signs, walls, interior partitions,
windows, window coverings, glass, doors, carpeting and resilient flooring,
ceiling tiles,

                                      -34-
<PAGE>

plumbing futures and lighting fixtures, as of which shall be in conformity with
building standard finishes, ordinary wear and tear, damage by fire or other
casualty and taking by condemnation excepted.

     (o)  "Hazardous substances" means any industrial waste, toxic waste,
chemical contaminant or other substance considered hazardous, toxic or lethal to
persons or property or designated as hazardous, toxic or lethal to persons or
property under any laws, including, without limitation, asbestos material or
materials containing asbestos.

     (p)  "Hold harmless" means to defend and indemnify from all liability,
losses, penalties, damages as defined in this Section, costs, expenses
(including, without limitation, attorney's fees), causes of action, claims or
judgments arising out of or related to any damage, as defined in this Section,
to any person or property.

     (q)  "Law" means any constitution, statute, ordinance, regulation, rule,
resolution, judicial decision, administrative order or other requirement of any
federal, state, county, municipal or other governmental agency or authority
having jurisdiction over the parties or the Property, or both, in effect either
at the time of execution of this Lease or at any time during the Term,
including, without limitation, any regulation or order of a quasi-official
entity or body (e.g., board of fire examiners or public utilities) and any
legally effective conditions, covenants or restrictions affecting the Property.

     (r) "Lender" means the mortgagee, beneficiary, secured party or other
holder of an encumbrance, as defined in this Section.

     (s)  "Lien" means a charge imposed on the Premises by someone other than
Landlord, by which the Premises are made security for the performance of an act.

     (t)  "Maintenance" means repairs, replacement, repainting and cleaning.

     (u)  "Mortgage" means any deed of trust, mortgage or other written security
device or agreement affecting the Premises, and the note or other obligation
secured by it, that constitutes security for the payment of a debt or
performance of an obligation.

     (v)  "Mortgagee" means the beneficiary under a deed of trust or mortgagee
under a mortgage.

     (w)  "Mortgagor" means the grantor or trustor under a deed of trust or
mortgagor under a mortgage.

                                      -35-
<PAGE>

     (x)  "Operating Costs" means all costs of any kind incurred by Landlord in
operating, cleaning, equipping, protecting, lighting, repairing, replacing,
heating, air-conditioning, maintaining and insuring the Property. Operating
Costs shall include, without limitation, the following costs: (i) salaries,
wages, bonuses and other compensation (including hospitalization, medical,
surgical, retirement plan, pension plan, union dues, life insurance, including
group life insurance, welfare and other fringe benefits, and vacation, holidays
and other paid absence benefits) relating to employees of Landlord or its agents
directly engaged in the operation, repair, or maintenance of the Property; (ii)
payroll, social security, workers' compensation, unemployment and similar taxes
with respect to such employees of Landlord or its authorized representatives,
and the cost of providing disability or other benefits imposed by law or
otherwise, with respect to such employees; (iii) uniforms (including the
cleaning, replacement and pressing thereof) provided to such employees; (iv)
premiums and other charges incurred by Landlord with respect to fire,
earthquake, other casualty, all risk, rent loss and liability insurance, any
other insurance as deemed necessary or advisable in the reasonable judgment of
Landlord and, after the Base Year, costs of repairing an insured casualty to the
extent of the deductible amount under the applicable insurance policy; (v) water
charges and sewer rents or fees; (vi) license, permit and inspection fees; (vii)
sales, use and excise taxes on goods and services purchased by Landlord in
connection with the operation, maintenance or repair of the Property and
Building systems and equipment; (viii) telephone, facsimile, messenger, express
delivery service, postage, stationery supplies and other expenses incurred in
connection with the operation, management, maintenance, or repair of the
Property; (ix) property management fees and expenses; (x) repairs to and
physical maintenance of the Property, including building systems and
appurtenances thereto and normal repair and replacement of worn-out equipment,
facilities and installations, but excluding the replacement of major building
systems (except to the extent provided in (xvi) and (xvii) below); (xi)
janitorial, window cleaning, security, extermination, water treatment, rubbish
removal, plumbing and other services and inspection or service contracts for
elevator, electrical, HVAC, mechanical and other building equipment and systems
or as may otherwise be necessary or proper for the operation or maintenance of
the Property; (xii) supplies, tools, materials, and equipment used in connection
with the operation, maintenance or repair of the Property; (xiii) accounting,
legal and other professional fees and expenses; (xiv) painting the exterior or
the public or common areas of the Building and the cost of maintaining the
sidewalks, landscaping and other common areas of the Property; (xv) all costs
and expenses for electricity, chilled water, air conditioning, water for
heating, gas, fuel, steam, heat, lights, power and other energy related
utilities required in connection with the operation, maintenance and repair of
the Property; (xvi) the cost of any improvements which Landlord elects to
capitalize made by Landlord to the Property during the term in compliance with
the requirements of any

                                      -36-
<PAGE>

laws or regulation or insurance requirement with which the Property was not
required to comply during the Base Year, as reasonably amortized by Landlord,
with interest on the unamortized balance at the rate of twelve percent (12%) per
year, or the maximum legal rate of interest, whichever is less; (xvii) the cost
of any improvements which Landlord elects to capitalize made by Landlord to the
Property during the term of this Lease for the protection of the health and
safety of the occupants of the Property or that are intended to reduce other
Operating Costs, as reasonably amortized by Landlord, with interest on the
unamortized balance at the rate of twelve percent (12%) per year, or the maximum
legal rate of interest, whichever is less. In this regard, Landlord will follow
generally accepted accounting practices; (xviii) a reasonable reserve for repair
or replacement of equipment used in the maintenance or operation of the
Property; (xix) the cost of furniture, draperies, carpeting, landscaping and
other customary and ordinary items of personal property (excluding paintings,
sculptures and other works of art) provided by Landlord for use in common areas
of the Building or in the Building office (to the extent that such Building
office is dedicated to the operation and management of the Property), such costs
to be amortized over the useful life thereof; (xx) any such expenses and costs
resulting from substitution of work, labor, material or services in lieu of any
of the above itemizations, or for any such additional work, labor, services or
material resulting from compliance with any laws or orders applicable to the
Property; (xxi) Building office rent or rental value; and (xxii) all other costs
which, in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles used by
Landlord, as applied to the maintenance and operation of office and/or retail
buildings, are properly chargeable to the operation and maintenance of the
Property.

     Operating Costs shall not include the following: (i) depreciation on the
Building; (ii) debt service; (iii) capital improvements, except as otherwise
provided in clauses (xvi) and (xvii) above, (iv) rental under any ground or
underlying leases; (v) Real Property Taxes, (vi) attorneys' fees and expenses
incurred in connection with lease negotiations with prospective tenants; (vii)
the cost of Tenant Improvements; (viii) advertising expenses; or (ix) real
estate broker's or other leasing commissions.

     (y)  "Parties" means Landlord and Tenant.

     (z)  "Party" means Landlord or Tenant.

     (aa) "Person" means one or more human beings, or legal entities or other
artificial persons, including, without limitation, partnerships, corporations,
trusts, estates, associations and any combination of human beings and legal
entities.

     (bb) "Property" means the Premises, Building and Land.

                                      -37-
<PAGE>

     (cc) "Provision" means any term, agreement, covenant, condition, cause,
qualification, restriction, reservation, or other stipulation in this Lease that
defines or otherwise controls, establishes, or limits the performance required
or permitted by either party.

     (dd) "Real Property Taxes" means any form of tax, assessment, general
assessment, special assessment, lien, levy, bond obligation, license fee,
license tax, tax or excise on rent, or any other levy, charge or expense,
together with any statutory interest thereon (individually and collectively, the
"Impositions"), now or hereafter imposed or required by any authority having the
direct or indirect power to tax, including any federal, state, county or city
government or any school, agricultural, lighting, drainage or other improvement
or special assessment district thereof (individually and collectively, the
"Governmental Agencies") on any interest of Landlord or Tenant or both
(including any legal or equitable interest of Landlord or its mortgagee, if any)
in the Premises or the Property, including, without limitation:

          (i)  any Impositions upon, allocable to or measured by the area of the
Premises or the Property, or the rental payable hereunder, including, without
limitation, any gross income tax or excise tax levied by any Governmental
Agencies with respect to the receipt of such rental; or

          (ii) any Impositions upon or with respect to the possession, leasing,
operation, management, maintenance, alteration, repair or use or occupancy by
Tenant of the Premises or any portion thereof; or

          (iii)  any Impositions upon or with respect to the building equipment
and personal property used in connection with the operation and maintenance of
the Property or upon or with respect to the furniture, fixtures and decorations
in the common areas of the Property; or

          (iv) any Impositions upon this Lease or this transaction or any
document to which Tenant is a party creating or transferring an interest or an
estate in the Premises; or

          (v)  any Impositions by Governmental Agencies (whether or not such
Impositions constitute tax receipts) in substitution, partially or totally, of
any impositions now or previously included within the definition of real
property taxes, including those calculated to increase tax increments to
Governmental Agencies and to pay for such services as fire protection, water
drainage, street, sidewalk and road maintenance, refuse removal or other
governmental services formerly provided without charge to property owners or
occupants; or

                                      -38-
<PAGE>

          (vi) any and all costs, including, without limitation, the fees of
attorneys, tax consultants and experts, incurred by Landlord should Landlord
elect to negotiate or contest the amount of such real property taxes in formal
or informal proceedings before the Governmental Agency imposing such real
property taxes; provided, however, that real property taxes shall in no event
include Landlord's general income, inheritance, estate, gift or franchise taxes.

     (ee) "Rent" means Minimum Monthly Rent, as adjusted from time to time under
this Lease, Additional Rent, Prepaid Rent, Security Deposit, all as defined in
this Section, payments of Tenant's Share of increases in Real Property Taxes and
Operating Costs, insurance, utilities and other charges payable by Tenant to
Landlord.

     (ff) "Rentable square feet of space" as to the Premises or the Building, as
the case may be, means the number of usable square feet of space times the
applicable R/U Ratio(s) as defined in this Section.

     (gg) "Restoration" means the reconstruction, rebuilding, rehabilitation and
repairs that are necessary to return damaged portions of the Premises and the
Building to substantially the same physical condition as they were in
immediately before the damage.

     (hh) "R/U Ratio" means the rentable area of a floor of the Building divided
by the usable area of such floor, both of which shall be computed in accordance
with American National Standard Z65.1-1986 Method of Measuring Floor Space in
Office Buildings as published by the Building Owners and Managers Association,
as amended from time to time.

     (ii) "Substantially complete" or "substantially completed" or "substantial
completion" means the completion of Landlord's construction obligation, subject
to completion or correction of "punch list" items, that is, minor items of
incomplete or defective work or materials or mechanical maladjustments that are
of such a nature that they do not materially interfere with or impair Tenant's
use of the Premises for the Permitted Use.

     (jj) "Successor" means assignee, transferee, personal representative, heir,
or other person or entity succeeding lawfully, and pursuant to the provisions of
this Lease, to the rights or obligations of either party.

     (kk) "Tenant Improvements" means (i) the improvements and alterations set
forth in Exhibit C, (ii) window coverings, lighting fixtures, plumbing fixtures,
cabinetry and other fixtures installed by either Landlord or Tenant at any time
during

                                      -39-
<PAGE>

the Term, and (iii) any improvements and alterations of the Premises made for
Tenant by Landlord at any time during the Term.

     (ll) "Tenant's personal property" means Tenant's equipment, furniture, and
movable property placed in the Premises by Tenant.

     (mm) "Tenant's trade fixtures" means any property attached to the Premises
by Tenant.

     (nn) "Termination" means the ending of the Term for any reason before
expiration, as defined in this Section.

     (oo) "Work" means the construction of any improvements or alterations or
the performance of any repairs done by Tenant or caused to be done by Tenant on
the Premises as permitted by this Lease.

42.  Miscellaneous Provisions.

     (a)  Entire Agreement.  This Lease sets forth the entire agreement of the
parties as to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior discussions and
understandings between them. This Lease may not be amended or rescinded in any
manner except by an instrument in writing signed by a duly authorized officer or
representative of each party hereto.

     (b)  Governing Law.  This Lease shall be governed by, and construed and
enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Washington.

     (c)  Severability.  Should any of the provisions of this Lease be found to
be invalid, illegal or unenforceable by any court of competent jurisdiction,
such provision shall be stricken and the remainder of this Lease shall
nonetheless remain in full force and effect unless striking such provision shall
materially alter the intention of the parties.

     (d)  Jurisdiction.  In the event any action is brought to enforce any of
the provisions of this Lease, the parties agree to be subject to exclusive in
personam jurisdiction in the Superior Court, King County, for the State of
Washington or in the United States District Court for the Western District of
Washington and agree that in any such action venue shall lie exclusively at
Seattle, Washington.

     (e)  Waiver.  No waiver of any right under this Lease shall be effective
unless contained in a writing signed by a duly authorized officer or
representative of the party sought to be charged with the waiver and no waiver
of any right arising from

                                      -40-
<PAGE>

any breach or failure to perform shall be deemed to be a waiver of any future
right or of any other right arising under this Lease.

     (f)  Captions.  Section captions contained in this Lease are included for
convenience only and form no part of the agreement between the parties.

     (g)  Notices.  All notices or requested required or permitted under this
Lease shall be in writing. If given by Landlord such notices or requests may be
personally delivered or sent by certified mail, return receipt requested,
postage prepaid. If given by Tenant such notices or requests shall be sent by
certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid. Such notices or
requests shall be deemed given when so delivered or mailed, irrespective of
whether such notice or request is actually received by the addressee. All
notices or requests to Landlord shall be sent to Landlord at Landlord's Address
for Notice and all notices or requests to Tenant shall be sent to Tenant at
Tenant's Address for Notice. Either party may change the address to which
notices shall be sent by notice to the other party.

     (h)  Binding Effect.  Subject to the provisions of Section 25 captioned
"Assignment and Subletting," this Lease shall be binding upon, and inure to the
benefit of, the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns. No
permitted assignment of this Lease or Tenant's rights hereunder shall be
effective against Landlord unless and until an executed counterpart of the
instrument of assignment shall have been delivered to Landlord and Landlord
shall have been furnished with the name and address of the assignee. The term
"Tenant" shall be deemed to include the assignee under any such permitted
assignment.

     (i)  Effectiveness.  This Lease shall not be binding or effective until
properly executed and delivered by Landlord and Tenant.

     (j)  Gender and Number.  As used in this Lease, the masculine shall include
the feminine and neuter, the feminine shall include the masculine and neuter,
the neuter shall include the masculine and feminine, the singular shall include
the plural and the plural shall include the singular, as the context may
require.

     (k)  Time of the Essence.  Time is of the essence in the performance of all
covenants and conditions in this Lease for which time is a factor.

                                      -41-
<PAGE>

Dated the date first above written.


Landlord:                              Tenant:

BURKE-STATE BLDG., L.L.C., a           WatchGuard, Inc., a Washington
Washington limited liability           corporation
company


By:  /s/ H. Martin Smith III          By:   /s/ Steven N. Moore
    ---------------------------            ---------------------------
       H. Martin Smith III            Its:  Chief Financial Officer
        Managing Partner                   ---------------------------

                                      By:
                                           ---------------------------
                                      Its:
                                           ---------------------------

This Lease has been prepared for submission to you and your attorney. Martin
Smith Inc is not authorized to give legal or tax advice. Neither Landlord nor
Martin Smith Inc makes any representations or recommendations as to the legal
sufficiency, legal effect or tax consequences of this document or any
transaction relating thereto. These are questions for your attorney with whom
you should consult before signing the document to determine whether your legal
rights are adequately protected.

                               [Notary attached]

                                      -42-
<PAGE>

STATE OF WASHINGTON  )
                     ) ss.
COUNTY OF KING       )

I certify that I know or have satisfactory evidence that Steve Moore is the
person who appeared before me, and said person acknowledged that he/she signed
this instrument, on oath stated that he/she was authorized to execute the
instrument, and acknowledged it as the (title) CFO of (entity) WatchGuard, Inc.,
a Washington corporation to be the free and voluntary act of such party for the
uses and purposes mentioned in the instrument.

Witness my hand and official seal this 17th day of November 1997.

                                                /s/ Ronald Leibsohn
                                       ------------------------------------
                                                    Notary Public

                                       (Print Name)
                                                   ------------------------
                                       Residing at   Mercer Island
                                                   ------------------------

                                       My Commission Expires: 12-15-00
                                                              -------------


STATE OF WASHINGTON  )
                     ) ss.
COUNTY OF KING       )

I certify that I know or have satisfactory evidence that H. Martin Smith, III is
the person who appeared before me, and said person acknowledged that he/she
signed this instrument, on oath stated that he/she was authorized to execute the
instrument, and acknowledged it as the (title) Managing Member of (entity)
BURKE-STATE BLDG, L.L.C., a Washington limited liability company to be the free
and voluntary act of such party for the uses and purposes mentioned in the
instrument.

Witness my hand and official seal this 18th day of December 1997.

                                               /s/ Danette A. Brandt
                                       ------------------------------------
                                                   Notary Public

                                       (Print Name)
                                                   ------------------------
                                       Residing at   Edmonds, WA
                                                   ------------------------

                                       My Commission Expires:  3/8/2001
                                                               ------------

     Notary Seal Attached

                                      -43-
<PAGE>

                                     RIDER

     This Rider is part of that certain Lease dated 10th day of October, 1997 by
and between BURKE-STATE BLDG., LLC, a Washington limited liability company
("Landlord"), and WatchGuard, Inc., a Washington corporation ("Tenant"), who
further agree as follows:

43.  Disclosure.  BURKE-STATE BLDG., LLC, is a Washington limited liability
company composed of H. Martin Smith, III, and Gregory B. Smith as the managing
members and other individuals and partnerships as members. The managing members
and several of the members are licensed real estate brokers and/or real estate
agents in the State of Washington.

     Dated the date first above written.


Landlord:                              Tenant:

BURKE-STATE BLDG., L.L.C., a           WatchGuard, Inc., a Washington
Washington  limited liability          corporation
company


By:   /s/ H. Martin Smith III          By:   /s/ Steven N. Moore
    ---------------------------            -----------------------------
          Managing Member              Its:   Chief Financial Officer
                                           -----------------------------
                                       By:
                                           -----------------------------
                                       Its:
                                           -----------------------------

                                      -44-
<PAGE>

                                   EXHIBIT A

                               LEGAL DESCRIPTION

                                Occidental Mall

Lots 1, 2, 3, and 4, Block 11, Town of Seattle, as laid out by D. S. Maynard,
commonly known as D. S. Maynard's Plat of Seattle, according to the plat
recorded in Volume 1 of Plats, Page 23, in King County, Washington; EXCEPT the
West 9 feet thereof condemned in District Court Cause No. 7089 for Occidental
Avenue, as provided by Ordinance No. 1109 of the City of Seattle; and EXCEPT
that portion of said Lot 2 conveyed to Wilbert L. Smith by Deed recorded under
recording number 186629 in King County, Washington.


                                       Initials      SM
                                                ------------

                                                ------------

                                                ------------

                                                ------------

                                      -45-
<PAGE>

                                                                       EXHIBIT B

             [Floor Plan: drawing showing layout of second floor,
            showing interior divisions of floor into office areas.]
<PAGE>

                                   EXHIBIT C
                                  WORK LETTER

     This Work Letter is made and entered into this 10th day of October 1997 by
and between BURKE-STATE BLDG., LLC, a Washington limited liability company
("Landlord") and WatchGuard, Inc., a Washington corporation ("Tenant").

     RECITALS:  Landlord and Tenant have entered into a Lease dated of even date
herewith covering certain Premises located in the Occidental Mall in Seattle,
Washington (the "Lease").  The Lease contemplates the construction of certain
improvements to the Premises.  Landlord and Tenant desire to set forth their
agreement as to construction of such improvements in writing and hereby agree as
follows:

1. Tenant Improvements. Landlord shall construct or cause to be constructed the
improvements described in the attached proposal from Uniplex Construction
Specialists dated October 31, 1997. Said proposal is attached to this Exhibit C
and by this reference made a part hereof. Landlord shall oversee all aspects of
the construction process, including without limitation, space planning, design,
construction bidding and construction of the Tenant Improvements.

2. Tenant Improvement Allowance; Payment for Tenant Improvements./*/ Landlord
shall pay the cost of the Tenant Improvements up to an Additional/**/ amount
equal to Forty Thousand Dollars and No Cents ($40,000.00) (the "Tenant
Improvement Allowance"). Tenant shall pay the entire cost of the Tenant
Improvements in excess of the Tenant Improvement Allowance. The Tenant
Improvement Allowance is intended to include architectural fees, permit fees,
costs of construction of the Tenant Improvements, a Four Percent (4%)
construction management fee payable to MSI Construction Services, Washington
state sales tax and any and every other cost with respect to the construction of
the Tenant Improvements to be borne by Landlord. In no event shall Landlord be
required to pay any portion of the cost of construction of the Tenant
Improvements or any other costs set forth in the preceding sentence in excess of
the Tenant Improvement Allowance.

_________________

/*/  Landlord has received a certified check in the amount of $15,000 from
Luminous Inc., a Washington corporation for the purpose of payment towards the
completion of improvements to Tenants premise.

/**/ Total Tenant Improvement Allowance contribution shall not exceed
$55,000.00; $15,000.00 referenced directly above and the additional $40,000.00
referenced in Section 2 of Exhibit C.
<PAGE>

3.  Change Orders. Tenant or Landlord, without invalidating this agreement, may
order changes in the work consisting of additions, deletions, or modifications.
All such changes in the work shall be authorized by written change order signed
and approved by Landlord, Tenant and Contractor. Landlord and Tenant shall
approve any and all such change orders within two (2) business days. Neither
Landlord, Tenant nor the Contractor shall be liable to pay for or perform any
additions, deletions or modifications unless agreed to in a written change
order. Each such change order shall describe:


    a)  The work added, deleted or modified;

    b)  The agreed upon adjustment, if any, to the contract sum payable to
Contractor;

    c)  The agreed upon adjustment, if any, to the date of substantial
completion and/or Lease Commencement Date; and

    d)  The date by which Landlord or Tenant must pay Contractor for any added
or modified work.  Tenant shall be responsible for the cost of any such change
orders requested by Tenant.

4.  Payment.  Landlord shall pay the cost of the Tenant Improvements directly to
the Contractor up to the amount of the Tenant Improvement Allowance.  After
Landlord has expended the Tenant Improvement Allowance, Tenant shall pay
directly to the Contractor any amount over and above the Tenant Improvement
Allowance within fifteen (15) days of receipt of an invoice from Landlord.

5.  Prior Agreements.  This Work Letter, together with the Lease, contains the
entire agreement of the parties with respect to any matters covered or mentioned
in this Work Letter and no prior agreements or understandings pertaining to any
such matter shall be effective for any purpose.  No provision of this Work
Letter may be amended or added to except in writing signed by the parties hereto
or their respective successors and assigns in interest.  This Work Letter shall
not be effective or binding upon any party until fully executed by both parties
hereto.

    Dated the date first above written.

Landlord:                                       Tenant:

BURKE-STATE BLDG., LLC, a Washington            WatchGuard, Inc., a Washington
limited liability company                       corporation

<PAGE>

By: /s/ [SIGNATURE ILLEGIBLE]                   By: /s/ Steven N. Moore
    ----------------------------------              ---------------------------
         Managing Member
                                                Its:   CFO
                                                    ---------------------------
                                                By:____________________________
                                                Its:___________________________
<PAGE>

                                [UNIPLEX logo]
                           Construction Specialists
                                753 18/th/ East
                          Seattle, Washington 98112
                          Telephone: (206) 323-4320
                             Fax: (206) 328-0693

                                                                October 31, 1997


WatchGuard Technologies, Inc.
316 Occidental Avenue S., Ste. 300
Seattle, WA 98104

Attn:  Shannon Bussard

Re:  2/nd/ Floor Buildout

Shannon,

Our price for the above Project is $39,087.00 plus sales tax.  The following
clarifications and exclusions were used to calculate this price.

1.   This price is based upon the plan by Marvin Stein dated 10/14/97, 1 page.

2.   Provide and install building standard 3' x 8' paint grade doors and jambs
     in new offices.  All doors to have passage set hardware.

3.   The closet bifold doors to be same height as demountable partition doors.

4.   Uniplex assumes existing ceiling grid is per code and all changes will be
     in accordance with same.

5.   Replace ceiling tile where affected by construction.

6.   Uniplex assumes the proposed space meets present building code requirements
     for both electrical and HVAC equipment.

7.   Electrical - Please see attached.

8.   Uniplex to provide and install an additional 2 ton water-to-water heat pump
     for use in the (6) new offices.  The existing ducting and supply for
     offices to be redirected for Conference Room use.
<PAGE>

9.   WatchGuard to remove and alter all demountable panels that do not fit new
     configuration.

10.  The following are NIC:
     a.  Permit.
     b.  Keying.
     c.  Any low voltage work (telephone/computers).
     d.  Window coverings.
     e.  Casework.
     f.  Furniture moving.

11.  Provide and install new building standard 30 oz. cut pile carpet and 4 inch
     Roppe rubber base.  Carpet to be Tempest II.

12.  New carpet to be installed per the cross-hatch portion of the attached
     drawing.  Rubber base to be installed on all new partitions.

13.  Paint area affected by construction in the existing color.

14.  Uniplex has included 3 man days of patch and repair, and 3 man days of
     painting for touch up in the remainder of the space.

15.  Provide sprinkler alterations and additions as needed for new floor plan.

16.  No A.D.A. upgrades have been included in the above proposal.

17.  This work will be completed in a single phase during normal business hours.

18.  This project will take approximately 20 working days to complete from start
     of work.

NOTE:  This proposal may be withdrawn by Uniplex after 45 days.  Please call to
     confirm price after time has elapsed.

ALTERNATE NO. 1:  Shampoo all remaining carpet throughout the new space.  Price:
     $1,186.00 plus tax.

If you have any questions please call.

Sincerely,

/s/ Tim Kenison
Tim Kenison
UNIPLEX, INC.
<PAGE>

Project:     2/nd/ Floor Remodel           Date  10/31/97
Building:    Burke                         Revised

PERMIT                                       NIC

DEMOLITION
Partition           Movable                  NIC
Carpet                                                          400
Plastic                                                          80
Disposal                                                        205

CONSTRUCTION
Partitions          Std                                       7,605

Mullions                                                        150

Doors               Interior                                  4,270
                    Bi-fold                                     620

Relites             Int.                     NIC

Base                Rubber                                      173

PAINT               New Walls                                 1,350
                    Soffit                                      200
                    Touch up                                    960

ELECTRICAL          N. Star                                   5,462

HVAC                                                          7,630

SPRINKLERS                                                      605

CEILING             Repair                                      300

CARPET              New                                       3,442

CABINET             Pole & Shelf                                231

Blinds                                       NIC

Patch/Repair        General                                     195
                    S. End                                      560

Clean-Up            General                                     200

Supervision                                                     200
Misc. (OSIF)                                                    697

Profit & Overhead                                             3,553
                                                            -------
TOTAL                                                       $39,087
<PAGE>

                                   EXHIBIT D
                             RULES AND REGULATIONS


1.   No sign, placard, picture, advertisement, name or notice shall be installed
     or displayed on any part of the exterior or in any area visible from the
     exterior of the Building without the prior written consent of the Landlord,
     which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.  Landlord
     shall have the right to remove, at Tenant's expense and without notice, any
     sign installed or displayed in violation of this rule.  All signs or
     lettering on doors and walls shall be printed, painted, affixed or
     inscribed at the expense of Tenant.  At the expiration or termination of
     Tenant's Lease, Tenant, at Tenant's sole cost and expense, shall remove all
     tenant-installed signage and repair and paint any and all damage resulting
     from installation and/or removal of said signage.

2.   Tenant shall not install any curtains, blinds, shades, screens or hanging
     plants or other similar objects attached to or used in connection with any
     window or door of the Premises except building-standard drapes approved by
     Landlord.  No awning shall be permitted on any part of the Premises.
     Tenant shall not place anything against or near glass partitions or doors
     or windows which may appear unsightly from outside the Premises.

3.   Tenant shall not obstruct any sidewalks, lobbies, halls, passages, exits,
     entrances, elevators, or stairways of the Building.  The halls, passages,
     exits, entrances, lobbies, elevators, and stairways are not open to the
     general public. Landlord shall in all cases retain the right to control and
     prevent access thereto of all persons whose presence in the judgment of
     Landlord would be prejudicial to the safety, character, reputation and
     interest of the Building and its Tenants; provided that nothing herein
     contained shall be construed to prevent such access to persons with whom
     any Tenant normally deals in the ordinary course of its business, unless
     such persons are engaged in illegal activities.  No Tenant and no employee
     or invitee of any tenant shall go upon the roof of the Building without
     Landlord's prior written consent.

4.   The directory of the Building will be provided exclusively for the display
     of the name and location of tenants' business only, and Landlord reserves
     the right to exclude any other names therefrom.

5.   All cleaning and janitorial services for the Building and the Premises,
     unless otherwise in the Lease, shall be provided exclusively through
     Landlord, and
<PAGE>

     except with the written consent of Landlord, no person or persons other
     than those approved by Landlord shall be employed by Tenant or permitted to
     enter the Building for the purpose of cleaning the same. Tenant shall not
     cause any unnecessary labor by carelessness or indifference to the good
     order and cleanliness of the Premises. Landlord shall not in any way be
     responsible to any tenant for any loss of property on the Premises, however
     occurring, or for any damage to any tenant's property by the janitor or any
     other employee or any other person.

6.   Landlord shall furnish Tenant with appropriate number of keys to each door
     lock in the Premises and to the main entrance door of the Building.
     Landlord may make a reasonable charge for any additional keys.  Tenant
     shall not make or have made additional keys, and Tenant shall not alter any
     lock or install a new additional lock or bolt on any door of its Premises.
     Tenant, upon termination of its tenancy, shall deliver to Landlord all keys
     to all doors which have been furnished to Tenant and in the event of loss
     of any keys so furnished, shall reimburse Landlord for the cost of any new
     lock(s) required due to such loss.

7.   Tenant shall not install computer cabling, telephone, burglar alarm or
     similar services without Landlord's approval for installation of same.
     Upon termination of Tenant's tenancy, at Landlord's option, Tenant shall
     remove any equipment and/or services from the Premises and shall restore
     the Premises to its condition prior to such installation.

8.   Freight elevator(s), if any, shall be available for use by all tenants in
     the Building, subject to such reasonable scheduling as Landlord in its
     discretion shall deem appropriate.  No equipment, materials, furniture,
     packages, supplies, merchandise or other property will be received in the
     Building or carried in the passenger elevators except between such hours
     and in such elevators as may be designated by Landlord.

9.   Tenant shall not place a load upon any floor of the Premises which exceeds
     the load per square foot which such floor was designed to carry and which
     is allowed by law.  Landlord shall have the right to prescribe the weight,
     size and position of all equipment, materials, furniture or other property
     brought into the Building.  Heavy objects shall, if considered necessary by
     Landlord, stand on such platforms as determined by Landlord to be necessary
     to properly distribute the weight of such objects.  Business machines and
     mechanical equipment belonging to Tenant which cause noise or vibration
     that may be transmitted to the structure of the Building or to any space
     therein or to any tenants in the Building shall be placed and maintained by
     Tenant, at Tenant's

                                      -2-
<PAGE>

     sole cost and expense, on vibration eliminators or other devices sufficient
     to eliminate noise or vibration. Landlord will not be responsible for loss
     of, or damage to, any such equipment or other property from any cause, and
     all damage done to the Building by maintaining or moving such equipment or
     other property shall be repaired at the expense of Tenant.

10.  Tenant shall not use or keep in the Premises any kerosene, gasoline or
     inflammable or combustible fluid or material other than those limited
     quantities necessary for the operation or maintenance of office equipment.
     Tenant shall not use or permit to be used in the Premises any foul or
     noxious gas or substance, or permit or allow the Premises to be occupied or
     used in a manner offensive or objectionable to Landlord or other occupants
     of the Building by reason of noise, odors, or vibrations, nor shall Tenant
     bring into or keep in or about the Premises any animals, including dogs
     (except seeing-eye dogs).

11.  Tenant shall not use any method of heating or air conditioning other than
     that supplied by Landlord.

12.  Tenant shall not waste electricity, water or air conditioning, and Tenant
     agrees to cooperate fully with Landlord to assure the most effective
     operation of the Building's heating and air-conditioning system and to
     comply with any governmental energy-saving rules, laws or regulations, of
     which Tenant has actual notice, and shall refrain from attempting to adjust
     controls.  Tenant shall keep corridor and exterior doors closed and shall
     close window coverings at the end of each business day.

13.  The name of the Building is the Occidental Mall.  Landlord reserves the
     right, exercisable without notice and without liability to Tenant, to
     change the name of the Building.

14.  Landlord reserves the right to exclude from the Building between the hours
     of 6:00 p.m. and 7:00 a.m. the following day, or such other hours as may be
     established from time to time by Landlord, and on Sundays and legal
     holidays any person, unless that person is known to the person or employee
     in charge of the Building and has a pass or is properly identified.  Tenant
     shall be responsible for all persons for whom it requests passes and shall
     be liable to Landlord for all acts of such persons.  Landlord shall not be
     liable for damages for any error with regard to the admission to or
     exclusion from the Building of any person.  Landlord reserves the right to
     prevent access to the Building in case of invasion, mob, riot, public
     excitement or other commotion by closing the doors or by other appropriate
     action.

                                      -3-
<PAGE>

15.  Tenant shall close and lock the doors of its Premises and entirely shut off
     all water faucets or other water apparatus, electricity, copiers and other
     office equipment, including coffee pots, etc., before Tenant and its
     employees leave the Premises. Tenant shall be responsible for any damage or
     injuries sustained by other tenants or occupants of the Building or by
     Landlord for noncompliance with this rule.

16.  The toilet rooms, toilets, urinals, wash bowls and other apparatus shall
     not be used for any purpose other than that for which they were
     constructed, and no foreign substance of any kind whatsoever shall be
     thrown therein.  The expense of any breakage, stoppage or damage resulting
     from the violation of this rule shall be borne by the tenant, or employees
     or invitees of the tenant, who shall have caused it.

17.  Tenant shall not make any room-to-room solicitation of business from other
     tenants in the Building.  Tenant shall not use the Premises for any
     business or activity other than that specifically provided for in Tenant's
     Lease.

18.  Canvassing, soliciting and distribution of handbills or any other written
     material, and peddling in the Building are prohibited, and each tenant
     shall cooperate to prevent same.

19.  Tenant shall not install any radio or television antenna, loudspeaker or
     other device on the roof or exterior walls of the Building except as
     permitted in the Lease.  Tenant shall not interfere with radio or
     television broadcasting or reception from or in the Building or elsewhere.

20.  Landlord reserves the right to direct electricians as to where and how
     telephone, computer or other wiring or cabling are to be introduced to the
     Premises.  Tenant shall not cut nor bore holes for wiring or cabling
     without Landlord's prior written consent, said consent shall not be
     unreasonably withheld.  Tenant shall not affix any floor covering to the
     floor of the Premises in any manner except as approved by Landlord.  Tenant
     shall repair any damage resulting from noncompliance with this rule.

21.  Landlord reserves the right to exclude or expel from the Building any
     person who, in Landlord's judgment, is intoxicated or under the influence
     of alcohol or drugs or who is in violation of any of the Rules and
     Regulations of the Building.

22.  Tenant shall store all its trash and garbage within its Premises.  Tenant
     shall not place in any trash box or receptacle any material which cannot be
     disposed

                                      -4-
<PAGE>

     of in the ordinary and customary manner of trash and garbage disposal. All
     garbage and refuse disposal shall be made in accordance with directions
     issued from time to time by Landlord. All garbage over and above normal
     (i.e., major-delivery wrappings, etc.) shall be at Tenant's sole cost and
     expense. Tenant agrees to cooperate with Landlord in recycling programs as
     may be established from time to time by Landlord.

23.  The Premises shall not be used for lodging nor for manufacturing of any
     kind, nor shall the Premises be used for any improper, immoral or
     objectionable purpose.  No cooking shall be done or permitted by Tenant on
     the Premises, except that use by Tenant of Underwriters Laboratory approved
     equipment for brewing coffee, tea, hot chocolate and similar beverages, and
     microwave ovens shall be permitted; provided that such equipment and use is
     in accordance with all applicable federal, state, county and city laws,
     codes, ordinances, rules and regulations and does not cause objectionable
     odor.

24.  Without the written consent of Landlord, Tenant shall not use the name of
     the Building in connection with or in promoting or advertising the business
     of Tenant except as Tenant's address.

25.  Tenant shall comply with all safety, fire protection and evacuation
     procedures and regulations established by Landlord or any governmental
     agency.

26.  Tenant assumes any and all responsibility for protecting its Premises from
     theft, robbery and pilferage, which includes keeping doors locked and other
     means of entry to the Premises closed.

27.  The requirements of Tenant will be attended to only upon appropriate
     application to the office of the Building by an authorized individual.
     Employees of Landlord shall not perform any work or do anything outside
     their regular duties unless under special instructions from Landlord, and
     no employee of Landlord will admit any person (Tenant or otherwise) to any
     office of the Building without specific instructions from Landlord.

28.  Tenant and Tenant's employees shall not park vehicles in any parking areas
     designated by Landlord as reserved parking areas or as visitor parking
     areas.  Tenant shall not park any vehicles in the Building parking areas
     other than automobiles, motorcycles, motor-driven or nonmotor-driven
     bicycles or four-wheeled trucks.

29.  Tenant and Tenant's delivery personnel shall utilize loading zones and
     delivery entrances for all deliveries.  Any damage to the Building or
     Premises resulting

                                      -5-
<PAGE>

     from Tenant's deliveries shall be repaired at the sole cost and expense of
     the Tenant.

30.  Tenant and Tenant's delivery personnel shall not use in any space or in the
     common areas of the Building any hand truck except those equipped with
     rubber tire and side guards or such other material-handling equipment as
     Landlord may approve.  Tenant shall not bring vehicles of any other kind
     into the Building.

31.  All moving of furniture or other equipment shall be done so as to have
     minimal impact on other tenants' and visitors' use of elevators, common
     areas, and parking facilities.

32.  The Building is a nonsmoking building.

33.  Landlord may waive any one or more of these Rules and Regulations for the
     benefit of Tenant or any other tenant, but no such waiver by Landlord shall
     be construed as a waiver of such Rules and Regulations in favor of Tenant
     or any other tenant, nor prevent Landlord from thereafter enforcing any
     such Rules and Regulations against any or all of the tenants of the
     Building.

34.  These Rules and Regulations are in addition to and shall not be construed
     to in any way modify or amend, in whole or in part, the terms, covenants,
     agreements and conditions of any lease of any premises in the Building.

35.  Landlord reserves the right to make such other and reasonable Rules and
     Regulations as, in its judgment, may from time to time be needed for safety
     and security, for care and cleanliness of the Building and for the
     preservation of good order therein.  Tenant agrees to abide by all such
     Rules and Regulations hereinabove stated and any additional reasonable
     Rules and Regulations which are adopted.

36.  Tenant shall be responsible for the observance of all of the foregoing
     Rules and Regulations by Tenant's employees, agents, clients, customers,
     invitees and guests.

                                                        Initials:    [initials]

                                                                     __________


                                                                     [initials]

                                                                     __________

                                      -6-

<PAGE>

                                                                    Exhibit 10.3

                               COMMERCIAL LEASE

     THIS LEASE dated this 17th day of August, 1998, by and between CEDERSTRAND
RENTALS, a Washington general partnership (Landlord), and WATCHGUARD, INC., a
Washington corporation ("Tenant").

     The parties covenant and agree as follows:

     1.  Premises.  The Landlord does hereby lease to Tenant, and Tenant does
hereby lease from Landlord those certain premises (hereinafter referred to as
"premises" or "leased premises") commonly known as approximately 2,800 square
feet of the first floor (excluding entry, hall, stairs and other common areas)
which premises is more particularly shown in Exhibit 1 attached hereto, which is
a portion of the building commonly known as 820 First Avenue South, Seattle,
Washington, which property is legally described in Exhibit 2 attached hereto.
Tenant shall have the exclusive use of four (4) parking spaces (two (2) parking
spaces inside fenced area) which spaces shall be designated by Landlord when
Tenant takes possession of premises.

     2.  Business Purpose.  The premises are to be used for the warehousing and
storage purposes and ancillary office functions related thereto.  The premises
shall be used for no other purpose without the prior written consent of
Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.  In no case shall
the use of the premises by Tenant impinge upon the quiet enjoyment by other
tenants of their premises in the building.  Tenant shall have access to the
premises and the parking spaces 24 hours per day, 7 days per week, 52 weeks per
year.

     3.  Term.  The term of this Lease shall be for two (2) years commencing on
the 15th day of August, 1998, and terminating on the 14th day of August, 2000.

     4.  Option to Renew.  At the expiration of the two (2) year term of this
Lease, Tenant shall have two options to renew this Lease for an additional one
(1) year period each.  Tenant shall exercise the option by providing written
notice to Landlord not later than four (4) months prior to expiration of the
then current term of the Lease.  For each option period, the base rent as
provided in paragraph 5 shall be increased following amounts:

               Third lease year   $3,640.00 per mo.
               Fourth lease year  $3,780.00 per mo.

                                       1
<PAGE>

     5.  Base Rent.  As base rent for the premises, the Tenant shall pay to the
Landlord before the 1st day of each rental month, the following amounts:

               First lease year   $3,360.00 per mo.
               Second lease year  $3,500.00 per mo.

     6.  Improvements Paid by Landlord.  Tenant accepts the bare space in its
present "as is-where is" condition with the following exceptions which are the
only improvements which shall be made by Landlord:

         (a)  Broom clean the entire space, including steam cleaning the carpets
              in the office of the space.

         (b)  Provide adequate lighting in the warehouse space.

         (c)  Confirm that all lighting, HVAC to office space and power to the
              premises are in good working order at the time of occupancy.

         (d)  Securely demise the leased premises from any other space in the
              building.

         (e)  Provide a single restroom for the exclusive use of the leased
              premises.

     Landlord shall expeditiously complete all build-out of said improvements,
provided that at all times restroom facilities are made available to Tenant.
Landlord represents that there are no material defects in the building.

     7.  Improvements Paid by Tenant.  With the exception of those items stated
in paragraph 6, Tenant shall pay for any and all costs associated with any
improvements made by Tenant on the premises, all of which shall be done in
accordance with paragraph 24 and all applicable building codes and land use
codes.

     8.  Repairs and Maintenance.  Common area maintenance, roof, foundation,
structural integrity of the building and major repairs or replacement of the
existing plumbing HVAC and electrical service and fixtures shall all be at
Landlord's sole cost and expense provided that Tenant shall replace all burned
out light bulbs, shall unplug any plugged toilet or waste pipe, and Tenant shall
repair any damage caused by the negligence of Tenant, its employees, agents, or
invitees.  The premises have been inspected and are accepted by Tenant in their
present condition.  After taking possession of the premises, Tenant shall at all
times keep the premises in a neat, clean and sanitary condition and shall
replace any glass of windows or doors as may become cracked or broken in the
leased premises.  Tenant will at all times

                                       2
<PAGE>

preserve the said premises in as good a repair as they are now or may hereafter
be put to at Tenant's sole expense, except that Tenant shall not be obligated to
repair any damage by casualty or reasonable wear and tear.

     9.  Utilities.  Landlord shall pay natural gas, electric, sewer, water, and
garbage for the premises.  The base year for such expenses shall be 1998 and
Tenant shall pay a pro rata share of any increases above the base year adjusted
to reflect 95% occupancy and a fully assessed building unless such increased
cost of utilities can be directly attributed to Tenant, in which case such
actual increased cost shall be paid by Tenant or reimbursed to Landlord by
Tenant within ten (10) days of invoice.

     10.  Garbage.  Landlord shall provide one 2-yard capacity dumpster for the
use of all Tenants in the building, which dumpster shall be emptied not less
than one time per week.  WatchGuard, Inc.'s use of the dumpster shall not be
more than one-fourth (1/4th) of its capacity, and should it become necessary to
increase such capacity as a result of the needs of a Tenant, Tenant shall
reimburse Landlord for such cost.

     11.  HVAC.  Building standard HVAC service to the office of the premises
shall be available from 7:00 o'clock a.m. to 6:00 o'clock p.m., Monday through
Friday, on generally accepted business days and from 9:00 o'clock a.m. to 1:00
p.m. on Saturdays.  Additional HVAC service for after hours use will be
available at a charge that shall be initially agreed upon and determined
according to the actual cost thereof.

     12.  Late Payment Penalty.  Any rent, or reimbursement for elevator
service, real estate taxes, liability insurance, utilities, common area
maintenance and the like, which is not paid by Tenant within ten (10) days of
its due date, shall incur a late payment penalty of five percent (5%) of the
unpaid amount.  In addition, all liquidated, unpaid amounts shall bear interest
at twelve percent (12%) per annum.

     13.  Care of Premises/Compliance.  Except as otherwise specifically
provided herein, the Landlord shall not be called upon to make any improvements
or repair of any kind upon the said premises and the said premises shall at all
times be kept and used by Tenant in accordance with the laws of the State of
Washington and ordinances of the City of Seattle, and in accordance with all
directions, rules, and regulations of the health officer, fire marshal, building
inspector, or other proper officer of the City of Seattle at the sole cost and
expense of said Tenant; and Tenant will permit no waste, damage or injury to the
premises, and at Tenant's own cost and expense, will keep all drainage pipes
free and open and will protect water, heating, and other pipes on the premises
so that they will not freeze or become clogged, and will repair all leaks, and
will also repair all damages caused by leaks on the premises

                                       3
<PAGE>

by reason of Tenant's failure to protect and keep free, open, and unfrozen any
of the pipes and plumbing on said premises.

     14.  Use.  The Tenant shall conduct and carry on in said premises, the
business for which said premises are leased, and shall not use the premises for
illegal purposes.  The Tenant agrees that no stock of goods will be carried, or
anything done in or about the premises which will increase the present rate of
insurance; provided, however, if the Tenant shall engage in such business with
the consent of the Landlord, which business shall increase insurance rates,
Tenant shall pay such increase.  Tenant agrees that it has determined to
Tenant's satisfaction that the premises can be used for the purposes for which
they are leased and waives any right to terminate this Lease in the event that
the premises cannot be used for such purposes or for any reason it may not be
used for such purposes during the term of the Lease.

     15.  Accidents and Liability.  All personal property on said leased
premises shall be at the risk of Tenant.  Landlord or Landlord's agent shall not
be liable for any damage, either to person or property, sustained by Tenant or
others caused by any defects now in said premises, or the building in which the
premises are located, or any service facilities, or hereafter occurring therein,
or due to the building in which the leased premises are situated, or any part or
appurtenance thereof, becoming out of repair, or caused by fire or by the
bursting or leaking of water, gas, sewer, or steam pipes, or from any act or
neglect of co-tenants or other occupants of said building, or any other persons,
or due to the happening of any accident from whatsoever cause in and about said
building.  Except to the extent caused by the negligence or intentional
misconduct of Landlord or its agents, Tenant agrees to defend and hold Landlord
and Landlord's agent harmless from any and all claims for damages suffered or
alleged to be suffered in or about the leases premises by any person, firm or
corporation.

     Tenant agrees to maintain public liability insurance on the premises in the
minimum limit of One Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00) for property damage and in
the minimum of One Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00) for bodily injuries and
death, and shall name Landlord as an additional insured.  Tenant shall furnish
Landlord a certificate indicating that the insurance policy is in full force and
effect, that Landlord has been named as an additional insured, and that the
policy may not be cancelled unless thirty (30) days' prior written notice of the
proposed cancellation has been given to Landlord.

     16.  Liens and Insolvency.  Tenant shall keep the leased premises and the
property in which the leased premises are situated, free from any liens arising
out of any work performed, materials furnished, or obligations incurred by
Tenant.  In the event Tenant becomes insolvent, voluntarily or involuntarily
bankrupt, or if a receiver,

                                       4
<PAGE>

assignee or other liquidating officer is appointed for the business of Tenant,
then the Landlord may cancel this Lease at Landlord's option.

     17.  Assignment.  Tenant shall not let or sublet the whole or any part
thereof, nor assign this Lease or any part thereof without the written consent
of Landlord.  This Lease shall not be assignable by operation of law.  If
consent is once given by Landlord to the assignment of his Lease, or any
interest therein, Landlord shall not be barred from afterwards refusing to
consent to any further assignment.  Consent to sublet or assignment shall not be
unreasonably withheld.  Tenant shall reimburse Landlord's reasonable attorneys'
fees and costs incurred relative to any assignment or sublet proposed by Tenant.

     18.  Access.  Tenant will allow Landlord or Landlord's agent free access at
all reasonable times to leased premises for the purpose of inspection or of
making repairs, additions, or alterations to the leased premises, the building
or any property owned by or under the control of Landlord, but this right shall
not be construed as an agreement on the part of Landlord to make any repairs
except as specifically provided in this Lease.  Reasonable times for entry for
inspection, repairs or alterations shall be defined as normal business hours
upon twenty-four (24) hours' advance written notice (which includes notice by
facsimile), except in emergencies.

     19.  Possession.  Tenant shall be provided possession of the premises on
the Lease commencement date, provided, however, that Landlord shall have an
additional thirty (30) days after said Lease commencement date to complete
construction of improvements set forth in paragraph 6 above.

     20.  Damage or Destruction.  In the event the premises are damaged to such
an extent as to render the same untenantable in whole or in a substantial part
thereof, or are destroyed, it shall be optional with Landlord to repair or
rebuild the same; and after the happening of any such contingency, Tenant shall
give Landlord immediate written notice thereof.  Landlord shall have no more
than thirty (30) days after date of such notification to notify Tenant in
writing of Landlord's intentions to repair or rebuild said premises, or the part
so damaged as aforesaid, and if Landlord elects to repair or rebuild said
premises, Landlord shall prosecute the work of such repairing or rebuilding
without unnecessary delay, and during such period the rent of said premises
shall be abated in the same ratio that portion of the premises rendered for the
time being unfit for occupancy shall bear to the whole of the leased premises.
If Landlord shall fail to give the notice aforesaid, or does not complete the
repairs within six (6) months of the date of damage, Tenant shall have the right
to declare this Lease terminated by written notice served upon Landlord or
Landlord's agent.

                                       5
<PAGE>

     In the event the building in which the premises hereby leased are located
shall be damaged (even though the premises hereby leased shall not be damaged
thereby) to such an extent that in the opinion of Landlord it shall not be
practicable to repair or rebuild, or is destroyed, then it shall be optional
with Landlord to terminate this Lease by written notice served on Tenant within
ninety (90) days after such damage or destruction.

     21.  Notices.  Any notice required to be served in accordance with the
terms of this Lease shall be sent by mail.  Notice to Landlord shall be directed
to P.O. Box 18213, Seattle, Washington 98118, and, after taking possession of
the premises, notices from Landlord shall be sent to Tenant at the leased
premises.

     22.  Governmental Fees.  All fees which relate to the conduct of Tenant's
business on the premises or relate to any improvements made on the premises by
Tenant shall be paid by Tenant.

     23.  Signs.  Landlord will provide building standard signage for Tenant at
the main building entrance and adjacent to Tenant's entry door.  All signage
shall be mutually agreed upon and subject to all City codes.

     24.  Alterations.  Tenant shall not make any alterations, additions or
improvements in the premises without the prior written consent of Landlord in
writing first obtained which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld as to
nonstructural changes, and all alterations, additions and improvements which
shall be made shall be at the sole cost and expense of Tenant, and shall become
the property of the Landlord, and shall remain in and be surrendered with the
premises as a part thereof of the termination of this Lease, without
disturbance, molestation or injury.  If Tenant shall perform work with the
consent of Landlord, as aforesaid, Tenant agrees to comply with all laws,
ordinances, rules and regulations of the City of Seattle or any other authorized
public authority.  Tenant agrees that Landlord has the right to make alterations
to the premises and to the building in which the premises are situated and
Landlord shall not be liable for any damage which Tenant might suffer by reasons
of such undertaking.  Landlord shall have reasonable access to the premises for
the purpose of accessing utilities for the building or for the purpose of making
modifications to the building as may be needed to accommodate other tenants in
the building.

     25.  Default and Reentry.  If any rents above reserved, or any part
thereof, shall be and remain unpaid when the same shall become due, or if Tenant
shall violate or default in any of the covenants and agreements herein
contained, then Landlord may cancel this Lease upon giving the notice required
by law, but in no event, except a delinquency in the rent, less than ten (10)
days' notice of and opportunity to cure

                                       6
<PAGE>

said violation or default, and reenter said premises, but notwithstanding such
reentry by Landlord, the liability of Tenant for the rent provided for herein
shall not be extinguished for the balance of the term of this Lease and Tenant
covenants and agrees to make good to Landlord any deficiency arising from a
reentry and reletting of the premises at a lesser rental than herein agreed to.
Tenant shall pay such deficiency each month as the amount thereof is ascertained
by the lessor.

     26.  Cost and Attorneys' Fees.  If by reason of any default on the part of
Tenant it becomes necessary for Landlord to employ an attorney or in case
Landlord shall bring suit to recover any rent due hereunder, or for breach of
any provision of this Lease or to recover possession of the leased premises, or
if Tenant shall bring any action for any relief against Landlord, declaratory or
otherwise, arising out of this Lease, then the prevailing party shall be
entitled to recovery of all costs of this dispute, including reasonable
attorneys' fees, expert witness fees, and the costs and fees incurred in any
arbitration, court proceeding or appeal.

     27.  Nonwaiver of Breach.  The failure of Landlord to insist upon strict
performance of any of the covenants and agreements of this Lease, or to exercise
any right herein conferred in any one or more instances, shall not be construed
to be a waiver or relinquishment of any such, or any other covenants or
agreements, but the same shall be and remain in full force and effect.

     28.  Removal of Property.  At the conclusion of the tenancy, Tenant shall
have the right and the obligation to remove all of its furnishings, equipment
and trade fixtures on the premises.  In the event of any lawful entry in, or
taking possession of, the leased premises as aforesaid, Landlord shall have the
right, but not the obligation, to remove from the leased premises all personal
property located therein, and may store the same in any place selected by
Landlord, including but not limited to a public warehouse, at the expense and
risk of the owners thereof, with the right to sell such stored property, after
commercially reasonable notice to Tenant and to any party holding a perfected
security interest in such property, and after it has been stored for a period of
thirty (30) days or more.  The proceeds of sale shall first be applied to the
cost of such sale, second to the payment of reasonable charges for moving and
storage, if any, and third to the payment of any other sums of money which may
then be due from Tenant to Landlord under any of the terms hereof or to any
creditor of Tenant holding a perfected security interest in the priority
established by law, and the balance, if any, to be paid to Tenant.

     29.  Heirs and Successors.  Subject to the provisions hereof pertaining to
assignment and subletting, the covenants and agreements of this Lease shall be
binding upon the heirs, legal representatives, successors and assigns of any or
all of the parties hereto.

                                       7
<PAGE>

     30.  Hold-Over.  If Tenant shall, with the written consent of Landlord,
hold over after the expiration of the term of this Lease, such tenancy shall be
for an indefinite period of time on a month-to-month tenancy, which tenancy may
be terminated as provided by the laws of the State of Washington.  During such
tenancy, Tenant agrees to pay to Landlord the same rental rates as set forth
herein, unless a different rate is agreed upon, and to be bound by all of the
terms, covenants and conditions as herein specified, so far as applicable.

     31.  Subordination.  This Lease is subject and thereby subordinated to all
present and future mortgages, deeds of trust and other encumbrances affecting
the demised premises of the property of which said premises are a part.  Tenant
agrees to execute, at no expense to Landlord, any instrument which may be
reasonably deemed necessary or desirable by Landlord to further effect the
subordination of this Lease to any mortgage, deed of trust or encumbrance.
Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this section, no such subordination
shall adversely affect Tenant's rights under this Lease.

     32.  Common Areas.  The premises are part of a building which is occupied
or may be occupied by other tenants.  Tenant agrees to conform to Landlord's
reasonable written ruses and regulations pertaining to the parts of the building
that are in common use by tenants.

     33.  Condemnation.  In the event a substantial part of the premises is
taken by the right of eminent domain, or purchase by the condemnor, in lieu
thereof, so as to render the remaining premises untenantable, then this Lease
shall be cancelled as of the time of taking at the option of either party.  In
the event of a partial taking which does not render the premises untenantable,
the rent shall be reduced in direct proportion to the taking.  Tenant shall have
no claim to any portion of the compensation for the taking of the land or
building.  Landlord shall have no claim to any portion of the compensation paid
to Tenant by the condemnor.

     34.  Subrogation Waiver.  To the extent allowed by their respective
insurance policies, each of Landlord and Tenant herewith and hereby releases and
relieves the other and waives their entire right of recovery against the other
for loss or damage arising out of or incident to the perils described in
standard fire insurance policies and all perils described in the "Extended
Coverage" insurance endorsement approved for use in the site where the premises
are located, which occurs in, on or to the premises, whether due to the
negligence of either party, their agents, employees or otherwise.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, this provision shall not be construed in any
fashion which shall cause impairment of either party's primary insurance
coverage.

                                       8
<PAGE>

     35.  Surrender of Premises.  Tenant agrees, upon expiration or sooner
termination of this Lease, to peacefully quit and surrender the premises without
notice, leave the premises neat and clean and to deliver all keys to the
premises to Landlord.

     36.  Tenant's Compliance With Environmental Laws.  The parties acknowledge
that there are certain federal, state and local laws, regulations and guidelines
now in affect and that additional laws, regulations and guidelines may hereafter
be enacted, relating to or affecting the leased premises and the larger parcel
of land upon which the leased premises may be a part, concerning the impact on
the environment of construction, land use, the maintenance and operation of
structures and the conduct of business.

     Tenant shall not cause, or permit to be caused, any act or practice by
negligence, or omission, or otherwise, that would adversely affect the
environment or do anything or expressly authorize anything to be done that would
violate any of said laws, regulations or guidelines.  Any violation of this
covenant shall be an event of default under this Lease.  Tenant shall indemnify
and hold Landlord harmless from any and all costs, expenses, claims, losses,
damages, fines, and penalties, including reasonable attorneys' fees, that may in
any manner arise out of or be imposed because of the failure of Tenant to comply
with this covenant.  The foregoing shall cover all requirements whether or not
foreseeable at the present time and regardless of the expense attendant thereon.

     Landlord shall not cause, or permit to be caused, any act or practice by
negligence, or omission, or otherwise, that would adversely affect the
environment or do anything or expressly authorize anything to be done that would
violate any of said laws, regulations or guidelines.  Any violation of this
covenant shall be an event of default under this Lease.  Landlord shall
indemnify and hold Tenant harmless from any and all costs, expenses, claims,
losses, damages, fines and penalties, including reasonable attorneys' fees, that
may in any manner arise out of or be imposed because of the failure of Landlord
to comply with this covenant.  The foregoing shall cover all requirements
whether or not foreseeable at the present time and regardless of the expense
attendant thereon.

     37.  Authority/Consent.  Any corporate officer signing this Lease on behalf
of a corporation warrants that he/she has authority to enter into this Lease on
behalf of such corporation.

     38.  Real Estate Commission.  A real estate commission equal to three
percent (3%) of the total rent due for the initial two-year term of this Lease
will become due and owing to Leibsohn & Company by Landlord at such time as
Tenant

                                       9
<PAGE>

pays the first month's rent to Landlord. Landlord shall pay its agent, Eric
Cederstrand of Colliers International, in accordance with a separate agreement.
Both parties warrant and represent that there is no other commission or
liability owed to any broker or any other party as a result of consummation of
this Lease.

     39.  Facsimile/Counterparts.  A facsimile copy of a signed copy of this
Lease shall have the same binding effect as an original. This Lease may be
executed in counterparts. Parties will circulate an original, notarized Lease as
soon as practical after exchanging facsimile copies.


     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Lease the day and
year first above written.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                        <C>
LANDLORD:                                  TENANT:
CEDERSTRAND RENTALS, a                     WATCHGUARD, INC., a
Washington general partnership             Washington corporation

By: /s/ Kenneth K. Cederstrand             By:  /s/ Steven N. Moore
   ---------------------------                ----------------------------
    Kenneth K. Cederstrand                      Steve Moore,
    General Partner                             Chief Financial officer
</TABLE>

                                       10
<PAGE>

STATE OF WASHINGTON  )
                     ) ss.
County of King       )

     On this _____ day of August, 1998, before me personally appeared Kenneth K.
Cederstrand, to me known to be one of the general partners of Cederstrand
Rentals, the partnership that executed the within and foregoing instrument, and
acknowledged said instrument to be the free and voluntary act and deed of said
partnership, for the uses and purposes therein mentioned, and on oath stated
that he was authorized to execute said instrument.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF I have hereunto set my hand and affixed my official seal
the day and year first above written.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                            <C>
                                       /s/ Debora L. Nelson
- -----------------------------  ------------------------------------------------
                               Name (printed): Debora L. Nelson
   NOTARY SEAL                 Notary Public in and for the State of Washington,
                               residing at King County
                               My Commission expires:  10/25/99
- -----------------------------  ------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

STATE OF WASHINGTON  )
                     ) ss.
County of King       )

     On this _____ day of August, 1998, before me personally appeared Steve
Moore, to me known to be the Chief Financial Officer of WatchGuard, Inc., the
corporation that executed the within and foregoing instrument, and acknowledged
said instrument to be the free and voluntary act and deed of said corporation,
for the uses and purposes therein mentioned, and on oath stated that she was
authorized to execute said instrument.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF I have hereunto set my hand and affixed my official seal
the day and year first above written.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                            <C>
                                      /s/ Debora L. Nelson
- -----------------------------  ------------------------------------------------
                               Name (printed):  Debora L. Nelson
   NOTARY SEAL                 Notary Public in and for the State of Washington,
                               residing at King County
                               My Commission expires:  10/25/99
- -----------------------------  ------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

                                       11
<PAGE>

                                   EXHIBIT 2

                               Legal Description

PORTIONS LOTS 2, 3 AND 4, BLOCK 324, SEATTLE TIDE LANDS, IN KING COUNTY,
WASHINGTON, DESCRIBED AS FOLLOWS:

BEGINNING AT THE NORTHEAST CORNER OF SAID LOT 2;
THENCE WEST ALONG THE NORTH LINE OF SAID LOT 23.13 FEET TO THE EASTERLY LINE OF
STREET AS CONDEMNED IN KING COUNTY SUPERIOR COURT CAUSE NUMBER 397727, AS
PROVIDED BY ORDINANCE NO. 77088, AND AS AMENDED BY ORDINANCE NO. 77749 OF THE
CITY OF SEATTLE;
THENCE ALONG THE EASTERLY LINE OF SAID STREET AS CONDEMNED, SOUTHWESTERLY ALONG
THE ARC OF A CURVE TO RIGHT HAVING A RADIUS OF 345 FEET A DISTANCE OF 79.32 FEET
TO A POINT OF TANGENCY;
THENCE SOUTHWESTERLY ALONG A LINE TANGENT TO SAID CURVE AT SAID POINT, A
DISTANCE OF 49.54 FEET TO A POINT IN THE SOUTH LINE OF SAID LOT 3, 6.62 FEET
EAST, MEASURED ALONG SAID SOUTH LINE FROM THE SOUTHWEST CORNER THEREOF;
THENCE CONTINUING ALONG SAID TANGENT A DISTANCE OF 6.86 FEET TO A POINT OF
CURVATURE;
THENCE SOUTHERLY ALONG THE ARC OF A CURVE TO THE LEFT HAVING A RADIUS OF 39.70
FEET, A DISTANCE OF 17.32 FEET TO A POINT IN THE SOUTH LINE OF THE NORTH 23 FEET
OF SAID LOT 4;
THENCE EAST ALONG SAID SOUTH LINE TO THE EAST LINE OF SAID LOT 4;
THENCE NORTH AND NORTHWESTERLY ALONG THE EASTERLY LINES OF SAID LOTS 2, 3 AND 4
AT THE POINT OF BEGINNING.

                                       12
<PAGE>

                                                                       EXHIBIT I

                [Floor Plan: drawing showing warehouse space, with
       WatchGuard areas, other tenants' areas, and common areas marked.]


<PAGE>

                                                                    EXHIBIT 10.4

                              SILICON VALLEY BANK

               AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT


Borrower:  WatchGuard Technologies, Inc.

Address:   316 Occidental Avenue South, Suite 200
           Seattle, WA  98104

Date:      March 20, 1998

     THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT is entered into on
the above date between SILICON VALLEY BANK ("Silicon"), whose address is 3003
Tasman Drive, Santa Clara, California 95054, and the borrower named above (the
"Borrower"), whose chief executive office is located at the above address
("Borrower's Address").  This Agreement amends and restates the QuickStart Loan
and Security Agreement between Silicon and Borrower (then known as Seattle
Software Labs, Inc.), dated August 5, 1997, and the Schedules thereto.

1.   LOANS

     1.1.  Loans

     Silicon will make one or more loans to the Borrower (the "Loans") up to the
amounts (the "Credit Limits") shown on the Schedule to this Agreement (the
"Schedule") as the Credit Limit for such loans.  The terms of the Loans are
stated in this Agreement and in the Schedule.  The terms of the Schedule are
incorporated into this Agreement.  The Borrower is responsible for monitoring
the total amount of Loans and other Obligations outstanding from time to time,
and the Borrower shall not permit the amount of any Loan to exceed at any time
the applicable Credit Limit for such Loan.  The Borrower shall not permit the
total amount of Loans and all other obligations to exceed at any time the
aggregate Credit Limit for the Loans.  If at any time the total of all
outstanding Loans and all other Obligations exceeds the aggregate Credit Limit,
the Borrower shall immediately pay the amount of the excess to Silicon, without
notice or demand.

     1.2.  Interest; Debit to Deposit Accounts

     All Loans and all other monetary Obligations shall bear interest at the
applicable rates shown on the Schedule.  Interest shall be payable monthly, on
the due date shown on the monthly billing from Silicon to the Borrower.  The
Borrower shall

<PAGE>

regularly deposit all funds received from its business activities in accounts
maintained by the Borrower at Silicon. The Borrower hereby requests and
authorizes Silicon to debit any of the Borrower's accounts with Silicon,
including without limitation account no. 3300074939, for payments of interest
and principal due on the Loans and all other obligations owing by the Borrower
to Silicon. Silicon shall promptly notify the Borrower of all debits which
Silicon makes against the Borrower's accounts. Any such debit against the
Borrower's accounts shall in no way be deemed a setoff by Silicon.

     1.3.  Fees

     The Borrower shall pay to Silicon at closing a commitment fee and other
fees in the amounts shown on the Schedule.  These fees are in addition to all
interest and other sums payable to Silicon and are not refundable.

     1.4.  Additional Costs

     In case of any law, regulation, treaty or official directive or the
interpretation or application thereof by any court or any governmental authority
charged with the administration thereof or the compliance with any guideline or
request of any central bank or other governmental authority (whether or not
having the force of law) which:

          (a) subjects Silicon to any tax with respect to payments of principal
or interest or any other amounts payable hereunder by the Borrower or otherwise
with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby (except for taxes on the
overall net income of Silicon imposed by the United States of America or any
political subdivision thereof);

          (b) imposes, modifies or deems applicable any deposit insurance,
reserve, special deposit or similar requirement against assets held by, or
deposits in or for the account of, or loans by, Silicon; or

          (c) imposes upon Silicon any other condition with respect to its
performance under this Agreement,

and the result of any of the foregoing is to increase the cost to Silicon,
reduce the income receivable by Silicon or impose any expense upon Silicon with
respect to any loans, Silicon shall notify the Borrower thereof.  Borrower
agrees to pay to Silicon the amount of such increase in cost, reduction in
income or additional expense as and when such cost, reduction or expense is
incurred or determined, upon presentation by Silicon of a statement of the
amount and setting forth Silicon's calculation thereof, all

                                       2
<PAGE>

in reasonable detail, which statement shall be deemed true and correct absent
manifest error.

2.   GRANT OF SECURITY INTEREST

     2.1.  Obligations

     The term "Obligations" as used in this Agreement means the following: the
obligation to pay all Loans and all interest on the Loans when due, and to pay
and perform when due all other present and future indebtedness, liabilities,
obligations, guarantees, covenants, agreements, warranties and representations
of the Borrower to Silicon, whether joint or several, monetary or non-monetary,
and whether created pursuant to this Agreement or any other present or future
agreement (such as future agreements relating to letters of credit issued by
Silicon) or otherwise.  Silicon may, in its discretion, require that the
Borrower pay monetary Obligations in cash to Silicon, or charge them to the
Borrower's Loan account, in which event they shall bear interest at the rates
applicable to the Loan to which such amounts are charged.

     2.2.  Collateral

     As security for all Obligations, the Borrower hereby grants Silicon a
continuing security interest in all of the Borrower's assets, including but not
limited to all of the Borrower's interest in the types of property described
below, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, and wherever located
(collectively, the "Collateral"):  (a) all accounts, contract rights, chattel
paper, letters of credit, documents, securities, money, and instruments, and all
other obligations now or in the future owing to the Borrower; (b) all inventory,
goods, merchandise, materials, raw materials, work in process, finished goods,
farm products, advertising, packaging and shipping materials, supplies, and all
other tangible personal property which is held for sale or lease or furnished
under contracts of service or consumed in the Borrower's business, and all
warehouse receipts and other documents; (c) all equipment, including without
limitation all machinery, fixtures, trade fixtures, vehicles, furnishings,
furniture, materials, tools, machine tools, office equipment, computers and
peripheral devices, appliances, apparatus, parts, dies, and jigs; (d) all
general intangibles including, but not limited to, deposit accounts, goodwill,
drawings, blueprints, customer lists, security deposits, loan commitment fees,
federal, state and local tax refunds and claims, all rights in all litigation
presently or hereafter pending for any cause or claim (whether in contract, tort
or otherwise), and all judgments now or hereafter arising therefrom, all rights
to purchase or sell real or personal property, all rights as a licensor or
licensee of any kind, all royalties, licenses, processes, telephone numbers,
purchase orders, and all insurance policies and claims (including without
limitation credit, liability, property and other insurance), and all other
rights, privileges and

                                       3
<PAGE>

franchises of every kind; (e) all books and records, whether stored on computers
or otherwise maintained; (f) all of the Borrower's cash; and (g) all
substitutions, additions and accessions to any of the foregoing, and all
products, proceeds and insurance proceeds of the foregoing, and all guaranties
of and security for the foregoing; and all books and records relating to any of
the foregoing. Borrower does not grant Silicon a security interest in, or lien
on, patent applications, trademarks, trademark applications or copyrights or
copyright applications and shall not grant a security interest in, or lien on,
such assets of Borrower to any third party without Silicon's prior written
approval.

3.   REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS OF THE BORROWER

     The Borrower represents and warrants to Silicon as follows, and the
Borrower covenants that the following representations shall continue to be true,
and that the Borrower shall comply with all of the following covenants:

     3.1.  Corporate Existence and Authority

     The Borrower is and shall continue to be duly authorized, validly existing
and in good standing under the laws of the state of its incorporation, as
identified on the copy of the Borrower's Certificate of Incorporation delivered
to Silicon.  The Borrower is and shall continue to be qualified and licensed to
do business in all jurisdictions in which any failure to do so would have a
material adverse effect on the Borrower.  The execution, delivery and
performance by the Borrower of this Agreement, and all other documents executed
by the Borrower in connection with the Loans have been duly and validly
authorized, are enforceable against the Borrower in accordance with their terms,
and do not violate any law or any provision of, and are not grounds for
acceleration under, any agreement or instrument that is binding upon the
Borrower.

     3.2.  Name, Trade Names and Styles

     The name of the Borrower set forth in the heading to this Agreement is its
correct name.  Listed on an Exhibit to the Schedule are all prior names of the
Borrower and all of the Borrower's present and prior trade names.  The Borrower
shall give Silicon 15 days' prior written notice before changing its name or
doing business under any other name.  The Borrower has complied, and shall in
the future comply, with all laws relating to the conduct of business under a
fictitious business name.

                                       4
<PAGE>

     3.3.  Place of Business; Location of Collateral

     The address set forth in the heading to this Agreement is the chief
executive office for the Borrower.  In addition, the Borrower has places of
business only at, and Collateral of the Borrower is located only at, the
locations set forth on the Schedule.  The Borrower shall give Silicon at least
15 days' prior written notice before changing its chief executive office or
moving Collateral (other than inventory sold in the ordinary course of business)
to any location other than a location listed on the Schedule.

     3.4.  Title to Collateral; Permitted Liens

     The Borrower is now, and shall at all times in the future be, the sole
owner of all the Collateral, except for items of equipment that are leased by
the Borrower and general intangibles subject to nonexclusive licenses granted by
Borrower to its customers in the ordinary course of business.  The Collateral
now is and shall remain free and clear of any and all liens, charges, security
interests, encumbrances and adverse claims, except for the following ("Permitted
Liens"):  (a) purchase money security interests in specific items of equipment,
other than equipment financed by the Loans; (b) leases of specific items of
equipment; (c) liens in favor of First Portland Corporation, provided that the
obligations secured by such liens shall not exceed the amount outstanding on the
date of this Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement; (d) liens for
taxes not yet payable; (e) additional security interests and liens consented to
in writing by Silicon in its sole discretion; and (f) security interests being
terminated substantially concurrently with this Agreement.  Silicon shall have
the right to require, as a condition to its consent under subparagraph (e)
above, that the holder of the additional security interest or lien sign an
intercreditor agreement on terms satisfactory to Silicon in its sole discretion,
acknowledge that the holder's security interest is subordinate to Silicon's
security interest.  Silicon now has, and shall continue to have, a first
priority, perfected and enforceable security interest in all of the Collateral.
The Collateral shall not be subject to any other liens or security interests of
any type except for the Permitted Liens.  The Borrower shall at all times defend
Silicon and the Collateral against all claims of others.  None of the Collateral
now is or shall be affixed to any real property in such a manner, or with such
intent, as to become a fixture.

     3.5.  Maintenance of Collateral

     The Borrower shall maintain the Collateral in good working condition.  The
Borrower shall not use the Collateral for any unlawful purpose.

                                       5
<PAGE>

     3.6.  Books and Records

     The Borrower has maintained and shall maintain at the Borrower's Address
complete and accurate books and records, comprising an accounting system in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

     3.7.  Financial Condition and Statements

     All financial statements now or in the future delivered to Silicon have
been, and shall be, prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting
principles and now and in the future shall completely and accurately reflect the
financial condition of the Borrower, at the times and for the periods therein
stated.  Since the last date covered by any such statement, there has been no
material adverse change in the financial condition or business of the Borrower.
The Borrower is now and shall continue to be solvent.

     3.8.  Tax Returns and Payments; Pension Contributions

     The Borrower has timely filed, and shall timely file, all tax returns and
reports required by foreign, federal, state and local law.  The Borrower has
timely paid, and shall timely pay, all foreign, federal, state and local taxes,
assessments, deposits and contributions now or in the future owed by the
Borrower.  The Borrower may, however, defer payment of any contested taxes,
provided that the Borrower (a) in good faith contests the Borrower's obligation
to pay the taxes by appropriate proceedings promptly and diligently instituted
and conducted, (b) notifies Silicon in writing of the commencement of, and any
material development in, the proceedings, and (c) posts bonds or takes any other
steps required to keep the contested taxes from becoming a lien upon any of the
Collateral.  The Borrower is unaware of any claims or adjustments proposed for
any of the Borrower's prior tax years which could result in additional taxes
becoming due and payable by the Borrower.  The Borrower has paid and shall
continue to pay all amounts necessary to fund all present and future pension,
profit sharing and deferred compensation plans in accordance with their terms.
The Borrower has not and shall not withdraw from participation in, permit
partial or complete termination of, or permit the occurrence of any other event
with respect to, any such plan which could result in any liability of the
Borrower, including, without limitation, any liability to the Pension Benefit
Guaranty Corporation or its successors or any other governmental agency.

     3.9.  Compliance with Law

     The Borrower has complied, and shall comply, in all material respects, with
all provisions of all foreign, federal, state and local laws and regulations
relating to the

                                       6
<PAGE>

Borrower, including, but not limited to, those relating to ownership of real or
personal property, conduct and licensing of the Borrower's business, and
environmental matters.

     3.10.  Litigation

     Except as disclosed in the Schedule, there is no claim, suit, litigation,
proceeding or investigation pending or (to best of the Borrower's knowledge)
threatened by or against or affecting the Borrower in any court or before any
governmental agency (or any basis therefor known to the Borrower) which may
result, either separately or in the aggregate, in any material adverse change in
the financial condition or business of the Borrower, or in any material
impairment in the ability of the Borrower to carry on its business in
substantially the same manner as it is now being conducted.  The Borrower shall
promptly inform Silicon in writing of any claim, proceeding, litigation or
investigation in the future threatened or instituted by or against the Borrower
involving amounts in excess of $100,000.

     3.11.  Use of Proceeds

     All proceeds of all Loans shall be used solely for lawful business
purposes.

     3.12.  Hazardous Substances

     The terms "hazardous waste," "hazardous substance," "disposal," "release,"
and "threatened release," as used in this Agreement, shall have the same
meanings as set forth in the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation,
and Liability Act of 1980, as amended, 42 U.S.C. (S) 9601, et seq. ("CERCLA"),
the Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act of 1986, Pub. L. No. 99-499
("SARA"), the Hazardous Materials Transportation Act, 49 U.S.C. (S) 1801, et
seq., the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, 49 U.S.C. (S) 6901, et seq.,
or other applicable state or federal laws, rules, or regulations adopted
pursuant to any of the foregoing.  The Borrower represents and warrants that:
(a) the Borrower has no knowledge of (i) any use, generation, manufacture,
storage, treatment, disposal, release, or threatened release of any hazardous
waste or substance by any prior owners or occupants of any of the real
properties owned or operated by the Borrower, or (ii) any actual or threatened
litigation or claims of any kind by any person relating to such matters; (b)
neither the Borrower nor any subtenant, contractor, agent or other user
authorized by Borrower of any of the real properties shall use, generate,
manufacture, store, treat, dispose of, or release any hazardous waste or
substance on, under, or about any of the real properties owned or operated by
the Borrower except in compliance with all applicable federal, state, and local
laws, regulations, and ordinances, including without limitation those laws,
regulations and ordinances described above.  The

                                       7
<PAGE>

Borrower authorizes Silicon and its agents, upon 24 hours' prior notice (which
need not be in writing), to enter upon the real properties to make such
inspections and tests as Silicon may deem appropriate to determine compliance of
the real properties owned or operated by the Borrower with this Section of the
Agreement. Any inspections or tests made by Silicon shall be for Silicon's
purposes only and shall not be construed to create any responsibility or
liability on the part of Silicon to the Borrower or to any other person. The
Borrower hereby (a) releases and waives any future claims against Silicon for
indemnity or contribution in the event the Borrower becomes liable for cleanup
or other costs under any such laws, and (b) agrees to indemnify and hold
harmless Silicon against any and all claims, losses, liabilities, damages,
penalties, and expenses which Silicon may directly or indirectly sustain or
suffer resulting from a breach of this Section of the Agreement or as a
consequence of any use, generation, manufacture, storage, disposal, release or
threatened release occurring prior to the Borrower's ownership or interest in
the real properties, whether or not the same was or should have been known to
the Borrower. The provisions of this Section of the Agreement, including the
obligation to indemnify, shall survive the payment of the obligations and the
termination or expiration of this Agreement and shall not be affected by
Silicon's acquisition of any interest in any of the real properties, whether by
foreclosure or otherwise.

     3.13.  No Conflicts

     Performance of this Agreement does not conflict with or result in a breach
of any agreement to which Borrower is a party or by which Borrower is bound.

     3.14.  No Transfers or Encumbrances

     During the term of this Agreement, Borrower will not transfer or otherwise
encumber any interest in the Collateral, except for nonexclusive licenses
granted by Borrower in the ordinary course of business or as set forth in this
Agreement and the Permitted Liens.

     3.15.  Validity of Patents

     To its knowledge, each of Borrower's patents, patent applications and like
provisions are valid and enforceable, and none of Borrower's patents have been
judged invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part, and no claim has been made
that any part of the Collateral violates the rights of any third party except as
previously disclosed to Silicon.

                                       8
<PAGE>

     3.16.  Notice of Change in Composition

     Borrower shall promptly advise Silicon of any material change in the
composition of the Collateral, including but not limited to any subsequent
ownership right of the Borrower in or to any Trademark, Patent or Copyright not
specified in this Agreement.

     3.17.  Duty to Protect and Defend

     Borrower shall (i) protect and defend its trademarks, patents and
copyrights, (ii) use commercially reasonable efforts to detect infringements of
its trademarks, patents and copyrights and promptly advise Silicon in writing of
material infringements detected, and (iii) not allow any of its trademarks,
patents or copyrights to be abandoned, forfeited or dedicated to the public
without the written consent of Silicon, which shall not be unreasonably
withheld, unless Borrower determines that reasonable business practices suggest
that abandonment appropriate.

     3.18.  After-Acquired Collateral

     This Agreement creates, and in the case of after-acquired Collateral, this
Agreement will create at the time Borrower first has rights in such after-
acquired Collateral, in favor of Silicon a valid and perfected first priority
security interest in the Collateral in the United States securing the payment
and performance of the obligations evidenced by the Loan Agreement.

     3.19.  No Authorization Necessary to Pledge

     To its knowledge, except as has been already made or obtained, no
authorization, approval or other action by, and no notice to or filing with, any
U.S. governmental authority or U.S. regulatory body is required either (i) for
the grant by Borrower of the security interest granted hereby or for the
execution, delivery or performance of this Agreement by Borrower in the U.S., or
(ii) for the perfection in the United States or the exercise by Silicon of its
rights and remedies hereunder.

     3.20.  Accurate Information

     All information heretofore, herein or hereafter supplied to Silicon by or
on behalf of Borrower with respect to the Collateral is accurate and complete in
all material respects.

                                       9
<PAGE>

     3.21.  No Conflicting Agreement

     Borrower shall not enter into any agreement that would materially impair or
conflict with Borrower's obligations hereunder without Silicon's prior written
consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.  Borrower shall not
permit the inclusion in any material contract to which it becomes a party of any
provisions that could or might in any way prevent the creation of a security
interest in Borrower's rights and interests in any property included within the
definition of the Collateral acquired under such contracts, except that certain
contracts may contain antiassignment provisions that could in effect prohibit
the creation of a security interest in such contracts.

     3.22.  Notice of Impairment of Value

     Upon any executive officer of Borrower obtaining actual knowledge thereof,
Borrower will promptly notify Silicon in writing of any event that materially
adversely affects the value of any Collateral, the ability of Borrower to
dispose of any Collateral or the rights and remedies of Silicon in relation
thereto, including the levy of any legal process against any of the Collateral.

4.   ADDITIONAL DUTIES OF THE BORROWER

     4.1.  Financial and Other Covenants

     The Borrower shall at all times comply with the financial and other
covenants set forth in the Schedule.

     4.2.  Overadvance; Proceeds of Accounts

     If for any reason the total of all outstanding Loans and all other
Obligations exceeds the total Credit Limit, as stated in the Schedule, without
limiting Silicon's other remedies, and whether or not Silicon declares an Event
of Default, the Borrower shall remit to Silicon all checks and other proceeds of
the Borrower's accounts and general intangibles, in the same form as received by
the Borrower, within one day after the Borrower's receipt of the same, to be
applied to the Obligations in such order as Silicon shall determine in its
discretion.

     4.3.  Insurance

     The Borrower shall at all times insure all of the tangible personal
property Collateral and carry such other business insurance, with insurers
reasonably acceptable to Silicon, in such form and amounts as Silicon may
reasonably require.  All such insurance policies shall name Silicon as an
additional loss payee, and shall

                                       10
<PAGE>

contain a lenders loss payee endorsement in form reasonably acceptable to
Silicon. Upon receipt of the proceeds of any such insurance, Silicon shall apply
such proceeds in reduction of the Obligations as Silicon shall determine in its
sole and absolute discretion, except that, provided no Event of Default has
occurred, Silicon shall release to the Borrower insurance proceeds with respect
to equipment totaling less than $100,000, which shall be utilized by the
Borrower for the replacement of the equipment with respect to which the
insurance proceeds were paid. Silicon may require reasonable assurance that the
insurance proceeds so released shall be so used. If the Borrower fails to
provide or pay for any insurance, Silicon may, but is not obligated to, obtain
the same at the Borrower's expense. The Borrower shall promptly deliver to
Silicon copies of all reports made to insurance companies. Statutory notice
regarding insurance:

                                    WARNING

     Unless you provide us with evidence of the insurance coverage as required
by our contract or loan agreement, we may purchase insurance at your expense to
protect our interest.  This insurance may, but need not, also protect your
interest.  If the collateral becomes damaged, the coverage we purchase may not
pay any claim you make or any claim made against you.  You may later cancel this
coverage by providing evidence that you have obtained property coverage
elsewhere.

     You are responsible for the cost of any insurance purchased by us.  The
cost of this insurance may be added to your contract or loan balance.  If the
cost is added to your contract or loan balance, the interest rate on the
underlying contract or loan will apply to this added amount.  The effective date
of coverage may be the date your prior coverage lapsed or the date you failed to
provide proof of coverage.

     This coverage we purchase may be considerably more expensive than insurance
you can obtain on your own and may not satisfy any need for property damage
coverage or any mandatory liability insurance requirements imposed by applicable
law.

     4.4.  Report

     The Borrower shall provide Silicon with such written reports with respect
to the Borrower as Silicon shall from time to time reasonably specify, including
but not limited to the financial reports required as stated in the Schedule.

                                       11
<PAGE>

     4.5.  Access to Collateral Books and Records

     At all reasonable times after the conversion of the Bridge Loan (as
described on the Schedule) to the Secured Accounts Receivable Line of Credit (as
described on the Schedule), and upon one business day's notice, Silicon, or its
agents, shall have the right to inspect the Collateral, and the right to audit
and copy the Borrower's accounting books, records, ledgers, journals, or
registers and the Borrower's books and records relating to the Collateral,
provided that no prior notice is required upon the occurrence and continuation
of an Event of Default.  Silicon shall take reasonable steps to keep
confidential all information obtained in any such inspection or audit, but
Silicon shall have the right to disclose any such information to its auditors,
regulatory agencies and attorneys, and pursuant to any subpoena or other legal
process.  The Borrower shall reimburse Silicon for Silicon's actual costs for
conducting two such audits per year, and such costs shall not exceed $1,200 per
audit.  Silicon may debit the Borrower's deposit accounts with Silicon for the
cost of such audits, in which event Silicon shall send notification thereof to
the Borrower.

     4.6.  Negative Covenants

     Except as may be expressly permitted in the Schedule, the Borrower shall
not, without Silicon's prior written consent, do any of the following: (a) merge
or consolidate with another corporation, except that the Borrower may merge or
consolidate with another corporation if the Borrower is the surviving
corporation in the merger and the aggregate value of the assets acquired in the
merger does not exceed 25% of the Borrower's Tangible Net Worth (as defined in
the Schedule) as of the end of the month prior to the effective date of the
merger, and the assets of the corporation acquired in the merger are not subject
to any liens or encumbrances, except Permitted Liens; (b) acquire any assets,
including stock of any other entity, outside the ordinary course of business for
an aggregate purchase price (whether paid in cash, in stock of the Borrower or
other consideration) exceeding 25% of the Borrower's Tangible Net Worth (as
defined in the Schedule) as of the end of the month prior to the effective date
of the acquisition; (c) enter into any other transaction outside the ordinary
course of business (except as permitted by the other provisions of this
Section); (d) sell or transfer any Collateral, except for the sale of finished
inventory in the ordinary course of the Borrower's business; (e) make any loans
of any money or any other assets to shareholders, employees or any other person
except in the ordinary course of business; (f) incur any debts that are outside
the ordinary course of business or that would have a material, adverse effect on
the Borrower or on the prospect of repayment of the Obligations; (g) guarantee
or otherwise become liable with respect to the obligations of another party or
entity; (h) pay or declare any dividends on the stock of the Borrower (except
for dividends payable solely in stock

                                       12
<PAGE>

of the Borrower); (i) redeem, retire, purchase or otherwise acquire, directly or
indirectly, any of the stock of the Borrower; (j) make any change in the
Borrower's capital structure which has a material adverse effect on that
Borrower or on the prospect of repayment of the Obligations; or (k) dissolve or
elect to dissolve. Transactions permitted by the foregoing provisions of this
Section are only permitted if no Event of Default and no event which (with
notice or passage of time or both) would constitute an Event of Default would
occur as a result of such transaction.

     4.7.  Litigation Cooperation

     Should any third-party suit or proceeding be instituted by or against
Silicon with respect to any Collateral or in any manner relating to the
Borrower, the Borrower shall, without expense to Silicon, make available the
Borrower and its officers, employees and agents and the Borrower's books and
records to the extent that Silicon may deem them reasonably necessary in order
to prosecute or defend any such suit or proceeding.

     4.8.  Verification

     Silicon may, from time to time, following prior notification to the
Borrower, verify directly with the respective account debtors the validity,
amount and other matters relating to the Borrower's accounts, by means of mail,
telephone or otherwise, either in the name of the Borrower or Silicon or such
other name as Silicon may reasonably choose, provided that no prior notification
shall be required following an Event of Default.  Silicon shall not be required
to obtain the Borrower's consent prior to any such verification of accounts,
whether or not an Event of Default has occurred.

     4.9.  Execute Additional Documentation

     The Borrower agrees, at its expense, on request by Silicon, to execute from
time to time all documents in form satisfactory to Silicon, as Silicon may deem
reasonably necessary or useful in order to perfect and maintain Silicon's
perfected security interest in the Collateral, and in order to fully consummate
all of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

     4.10.  Registration of Intellectual Property Rights

     Borrower shall register or cause to be registered with the United States
Patent and Trademark Office or the United States Copyright Office, as
applicable, those additional intellectual property rights developed or acquired
by Borrower from time to time in connection with any product prior to the sale
or licensing of such product to any third party.

                                       13
<PAGE>

     Borrower may elect not to register such additional intellectual property
rights if it reasonably determines, in accordance with industry practices, that
such registration is not required.

5.   TERM

     5.1.  Maturity Date

     This Agreement shall continue in effect until the payment in full of the
Obligations, provided, however, that the Borrower shall repay in full each Loan
described on the Schedule, with all accrued but unpaid interest on that Loan, on
or before the Maturity Date stated on the Schedule for such Loan.

     5.2.  Early Termination

     Subject to Section 5.3, this Agreement may be terminated, without penalty,
prior to the Maturity Date as follows: (a) by the Borrower, effective three
business days after written notice of termination is given to Silicon; or (b) by
Silicon at any time after the occurrence of an Event of Default, without notice,
effective immediately.

     5.3.  Payment of Obligations

     On the due dates stated in the Schedule, or on any earlier effective date
of termination, the Borrower shall pay and perform in full all Obligations,
whether evidenced by installment notes or otherwise, and whether or not all or
any part of such Obligations are otherwise then due and payable. Notwithstanding
any termination of this Agreement, all of Silicon's security interests in all of
the Collateral and all of the terms and provisions of this Agreement shall
continue in full force and effect until all Obligations have been paid and
performed in full; provided that, without limiting the fact that Loans are
discretionary on the part of Silicon, Silicon may, in its sole discretion,
refuse to make any further Loans after termination. No termination shall in any
way affect or impair any right or remedy of Silicon, nor shall any such
termination relieve the Borrower of any Obligation to Silicon, until all of the
Obligations have been paid and performed in full. Upon payment and performance
in full of all the Obligations, Silicon shall promptly deliver to the Borrower
termination statements, requests for reconveyances and such other documents as
may be required to fully terminate any of Silicon's security interests.

                                       14
<PAGE>

6.   EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES

     6.1.  Events of Default

     The occurrence of any of the following events shall constitute an "Event of
Default" under this Agreement, and the Borrower shall give Silicon immediate
written notice thereof:

     (a) any warranty, representation, statement, report or certificate made or
delivered to Silicon by the Borrower or any of the Borrower's officers or
employees, now or in the future, shall be untrue or misleading in any material
respect; or (b) the Borrower shall fail to pay when due any Loan or any interest
thereon or any other monetary Obligation; or (c) the total outstanding balance
of any Loan exceeds the applicable Credit Limit, or the total Loans and other
Obligations outstanding at any time exceed the aggregate Credit Limit for all
Loans; or (d) the Borrower shall fail to comply with any of the financial
covenants set forth in the Schedule or shall fail to perform any other
nonmonetary Obligation which by its nature cannot be cured; or (e) the Borrower
shall fail to pay or perform any other nonmonetary Obligation, under this
Agreement or any other agreement or document relating to the Loans; or (f) any
levy, assessment, attachment, seizure, lien or encumbrance is made on all or any
part of the Collateral; or (g) dissolution, termination of existence, insolvency
or business failure of the Borrower, or appointment of a receiver, trustee or
custodian for all or any part of the property of, assignment for the benefit of
creditors by, or the commencement of any proceeding by the Borrower under any
reorganization, bankruptcy, insolvency, arrangement, readjustment of debt,
dissolution or liquidation law or statute of any jurisdiction, now or in the
future in effect; or (h) the commencement of any proceeding against the Borrower
or any guarantor of any of the Obligations under any reorganization, bankruptcy,
insolvency, arrangement, readjustment of debt, dissolution or liquidation law or
statute of any jurisdiction, now or in the future in effect, which is not cured
by the dismissal thereof within 30 days after the date commenced; or (i)
revocation or termination of, or limitation of liability upon, any guaranty of
the Obligations; or (j) commencement of proceedings by any guarantor of any of
the Obligations under any bankruptcy or insolvency law; or (k) the Borrower
makes any payment on account of any indebtedness or obligation which has been
subordinated to the Obligations, unless such payment is permitted in the
applicable subordination agreement, or if any person who has subordinated such
indebtedness or obligations terminates or in any way limits his subordination
agreement; or (l) the Borrower shall generally not pay its debts as they become
due; or the Borrower shall conceal, remove or transfer any part of its property,
with intent to hinder, delay or defraud its creditors, or make or suffer any
transfer of any of its property which may be fraudulent under any bankruptcy,
fraudulent conveyance or

                                       15
<PAGE>

similar law; or (m) either the Borrower or any other party thereto shall breach
any subordination agreement executed in connection with the Loans; or (n) the
current shareholders of the Borrower shall cease to own more than 50% of the
outstanding common stock of the Borrower. If any of the foregoing defaults,
other than a failure to pay money and breach of a financial covenant set forth
in the Schedule, is curable, it may be cured (and no Event of Default shall have
occurred) if the Borrower cures the default within fifteen days (or within
thirty days in the case of clause (h) of this Section 6.1). Silicon may cease
making any Loans hereunder during the above cure periods, and thereafter if an
Event of Default has occurred.

     6.2.  Remedies

     Upon the occurrence of any Event of Default and the expiration of any
applicable cure period under Section 6.1, and at any time thereafter, Silicon,
at its option, and without notice or demand of any kind (all of which are hereby
expressly waived by the Borrower), may do any one or more of the following: (a)
cease making Loans or otherwise extending credit to the Borrower under this
Agreement or any other document or agreement; (b) accelerate and declare all or
any part of the Obligations to be immediately due, payable, and performable,
notwithstanding any deferred or installment payments allowed by any instrument
evidencing or relating to any Obligation; (c) take possession of any or all of
the Collateral wherever it may be found, and for that purpose the Borrower
hereby authorizes Silicon without judicial process to enter onto any of the
Borrower's premises without interference to search for, take possession of,
keep, store, or remove any of the Collateral, and remain on the premises or
cause a custodian to remain on the premises in exclusive control thereof without
charge for so long as Silicon deems it reasonably necessary in order to complete
the enforcement of its rights under this Agreement or any other agreement;
provided, however, that should Silicon seek to take possession of any or all of
the Collateral by Court process, the Borrower hereby irrevocably waives: (i) any
bond and any surety or security relating thereto required by any statute, court
rule or otherwise as an incident to such possession; (ii) any demand for
possession prior to the commencement of any suit or action to recover possession
thereof; and (iii) any requirement that Silicon retain possession of and not
dispose of any such Collateral until after trial or final judgment; (d) require
the Borrower to assemble any or all of the Collateral and make it available to
Silicon at places designated by Silicon which are reasonably convenient to
Silicon and the Borrower, and to remove the Collateral to such locations as
Silicon may deem advisable; (e) require the Borrower to deliver to Silicon, in
kind, all checks and other payments received with respect to all accounts and
general intangibles, together with any necessary endorsements, within one day
after the date received by the Borrower; (f) complete the processing,
manufacturing or repair of any Collateral prior to a disposition thereof and,
for such purpose and for the

                                       16
<PAGE>

purpose of removal, Silicon shall have the right to use the Borrower's premises,
vehicles, hoists, lifts, cranes, equipment and all other property without
charge; (g) sell, lease or otherwise dispose of any of the Collateral in its
condition at the time Silicon obtains possession of it or after further
manufacturing, processing or repair, at any one or more public and/or private
sales, in lots or in bulk, for cash, exchange or other property, or on credit,
and to adjourn any such sale from time to time without notice other than oral
announcement at the time scheduled for sale; Silicon shall have the right to
conduct such disposition on the Borrower's premises without charge, for such
time or times as Silicon deems reasonable, or on Silicon's premises, or
elsewhere and the Collateral need not be located at the place of disposition;
Silicon may directly or through any affiliated company purchase or lease any
Collateral at any such public disposition, and if permissible under applicable
law, at any private disposition; any sale or other disposition of Collateral
shall not relieve the Borrower of any liability the Borrower may have if any
Collateral is defective as to title or physical condition or otherwise at the
time of sale; (h) demand payment of, and collect any accounts and general
intangibles comprising, Collateral and, in connection therewith, the Borrower
irrevocably authorizes Silicon to endorse or sign the Borrower's name on all
collections, receipts, instruments and other documents, to take possession of
and open mail addressed to the Borrower and remove therefrom payments made with
respect to any item of the Collateral or proceeds thereof, and, in Silicon's
sole discretion, to grant extensions of time to pay, compromise claims and
settle accounts and the like for less than face value; (i) offset against any
sums in any general, special or other deposit accounts maintained by the
Borrower with Silicon; and (j) demand and receive possession of any of the
Borrower's federal and state income tax returns and the books and records
utilized in the preparation thereof or referring thereto. All reasonable fees of
professionals (including attorneys' fees), expenses, costs, liabilities and
obligations incurred by Silicon with respect to the foregoing shall be added to
and become part of the Obligations, shall be due on demand, and shall bear
interest at a rate equal to the highest interest rate applicable to any of the
Obligations. Without limiting any of Silicon's rights and remedies, from and
after the occurrence of any Event of Default, the interest rate applicable to
the Obligations shall be increased by an additional two percent per annum above
the rate otherwise applicable.

     6.3.  Standards for Determining Commercial Reasonableness

     The Borrower and Silicon agree that a sale or other disposition
(collectively, "Sale") of any Collateral which complies with the following
standards shall conclusively be deemed to be commercially reasonable: (a) notice
of the Sale is given to the Borrower at least seven days prior to the Sale, and,
in the case of a public Sale, notice of the Sale is published at least seven
days before the Sale in a newspaper of general circulation in the county where
the Sale is to be conducted; (b) notice of the

                                       17
<PAGE>

Sale describes the Collateral in general, nonspecific terms; (c) the Sale is
conducted at a place designated by Silicon, with or without the Collateral being
present; (d) the Sale commences at any time between 8:00 a.m. and 6:00 p.m.; (e)
payment of the purchase price in cash or by cashier's check or wire transfer is
required; (f) with respect to any Sale of any of the Collateral, Silicon may
(but is not obligated to) direct any prospective purchaser to ascertain directly
from the Borrower any and all information concerning the same. Silicon may
employ other methods of noticing and selling the Collateral, in its discretion,
if they are commercially reasonable.

     6.4.  Power of Attorney

     Effective only upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event
of Default, the Borrower hereby irrevocably appoints Silicon (and any of
Silicon's designated officers, or employees) as the Borrower's true and lawful
attorney to: (a) send requests for verification of accounts or notify account
debtors of Silicon's security interest in the accounts; (b) endorse the
Borrower's name on any checks or other forms of payment or security that may
come into Silicon's possession; (c) sign the Borrower's name on any invoice or
bill of lading relating to any account, drafts against account debtors,
schedules and assignments of accounts, verifications of accounts, and notices to
account debtors; (d) make, settle, and adjust all claims under and decisions
with respect to the Borrower's policies of insurance; and (e) settle and adjust
disputes and claims respecting the accounts directly with account debtors, for
amounts and upon terms which Silicon determines to be reasonable; provided
Silicon may exercise such power of attorney to sign the name of the Borrower on
Uniform Commercial Code filings in accordance with Section 4.9 regardless of
whether an Event of Default has occurred.  The appointment of Silicon as the
Borrower's attorney in fact, and each and every one of Silicon's rights and
powers, being coupled with an interest, is irrevocable until all of the
Obligations have been fully repaid and performed and Silicon's obligation to
provide advances hereunder is terminated.

     6.5.  Application of Proceeds

     All proceeds realized as the result of any Sale of the Collateral shall be
applied by Silicon first to the costs, expenses, liabilities, obligations and
attorneys' fees incurred by Silicon in the exercise of its rights under this
Agreement, second to the interest due upon any of the Obligations, and third to
the principal of the Obligations, in such order as Silicon shall determine in
its sole discretion.  Any surplus shall be paid to the Borrower or other persons
legally entitled thereto; the Borrower shall remain liable to Silicon for any
deficiency.  If Silicon, in its sole discretion, directly or indirectly enters
into a deferred payment or other credit transaction with any purchaser at any
Sale or other disposition of Collateral, Silicon shall have the option,
exercisable at any time, in its sole discretion, of either reducing the
Obligations by the

                                       18
<PAGE>

principal amount of purchase price or deferring the reduction of the Obligations
until the actual receipt by Silicon of the cash therefor.

     6.6.  Remedies Cumulative

     In addition to the rights and remedies set forth in this Agreement, Silicon
shall have all the other rights and remedies accorded a secured party under the
Uniform Commercial Code of Washington and each state in which any Collateral is
located, and under all other applicable laws, and under any other instrument or
agreement now or in the future entered into between Silicon and the Borrower,
and all of such rights and remedies are cumulative and none is exclusive.
Exercise or partial exercise by Silicon of one or more of its rights or remedies
shall not be deemed an election, nor bar Silicon from subsequent exercise or
partial exercise of any other rights or remedies.  The failure or delay of
Silicon to exercise any rights or remedies shall not operate as a waiver
thereof, but all rights and remedies shall continue in full force and effect
until all of the Obligations have been fully paid and performed.

7.   GENERAL PROVISIONS

     7.1.  Notices

     All notices to be given under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall
be given either personally or by regular first-class mail, or certified mail
return receipt requested, addressed to Silicon or the Borrower at the addresses
shown in the heading to this Agreement, or at any other address designated in
writing by one party to the other party.  In addition, Borrower shall send a
copy of any notice to Silicon to the following address: 915 - 118th Avenue S.E.,
Suite 250, Bellevue, WA 98005, Attn: Jo Surbrugg.  All notices shall be deemed
to have been given upon delivery in the case of notices personally delivered to
the Borrower or to Silicon, or at the expiration of two business days following
the deposit thereof in the United States mail, with postage prepaid.

     7.2.  Severability

     Should any provision of this Agreement be held by any court of competent
jurisdiction to be void or unenforceable, such defect shall not affect the
remainder of this Agreement, which shall continue in full force and effect.

     7.3.  Integration

     This Agreement and such other written agreements, documents and instruments
as may be executed in connection herewith are the final, entire and complete
agreement between the Borrower and Silicon and supersede all prior and

                                       19
<PAGE>

contemporaneous negotiations and oral representations and agreements, all of
which are merged and integrated in this Agreement.  ORAL AGREEMENTS OR ORAL
COMMITMENTS TO LOAN MONEY, EXTEND CREDIT, OR FORBEAR FROM ENFORCING REPAYMENT OF
A DEBT ARE NOT ENFORCEABLE UNDER WASHINGTON LAW.  UNDER OREGON LAW, MOST
AGREEMENTS, PROMISES AND COMMITMENTS MADE BY SILICON AFTER OCTOBER 3, 1989,
CONCERNING LOANS AND OTHER CREDIT EXTENSIONS WHICH ARE NOT FOR PERSONAL, FAMILY
OR HOUSEHOLD PURPOSES OR SECURED SOLELY BY THE BORROWER'S RESIDENCE MUST BE IN
WRITING, EXPRESS CONSIDERATION AND BE SIGNED BY SILICON TO BE ENFORCEABLE.

     7.4.  Waivers

     The failure of Silicon at any time or times to require the Borrower to
strictly comply with any of the provisions of this Agreement or any other
present or future agreement between the Borrower and Silicon shall not waive or
diminish any right of Silicon later to demand and receive strict compliance
therewith.  Any waiver of any default shall not waive or affect any other
default, whether prior or subsequent thereto.  None of the provisions of this
Agreement or any other agreement now or in the future executed by the Borrower
and delivered to Silicon shall be deemed to have been waived by any act or
knowledge of Silicon or its agents or employees, but only by a specific written
waiver signed by an officer of Silicon and delivered to the Borrower.  The
Borrower waives demand, protest, notice of protest and notice of default or
dishonor, notice of payment and nonpayment, release, compromise, settlement,
extension or renewal of any commercial paper, instrument, account, general
intangible, document or guaranty at any time held by Silicon on which the
Borrower is or may in any way be liable, and notice of any action taken by
Silicon, unless expressly required by this Agreement.

     7.5.  No Liability for Ordinary Negligence

     Neither Silicon, nor any of its directors, officers, employees, agents,
attorneys or any other person affiliated with or representing Silicon shall be
liable for any claims, demands, losses or damages, of any kind whatsoever, made,
claimed, incurred or suffered by the Borrower or any other party through the
ordinary negligence of Silicon, or any of its directors, officers, employees,
agents, attorneys or any other person affiliated with or representing Silicon.

                                       20
<PAGE>

     7.6.  Amendment

     The terms and provisions of this Agreement may not be waived or amended,
except in a writing executed by the Borrower and a duly authorized officer of
Silicon.

     7.7.  Time of Essence

     Time is of the essence in the performance by the Borrower of each and every
obligation under this Agreement.

     7.8.  Attorneys' Fees and Costs

     The Borrower shall reimburse Silicon for all reasonable attorneys' fees and
fees of other professionals, and all filing, recording, search, title insurance,
appraisal, audit, and other reasonable costs incurred by Silicon, pursuant to,
or in connection with, or relating to this Agreement (whether or not a lawsuit
is filed), including, but not limited to, any reasonable attorneys' fees and
costs Silicon incurs in order to do the following: prepare and negotiate this
Agreement and the documents relating to this Agreement; obtain legal advice in
connection with this Agreement; enforce, or seek to enforce, any of its rights;
prosecute actions against, or defend actions by, account debtors; commence,
intervene in, or defend any action or proceeding (including any appeal or
review); initiate any complaint to be relieved of the automatic stay in
bankruptcy; file or prosecute any probate claim, bankruptcy claim, third-party
claim, or other claim; examine, audit, copy, and inspect any of the Collateral
or any of the Borrower's books and records; or protect, obtain possession of,
lease, dispose of, or otherwise enforce Silicon's security interest in, the
Collateral and otherwise represent Silicon in any litigation relating to the
Borrower.  If either Silicon or the Borrower files any lawsuit against the other
predicated on a breach of this Agreement, the prevailing party in such action
shall be entitled to recover its reasonable costs and professionals' fees,
including (but not limited to) reasonable attorneys' fees and costs incurred in
the enforcement of, execution upon, or defense of, any order, decree, award or
judgment, and in any appeal or review by an appellate court.  All fees and costs
to which Silicon may be entitled pursuant to this Section shall immediately
become part of the Borrower's Obligations, shall be due on demand, and shall
bear interest at a rate equal to the highest interest rate applicable to any of
the Obligations.

     7.9.  Benefit of Agreement

     The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the
benefit of the respective successors, assigns, heirs, beneficiaries and
representatives of the parties hereto; provided, however, that the Borrower may
not assign or transfer any of its rights under this Agreement without the prior
written consent of Silicon, and any

                                       21
<PAGE>

prohibited assignment shall be void. No consent by Silicon to any assignment
shall release the Borrower from its liability for the Obligations. The Borrower
agrees and consents to Silicon's sale or transfer, whether now or later, of one
or more participation interests in the Loans to one or more purchasers, whether
related or unrelated to Silicon. Silicon may provide, without any limitation
whatsoever, to any one or more purchasers, or potential purchasers, any
information or knowledge Silicon may have about the Borrower or about any other
matter relating to the Loans and the Borrower hereby waives any rights to
privacy it may have with respect to such matters. The Borrower additionally
waives any and all notices of sale of participation interests, as well as all
notices of any repurchase of such participation interests. The Borrower also
agrees that the purchasers of any such participation interests shall be
considered as the absolute owners of such interests in the Loans and shall have
all the rights granted under the participation agreement or agreements governing
the sale of such participation interests.

     7.10.  Section Headings; Construction

     Section headings are only used in this Agreement for convenience.  The
Borrower acknowledges that the headings may not describe completely the subject
matter of the applicable section, and the headings shall not be used in any
manner to construe, limit, define or interpret any term or provision of this
Agreement.  This Agreement has been fully reviewed and negotiated between the
parties, and no uncertainty or ambiguity in any term or provision of this
Agreement shall be construed strictly against Silicon or the Borrower under any
rule of construction or otherwise.

     7.11.  Mutual Waiver of Jury Trial

     The Borrower and Silicon each hereby waive the right to trial by jury in
any action or proceeding based upon, arising out of, or in any way relating to,
this Agreement or any other present or future instrument or agreement between
Silicon and the Borrower, or any conduct, acts or omissions of Silicon or the
Borrower or any of their directors, officers, employees, agents, attorneys or
any other persons affiliated with Silicon or the Borrower, in all of the
foregoing cases, whether sounding in contract or tort or otherwise.

     7.12.  Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Venue

     This Agreement and all acts and transactions hereunder and all rights and
obligations of Silicon and the Borrower shall be governed by, and construed in
accordance with, the laws of the State of Washington.  Any undefined term used
in this Agreement that is defined in the Washington Uniform Commercial Code
shall

                                       22
<PAGE>

have the meaning assigned to that term in the Washington Uniform Commercial
Code. As a material part of the consideration to Silicon to enter into this
Agreement, the Borrower (i) agrees that all actions and proceedings relating
directly or indirectly hereto shall, at Silicon's option, be litigated in courts
located within Washington, and that the exclusive venue therefor shall be, at
Silicon's option, King County, Washington; (ii) consents to the jurisdiction and
venue of any such court and consents to service of process in any such action or
proceeding by personal delivery or any other method permitted by law; and (iii)
waives any and all rights the Borrower may have to object to the jurisdiction of
any such court, or to transfer or change the venue of any such action or
proceeding.

                              Borrower:

                              WATCHGUARD TECHNOLOGIES, INC.



                              By:   /s/ Steven N. Moore
                                  -------------------------

                              Title:  Chief Financial Officer
                                     --------------------------


                              Silicon:

                              SILICON VALLEY BANK


                              By:    [signature illegible]
                                  ---------------------------

                              Title:  Silicon Valley Bank
                                     ----------------------

                                       23
<PAGE>

              [Amended and Restated Schedule to Loan and Security
                    Agreement was superceded by Schedule to
                     9/18/98 Loan Modification Agreement]

<PAGE>


                                   EXHIBIT A

                          BORROWING BASE CERTIFICATE


Borrower:                                         Lender:  Silicon Valley Bank
                                                           3003 Tasman Drive
                                                           Santa Clara, CA 95054
Commitment Amount:  $___________
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE
     1.  Accounts Receivable Book Value as of _______                $__________
     2.  Additions (please explain on reverse)                       $__________
     3.  TOTAL ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE                                   $__________

ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE DEDUCTIONS (without duplication)

        a.  Amounts over 90 days due                   $__________
        b.  Balance of 50% over 90 day accounts        $__________
        c.  Excess 25% Concentration Limit             $__________
        d.  Foreign Accounts                           $__________
        e.  Governmental Accounts                      $__________
        f.  Contra Accounts, Credit Balances           $__________
        g.  Promotion or Demo Accounts                 $__________
        h.  Intercompany/Employee Accounts             $__________
        i.  Other (please explain on reverse)          $__________
     4. TOTAL ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE DEDUCTIONS           $__________
     5. Eligible Accounts (#3 minus #4)                $__________
     6. LOAN VALUE OF ACCOUNTS (__% of #5) $________

BALANCES
     7.  Maximum Loan Amount                                         $__________
     8.  Total Funds Available Lesser of #6 or #7                    $__________
     9.  Present balance owing on Line of Credit                     $__________
     10. Outstanding under Sublimits (   )                           $__________
RESERVE POSITION (#8 minus #9 and #10)                               $__________

The undersigned represents and warrants that the foregoing is true, complete and
correct, and that the information in this Borrowing Base Certificate complies
with the representations and warranties set forth in the Loan and Security
Agreement between the undersigned and Silicon Valley Bank.

COMMENTS:

BORROWER

By:_______________________
     Authorized Signer

<PAGE>

                                   Exhibit B
                                   ---------


Tradenames
- ----------

WatchGuard Technologies (registered, waiting for final notification)
WatchGuard Firebox (accepted and reviewed, waiting for final notification)

Prior Names
- -----------

Seattle Software Labs

Trademarks
- ----------

[WatchGuard Logo]


Other Locations and Addresses
- -----------------------------

None

Material Adverse Litigation
- ---------------------------

None

                                      -2-


<PAGE>

                                                                    EXHIBIT 10.5

                          LOAN MODIFICATION AGREEMENT

BETWEEN: WatchGuard Technologies, Inc., a Delaware corporation ("Borrower"),
         whose address is 316 Occidental Avenue South, Suite 300, Seattle, WA
         98104

AND:     Silicon Valley Bank ("Silicon"), whose address is 3003 Tasman Drive,
         Santa Clara, California 95054

DATE:    September 18, 1998

     This Loan Modification Agreement is entered into on the above date by
Borrower and Silicon.

1.   Background

     Borrower entered into a Loan and Security Agreement with Silicon in August,
1997, and an Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement dated as of March
20, 1998 (as amended from time to time, the "Loan Agreement").  Capitalized
terms used in this Loan Modification Agreement shall, unless otherwise defined
in this Agreement, have the meaning given to such terms in the Loan Agreement.

     Silicon and Borrower are entering into this Agreement to state the terms
and conditions of certain modifications to the Loan Agreement and the Schedule,
as amended prior to the date of this Agreement.

2.   Modification to Loan Agreement and Schedule

     2.1  The Schedule to the Loan Agreement is hereby deleted and replaced by
the Amended and Restated Schedule to Loan and Security Agreement attached to
this Agreement.

     2.2  Borrower acknowledges and agrees that all Obligations, including
without limitation Borrower's obligation to repay amounts advanced by Silicon to
Borrower on the terms of the Loan Agreement and Schedule as modified by this
Loan Modification Agreement, are secured by all liens and security interests
granted by Borrower to Silicon in the Loan Agreement.
<PAGE>

3.   Conditions Precedent

     This Loan Modification Agreement shall not take effect until Borrower
delivers to Silicon a Certified Resolution of Borrower and such other documents
as Silicon shall reasonably require to give effect to the terms of this Loan
Modification Agreement.

4.   No Other Modifications

     Except as expressly modified by this Loan Modification Agreement, the terms
of the Loan Agreement, as amended prior to the date of this Loan Modification
Agreement, shall remain unchanged and in full force and effect.  Silicon's
agreement to modify the Loan Agreement pursuant to this Loan Modification
Agreement shall not obligate Silicon to make any future modifications to the
Loan Agreement or any other loan document.  Nothing in this Loan Modification
Agreement shall constitute a satisfaction of any indebtedness of any Borrower to
Silicon.  It is the intention of Silicon and Borrower to retain as liable
parties all makers and endorsers of the Loan Agreement or any other loan
document.  Except as provided in the Amended and Restated Schedule to Loan and
Security Agreement attached to this Agreement, no maker, endorser, or guarantor
shall be released by virtue of this Loan Modification Agreement.  The terms of
this paragraph shall apply not only to this Loan Modification Agreement, but
also to all subsequent loan modification agreements.

5.   Representations and Warranties

     5.1  The Borrower represents and warrants to Silicon that the execution,
delivery and performance of this Agreement are within the Borrower's corporate
powers, and have been duly authorized and are not in contravention of law or the
terms of the Borrower's articles of incorporation, bylaws or of any undertaking
to which the Borrower is a party or by which it is bound.

     5.2  The Borrower understands and agrees that in entering into this
Agreement, Silicon is relying upon the Borrower's representations, warranties
and agreements as set forth in the Loan Agreement and other loan documents.
Borrower hereby reaffirms all representations and warranties in the Loan
Agreement, all of which are true as of the date of this Agreement.

                                      -2-
<PAGE>

                              Borrower:

                              WATCHGUARD TECHNOLOGIES, INC.



                              By:       /s/ Steven N. Moore
                                  -------------------------

                              Title:    Chief Financial Officer
                                     --------------------------



                              Silicon:

                              SILICON VALLEY BANK



                              By:       [signature illegible]
                                  ---------------------------

                              Title:    Silicon Valley Bank
                                     ----------------------

                                      -3-
<PAGE>

          AMENDED AND RESTATED SCHEDULE TO LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

Borrower:  WatchGuard Technologies, Inc.

Date:      September _____, 1998

QUICK START LINE OF CREDIT

Credit Limit:      Silicon previously extended a Quick Start Line of Credit to
                   Borrower in the maximum amount of $750,000.

Interest Rate:     The interest rate applicable to this Loan was a rate equal to
                   the "Prime Rate" in effect from time to time, plus 1.50% per
                   annum. Interest calculations were made on the basis of a 360-
                   day year and the actual number of days elapsed. "Prime Rate"
                   means the rate announced from time to time by Silicon as its
                   "prime rate"; it is a base rate upon which other rates
                   charged by Silicon are based, and it is not necessarily the
                   best rate available at Silicon. The interest rate applicable
                   to the Obligations shall change on each date there is a
                   change in the Prime Rate.

Commitment Fee:    Previously collected.

Maturity Date:     August 31, 1998. At that time, this Loan was terminated and
                   all amounts outstanding under this Loan were deemed to be
                   advanced under the Secured Accounts Receivable Line of
                   Credit.

SECURED ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE LINE OF CREDIT

Credit Limit:      An amount not to exceed the lesser of: (i) $3,000,000 at any
                   one time outstanding; or (ii) the amount of the "Borrowing
                   Base", as defined below. For purposes of this Schedule, the
                   "Borrowing Base" shall mean the sum of (i) 75% of the Net
                   Amount of Borrower's eligible domestic accounts receivable,
                   and (ii) 50% of the Net Amount of Borrower's eligible foreign
                   accounts receivable. With respect to

                                      -4-
<PAGE>

                   Borrower's accounts, "Net Amount" means the gross amount of
                   the account, minus all applicable sales, use, excise and
                   other similar taxes and minus all discounts, credits and
                   allowances of any nature granted or claimed. Silicon allowed
                   Borrower to exceed their availability under the Borrowing
                   Base by up to $114,000, to an aggregate outstanding balance
                   under the Secured Accounts Receivable Line of Credit of
                   $1,000,000, through June 29, 1998; however, as of June 30,
                   1998, the entire amount outstanding under the Secured
                   Accounts Receivable Line of Credit was required to be fully
                   secured and supported by the Borrowing Base. In addition, the
                   gross value of Borrower's accounts receivable were required
                   to exceed $1,750,000 through August 31, 1998.

                   Without limiting the fact that the determination of which
                   accounts are eligible for borrowing is a matter of Silicon's
                   discretion, the following shall not be deemed eligible for
                   borrowing: accounts in which Silicon does not have a first
                   priority, perfected security interest; accounts outstanding
                   for more than 90 days from the invoice date, accounts subject
                   to any contingencies, accounts owing from an account debtor
                   outside the United States (except as approved in writing by
                   Silicon), accounts owing from governmental agencies, accounts
                   owing from one account debtor to the extent they exceed 25%
                   of the total eligible accounts outstanding, accounts owing
                   from an affiliate of the Borrower, and accounts owing from an
                   account debtor to whom the Borrower is or may be liable for
                   goods purchased from such account debtor or otherwise.
                   Accounts owing from Otsuka Shokai and SYSCOM will be eligible
                   as foreign accounts receivable for Borrowing Base purposes,
                   with an advance rate of 50%. In addition, if more than 50% of
                   the accounts owing from an account debtor are outstanding
                   more than 90 days from the invoice date or are otherwise not
                   eligible accounts, then all accounts owing from that account
                   debtor shall be deemed ineligible for borrowing.

Interest Rate:     The interest rate applicable to this Loan shall be a rate
                   equal to the "Prime Rate" in effect from time to time, plus
                   1.00%

                                      -5-
<PAGE>

                   per annum. Interest calculations shall be made on the basis
                   of a 360-day year and the actual number of days elapsed.
                   "Prime Rate" means the rate announced from time to time by
                   Silicon as its "prime rate"; it is a base rate upon which
                   other rates charged by Silicon are based, and it is not
                   necessarily the best rate available at Silicon. The interest
                   rate applicable to the Obligations shall change on each date
                   there is a change in the Prime Rate.

Commitment Fee:    No new fee.

Maturity Date:     March 23, 1999, at which time all unpaid principal and
                   accrued but unpaid interest shall be due and payable.


SECURED EQUIPMENT TERM LOAN

Credit Limit:      An amount not to exceed the lesser of (i) $250,000 at any one
                   time outstanding; or (ii) the amount of the "Equipment
                   Borrowing Base", as defined below. For purposes of this
                   Schedule, the "Equipment Borrowing Base" meant 80% of the
                   invoice value of equipment purchased by Borrower. Silicon had
                   no obligation to advance against taxes, freight charges,
                   installation charges or other similar amounts relating to
                   Borrower's equipment, whether or not such amounts are
                   identified on the invoices submitted to Silicon. Equipment
                   included in the Equipment Borrowing Base were required to be
                   new equipment, at the time of purchase by Borrower, owned by
                   Borrower, in good working order, were required to be subject
                   to any liens in favor of any person or entity other than
                   Silicon, and were required to be subject to a first priority,
                   perfected security interest in favor of Silicon. Silicon had
                   no obligation to make advances against non-standard
                   equipment, such as tooling, software and custom equipment.
                   Silicon had no obligation to make advances on this Secured
                   Equipment Term Loan after March 5, 1998. The Borrower's
                   indebtedness to Silicon with respect to this Secured
                   Equipment Term Loan shall be evidenced by this Schedule and
                   the Loan Agreement, not by a separate

                                      -6-
<PAGE>

                   promissory note unless required by Silicon.

                   Borrower shall not have the right to reborrow any amount on
                   this Secured Equipment Term Loan that has been repaid by
                   Borrower. The unpaid principal balance owing on this Secured
                   Equipment Term Loan at any time may be evidenced by Silicon's
                   internal records, including daily computer print-outs (which
                   Silicon shall provide to Borrower periodically).

Purpose:           Borrowers used the proceeds of this Secured Equipment Term
                   Loan to finance the purchase of new equipment.

Interest Rate:     The interest rate applicable to the Secured Equipment Term
                   Loan shall be a rate equal to the "Prime Rate" (as defined
                   above) in effect from time to time, plus 1.5% per annum.
                   Interest calculations shall be made on the basis of a 360-day
                   year and the actual number of days elapsed. The interest rate
                   applicable to the Obligations shall change on each date there
                   is a change in the Prime Rate.

Amortization:      Borrower shall pay Silicon monthly payments of interest only
                   on the last day each month. In addition, Borrower shall pay
                   Silicon on the last day of each month, commencing with April
                   5, 1998, the amount necessary to repay fully the amount of
                   the Secured Equipment Term Loan in 36 equal monthly payments.

Maturity Date:     March 5, 2001, at which time all unpaid principal and accrued
                   but unpaid interest, fees and other charges shall be due and
                   payable.

Commitment Fee:    No new fee.

SECURED EQUIPMENT TERM LOAN NO. 2

Credit Limit:      An amount not to exceed the lesser of (i) $500,000 at
                   any one time outstanding; or (ii) the amount of the
                   "Equipment Borrowing Base", as defined below.  For
                   purposes of this Schedule, the "Equipment Borrowing
                   Base" shall mean 90% of the invoice value of equipment

                                      -7-
<PAGE>

                   purchased by Borrower. Silicon shall have no obligation to
                   advance against taxes, freight charges, installation charges
                   or other similar amounts relating to Borrower's equipment,
                   whether or not such amounts are identified on the invoices
                   submitted to Silicon. However, in the case of the $140,000
                   ONYX System purchase, the Equipment Borrowing Base shall
                   include software, installation and costs. Equipment to be
                   included in the Equipment Borrowing Base must be new
                   equipment, at the time of purchase by Borrower, owned by
                   Borrower, in good working order, must not be subject to any
                   liens in favor of any person or entity other than Silicon,
                   and must be subject to a first priority, perfected security
                   interest in favor of Silicon. Silicon shall have no
                   obligation to make advances against non-standard equipment,
                   such as tooling, software and custom equipment. Silicon shall
                   have no obligation to make advances on this Secured Equipment
                   Term Loan No. 2 after December 31, 1998. Silicon shall make
                   advances under this Secured Equipment Term Loan No. 2 from
                   time to time, based on invoices and other documentation as
                   shall be requested by Silicon to support such advances. The
                   Borrower's indebtedness to Silicon with respect to this
                   Secured Equipment Term Loan No. 2 shall be evidenced by this
                   Schedule and the Loan Agreement, not by a separate promissory
                   note unless required by Silicon.

                   Borrower shall submit to Silicon such invoices, advance
                   requests and other information, in form acceptable to
                   Silicon, as Silicon shall reasonably require from time to
                   time.

                   Once the maximum amount of the principal has been advanced
                   under this Secured Equipment Term Loan No. 2, Borrower is no
                   longer entitled to further advances on this Loan. Borrower
                   shall not have the right to reborrow any amount on this
                   Secured Equipment Term Loan No. 2 that has been repaid by
                   Borrower. Advances may be requested in writing by Borrower or
                   an authorized person. Silicon may, but need not, require that
                   all oral

                                      -8-
<PAGE>

                   requests be confirmed in writing. The unpaid principal
                   balance owing on this Secured Equipment Term Loan No. 2 at
                   any time may be evidenced by Silicon's internal records,
                   including daily computer print-outs (which Silicon shall
                   provide to Borrower periodically).

Purpose:           Borrowers shall use the proceeds of this Secured Equipment
                   Term Loan No. 2 to finance the purchase of new equipment.

Interest Rate:     The interest rate applicable to the Secured Equipment Term
                   Loan No. 2 shall be a rate equal to the "Prime Rate" (as
                   defined above) in effect from time to time, plus 1.00% per
                   annum. Interest calculations shall be made on the basis of a
                   360-day year and the actual number of days elapsed. The
                   interest rate applicable to the Obligations shall change on
                   each date there is a change in the Prime Rate.

Amortization:      Borrower shall pay Silicon monthly payments of interest only
                   on the last day each month. In addition, Borrower shall pay
                   Silicon on the last day of each month, commencing with
                   January 31, 1999, the amount necessary to repay fully the
                   amount of the Secured Equipment Term Loan No. 2 in 36 equal
                   monthly payments.

Maturity Date:     December 31, 2002, at which time all unpaid principal and
                   accrued but unpaid interest, fees and other charges shall be
                   due and payable.

Commitment Fee:    $5,000, which is fully earned and payable at closing.

Prior Names of
 Borrower:         See attached Exhibit B

Trade Names of
 Borrower:         See attached Exhibit B

Trademarks of
 Borrower:         See attached Exhibit B

                                      -9-
<PAGE>

Other Locations
 and Addresses:    See attached Exhibit B

Material Adverse
 Litigation:       See attached Exhibit B

Financial
 Covenants:        The Borrower shall at all times comply with all of the
                   following covenants, all of which shall be determined and
                   measured on a monthly basis in accordance with generally
                   accepted accounting principles, on a consolidated basis with
                   any subsidiary of Borrower, except as otherwise stated below:

Tangible Net
 Worth:            Borrower shall at all times maintain a Tangible Net Worth of
                   not less than $2,000,000.

Profitability:     Borrower shall not incur a loss (as defined below) in
                   excess of $1,750,000 for the quarters ending June 30,
                   1998 and September 30, 1998, and a loss in excess of
                   $1,000,000 for the quarter ending December 31, 1998.
                   For purposes of this paragraph, "loss" means net income
                   after taxes of less than $0.00, as reported on
                   Borrower's financial statements.

Quick Ratio:       Borrower shall maintain a ratio of Quick Assets (defined
                   below) to current liabilities less deferred revenue of
                   not less than 1.50:1.0.

Liquidity:         Borrower shall at all times maintain a minimum Term Liquidity
                   Coverage of at least 1.75:1.0.

Definitions:       "Quick Assets" means cash on hand or on deposit in banks,
                   readily marketable securities issued by the United States,
                   readily marketable commercial paper rated "A-I" by Standard &
                   Poor's Corporation (or a similar rating by a similar rating
                   organization), certificates of deposit and banker's
                   acceptances, and accounts receivable (net of allowance for
                   doubtful accounts).

                   "Tangible Net Worth" means stockholders' equity plus debt, if
                   any, that has been subordinated to the Loans in a

                                     -10-
<PAGE>

                   written subordination agreement on terms satisfactory to
                   Silicon, and accrued interest thereon, less goodwill,
                   patents, capitalized software costs, deferred organizational
                   costs, tradenames, trademarks, and all other assets which
                   would be classified as intangible assets under generally
                   accepted accounting principles.

                   "Term liquidity coverage" means (a) cash + cash equivalents
                   (readily marketable securities issued by the United States,
                   readily marketable commercial paper rated "A-I" by Standard &
                   Poors Corporation or a similar rating by a similar rating
                   organization, certificates of deposit and banker's
                   acceptances) + availability under the Secured Accounts
                   Receivable Line of Credit divided by (b) the outstanding
                   Secured Equipment Term Loan and Secured Equipment Term Loan
                   No. 2 balances.

Other Covenants:   Borrower shall at all times comply with all of the following
                   additional covenants:

                   Banking Relationship. Borrower and its subsidiaries shall at
                   all times maintain their primary banking relationship with
                   Silicon. Neither Borrower nor its subsidiaries shall
                   establish any deposit accounts of any type with any bank or
                   other financial institution other than Silicon without
                   Silicon's prior written consent.

                   Financial Statements and Reports. The Borrower shall provide
                   Silicon: (a) within 30 days after the end of each month, a
                   monthly financial statement (consisting of a income statement
                   and a balance sheet) prepared by the Borrower in accordance
                   with generally accepted accounting principles; (b) within 20
                   days after the end of each month, an accounts receivable
                   aging report and an accounts payable aging report, in such
                   form as Silicon shall reasonably specify; (c) within 20 days
                   after the end of each month, a Borrowing Base Certificate in
                   the form attached to this Agreement as Exhibit A, as Silicon
                   may reasonably modify such Certificate from time to time,
                   signed by the Chief Financial Officer of the Borrower; (d)
                   within 30 days after the end of each month, a

                                     -11-
<PAGE>

                   Compliance Certificate in such form as Silicon shall
                   reasonably specify, signed by the Chief Financial Officer of
                   the Borrower, setting forth calculations showing compliance
                   (at the end of each such calendar month) with the financial
                   covenants set forth on the Schedule, and certifying that
                   throughout such month the Borrower was in full compliance
                   with all other terms and conditions of this Agreement and the
                   Schedule, and providing such other information as Silicon
                   shall reasonably request; and (e) within 90 days following
                   the end of the Borrower's fiscal year, complete annual CPA-
                   audited financial statements, such audit being conducted by
                   independent certified public accountants reasonably
                   acceptable to Silicon, together with an unqualified opinion
                   of such accountants.

Conditions to
 Closing:          Without in any way limiting the discretionary nature of
                   advances under this Agreement, before requesting any such
                   advance, the Borrower shall satisfy each of the following
                   conditions:

1.  Loan
    Documents:     Silicon shall have received this Agreement, the Schedule, a
                   Warrant in a form satisfactory to Silicon, executed by the
                   Borrower, and such other loan documents as Silicon shall
                   require, each duly executed and delivered by the parties
                   thereto.

2.  Documents
    Relating
    to Authority,
    Etc.:          Silicon shall have received each of the following in form and
                   substance satisfactory to it:

                           (a) Certified Copies of the Articles of Incorporation
                   and Bylaws of the Borrower;

                           (b) A Certificate of Good Standing issued by the
                   Secretary of State of the Borrower's state of incorporation
                   and such other states as Silicon may reasonably request with
                   respect to the Borrower;

                           (c) A certified copy of a Resolution adopted by the
                   Board of Directors of the Borrower authorizing the execution,
                   delivery and performance of this Agreement, and any other
                   documents or certificates to be

                                     -12-
<PAGE>

                   executed by the Borrower in connection with this transaction;
                   and

                           (d) Incumbency Certificates describing the office and
                   identifying the specimen signatures of the individuals
                   signing all such loan documents on behalf of the Borrower.

3.  Perfection
    and Priority
    of Security:   Silicon shall have received evidence satisfactory to it that
                   its security interest in the Collateral has been duly
                   perfected and that such security interest is prior to all
                   other liens, charges, security interests, encumbrances and
                   adverse claims in or to the Collateral other than Permitted
                   Liens, which evidence shall include, without limitation, a
                   certificate from the appropriate state agencies showing the
                   due filing and first priority of the UCC Financing Statements
                   to be signed by the Borrower covering the Collateral.

4.  Insurance:     Silicon shall have received evidence satisfactory to it that
                   all insurance required by this Agreement is in full force and
                   effect, with loss payee designations and additional insured
                   designations as required by this Agreement.

5.  Other
    Information:   Silicon shall have received such other statements, opinions,
                   certificates, documents and information with respect to
                   matters contemplated by this Agreement as it may reasonably
                   request, all of which must be acceptable to Silicon.

                   Silicon shall have conducted an examination of the Borrower's
                   books, records, ledgers, journals, and registers, as Silicon
                   may deem necessary, and shall be satisfied with the results
                   of such examination in its sole discretion.

     Silicon and the Borrower agree that the terms of this Schedule supplement
the Loan and Security Agreement between Silicon and the Borrower and agree to be
bound by the terms of this Schedule.

                              Borrower:

                                     -13-
<PAGE>

                              WATCHGUARD TECHNOLOGIES, INC.



                              By:   /s/ Steven N. Moore
                                    -------------------

                              Title:  Chief Financial Officer
                                      -----------------------



                              Silicon:

                              SILICON VALLEY BANK



                              By:   [Signature Illegible]
                                    ---------------------

                              Title:   SVP
                                       ---

                                     -14-
<PAGE>

                                   EXHIBIT A

                           BORROWING BASE CERTIFICATE

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Borrower: WatchGuard Technologies, Inc.                                     Lender: Silicon Valley Bank
          316 Occidental Avenue South, Suite 300                                    3003 Tasman Drive
          Seattle, WA 98104                                                         Santa Clara, CA  95054
Commitment Amount: $3,000,000
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                           <C>           <C>
ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE
1.   Accounts Receivable Book Value as of _______                                         $__________
2.   Additions (please explain on reverse)                                                $__________
3.   TOTAL ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE*                                                           $__________

ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE DEDUCTIONS (without duplication)
 4.  Amounts over 90 days due                                 $__________
 5.  Balance of 50% over 90 day accounts                      $__________
 6.  Credit balances                                          $__________
 7.  Concentration Limits                                     $__________
 8.  Foreign Accounts                                         $__________
 9.  Governmental Accounts                                    $__________
10.  Contra Accounts                                          $__________
11.  Promotion or Demo Accounts                               $__________
12.  Intercompany/Employee Accounts                           $__________
13.  Other (please explain on reverse)                        $__________
14.  TOTAL ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE DEDUCTIONS                                                 $__________
15.  Eligible Accounts (#3 minus #14)                                                     $__________
16.  LOAN VALUE OF ACCOUNTS (75% of #15)                                                  $__________

BALANCES
17.  Maximum Loan Amount                                      $__________
18.  Total Funds Available [Lesser of #17 or #16]                                         $__________
19.  Present balance owing on Line of Credit                  $__________
20.  RESERVE POSITION (#18 minus #19)                                                     $__________
</TABLE>

*Borrower's gross accounts receivable (#3 above) were required to exceed
$1,750,000 at all times through August 31, 1998.

The undersigned represents and warrants that this is true, complete and correct,
and that the information in this Borrowing Base Certificate complies with the
representations and warranties in the Loan and Security Agreement between the
undersigned and Silicon Valley Bank.

COMMENTS:

WATCHGUARD TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

By:__________________________

Name:________________________

Title:_______________________
<PAGE>

                                   Exhibit B
                                   ---------


Tradenames
- ----------

WatchGuard Technologies (registered, waiting for final notification)
WatchGuard Firebox (accepted and reviewed, waiting for final notification)

Prior Names
- -----------

Seattle Software Labs

Trademarks
- ----------

[WatchGuard Logo]


Other Locations and Addresses
- -----------------------------

None

Material Adverse Litigation
- ---------------------------

None

                                      -2-


<PAGE>

                                 EXHIBIT 10.8


                                      TO


                        WatchGuard Technologies, Inc.'s


                      Registration Statement on Form S-1



     "[ * ]" = omitted, confidential material, which material has been
separately filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to a
request for confidential treatment.
<PAGE>

                        DEVELOPMENT AND SUPPLY AGREEMENT

     This Development and Supply Agreement (this "Agreement") is entered into as
of the 25th day of March, 1998 (the "Effective Date") by and between WatchGuard
Technologies, Inc., a Delaware corporation having principal offices at 316
Occidental Avenue South, Suite 200, Seattle, Washington 98104, and its
subsidiaries (collectively "WATCHGUARD"), and SMART Modular Technologies, Inc.,
a California corporation having principal offices at 4305 Cushing Parkway,
Fremont, California 94538 ("SMART").

     IN CONSIDERATION of the mutual covenants and agreements contained herein,
the parties hereby agree as follows:

1.   DEFINITIONS

     As used in this Agreement, these terms shall have the following
definitions:

     1.1   "Developed Technology" means all works of authorship, discoveries,
improvements, inventions, information and trade secrets which are first
conceived, made, created, reduced to practice or fixed in a tangible medium of
expression by SMART alone, or jointly by WATCHGUARD and SMART, in the course of
the development and design of the Product under this Agreement.

     1.2   "Product" means the product(s) listed in Exhibit A or added to this
Agreement by mutual agreement of the parties, as well as derivatives, new
releases and updates thereof.

     1.3   "Statement of Work" means the schedule attached as Exhibit B, setting
forth the milestones, deliverables, and a schedule for the performance of the
parties' obligations under this Agreement.

2.   PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT

     2.1   SMART Obligations.  SMART shall use commercially reasonable efforts
to accomplish the tasks for which it is responsible in accordance with the
Statement of Work.  SMART shall provide WATCHGUARD with such technical support
by qualified SMART personnel as WATCHGUARD may reasonably request in connection
with WATCHGUARD's efforts to accomplish the tasks for which WATCHGUARD is
responsible in accordance with the Statement of Work.
<PAGE>

     2.2   WATCHGUARD Obligations.  WATCHGUARD shall use commercially reasonable
efforts to accomplish the tasks for which it is responsible in accordance with
the Statement of Work.  In consideration of SMART's development of the Product,
WATCHGUARD shall pay SMART the amounts, if any, as indicated and in accordance
with the Statement of Work, and shall comply with the purchase commitment
obligation specified elsewhere in this Agreement.  WATCHGUARD shall provide
SMART with such technical support by qualified WATCHGUARD personnel as SMART may
reasonably request in connection with SMART's efforts to accomplish the tasks
for which SMART is responsible in accordance with the Statement of Work.

     2.3   Project Management.  SMART and WATCHGUARD shall each designate a
project representative to coordinate their business relationship in accordance
with this Agreement.

     2.4   Changes to Product.  SMART reserves the right to make substitutions
and/or modifications in the Product specifications provided that (i) such
substitutions and/or modifications do not cause a material adverse effect on the
Product's overall performance, and (ii) WATCHGUARD has been notified thereof.
WATCHGUARD reserves the right to specify modifications to the Product from time
to time and, consistent with the Statement of Work, SMART agrees to incorporate
such modifications.  The parties shall negotiate in good faith any price,
schedule and other business issues that result from such modifications.

3.   RIGHTS IN INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

     3.1   Prior Rights.  All intellectual property rights, including without
limitation patents, patent applications, copyrights and trade secrets, owned by
a party as of the Effective Date shall remain the property of such party and no
licenses or other rights with respect to such intellectual property are granted
to the other party except as expressly set forth in this Agreement.

     3.2  Developed Technology.

          3.2.1   Ownership of Developed Technology.  WATCHGUARD and SMART shall
jointly own the Developed Technology, with each owning an undivided one-half
interest, and except as otherwise provided herein each shall be free to
commercially exploit the Developed Technology without any duty to account to the
other for profits.  Except as contemplated herein, neither party shall knowingly
take any action to place the Developed Technology into the public domain.  In
the event that either party attempts to perfect its interest in the Developed
Technology with any

                                      -2-
<PAGE>

governmental agency any place in the world by obtaining patent or copyright
protection or otherwise, such party shall specify on such application or
document filed or sent to such governmental agency that the Developed Technology
is jointly owned by WATCHGUARD and SMART and such party shall provide the other
party hereto with an opportunity to review any such correspondence within a
reasonable time prior to filing or sending such correspondence to such
governmental agency. If either party receives any such correspondence regarding
the Developed Technology, it shall promptly provide a copy of such
correspondence to the other party hereto.

          3.2.2   Restriction on Developed Technology.  In the event that any
Developed Technology is generated hereunder, SMART agrees, for a period of one
(1) year from the Effective Date, not to sell, develop or design a product
containing the Developed Technology to, or for, a third party in competition
with WATCHGUARD in the network security marketplace.

     3.3   Ownership of Derivative Works of Developed Technology.

          3.3.1   Bug Fixes.  If a party makes any bug fix modification(s) to
any Developed Technology during the term of this Agreement in order to correct
errors in such Developed Technology or to make such Developed Technology operate
in accordance with its documentation, such modification(s) shall be promptly
provided to the other party, and shall be jointly owned by the parties.
Modifications to the Developed Technology to enhance performance, other than bug
fixes, shall not be subject to this Sections 3.3.1.

          3.3.2   Other Derivative Works.  Except as set forth in Section 3.3.1,
each party shall have sole and exclusive ownership of all right, title and
interest in and to any derivative works of the Developed Technology created by
or for such party to the extent such derivative works differ from the Developed
Technology, including without limitation, any and all intellectual property
rights thereto, and such party shall have the right to apply for copyright
registrations or patent applications, as appropriate, in the United States or
any other country in the world.  For purposes of this Section, derivative work
shall have the meaning set forth in 17 U.S.C. Section 101, as amended from time
to time, and include without limitation the combination of the Developed
Technology and any other property of such party.

4.   PRODUCT SALES

     4.1   Purchase Commitment.  Pursuant to the terms and conditions contained
in this Agreement and in consideration of SMART's development of the Product,
WATCHGUARD shall purchase from SMART WATCHGUARD's

                                      -3-
<PAGE>

requirements of the Product as determined by WATCHGUARD from time to time (the
"Purchase Commitment"). WATCHGUARD may terminate the Purchase Commitment
provided (i) the Product delivered by SMART has a defect rate, as calculated
below ("Defect Rate"), and such defects are solely attributable to SMART:

(a)  greater than ten percent (10%) of the first consecutive three thousand
     (3,000) units shipped;

(b)  greater than five percent (5%) of the next consecutive three thousand
     (3,000) units shipped;

(c)  greater than four percent (4%) of the following consecutive three thousand
     (3,000) units shipped; or

(d)  greater than three percent (3%) of all units shipped thereafter ("Defect
     Rate");

(ii) WATCHGUARD provides SMART with written notice of its intent to terminate
the Purchase Commitment, and (iii) SMART fails to reduce the applicable Defect
Rate within thirty (30) calendar days of its receipt of such notice.  The Defect
Rate shall be calculated in increments of 1,000 units, i.e., for units 1 through
1,000, the Defect Rate may not be greater that 10%; said Defect Rate applies for
units 1,001 through 2,000 and units 2001 through 3,000; the Defect Rate for
units 3,001 to 4,000 may not be greater than 5%, and so forth.  WATCHGUARD may
also terminate the Purchase Commitment if (i) SMART delivers Product to
WATCHGUARD with Defect Rates exceeding those listed above three (3) times in any
six (6) month period, and such defects are solely attributable to SMART, and
(ii) WATCHGUARD provides SMART with written notice of its intent to terminate
the Purchase Commitment.

     4.2  Lead-Times and Purchase Orders.  Lead-times may vary from time to
time.  SMART's current minimum lead-time for delivery of Product is three (3)
months.  Product lead-time is based on then current manufacturing lead-time as
well as then current raw material lead-time and allocations.  As such, if there
are any changes in manufacturing lead-time as well as raw material lead-time or
allocations, then Product lead-time may change accordingly.  WATCHGUARD's
initial purchase order for production versions of the Product shall, at a
minimum, cover the Purchase Commitment for the initial four (4) months.  This
initial purchase order shall be provided to SMART in accordance with the terms
and conditions of this Agreement, and shall specify WATCHGUARD's requested
shipment dates and quantities of the Product for said period.  After the initial
purchase order, WATCHGUARD shall

                                      -4-
<PAGE>

provide SMART with follow-on purchase orders at a minimum every four (4) months,
if and to the extent necessary, to fulfill the Purchase Commitment. Said follow-
on purchase orders shall be provided to SMART in accordance with the terms and
conditions of this Agreement, and shall specify WATCHGUARD's requested shipment
dates and quantities of the Product for a period of no less than six (6) months.
Neither the initial, nor any follow-on purchase order shall be binding on SMART
until SMART accepts it. Once accepted by SMART, each such purchase order shall
be binding on WATCHGUARD, shall be non-cancelable and shall be governed by the
terms and conditions of this Agreement, irrespective of any conflicting,
contrary or additional terms which may be set forth in such purchase order.

     4.3   Forecasts.  In addition to the purchase orders which WATCHGUARD is to
provide to SMART covering the Purchase Commitment, at the beginning of each
month during the term of this Agreement WATCHGUARD shall provide SMART with a
rolling forecast of WATCHGUARD's anticipated requirements for the Product for
the fifth (5th), sixth (6th) and seventh (7th) months following such month.
Such forecasts are estimates only and are not binding on WATCHGUARD.

     4.4  Product Price.  The price for the Product shall be as set forth in
Exhibit C and shall be in United States dollars.  The Product price shall not
include charges for transportation, insurance, special packaging, marking,
applicable sale or use taxes, value added taxes, export or import licenses,
fees, taxes, duties and the like, the costs of which shall be paid by WATCHGUARD
in addition to the Product price.

     4.5   Payment.  All payments owed by WATCHGUARD to SMART for the Product
shall be made in United States dollars net thirty (30) calendar days after the
applicable Product shipment date.

     4.6   Shipment, Title and Risk of Loss.  All Product sold hereunder shall
be delivered to WATCHGUARD Ex Works (Incoterms 1990) SMART's manufacturing
facility.  In the absence of written instructions from WATCHGUARD, SMART shall
select the common carrier but shall not thereby assume any liability in
connection with the shipment of Product, nor shall the common carrier be
construed to be the agent of SMART.  Title of the Product shall pass from SMART
to WATCHGUARD when the Product is made available by SMART to the common carrier
or to WATCHGUARD if the Product is to be picked up by WATCHGUARD, and as of and
after that time, WATCHGUARD shall bear any and all risk of loss of or damage to
the Product.

     4.7   Rescheduling.  WATCHGUARD may reschedule each shipment of Product
ordered pursuant to this Agreement not more than once, provided that

                                      -5-
<PAGE>

WATCHGUARD gives SMART at least thirty (30) calendar days written notice in
advance of the original scheduled shipment date (the "Original Scheduled
Shipment Date"), and that the rescheduled shipment date is no later than sixty
(60) calendar days after the Original Scheduled Shipment Date.

     4.8   Limited Warranty.  Except as otherwise provided herein, SMART
warrants that any Product sold pursuant to this Agreement shall be free from
defects in material and workmanship, and shall materially conform to the Product
specifications specified in Exhibit A to this Agreement, or hereafter agreed to
by the parties in a written instrument executed by an authorized officer of
SMART, for a period of one (l) year from the initial date SMART delivers said
Product to WATCHGUARD.  SMART and WATCHGUARD shall work together in good faith
to develop acceptable test procedures and test criteria for the Product.  After
the earlier of the first three (3) months of production or three thousand
(3,000) Products manufactured, SMART warrants that the Product failure rate
attributable solely to SMART shall not be higher than ten percent (10%) of, in
the aggregate, any consecutive one thousand (1,000) units shipped by SMART,
i.e., one hundred (100) units or more.  Thereafter, SMART warrants that the
Product failure rate attributable solely to SMART shall not be higher than five
percent (5%) of, in the aggregate, any consecutive one thousand (1,000) units
shipped by SMART, i.e., fifty (50) units or more.  WATCHGUARD must report
failure mechanisms to SMART with all accompanying data to assist SMART to cure
said failure.  SMART and WATCHGUARD shall work together in good faith to
determine the cause of any failures and to modify the test procedures to cure
any problems.  The warranty contained in this Section 4.8 does not cover
malfunctions, failures or defects resulting from misuse, abuse, accident,
neglect, improper or inadequate maintenance, alteration, modification, improper
installation or repairs by any party other than SMART.  The warranty extends
only to the original purchaser, WATCHGUARD, and may not be assigned.  The
liability of SMART, and the remedies available to WATCHGUARD, under this limited
warranty shall be limited to replacing, or repairing, or refunding the purchase
price of (at SMART's sole discretion and option) any defective Product which is
returned to SMART in accordance with the Warranty Return Procedure specified
below.  EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN THIS SECTION, SMART MAKES NO WARRANTIES OF ANY
KIND, EXPRESS, IMPLIED, STATUTORY OR OTHERWISE, AND EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS ANY SUCH
WARRANTIES INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY EXPRESS, STATUTORY OR IMPLIED
WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.

     4.9   Warranty Return Procedure.  Prior to shipping any Product back to
SMART, WATCHGUARD shall ensure that such Product is defective, and shall obtain
a Return Material Authorization ("RMA") number from SMART.

                                      -6-
<PAGE>

WATCHGUARD shall include the RMA number on the outside packaging of such
returned Product, and shall also include with such returned Product a written
statement bearing the RMA number and specifying the defect for which the Product
is being returned. WATCHGUARD shall pay the shipping costs for returning the
Product to SMART, and shall assume any and all risk of loss of or damage to said
Product during shipping. If SMART elects to repair or replace the Product, SMART
shall pay the shipping costs to return said Product to the location from which
it was returned by WATCHGUARD, but WATCHGUARD shall bear any and all risk of
loss of or damage to said Product at all times after said Product is made
available by SMART to the common carrier or to WATCHGUARD if said Product is to
be picked up by WATCHGUARD. Any Product which has been returned, but which SMART
determines not to be defective, or which has defects resulting from misuse,
abuse, accident, neglect, improper or inadequate maintenance, alteration,
modification, improper installation or repairs by any party other than SMART,
shall be returned to WATCHGUARD at WATCHGUARD's sole expense and risk. Title to
any Product returned under warranty shall at all times remain with WATCHGUARD
unless and until SMART either replaces such Product, or credits WATCHGUARD's
account for the price of such Product in lieu of repair or replacement, at which
time title to said Product shall pass to SMART. Any repair or replacement of any
Product hereunder shall not extend the warranty period for said Product.

5.   CONFIDENTIALITY

     Each party hereto agrees that all trade secrets, intellectual property,
code, inventions, algorithms, schematics, test vectors, lists of suppliers,
know-how and ideas and all other business, technical and financial information
it obtains from the other party which is identified in writing or orally as
"Confidential" and/or "Proprietary," or which would logically be considered
"Confidential" and/or "Proprietary," is the confidential and proprietary
property (the "Confidential Property") of the disclosing party.  Except as
expressly permitted herein, the receiving party (i) shall hold in strictest
confidence and not use for any purpose (except as contemplated hereunder) or
disclose to any party (other than employees or agents on a need-to-know basis)
any Confidential Property of the disclosing party, (ii) shall take reasonable
protective measures (no less than the measures it takes to protect its own
Confidential Property) to safeguard such Confidential Property, and (iii) shall
bind in writing any and all of its employees or agents with access to such
Confidential Property to the terms and conditions of this Section 5.  All
Confidential Property disclosed hereunder shall remain the exclusive property of
the disclosing party.  Upon termination or expiration of this Agreement or upon
written request, any and all Confidential Property disclosed hereunder shall be
promptly returned to the disclosing party.  The restrictions hereunder shall
survive the termination or expiration of this Agreement.  Each party

                                      -7-
<PAGE>

acknowledges that the breach of this Section 5 would cause immediate and
irreparable harm to the other party and agrees that in the event of such breach,
said non-breaching party shall be entitled, in addition to any other available
right or remedy, to seek equitable relief without the necessity of proving
actual damages and without the necessity of posting a bond or other security.
The receiving party shall not be obligated under this Section 5 with respect to
Confidential Property the receiving party can document:

     5.1   is or has become readily publicly available without restriction
through no fault of the receiving party or its employees or agents; or

     5.2   is received without restriction from a third party lawfully in
possession of such information and lawfully empowered to disclose such
information; or

     5.3   was rightfully in the possession of the receiving party without
restriction prior to its disclosure by the other party; or

     5.4   is independently developed by employees or consultants of the
receiving party without access to such Confidential Property; or

     5.5   is required to be disclosed by law, a government agency or order of a
court, provided that the receiving party provides prompt written notice of such
disclosure so as to afford the disclosing party an opportunity to intervene and
prevent or limit the disclosure.

6.   INFRINGEMENT

     6.1   Notification of Third Party Infringement.  Each party shall inform
the other promptly in writing of any alleged infringement by a third party of
any Developed Technology of which such party becomes aware, and of any available
evidence thereof.  WATCHGUARD shall have the right, but shall not be obligated,
to prosecute at its own expense all infringements of the Developed Technology
and, in furtherance of such right, SMART hereby agrees that WATCHGUARD may
include SMART as a party plaintiff in any such suit, without expense to SMART.
The total cost of any such infringement action commenced solely by WATCHGUARD
shall be borne by WATCHGUARD.  No settlement, consent judgment or other
voluntary final disposition of the suit may be entered into without the prior
written consent of an authorized representative of SMART, which consent shall
not be unreasonably withheld.  Any recovery of damages by WATCHGUARD for each
such suit may be retained entirely by WATCHGUARD; provided, however that SMART
may at its option elect to pay up to half of the expenses of any such suit and
in such case any recovery of damages shall be applied first in satisfaction of
any unreimbursed

                                      -8-
<PAGE>

expenses and legal fees of both parties and then divided between WATCHGUARD and
SMART, in each case on a pro rata basis according to the percentage of expenses
borne by each party prior to the recovery.

     6.2   SMART Option to Prosecute Infringement.  If within one (1) month
after having been notified of any alleged infringement, WATCHGUARD shall have
been unsuccessful in persuading the alleged infringer to desist and shall not
have brought and shall not be diligently prosecuting an infringement action, or
if WATCHGUARD shall notify SMART at any time prior thereto of its intention not
to bring suit against any alleged infringer, or if the statute of limitation is
about to end, then, and in those events only, SMART shall have the right, but
shall not be obligated, to prosecute at its own expense any action for
infringement of the Developed Technology, and in such event SMART shall be
entitled to retain for itself all recoveries and SMART may, for such purposes
use the name of WATCHGUARD as a party plaintiff.

     6.3   Declaratory Judgment Actions.  In the event that a declaratory
judgment action alleging invalidity or non-infringement of any of the Developed
Technology shall be brought against either or both of WATCHGUARD or SMART, said
party shall give notice to the other of any such action and the parties shall
cooperate in good faith to determine how best to defend such action.  If the
parties cannot agree on how to defend any such action, either party may on its
own defend any action brought against it, provided that no settlement, consent
judgment or other voluntary final disposition may be entered into without the
prior written consent of an authorized representative of the other party, which
consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

     6.4   Cooperation in Prosecuting Actions.  In any infringement suit as
either party may institute or defend to enforce or defend the Developed
Technology pursuant to this Agreement, the other party hereto shall, at the
request and expense of the litigating party cooperate in all respects and, to
the extent possible, have its employees and independent contractors testify when
requested and make available, under appropriate protective orders and other
safeguards, relevant records, papers, information, samples, specimens and the
like.

7.   INDEMNITY AGAINST INFRINGEMENT

     7.1   SMART's Indemnity Obligation.  Except as otherwise provided herein,
SMART shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless WATCHGUARD and its subsidiaries
from and against (i) any and all claims, demands, actions, suits, litigation,
proceedings and the like alleging that the use or sale of the Product infringes
upon or

                                      -9-
<PAGE>

misappropriates any third party's patent, trademark, trade secret, copyright,
mask work or other intellectual property rights ("IP Claims"), and (ii) any and
all liens, liabilities, judgments, damages, costs, expenses (including
reasonable attorney's fees) and the like arising out of or related to any IP
Claim covered under this Section 7.1; provided, however, that the foregoing
indemnity and defense obligation is conditioned on each of the following: (i)
prompt written notice by WATCHGUARD to SMART of any IP Claim for which indemnity
is claimed hereunder, (ii) complete control of the defense and settlement
thereof by SMART, and (iii) complete cooperation by WATCHGUARD in such defense
at SMART's expense. SMART shall have no obligation whatsoever pursuant to this
Agreement or otherwise (i) for or with respect to IP Claims arising out of or
related to designs, instructions, specifications or intellectual property not
developed by SMART or not furnished by SMART including without limitation
WATCHGUARD's contribution to the Developed Technology, (ii) for or with respect
to IP Claims arising out of or related to the combination of the Product with
any hardware, products, equipment, materials, text, graphics, software or the
like supplied by a party other than SMART, (iii) for or with respect to IP
Claims arising out of or related to the modification of the Product by a party
other than SMART, (iv) for or with respect to IP Claims arising out of or
related to WATCHGUARD's failure to substitute any replacement Product, or part
thereof, supplied by SMART pursuant to Section 7.3 herein, or (v) for any
settlement entered into without the prior written consent of an authorized
representative of SMART. Notwithstanding the foregoing, WATCHGUARD may defend
and/or settle any IP Claim for which SMART materially fails to perform its
indemnity obligation under this Section 7.1 without adversely affecting
WATCHGUARD's indemnity rights under this Section 7.1.

     7.2  WATCHGUARD's Indemnity Obligation.  Except as otherwise provided
herein, WATCHGUARD shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless SMART and its
subsidiaries from and against (i) any and all IP Claims arising out of or
related to designs, instructions, specifications or intellectual property
developed by WATCHGUARD or furnished by WATCHGUARD including without limitation
WATCHGUARD's contribution to the Developed Technology, (ii) any and all IP
Claims arising out of or related to the combination of the Product with any
hardware, products, equipment, materials, text, graphics, software or the like
supplied by a party other than SMART, (iii) any and all IP Claims arising out of
or related to the modification of the Product by a party other than SMART, and
(iv) any and all liens, liabilities, judgments, damages, costs, expenses
(including reasonable attorney's fees) and the like arising out of or related to
any IP Claim covered under this Section 7.2; provided, however, that the
foregoing indemnity and defense obligation is conditioned on each of the
following: (i) prompt written notice by SMART to WATCHGUARD of

                                     -10-
<PAGE>

any IP Claim for which indemnity is claimed hereunder, (ii) complete control of
the defense and settlement thereof by WATCHGUARD, and (iii) complete cooperation
by SMART in such defense at WATCHGUARD's expense. WATCHGUARD shall have no
obligation whatsoever pursuant to this Section 7.2 for any settlement entered
into without the prior written consent of an authorized representative of
WATCHGUARD. Notwithstanding the foregoing, SMART may defend and/or settle any IP
Claim for which WATCHGUARD materially fails to perform its indemnity obligation
under this Section 7.2 without adversely affecting SMART's indemnity rights
under this Section 7.2.

     7.3   Injunctive Actions.  If during the course of any IP Claim that SMART
is required to indemnify WATCHGUARD hereunder the use or sale of the Product is
finally enjoined, SMART shall, at SMART's option and expense, use commercially
reasonable efforts to do one of the following (in addition to its obligations
under Section 7.1 herein): (i) procure for WATCHGUARD the right to use or sell,
as applicable, the Product, (ii) replace the Product or the affected part
thereof with equivalent non-infringing technology, (iii) modify the Product or
the affected part thereof to make it non-infringing but equivalent, or (iv)
within thirty (30) calendar days of SMART's receipt of said Product, refund to
WATCHGUARD an amount equal to the price paid by WATCHGUARD for said Product less
any prior discounts or credits granted to WATCHGUARD and less an allowance for
use and obsolescence (computed by amortizing WATCHGUARD's purchase price for
said Product evenly over a five (5) year period commencing upon the shipping
date from SMART to WATCHGUARD of said Product) and damage, if any.

     7.4   Limitation of Indemnity.  THE INDEMNITY CONTAINED IN THIS SECTION 7
STATES THE ENTIRE LIABILITY OF EITHER PARTY TO THE OTHER WITH RESPECT TO ANY AND
ALL MISAPPROPRIATION OR INFRINGEMENT BY THE PRODUCT, OR ANY PARTS THEREOF, OF
ANY PATENTS, TRADEMARKS, TRADE SECRETS, COPYRIGHTS, MASK WORKS OR OTHER
INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS OF ANY THIRD PARTY AND IS EXPRESSLY IN LIEU OF ALL
WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS, EXPRESS, IMPLIED, STATUTORY OR OTHERWISE, IN
REGARD THERETO.  THE REMEDIES OF THE PARTIES SHALL BE LIMITED TO THOSE PROVIDED
HEREIN TO THE EXCLUSION OF ANY AND ALL OTHER REMEDIES.

8.   LIMITATION OF LIABILITY

     EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN SECTION 7 AND EXCEPT AS ARISING
OUT OF OR RELATED TO THE PURCHASE

                                     -11-
<PAGE>

COMMITMENT SET FORTH IN SECTION 4, NEITHER PARTY SHALL BE LIABLE TO THE OTHER
PARTY FOR ANY INCIDENTAL, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, CONSEQUENTIAL, EXEMPLARY OR
RELIANCE DAMAGES, LOSSES OR EXPENSES (INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION LOSS OF
PROFIT, OR COSTS OF PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES) RELATING TO OR
ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT, HOWEVER CAUSED, AND WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT,
TORT, EQUITY OR ANY OTHER THEORY OF LIABILITY WHATSOEVER, EVEN IF SUCH PARTY WAS
NOTIFIED OR OTHERWISE AWARE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES, LOSSES OR
EXPENSES. THE LIMITATIONS CONTAINED IN THIS SECTION SHALL APPLY NOTWITHSTANDING
ANY FAILURE OF ESSENTIAL PURPOSE OF ANY LIMITED REMEDY PROVIDED UNDER ANY TERM
OF THIS AGREEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL SMART'S TOTAL LIABILITY TO WATCHGUARD
EXCEED THE AGGREGATE AMOUNT PAID BY WATCHGUARD TO SMART FOR THE PRODUCT.

9.   TERM AND TERMINATION

     9.1   Term.  This Agreement shall become effective as of the Effective Date
and shall continue until terminated as provided in this Section 9.

     9.2   Termination.  This Agreement may be terminated immediately upon
written notice by either party in the event the other party (i) institutes or
there is instituted against it any proceeding under any bankruptcy, protection
of rights of creditors or insolvency laws, (ii) institutes or there is
instituted against it any proceeding for liquidation or winding up, (iii)
becomes insolvent, (iv) makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, (v)
has a receiver appointed with respect to any substantial part of its assets or
business, (vi) ceases to function as a going concern or to conduct its operation
in the normal course of business, (vii) fails to provide reasonable adequate
assurances of future performance of its obligations under this Agreement within
twenty (20) calendar days following a demand from the other party for such
assurances, or (vii;) fails to perform any of the obligations imposed upon it
under the terms and conditions of this Agreement so as to be in material breach
hereunder and fails to cure such breach within thirty (30) calendar days after
written notice from the non-breaching party.  In addition, this Agreement may be
terminated by mutual written agreement between the parties.

     9.3   Termination by WATCHGUARD.  WATCHGUARD shall be entitled to terminate
this Agreement upon written notice to SMART and payment of a buy-out fee (the
"Buy-Out Fee") as calculated below.  If WATCHGUARD has purchased and

                                     -12-
<PAGE>

paid for ten thousand (10,000) or fewer Products from SMART, the Buy-Out Fee
shall be [ * ]. If WATCHGUARD has purchased and paid for more than ten thousand
(10,000) Products from SMART, the Buy-Out Fee shall be [ * ].

     9.4   Rights After Termination.  No termination or expiration of this
Agreement shall (i) relieve either party from any obligations hereunder which
have accrued on or before the effective date of such termination or expiration
including without limitation any obligation to pay to the other party any sum
owed pursuant to this Agreement, (ii) affect any rights of either party with
respect to any breach of this Agreement, or (iii) cancel any purchase order for
the Product placed by WATCHGUARD and accepted by SMART pursuant to this
Agreement.  If this Agreement terminates or expires, the provisions of Section 1
"Definitions," Section 3 "Rights in Intellectual Property," Section 4.5
"Payment," Section 4.6 "Shipment, Title and Risk of Loss," Section 4.8 "Limited
Warranty," Section 4.9 "Warranty Return Procedure," Section 5 "Confidentiality,"
Section 6 "Infringement," Section 7 "Indemnity Against Infringement," Section 8
"Limitation of Liability," Section 9 "Term and Termination" and Section 10
"General Provisions" shall survive and continue unless they otherwise expire in
accordance with their terms.  In addition if this Agreement is terminated as a
result of WATCHGUARD's material breach of this Agreement, but not otherwise, the
provisions of Section 4.1 "Purchase Commitment" shall survive and continue
unless terminated by SMART.

10.   GENERAL PROVISIONS

     10.1   Integration.  This Agreement, the exhibits hereto and the documents
referenced herein, if any, constitute the entire understanding, express or
implied, oral or written, between WATCHGUARD and SMART with respect to the
subject matter hereof and supersede any and all prior agreements, discussions
and understandings, express or implied, oral or written, between WATCHGUARD and
SMART with respect to the subject matter hereof.  Each party hereto represents
and warrants to the other that it is entering into this Agreement based on the
terms and conditions contained herein and that it is not entering into this
Agreement because of other terms and conditions, including without limitation
representations, covenants, inducements and promises, not contained herein.

     10.2   Conflicting Terms.  The parties hereto agree that the terms and
conditions contained in either party's printed or electronic documents shall not
apply to the purchase and/or sale of the Product and that the terms and
conditions set forth herein shall govern all such transactions; provided,
however, that the terms and conditions typed or hand written on the face of a
purchase order, acknowledgment or other document relating to the Product
quantities, prices, ship-to locations and
- ----------
[*] = omitted, confidential material, which material has been separately filed
with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to a request for
confidential treatment.

                                     -13-
<PAGE>

shipment dates shall, if accepted by both parties hereto, also apply to all such
transactions and shall augment the terms and conditions set forth herein to the
extent that such terms and conditions are not inconsistent with this Agreement.

     10.3   Force Majeure.  Other than the obligation to pay any amount owed
hereunder, neither party hereto shall be in default or liable for any delay or
failure to comply with this Agreement if such delay or failure is due to causes
beyond its control for the shorter of the period such causes are beyond its
control or six (6) months, provided that such party notifies in writing the
other party of the existence of such causes.

     10.4   Assignment and Delegation.  Neither party hereto shall sell,
transfer or assign any of its rights hereunder (other than the right to receive
payments), or delegate or subcontract any of its obligations hereunder without
the prior written consent of an authorized representative of the other party;
provided, however, that upon written notice to the other party either party
hereto may sell, transfer or assign its rights hereunder, and delegate or
subcontract its obligations hereunder, without obtaining the prior written
consent of an authorized representative of the other party, to a successor to
its business by reason of merger, the sale of substantially all of its assets or
other form of acquisition, provided that such assignee agrees in writing to be
bound by this Agreement.  Any act in derogation of the foregoing shall be null
and void.  Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the provisions hereof
shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the successors, assigns,
heirs, executors and administrators of the parties hereto.

     10.5   Choice of Law.  The parties hereto agree that this Agreement shall
not be construed, enforced or governed by the United Nations Convention on
Contracts for the International Sale of Goods; rather this Agreement is entered
into in the State of California and shall be construed, enforced and governed
solely in accordance with the laws of the State of California without giving
effect to any choice of law provisions thereof.

     10.6   Jurisdiction and Venue.  The jurisdiction and venue of any action
with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement shall be either (i) the
state or federal courts for the County of Santa Clara or the County of Alameda
in the state of California or (ii) the state or federal courts for the County
of King in the state of Washington, and each of the parties hereto submits
itself to the jurisdiction and venue of either such courts for the purpose of
any such action.

     10.7   Notice.  Any notice, consent or request required or permitted to be
given under or in connection with this Agreement shall be in writing and shall
be considered

                                     -14-
<PAGE>

to be given when placed in registered or certified mail, postage prepaid,
addressed to the party for whom it is intended at the address written above and
to the attention of the person executing this Agreement or at such other address
or to such other person as SMART or WATCHGUARD may designate to the other party
in accordance with this Section 10.7 from time to time. Any notice or request
required or permitted to be given under or in connection with this Agreement if
given otherwise than by registered or certified mail shall be considered to be
given when delivered.

     10.8   Severability.  If any term or provision of this Agreement is held to
be illegal, invalid, unenforceable or in conflict with any law of any
governmental entity with jurisdiction over this Agreement, this Agreement shall
continue in force and be interpreted and modified as necessary to give best
effect to the intentions of the parties as expressed herein to the fullest
extent permissible.

     10.9   Taxes.  WATCHGUARD shall pay any and all taxes and charges assessed
in connection with this Agreement including without limitation sales, use and
excise taxes.  This does not include any federal, state or local income taxes
imposed on SMART or any other or similar taxes based on SMART's gross or net
income.

     10.10   Export Controls.  This Agreement is expressly made subject to any
laws, regulations, orders or other restrictions on the export from the United
States of America of any technology, products incorporating technology or
information pertaining thereto which may be imposed from time to time by the
Government of the Untied States of America or any agency thereof.
Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, WATCHGUARD
shall not export or re-export, directly or indirectly, any technology, products
incorporating technology or information pertaining thereto to any country for
which the Government of the United States of America or any agency thereof
requires an export license or other governmental approval at the time of export
or re-export without first obtaining such license or approval.

     10.11   Import and Export.  SMART shall provide all information under its
control which is necessary or useful for WATCHGUARD to obtain any import or
export licenses required for WATCHGUARD to receive or ship the Product.
WATCHGUARD shall pay any and all import or export licenses, fees, taxes, duties
and the like.

     10.12   United States Government Contract Provisions and Clauses.  In the
event any Products purchased hereunder are sold, or are incorporated into
products that are sold, under a United States Government contract, any and all
provisions or clauses required to be passed on to SMART pursuant to said
contract are hereby

                                     -15-
<PAGE>

rejected by SMART and shall not be deemed included herein or binding on SMART
unless and until specifically accepted in a writing executed by an authorized
representative of SMART.

     10.13   Headings.  Headings used herein are for reference only and shall
not affect the interpretation of the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

     10.14   Waivers and Amendments.  The rights and obligations of the parties
under this Agreement may be amended, changed, modified, waived or discharged
(either generally or in a particular instance, either retroactively or
prospectively, and either for a specified period of time or indefinitely) only
by a written instrument effecting such amendment, change, modification, waiver
or discharge signed by an authorized representative of the party against whom
enforcement is sought.

     10.15   Delays or Omissions.  The parties hereto agree that no delay or
omission to exercise any right, power or remedy accruing to any party upon any
breach or default of the other party under this Agreement shall impair any such
right, power or remedy, nor shall it be construed to be a waiver of any such
breach or default, or any acquiescence therein, or of any similar breach or
default thereafter occurring; nor shall any waiver of any single breach or
default be deemed a waiver of any other breach or default theretofore or
thereafter occurring.  The parties further agree that any waiver, permit,
consent or approval of any kind or character of any breach or default under this
Agreement must be in a writing signed by an authorized representative of the
party against whom enforcement is sought and shall be effective only to the
extent specifically set forth in such a writing.

     10.16   Relationship of the Parties.  In fulfilling its obligations under
this Agreement, each party shall be acting as an independent contractor.
Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be deemed or construed as creating any
other relationship between the parties including without limitation that of a
joint venture or a partnership.  The employees of each party shall not be
considered the employees of the other party for any purpose.  Neither party nor
its employees shall have the authority to bind or make commitments on behalf of
the other party for any purpose, nor shall either party or its employees hold
itself or themselves out as having such authority.  Each party shall assure that
its employees or other persons whose services it may require comply with all of
the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

     10.17   Counterparts.  This Agreement may be executed in multiple
counterparts, each of which shall be an original, but all of which together
shall constitute one instrument; provided, however, that this Agreement shall be
of no force

                                     -16-
<PAGE>

or effect until executed by both parties. Facsimile signature pages shall be
considered originals.

     10.18   Mediation.  If any dispute arises out of or is related to this
Agreement, the parties hereto agree first to try in good faith to settle the
dispute by mediation.  In the event of such a dispute, either party may initiate
the mediation by so requesting, in a writing delivered to the other party.
Within ten (10) calendar days of such a request for mediation, the parties
hereto shall confer for the purpose of selecting a mutually agreeable mediator.
If the parties hereto have not been able to agree upon a mediator within twenty
(20) calendar days of the request for mediation, either party may request that
the Judicial Arbitration and Mediation Services (JAMS) appoint a mediator.  Said
mediation shall take place in the County of Santa Clara, California.

     10.19   Litigation Expenses.  The prevailing party in any action or
proceeding to enforce or interpret any part of this Agreement shall be entitled
to recover its reasonable expenses including without limitation attorney's fees
(including fees on any appeal).

     10.20   Exhibits.  The following exhibits which are attached hereto are by
this reference made a part hereof: (i) Exhibit A - Product, (ii) Exhibit B -
Statement of Work, and (iii) Exhibit 3 - Price.

     10.21   No Third Party Beneficiaries.  The parties hereby acknowledge that
this Agreement is made solely and exclusively for the benefit of the parties
hereto and with no intent to benefit any third party.

     10.22   Basis of the Bargain.  EACH PARTY HERETO RECOGNIZES AND AGREES THAT
THE WARRANTY DISCLAIMERS AND LIABILITY AND REMEDY LIMITATIONS CONTAINED IN THIS
AGREEMENT ARE MATERIAL BARGAINED FOR BASES OF THIS AGREEMENT AND THAT THEY HAVE
BEEN TAKEN INTO ACCOUNT AND REFLECTED IN DETERMINING THE CONSIDERATION TO BE
GIVEN BY EACH PARTY UNDER THIS AGREEMENT AND IN THE DECISION BY EACH PARTY TO
ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT.

     10.23   Read and Reviewed.  Each party hereto represents and warrants to
the other that (i) it has read, reviewed and understands the entire contents of
this Agreement, and (ii) it has engaged, as it sees fit, legal counsel to review
and advise it regarding this Agreement.

                                     -17-
<PAGE>

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each party hereto has caused this Development and
Supply Agreement to be executed by its duly authorized representative as of the
date first set forth above.


WATCHGUARD TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND ITS      SMART MODULAR TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
 SUBSIDIARIES

By: /s/ Christopher G. Slatt               By: /s/ Ajay Shah
    ---------------------------                ---------------------------
Name: Christopher G. Slatt                 Name: Ajay Shah
      -------------------------                  -------------------------
Title: President and CEO                   Title: President and CEO
       ------------------------                   ------------------------

                                     -18-
<PAGE>

                                   EXHIBIT A

                                    PRODUCT

     PC-compatible CPU board with IDE Flash disk, three 10/100 Ethernet ports,
and a single PCI expansion slot.  No ISA or floppy connectors.  Approx. size
9.5" x 8.7".


A.  CPU

    [ * ]

B.  Chipset

    [ * ]

C.  Memory

    [ * ]

D.  Ethernet

    1.   (3) Ethernet ports 10 Base T/100 Base TX [ * ]
         [ * ]

E.  Real Time Clock

    [ * ]

F.  Ports and Connectors

    [ * ]

G.  LEDs

    [ * ]

H.  Power Supply

    [ * ]

I.  Environmental

    [ * ]
- ----------
[*] = omitted, confidential material, which material has been separately filed
with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to a request for
confidential treatment.

                                     -19-
<PAGE>

                                   EXHIBIT B

                               STATEMENT OF WORK

1.  Engineering Specifications - [by: Jan.  7, 1998]
    .  List of the features and functionality provided by the proposed design
    .  Outline of the key specifications
    .  Implementation guidelines
    .  Design Review I

2.  Architecture Design - [by: Feb. 20, 1998]
    .  Schematic entry in Viewlogic of CPU system
    .  BIOS Specifications and Adaptation
    .  Netlist generation for PCB design
    .  Bill Of Materials -- FINAL
    .  Design Review 2

3.  PCB Design- [by: Feb. 27, 1998]
    .  Placement of components and connectors
    .  Design Review 3
    .  Routing
    .  Generation of PCB Fab Data
    .  Design Review 4

4.  Prototype PCB Fabrication and materials procurement - [by: March 6, 1998]
    .  10 prototypes

5.  Prototype PCB Assembly - [by: April 15, 1998]
    .  Assembly of the prototype board

6.  Development of the Diagnostic Software - [by: April 15, 1998]

7.  Design verification and testing - [by: April 30, 1998]
    . Design Review 5

8.  Manufacturing release - [by: May 31,1998]
    .  Complete changes
    .  Generate ECO

                                     -20-
<PAGE>

    .  Design Review 6

     After the prototype Products are delivered, SMART will provide ongoing
Engineering Development and Support of the Product as may be reasonably
requested by WATCHGUARD.  For such work exceeding six (6) weeks' effort, SMART
may provide a scheduled statement of work for such Engineering Development and
Support, which will be negotiated by both parties.

     For all Engineering work completed by SMART, there will be a set of
Documentation Deliverables to WATCHGUARD which fully and accurately describe the
Product and include, as appropriate:

     1.  Schematic Drawings.

     2.  Printed Circuit Board Layout in Gerber format.

     3.  Surface mount device placement in ASCII format.

     4.  Bill of Materials: components, quantity and source.

     5.  Product Verification Test Reports (Design/Prototype/Product test
results).

     6.  Summary Manufacturing Test Procedures.

     These deliverables are subject to WATCHGUARD review and acceptance, which
will not be unreasonably withheld.

     SMART will cooperate with WATCHGUARD and its industrial design firms and
product assemblers (the "Project Contributors") and coordinate SMART's
development and supply activities under this Agreement with the work performed
by the Project Contributors.

                                     -21-
<PAGE>

                                   EXHIBIT C

                                     PRICE


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
     Quantity of Products Purchased*                 Product price per unit
     -------------------------------                 ----------------------
     <S>                                             <C>
             10,000 or more                                   [ * ]
</TABLE>

     * In the event that WATCHGUARD purchases fewer than ten thousand (10,000)
units of Product by July 1, 1999, SMART may charge WATCHGUARD a restocking fee
("Restocking Fee") that shall be computed as follows:

     [ * ]

     WATCHGUARD shall pay SMART the Restocking Fee in U.S. dollars within thirty
(30) calendar days of invoice therefor.

     1.  As used in this Agreement, "Product Lot Size Quantities" means the
number of units ordered for a specific shipment date on any purchase order.
Product Lot Size Quantities greater than or equal to 250 units shall not incur a
manufacturing setup charge.  Product Lot Sizes Quantities less than 250 units
shall incur a manufacturing setup charge of [ * ] per lot.  The minimum Product
Lot Size Quantity shall be 50 units.

     2.  The above Product prices per unit are based on estimated April 1, 1998
market costs of the Microprocessor, PCI chipset, Flash memory, DRAM and Ethernet
chipset used in the assembly of the Product (collectively the "Components").  If
at any time during the term of this Agreement the aggregate market cost of the
Components increases or decreases greater than ten percent (10%), then, at
either party's request, the Product prices per unit shall be reviewed at the
beginning of each calendar quarter starting July 1, 1998, and adjusted by the
parties in good faith to reflect the change in the cost of the Product.  If the
parties mutually agree upon a modification of the Product prices, this Exhibit C
shall be amended to reflect such modified Product prices.
- ----------
[*] = omitted, confidential material, which material has been separately filed
with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to a request for
confidential treatment.

                                     -22-

<PAGE>

                                  EXHIBIT 10.9

                                       TO

                        WatchGuard Technologies, Inc.'s

                       Registration Statement on Form S-1

     "[ * ]" = omitted, confidential material, which material has been
separately filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to a
request for confidential treatment.
<PAGE>

OEM Master License Agreement Number:  0897-SEA-O-MLA-1

                             RSA DATA SECURITY(TM)

                         OEM MASTER LICENSE AGREEMENT

     THIS OEM MASTER LICENSE AGREEMENT ("Agreement"), effective as of the later
date of execution ("Effective Date"), is entered into by and between RSA Data
Security, Inc., a Delaware corporation ("RSA"), having a principal address at
100 Marine Parkway, Suite 500, Redwood City, California  94065, and the entity
named below ("OEM"), having a principal address as set forth below.

OEM:

Seattle Software Labs, a Delaware corporation
- ---------------------------------------------
(Name and jurisdiction of incorporation)

316 Occidental Avenue South
- ---------------------------------------
(Address)
Suite 300
- ---------------------------------------
Seattle, WA 98104
- ---------------------------------------

OEM Legal Contact:

  Don Lenhart  206 521 8373
  -------------------------------------
  (name, telephone and title)

OEM Billing Contact:

  Shari Elsoe, Controller  206 521 8366
  -------------------------------------
  (name, telephone and title)

OEM Technical Contact:

  Chris Boeccio  206 521 8348
  -------------------------------------
  (name, telephone and title)

OEM Commercial Contact:

  Don Lenhart, VP Strategic Dev.  206 521 8373
  --------------------------------------------
  (name, telephone and title)

Territory:

[_]  North America (United States and Canada)

[X]  Worldwide, subject to Section 10.7

Separate Maintenance Agreement:  YES [X]  NO [_]

1.   DEFINITIONS

     The following terms when used in this Agreement shall have the following
meanings:

     1.1  "Bundled Product(s)" means one or more of the products or product
groups described on a License/Product Schedule attached hereto and referencing
this Agreement which has been or will be developed by OEM and which incorporates
in the OEM Product in any manner any portion of the RSA Object Code.  A Bundled
Product must represent a significant functional and value enhancement to the
Licensed Software such that the primary reason for an End User Customer to
license such Bundled Product is other than the right to receive a license to the
Licensed Software included in the Bundled Product.

     1.2  "Distributor" means a dealer or distributor in the business of
reselling Bundled Products to End User Customers, directly or through one or
more Distributors, by virtue of authority of OEM.  Bundled Products resold by a
Distributor shall bear OEM's trademarks and service marks and shall not be
privately labeled by such Distributor or other parties.  A Distributor shall
have no right to modify any part of the Bundled Product.

     1.3  "End User Customer" means a person or entity licensing RSA Object Code
as part of a Bundled Product from OEM or a Distributor solely for personal or
internal use and without right to license, assign or otherwise transfer such
Bundled Product to any other person or entity.

     1.4  "Interface Modification" means a modification to the RSA Source Code
constituting and limited to hooks, ports or interfaces and similar modifications
necessary to permit the Licensed Software to operate in accordance with the User
Manual in OEM Products.

     1.5  "License/Product Schedule" means a schedule substantially in the form
of Exhibit "A" hereto completed and executed with respect to a Bundled Product
and specifying the Licensed Software, Field of Use limitation (if any), license
and maintenance fees, and other matters with respect to such Bundled Product.  A
License/Product Schedule can be amended pursuant to
<PAGE>

Section 10.5 with respect to a specified Bundled Product; and additional Bundled
Products may be added to this Agreement by executing an additional
License/Product Schedule referencing this Agreement. All such License/Product
Schedules are incorporated in this Agreement by this reference.

     1.6  "Field of Use" means a use, method of incorporation or product purpose
limitation with respect to the Licensed Software for Bundled Product specified
on the License/Product Schedule for such Bundled Product.

     1.7  "Licensed Software" means those portions of the RSA Software which
perform the algorithm(s) specified on page 2 of a License/Product Schedule
hereto as having been licensed by OEM with respect to a particular Bundled
Product.

     1.8  "New Release" means a version of the RSA Software which shall
generally be designated by a new version number which has changed from the prior
number only to the right of the decimal point (e.g., Version 2.2 to Version
2.3).

     1.9  "New Version" means a version of the RSA Software which shall
generally be designated by a new version number which has changed from the prior
number to the left of the decimal point (e.g., Version 2.3 to Version 3.0).

     1.10  "OEM Product" means any product developed by OEM into which the
Licensed Software is to be incorporated to create a Bundled Product.

     1.11  "RSA Object Code" means the Licensed Software in machine-readable,
compiled object code form.

     1.12  "RSA Software" means RSA proprietary software quantified on a
License/Product Schedule hereto and as further described in the User Manuals
associated therewith.  "RSA Software" shall also include all modifications and
enhancements (including all New Releases and New Versions) to such programs as
may be provided by RSA to OEM pursuant to this Agreement or a maintenance
agreement between RSA and OEM.

     1.13  "RSA Source Code" means the mnemonic, high level statement versions
of the Licensed Software written in the source language used by programmers.

     1.14  "Territory" means those geographic areas specified on page 1.

     1.15  "User Manual" means the most current version of the user manual
and/or reference manual customarily supplied by RSA to OEMs who license the RSA
Software.

2.   LICENSES

     2.1  License Grant.  During the term and within the Field of Use limitation
(if any) specified in the applicable License/Product Schedule, RSA hereby grants
OEM a non-exclusive, non-transferable license to:

          2.1.1 use, if a source code license is specified in a License/Product
Schedule, a single copy of the RSA Source Code on a single central processing
unit accessed by one user at a time to:  (i) modify the RSA Source Code solely
to create Interface Modifications; (ii) compile the RSA Source Code to create
object code; and (iii) maintain Bundled Products and support End User Customers.

          2.1.2 (i) incorporate the RSA Object Code into an OEM Product to
create a Bundled Product; (ii) reproduce and have reproduced the RSA Object Code
as incorporated in a Bundled Product as reasonably needed for inactive backup or
archival purposes and, if an internal use license is specified in a
License/Product Schedule, for distribution in the Territory solely to employees
of OEM and solely for use by such employees for OEM's internal business
purposes; and (iii) reproduce, have reproduced, and license or otherwise
distribute the RSA Object Code as incorporated in a Bundled Product in the
Territory.

          2.1.3 (i) use the User Manual to support End User Customers; (ii)
modify and incorporate portions of the User Manual in Bundled Product document;
and (iii) reproduce, have reproduced and distribute in the Territory such
portions of the User Manual as incorporated in Bundled Product documentation.

     2.2  Limitations On Licenses.  The licenses granted in Section 2.1 are
further limited as follows:

          2.2.1  Limitation on Distributees.  The RSA Object Code shall be
licensed or otherwise distributed only to (i) Distributors and (ii) End User
Customers.
<PAGE>

          2.2.2  No Exposure of RSA Software.  The RSA Object Code may only be
accessed by the functionality of the Bundled Product in which it is included,
and a Bundled Product shall not make the RSA Object Code directly accessible to
End User Customers or to products other than the Bundled Product.

          2.2.3  No Standalone Product or Services.  OEM may not in any way
sell, lease, rent, license, sublicense or otherwise distribute the RSA Software
or any part thereof or the right to use the RSA Software or any part thereof to
any person or entity except as part of a Bundled Product.  Unless a specific
grant of rights is included in the applicable License/Product Schedule, neither
OEM nor any Distributor or End User Customer may use the Bundled Product to
operate a service bureau or other revenue-generating service business.

          2.2.4  License Restricted to Licensed Software and Field of Use.  OEM
may use or incorporate into a Bundled Product only that portion of the RSA
Software which is identified as Licensed Software in the applicable
License/Product Schedule.  The RSA Object Code must be incorporated in a Bundled
Products, and may only be reproduced, licensed or distributed in accordance with
the Field of Use limitation, if any, specified in the applicable
Licensed/Product Schedule.

          2.2.5  Prohibited Activities.  OEM shall not modify (except to create
Interface Modifications), translate, reverse engineer, decompile or disassemble
the RSA Software or any part thereof, and shall prohibit Distributors and End
User Customers from doing the same.

          2.2.6  RSA Root Keys.  OEM may include the RSA/VeriSign, Inc. root
keys (the "RSA Root Keys") in any Bundled Product in which a hierarchy root key
is utilized or incorporated, provided that any such incorporation must make the
RSA Root Keys functional within the Bundled Product and as accessible as any
other hierarchy root key within the Bundled Product.

     2.3  Title.

          2.3.1  In RSA.  Except for the limited licenses expressly granted in
Section 2.1 and as further limited by Section 2.2, RSA does not by this
Agreement grant to OEM any right, title or ownership interest in and to the RSA
Software or in any related patents, trademarks, copyrights or proprietary or
trade secret rights.

          2.3.2  In OEM.  Except as expressly provided below, OEM does not by
this Agreement grant to RSA any right, title or ownership interest in and to any
Interface Modifications created by OEM as may be authorized hereunder or any
related patents, copyrights or proprietary or trade secret rights of OEM;
provided, however, that OEM hereby agrees that it will not assert against RSA
any of such patents, copyrights or proprietary or trade secret rights with
respect to any ports or interfaces developed by RSA without reference to the
source code of OEM's Interface Modifications.

3.   LICENSE FEES

     3.1  License Fees.  In consideration of RSA's grant to OEM of the limited
license rights hereunder, OEM shall pay to RSA the amounts set forth below (the
"License Fees"):

          3.1.1  Source Code License Fees.  If RSA is granting to OEM RSA Source
Code license rights as indicated on a License/Product Schedule, OEM shall pay to
RSA the source code License Fees specified on such License/Product Schedule upon
execution of such License/Product Schedule.

          3.1.2  Object Code License Fees.  In consideration of RSA's grant to
OEM of the RSA Object Code license rights for the Bundled Products described in
each License/Product Schedule, OEM shall pay to RSA the object code License Fees
specified on each such License/Product Schedule in accordance with the terms
contained therein.

     3.2  Taxes.  All taxes, duties, fees and other governmental charges of any
kind (including sales and use taxes, but excluding taxes based on the gross
revenues or net income of RSA) which are imposed by or under the authority of
any government or any political subdivision thereof on the License Fees or any
aspect of this Agreement shall be borne by OEM and shall not be considered a
part of a deduction from or an offset against License Fees.

     3.3  Prepayment of License Fees.  OEM shall prepay License Fees in the
amount set forth in a License/Product Schedule, if any, upon execution of the
License/Product Schedule.  In no event shall such prepayment be refundable.  If
OEM has prepaid License Fees with respect to a Bundled Product, all of such
prepaid amounts may be offset against License Fees accrued at a rate of fifty
cents ($0.50) for each dollar ($1.00) of License Fees accrued until the
prepayments are
<PAGE>

exhausted. OEM shall show the application of prepaid License Fees in the
licensing reports provided to RSA pursuant to Section 3.7.

     3.4  Use of Net Sales Price.  If a License Fee based on Net Sales Price is
specified in a License/Product Schedule, the "Net Sales Price" means the gross
amount of all cash, in-kind or other consideration receivable by OEM at any time
in consideration of the licensing or other distribution of the Bundled Products,
excluding any amounts receivable by OEM for sales and use taxes, shipping,
insurance and duties, and reduced by all discounts, refunds or allowances
granted in the ordinary course of business.  For the purposes of determining Net
Sales Price, the amount of in-kind or other non-cash consideration receivable by
OEM shall be deemed to have a dollar value equal to the standard price (as
listed in OEM's published price schedule on the date of the grant of the license
or the sale in question) for such Bundled Product, less all cash paid.

     3.5  Terms of Payment.  Object code License Fees payable on an on-going
basis shall accrue with respect to Bundled Products licensed or otherwise
distributed by OEM or Distributors, as applicable, upon the date of invoice of
the Bundled Product to an End User Customer or Distributor.  License Fees due
RSA hereunder shall be paid by OEM to the attention of the Software Licensing
Department at RSA's address set forth above on or before the thirtieth (30th)
day after the close of the calendar quarter during which the License Fees
accrued.  A late payment penalty on any License Fees not paid when due shall be
assessed at the rate of one percent (1%) per thirty (30) days, beginning on the
thirty-first (31st) day after the last day of the calendar quarter to which the
delayed payment relates.

     3.6  U.S. Currency.  All payments hereunder shall be made in lawful United
States currency and shall in no case be refundable.  If OEM receives payment in
foreign currencies, the amount of its License Fees to RSA shall be calculated
using the closing exchange rate published in The Wall Street Journal, Western
Edition, on the last business day such journal is published in the calendar
quarter immediately preceding the date of payment.

     3.7  Licensing Report.  A report in reasonably detailed form setting forth
the calculation of License Fees due from OEM and signed by a responsible officer
of OEM shall be delivered to RSA on or before the thirtieth (30th) day after the
close of each calendar quarter during the term of this Agreement, regardless of
whether License Fee payments are required to be made pursuant to Section 3.5.
The report shall include, at a minimum, the following information (if applicable
to the method of calculating License Fees designated in a License/Product
Schedule) with respect to the relevant quarter:  (i) the total number of
copies/units of Bundled Products licensed or otherwise distributed by OEM and
Distributors (indicating the names and versions thereof); (ii) if applicable,
the total Net Sales Price invoiced to Distributors and End User Customers; and
(iii) total License Fees accrued.

     3.8  Audit Rights.  RSA shall have the right, at its sole cost and expense,
to have an independent certified public accountant conduct during normal
business hours and not more frequently than annually, an audit of the
appropriate records of OEM to verify the number of copies, units of Bundled
Products licensed or otherwise distributed by OEM and OEM's calculation of
License Fees.  If the License Fees accrued are different than those reported,
OEM will be invoiced or credited for the difference, as applicable.  Any
additional License Fees, along with the late payment penalty assessed in
accordance with Section 3.5, shall be payable within thirty (30) days of such
invoice.  If the deficiency in License Fees paid by OEM is greater than five
percent (5%) of the License Fees reported by OEM for any quarter, OEM will pay
the reasonable expenses associated with such audit, in addition to the
deficiency.

     3.9  Evaluation Copies.  OEM may deliver copies of Bundled Products to
prospective End User Customers on a trial basis for evaluation purposes only
(each, an "Evaluation Copy') provided that each such prospective End User
Customer has received a written or electronic trial license prohibiting the End
User Customer from copying, modifying, reverse engineering, decompiling or
dissassembling the RSA Object Code or any part thereof.  All Evaluation Copies
licensed shall contain a feature which disables the Evaluation Copy no later
than sixty (60) days after delivery to the prospective End User Customer.  No
License Fees shall be reportable or payable with respect to Evaluation Copies
unless and until the Evaluation Copy is replaced with or converted to a standard
Bundled Product or the End User Customer is invoiced for the Bundled Product,
whichever occurs first.

4.   LIMITED WARRANTY

     4.1  Limited Warranty.  During the initial ninety (90) -day term of each
License/Product Schedule RSA warrants that the Licensed Software specified in
such License/Product Schedule will operate in material
<PAGE>

conformance to RSA's published specifications for the Licensed Software. RSA
does not warrant that the RSA Software or any portion thereof is error-free.
OEM's exclusive remedy, and RSA's entire liability in tort, contract or
otherwise, shall be correction of any warranted nonconformity as provided in
Section 4.2 below. This limited warranty and any obligations of RSA hereunder
shall not apply to any Interface Modifications or any nonconformities caused
thereby and shall terminate immediately if OEM makes any modification to the RSA
Software other than Interface Modifications.

     4.2  Error Correction.  In the event OEM discovers an error in the Licensed
Software which causes the Licensed Software not to operate in material
conformance to RSA's published specifications therefor, OEM shall submit to RSA
a written report describing such error in sufficient detail to permit RSA to
reproduce such error.  Upon receipt of any such written report, RSA will use its
reasonable business judgment to classify a reported error as either: (i) a
"Level 1 Severity" error, meaning an error that causes the Licensed Software to
fail to operate in a material manner or to produce materially incorrect results
and for which there is no work around or only a difficult work around; or (ii) a
"Level 2 Severity" error, meaning an error that produces a situation in which
the Licensed Software is usable but does not function in the most convenient or
expeditious manner, and the use or value of the Licensed Software suffers no
material impact.  RSA will acknowledge receipt of a conforming error report
within two (2) business days and (A) will use its continuing best efforts to
provide a correction for any Level 1 Severity error to OEM as early as
practicable; and (B) will use its reasonable efforts to include a correction for
any Level 2 Severity error in the next release of the RSA Software.

     4.3  DISCLAIMER.  EXCEPT FOR THE EXPRESS LIMITED WARRANTY PROVIDED IN THIS
SECTION 4, THE RSA SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY WHATSOEVER,
RSA DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES, EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, AS TO ANY MATTER
WHATSOEVER, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS, RSA DISCLAIMS ANY
WARRANTY OR REPRESENTATION TO ANY PERSON OTHER THAN OEM WITH RESPECT TO THE RSA
SOFTWARE.  OEM SHALL NOT, AND SHALL TAKE ALL MEASURES NECESSARY TO INSURE THAT
ITS AGENTS AND EMPLOYEES DO NOT, MAKE OR PASS THROUGH ANY SUCH WARRANTY ON
BEHALF OF RSA TO ANY DISTRIBUTOR, END USER CUSTOMER OR OTHER THIRD PARTY.

5.   ADDITIONAL OBLIGATIONS OF OEM

     5.1  Bundled Product Marketing.  OEM is authorized to represent to
Distributors and End User Customers only such facts about the RSA Software as
RSA states in its published product descriptions, advertising and promotional
materials or as may be stated in other non-confidential written material
furnished by RSA.

     5.2  Customer Support.  OEM shall, at its expense, provide all support for
the Bundled Products to Distributors and End User Customers.

     5.3  License Agreements.  OEM shall cause to be delivered to each
Distributor and End User Customer a license agreement which shall contain, at a
minimum, substantially all of the limitations of rights and the protections for
RSA which are contained in Sections 2.2, 5.4, 7, 10.7 and 10.8 of this
Agreement.  OEM shall use commercially reasonable efforts to enforce the terms
of such agreements.

     5.4  Proprietary Rights.

     5.4.1  Copyright Notices; Licensee Seals.  OEM agrees not to remove or
destroy any proprietary, trademark or copyright markings or notices placed upon
or contained within the RSA Source Code, RSA Object Code, User Manuals or any
related materials or documentation.  OEM further agrees to insert and maintain:
(i) within every Bundled Product and any related materials or documentation a
copyright notice in the name of OEM; and (ii) within the splash screens, user
documentation, printed product collateral, product packaging and advertisements
for the Bundled Product, product packaging and advertisements for the Bundled
Product, the RSA "License Seal" from the form attached as Exhibit B to this
Agreement and a statement that the Bundled Product contains the RSA Software.

     5.4.2  Trademarks.  By reason of this Agreement or the performance hereof,
OEM shall acquire no rights of any kind in any RSA trademark, trade name, logo
or product designation under which the RSA Software was or is marketed and OEM
shall not make any use of the same for any reason except as expressly authorized
by this Agreement or otherwise authorized in
<PAGE>

writing by RSA. OEM shall cease to use the markings, or any similar markings, in
any manner on the expiration or other termination of this Agreement.

6.   CONFIDENTIALITY

     6.1  Confidentiality.  Each party acknowledges that in its performance of
its duties hereunder, the other party may communicate to it (or its designees)
certain confidential and proprietary information of such party, including the
RSA Software (in the case of RSA) and know-how, technology, techniques, and
business, product, and marketing plans of each such party (collectively, the
"Know-How"), all of which are confidential and proprietary to, and trade secrets
of, the disclosing party.  The receiving party agrees to hold the Know-How
disclosed to it and, in the case of OEM the RSA Software, within its own
organization and shall not, without the specific written consent of the
disclosing party or as expressly authorized herein, utilize in any manner,
publish, communicate, or disclose any part of the disclosing party's Know-How or
the RSA Software (in the case of OEM) to third parties.  This Section 6.1 shall
impose no obligations on either party with respect to any Know-How which: (i) is
in the public domain at the time disclosed by the disclosing party; (ii) enters
the public domain after disclosure other than by a breach of the receiving
party's obligations hereunder or by a breach of another party's confidentiality
obligation; or (iii) is shown by documentary evidence to have been known by the
receiving party prior to its receipt from he disclosing party.  Each party will
take such steps as are consistent with its protection of its own confidential
and proprietary information (but will in no event exercise less than reasonable
care) to insure that the provisions of this Section 6.1 are not violated by its
End User Customers, Distributors, employees, agents or any other person.

     6.2  Source Code.  OEM acknowledges the extreme importance of the
confidentiality and trade secret status of the RSA Source Code and OEM agrees,
in addition to complying with the requirements of Section 6.1 as it relates to
the RSA Source Code, to:  (i) only use the RSA Source Code at the address set
forth on page 1 hereof or such alternate location specified in the applicable
License/Product Schedule; (ii) inform any employee that is granted access to all
or any portion of the RSA Source Code of the importance of preserving the
confidentiality and trade secret status of the RSA Source Code; and (iii)
maintain a controlled, secure environment for the storage and use of the RSA
Source Code.

     6.3  Publicity.  Neither party will disclosed to third parties, other than
its agents and representatives on a need-to-know basis, the terms of this
Agreement or any exhibits hereto (including without limitation any
License/Product Schedule) without the prior written consent of the other party,
except (i) either party may disclose such terms to the extent required by law;
(ii) either party may disclose the existence of this Agreement; and (iii) RSA
shall have the right to disclose that OEM is an OEM of the RSA Software and that
any publicly-announced Bundled Product incorporates the RSA Software.

     7.  LIMITATION OF LIABILITY.  IN NO EVENT WILL EITHER PARTY BE LIABLE TO
THE OTHER FOR INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, CONSEQUENTIAL OR EXEMPLARY DAMAGES
ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOST
PROFITS, BUSINESS INTERRUPTION OR LOSS OF BUSINESS INFORMATION, EVEN IF SUCH
PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.  REGARDLESS OF
WHETHER ANY ACTION OR CLAIM IS BASED ON WARRANTY, CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE:
(I) EXCEPT FOR RSA'S OBLIGATIONS ARISING UNDER SECTION 8, UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES
SHALL RSA'S TOTAL LIABILITY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT EXCEED
THE TOTAL AMOUNT PAID BY OEM HEREUNDER, AND (II) EXCEPT FOR OEM'S LIABILITY
RESULTING FROM BREACH OF SECTIONS 2 AND 6, UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES SHALL OEM'S
TOTAL LIABILITY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT EXCEED THREE (3)
TIMES THE TOTAL AMOUNT PAYABLE BY OEM TO RSA HEREUNDER.

8.   INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY INDEMNITY

     8.1  Duty to Defend.  RSA agrees that it shall, at its own expense, defend,
or at its option settle, any action instituted against OEM, and pay any award or
damages assessed or settled upon against OEM resulting from such action, insofar
as the same is based upon a claim that any Licensed Software used within the
terms of this Agreement and the applicable License/Product Schedule infringes
any United States patent, copyright or trade secret or a claim that RSA has no
right to license the Licensed Software hereunder, provided that OEM gives RSA:
(i) prompt notice in writing of such action (ii) the
<PAGE>

right to control and direct the investigation, preparation, defense and
settlement of the action; and (iii) reasonable assistance and information.

     8.2  RSA Options.  If, as a result of any binding settlement among the
parties or a final determination by a court of competent jurisdiction, any of
the Licensed Software is held to infringe and its use is enjoined, or if RSA
reasonably determines in its sole discretion that the Licensed Software may
become subject to an injunction, RSA shall have the option to:  (i) obtain the
right to continue use of the Licensed Software; (ii) replace or modify the
Licensed Software so that it is no longer infringing; or (iii) refund the
License Fees paid by OEM hereunder less depreciation for use assuming straight
line depreciation over a five (5) -year useful life and terminate the Agreement.

     8.3  Exclusions.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, RSA shall have no
liability under this Section 8 if the alleged infringement arises from (I) the
use, in the manner specified in the relevant User Manual, of other than the
current unaltered (including Interface Modifications) release of the Licensed
Software, or (II) combination of the Licensed Software with other equipment or
software not provided by RSA, if such action would have been avoided but for
such use or combination.

     8.4  Exclusive Remedy.  NOTWITHSTANDING ANYTHING TO THE CONTRARY IN THIS
AGREEMENT, THE FOREGOING STATES RSA'S ENTIRE LIABILITY AND OEM'S EXCLUSIVE
REMEDY FOR PROPRIETARY RIGHTS INFRINGEMENT.

9.   TERM AND TERMINATION

     9.1  Term.  The license rights granted hereunder shall be effective with
respect to each License/Product Schedule as of the date thereof and shall
continue in full force and effect for each item of Licensed Software for the
period set forth on the applicable License/Product Schedule unless sooner
terminated pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

     9.2  Termination.  Either party shall be entitled to terminate this
Agreement at any time on written notice to the other in the event of a material
default by the other party and a failure to cure such default within a period of
thirty (30) days following receipt of written notice specifying that a default
has occurred.

     9.3  Insolvency.  Upon (i) the institution of any proceedings by or against
either party seeking relief, reorganization or arrangement under any laws
relating to insolvency, which proceeding are not dismissed within sixty (60)
days; (ii) the assignment for the benefit of creditors, or the appointment of a
receiver, liquidator or trustee, of any of either party's property or assets; or
(iii) the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of either party's business;
then and in any such events this Agreement may immediately be terminated by the
other party upon written notice.

     9.4  Termination for Convenience.  The parties acknowledge and agree that
OEM may at any time delay, interrupt or cease use of the Licensed Software, but
this Agreement and all the terms and conditions contained herein or any
applicable License/Product Schedule shall continue in full force, including any
obligations to make quarterly reports.  OEM may elect to terminate this
Agreement upon ninety (90) days written notice at it is expressly understood
that such termination shall not discharge any payment obligations accrued as of
the date of such termination or entitle OEM to a refund of any amounts
previously paid to RSA.

     9.5  Effect of Termination.  Upon the expiration or termination of this
Agreement (or the license rights under a particular License/Product Schedule),
OEM shall cease making copies of, using or licensing the RSA Software, User
Manual and Bundled Products, excepting only such copies of Bundled Products
necessary to fill orders placed with OEM prior to such expiration or
termination.  OEM shall destroy all copies of the RSA Software, User Manual and
Bundled Products not subject to any then-effective license agreement with an End
User Customer and all information and documentation provided by RSA to OEM
(including all Know-How), other than such copies of the RSA Object Code, the
User Manual and the Bundled Products as are necessary to enable OEM to perform
its continuing support obligations in accordance with Section 5.2, if any.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, if OEM has licensed RSA Source Code hereunder,
for a period of one (1) year after the date of expiration or termination of the
license rights granted under this Agreement for any reason other than as a
result of default or breach by OEM, OEM may retain one (1) copy of the RSA
Source Code and is hereby licensed for such term to use such copy solely for the
purpose of supporting End User Customers.  Upon the expiration of such one (1)-
year period, OEM shall return such single copy of the RSA Source Code to RSA or
certify to RSA that the same has been destroyed.  Any expiration or termination
shall not discharge any
<PAGE>

obligation to pay License Fees which have accrued or are owing as of the
effective date of such expiration or termination.

     9.6  Survival of Certain Terms.  The following provisions shall survive any
expiration or termination:  2.2, 2.3, 3.8, 4.3, 6, 7, 9 and 10.

10.  MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

     10.1  Governing Law and Jurisdiction.  This Agreement will be governed by
and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California,
irrespective of its choice of law principles.  All disputes arising out of this
Agreement will be subject to the exclusive jurisdiction and venue of the
California state courts and the United States District Court for the Northern
District of California, and the parties consent to the personal and exclusive
jurisdiction of these courts.  The parties agree that the United Nations
Convention on Contracts for the International Sale of Goods shall not apply to
this Agreement.

     10.2  Binding upon Successors and Assigns.  Except as otherwise provided
herein, this Agreement shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, the
successors, representatives, administrators and assigns of the parties hereto.
Notwithstanding the generality of the foregoing, this Agreement shall not be
assignable by OEM, by operation of law or otherwise, without the prior written
consent of RSA, which shall not be unreasonably withheld; provided, however,
that RSA may withhold its consent to the assignment of this Agreement with
respect to any License/Product Schedule providing for a paid-up License Fee.
Any such purported assignment or delegation without RSA's written consent shall
be void and of no effect.

     10.3  Severability.  If any provision  of this Agreement is found to be
invalid or unenforceable, such provision shall be severed from the Agreement and
the remainder of this Agreement shall be interpreted so as best to reasonably
effect the intent of the parties hereto.  It is expressly understood and agreed
that each and every provision of this Agreement is intended by the parties to be
severable and independent of any other provision and to be enforced as such.

     10.4  Entire Agreement.  This Agreement and the exhibits and schedules
hereto constitute the entire understanding and agreement of the parties hereto
with respect to the subject matter hereto and supersede all prior and
contemporaneous agreements, representations and understandings between the
parties.

     10.5  Amendment and Waivers.  Any term or provision of this Agreement may
be amended, and the observance of any term of this Agreement may be waived, only
by a writing signed by the party to be bound.

     10.6  Notices.  Any notice, demand, or request with respect to this
Agreement shall be in writing and shall be effective only if it is delivered by
hand or mailed, certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, return receipt
requested, addressed to the appropriate party at its address set forth on page
1.  Such communications shall be effective when they are received by the
addressee; but if sent by certified or registered mail in the manner set forth
above, they shall be effective not later than ten (10) days after being
deposited in the mail.  Any party may change its address for such communications
by giving notice to the other party in conformity with this Section.

     10.7  Export Compliance and Foreign Reshipment Liability.  THIS AGREEMENT
IS EXPRESSLY MADE SUBJECT TO ANY LAWS, REGULATIONS, ORDERS OR OTHER RESTRICTIONS
ON THE EXPORT FROM THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA OF THE RSA SOFTWARE OR BUNDLED
PRODUCTS OR OF INFORMATION ABOUT THE RSA SOFTWARE OR BUNDLED PRODUCTS WHICH MAY
BE IMPOSED FROM TIME TO TIME BY THE GOVERNMENT OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA.
NOTWITHSTANDING ANYTHING CONTAINED IN THIS AGREEMENT TO THE CONTRARY, OEM SHALL
NOT EXPORT OR REEXPORT, DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, ANY RSA SOFTWEAR OR BUNDLED
PRODUCTS OR INFORMATION PERTAINING THERETO TO ANY COUNTRY TO WHICH SUCH EXPORT
OR REEXPORT IS RESTRICTED OR PROHIBITED, OR AS TO WHICH SUCH GOVERNMENT OR ANY
AGENCY THEREOF REQUIRES AN EXPORT LICENSE OR OTHER GOVERNMENTAL APPROVAL AT THE
TIME OF EXPORT OR REEXPORT WITHOUT FIRST OBTAINING SUCH LICENSE OR APPROVAL.

     10.8  Federal Government License.  OEM and each of OEM's Distributors shall
in all proposals and agreements with the United States government or any
contractor of the United States government identify and license the Bundled
Product, including the RSA Object Code incorporated therein, as follows:  (i)
for acquisition
<PAGE>

by or on behalf of civilian agencies, as necessary to obtain protection as
"commercial computer software" and related documentation in accordance with the
terms of OEM's or such Distributor's customary license, as specified in 48
C.F.R. 12.212 of the Federal Acquisition Regulations and its successor
regulations; or (ii) for acquisition by or on behalf of units of the Department
of Defense, as necessary to obtain protection as "commercial computer software"
as defined in 48 C.F.R. 227.7014(a)(I) of the Department of Defense Federal
Acquisition Regulation Supplement (DFARS) and related documentation in
accordance with the terms of OEM's or such Distributor's customary license, as
specified in 48 C.F.R. 227.7202.1 of DFARS and its successor regulations.

     10.9  Remedies Non-Exclusive.  Except as otherwise expressly provided, any
remedy provided for in this Agreement is deemed cumulative with, and not
exclusive of, any other remedy provided for in this Agreement or otherwise
available at law or in equity.  The exercise by a party or any remedy shall not
preclude the exercise by such party of any other remedy.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date
of the last signature below.

OEM:

SEATTLE SOFTWARE LABS, INC.

By:    /s/  CG Slatt
   ----------------------------------
Printed Name:    Christopher G. Slatt
             ------------------------

Title:    President & CEO
      -------------------------------

Date:    14 August 1997
      -------------------------------


RSA DATA SECURITY, INC.

By: /s/ D. James Bidzos
   ----------------------------------
Printed Name: D. James Bidzos
             ------------------------
Title: President
      -------------------------------
Date:  8/26/97
      -------------------------------
<PAGE>

License/Product Schedule Number:  0897-SEA-O-LPS-1

                                  EXHIBIT "A"

                            LICENSE/PRODUCT SCHEDULE

OEM:

Seattle Software Labs
- --------------------------------------------------------

OEM Master License Agreement Number:
- --------------------------------------------------------
0797-SEA-O-MLA-1  (the "Agreement")
- --------------------------------------------------------

Date of OEM Master License Agreement:
August   , 1997
- --------------------------------------------------------

This License/Product Schedule Amends Schedules Dated:
N/A
- --------------------------------------------------------

Term of Agreement for this Bundled Product:
Perpetual
- --------------------------------------------------------

Bundled Product:
OEM's "WatchGuard VPN" software firewall product currently known as "WatchGuard
VPN Remote Office," a security add-on module which filters data in firewall-to-
firewall communications and Windows 95 platform client-to-firewall
communications.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
RSA Software:
BSAFE v.3.0  (provided by RSA on UNIX platform)

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
OEM may obtain copies of the RSA Software on other platforms as may be generally
available at RSA's then current published price list, each additional platform
version of which will be covered RSA Software under this Licensed/Product
Schedule.

Delivery of RSA Software to OEM:
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
One (1) copy of each of the RSA Object Code, the RSA Source Code (if licensed
hereunder) and the User Manual for the RSA Software identified above:

                    [_]      has been received by OEM, or

                    [X]      will be delivered by RSA as soon as practicable,
but not later than ten (10) business days after the date of execution of this
License/Product Schedule.
<PAGE>

LICENSE FEES
- ------------

Source Code License Fee for this License/Product Schedule:

[ * ].

Object Code License Fees for this License/Product Schedule:

     Fixed Dollar License Fee for Bundled Product using only the Currently
     Licensed Symmetric Algorithms:
     [ * ] for each copy/unit of the Bundled Product.

Prepayment of License Fees for this License/Product Schedule:
[ * ] payable upon execution of this License/Product Schedule.

Present Annual Maintenance Fee for this License/Product Schedule:  [ * ].

SPECIAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS

The following Special Terms and Conditions shall apply to the Bundled Products
covered by this License/Product Schedule:

1.   No Service Bureau.  Section 2.2.3 of this Agreement is amended in its
     entirety to read as follows:

     No Standalone Product.  OEM may not in any way sell, lease, rent,
     license, sublicense or otherwise distribute the RSA Software or any part
     thereof or the right to use the RSA Software or any part thereof to any
     person or entity except as part of a Bundled Product.

2.   Amendments.  The following amendments shall apply to the specified
     provisions of the Agreement for the bundled Products covered by this
     License/Product Schedule as follows:

     a.  Section 6.3.  Section 6.3 is amended by the deletion of the term "RSA"
         after the term "(III)" and replacing it with the phrase "either party".

     b.  Section 3.8.  Section 3.8 is amended by the addition of the following
         sentence at the end of the section:

         Any information found or developed in the course of such audit shall be
         treated as Confidential Information in accordance with Section 6
         Confidentiality unless otherwise approved by OEM provided, however,
         that any such Confidential Information may be used during court
         proceedings stemming from performance of this Agreement.

     c.  Section 3.9.  Section 3.9 is amended by the deleting of the second
         sentence of the section, and replacing it with the following sentences:

         OEM shall distribute its Evaluation Copies of the Bundled Product by
         incorporating the software component of the Bundled Product into and
         made part of the hardware component of the Bundled Produce ("Hardware
         Evaluation Copies"). OEM shall recall the Hardware Evaluation Copies
         within sixty (60) days of distribution. The software component of the
         Bundled Product shall not operate except as part of the hardware
         component of the Bundled Product.

     d.  Section 7(i).  Section 7(i) is amended by Insertion of the following
         term before the term "8": "6 WHICH IS LIMITED TO HEREIN TO A CLAIM BY
         OEM FOR ACTUAL DAMAGES), AND".

3.   One (1) Year Private Labeling and Limited Sublicensing Option. OEM shall
     have the option for One (1) Year from the date of execution of this
     Agreement to exercise the rights as set forth herein (the "Option"). OEM
     may exercise the Option by notify RSA in writing at least Thirty (30) Days
     prior to such election.

     a)  Private Labeling.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section
         1.2 of the Agreement, OEM may authorize a Distributor to private label
         End User Hardware Products and End
- ----------
[*] = omitted, confidential material, which material has been separately filed
with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to a request for
confidential treatment.

<PAGE>

         User Software Products for redistribution to End User Customers by such
         Distributor; provided, OEM indicates in its quarterly reports delivered
         pursuant to Section 3.7 of the Agreement the identity of any
         Distributor so authorized and the name of the privately labeled Bundled
         Product so affected. It is understood and agreed that a Distributor
         authorized to private label may not otherwise, however, modify the
         Bundled Product or incorporate it into another product for
         redistribution or resale. The parties agree that the License Fee for
         private label rights under the Option shall be Fifty Dollars ($50.00)
         per copy/unit of the Bundled Product.

     b.  Limited Rights to Sublicense. Notwithstanding the provisions of Section
         2.2.1 of the Agreement, if the Option is exercised by OEM, RSA further
         hereby grants to OEM a non-exclusive, non-transferable, non-assignable
         license during the term of this License/Product Schedule to sublicense
         its rights granted in Section 2.1, as limited by Sections 2.2 and 2.3,
         of the Agreement with respect to the RSA Object Code as part of the
         Bundled Products to OEM's licensees in the Territory (each, an "OEM
         Sublicensee") for use only (i) in their own products in which
         substantial functionality or value is added to the Bundled Products so
         that such products are not a substitute for the RSA Software, or (ii)
         in their own privately-labeled products consisting of the Bundled
         Products with no modifications other than minor packaging changes
         (collectively, "Sublicensee Products"). All sublicenses permitted under
         this paragraph shall be subject to all of the following conditions: (i)
         all such sublicenses will be granted in a signed writing containing at
         a minimum all of the restrictions set forth in Exhibit "A-1" attached
         hereto, and RSA shall be an express third party beneficiary of such
         sublicense agreements; (ii) OEM shall use its best efforts to enforce
         the provisions of such sublicenses as they relate to RSA and the RSA
         Software; (iii) the Sublicensee Products shall incorporate the Licensed
         Functionality of the RSA Object Code in such a way so as to ensure that
         the security functions of the RSA Object Code may only be accessed by
         the functionality of the Sublicensee Product in which it is included so
         that the RSA Object Code shall not be directly accessible to End User
         Customers or to software products other than the Sublicensee Products;
         (iv) the OEM Sublicensees to whom such rights are sublicensed shall
         have no further right to sublicense such rights; (v) on or before the
         date that OEM grants any sublicense hereunder, OEM shall submit to RSA
         an Exhibit "A" Extension in the form attached as Exhibit "A ___" for
         the applicable OEM Sublicensee along with prepaid License Fees in the
         amount of [ * ]; (vi) OEM shall report to RSA in its reports delivered
         pursuant to Section 3.5 of the Agreement the number of copies of
         Sublicensee Products which are distributed by all OEM Sublicensees, and
         shall pay RSA License Fees pursuant to Section 3.3 of the Agreement
         based on the number of copies distributed applying the same Fixed
         Dollar License Fees referred to above for the Bundled Products; and
         (vii) any rights of any OEM Sublicensee sublicensed by OEM shall
         survive only so long as both the Amendment and the sublicense between
         OEM and such OEM Sublicensee remain in effect.

         THE PROVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE/PRODUCT SCHEDULE ARE PROVIDED AS A BASIS
         OF DISCUSSION BETWEEN OEM AND RSA AND WILL BECOME BINDING UPON THE
         PARTIES ONLY IF (1) OEM HAS EXECUTED A OEM MASTER LICENSE AGREEMENT AND
         HAVE INDICATED THEIR ACCEPTANCE OF THE TERMS CONTAINED IN THIS
         LICENSE/PRODUCT SCHEDULE BY THEIR SIGNATURES BELOW ON OR BEFORE AUGUST
         15, 1997; AND (2) RSA HAS EXECUTED THE OEM MASTER LICENSE AND THIS
         LICENSE/PRODUCT SCHEDULE.

OEM:

SEATTLE SOFTWARE LABS, INC.

By:    /s/  C.G. Slatt
   -------------------------------------

Printed Name:    Christopher G. Slatt
             ---------------------------

Title:    President & CEO
      ----------------------------------

Date:    14 August 1997
      ----------------------------------


RSA DATA SECURITY, INC.

By: /s/ D. James Bidzos
   -------------------------------------
Printed Name: D. James Bidzos
             ---------------------------
Title:  President
       ---------------------------------
Date: 8/26/97
     -----------------------------------
<PAGE>

                                 EXHIBIT "A-1"

                           MANDATORY SUBLICENSE TERMS

     All sublicense agreements for the license of the RSA Object Code in the
Bundled Product by OEM to OEM Sublicensees will include all of the following
restrictions:

     I.  The OEM Sublicensee will receive no greater rights with respect to the
Bundled Product that those permitted in Section 2.1 of the Agreement as limited
by Sections 2.2 and 2.3 of the Agreement.

     II.  The OEM Sublicensee will agree not to remove or destroy any
proprietary, trademark or copyright markings or confidentiality legends placed
upon or contained within the Bundled Product or any related materials or
documentation.

     III.  If applicable, the OEM Sublicensee will agree that any sublicense of
the Bundled Product to the United States Government or an agency thereof will
state that such software is subject to limited rights in technical data and
restricted rights applicable to commercial computer software developed entirely
at private expense and that any associated documentation will include a
restricted rights legend conforming to the Federal Acquisition Regulations
(FARs) or the Department of Defense Federal Acquisition Regulations Supplement
(DFARS), as applicable, then in effect that apply to software developed entirely
at private expense.

     IV.  The OEM Sublicensee will agree not to export or reexport any Bundled
Product or any part thereof or information pertaining thereto to any country for
which a U.S. government agency requires an export license or other governmental
approval without first obtaining such license or approval.

     V.  The OEM Sublicensee will agree that, except for the limited licenses
granted under the license agreement, OEM and its licensors will retain full and
exclusive right, title and ownership interest in and to the Bundled Product and
in any and all related patents, trademarks, copyrights or proprietary or trade
secret rights.

     VI.  OEM will have the right to terminate the license for the OEM
Sublicensee's breach of a material term.  The OEM Sublicensee will agree that,
upon termination of the license, the OEM Sublicensee will return to OEM all
copies of the object code and documentation for the Bundled Product or certify
to OEM that the OEM Sublicensee has destroyed all such copies, except that the
OEM Sublicensee may retain one (1) copy of the object code for the Bundled
Product solely for the purpose of supporting the OEM Sublicensee's existing
licensees.

     VII.  The OEM Sublicensee will agree, to the extent permitted by applicable
law, not to reverse compile, disassemble or modify the Bundled Product.

     VIII.  The OEM Sublicensee will agree not to distribute the Bundled Product
or any part thereof except pursuant to a license agreement meeting the
requirements in Section 5.3 of the Agreement.

     IX.  The sublicense agreement will state that in no event will OEM or its
licensors be liable for indirect, incidental, special, consequential or
exemplary damages arising out of or related to the Bundled Product, including
but not limited to lost profits, business interruption or loss of business
information, even if such party has been advised of the possibility of such
damages.

                                   EXHIBIT B
<PAGE>

                         LICENSEE SEALS AND TRADEMARKS

RSA Licensee Seal:



Licensees are also permitted to use the following RSA trademarks, as applicable,
in ads, product packaging, documentation or collateral materials, provided that
they use the correct trademark designator, depicted below, and identify RSA as
the owner of the mark.


         RC2(R) Symmetric Block Cipher, RC4(R) Symmetric Stream Cipher
                         RC5(TM) Symmetric Block Cipher
                              BSAFE(TM), TIPEM(TM)
                        RSA Public Key Cryptosystem(TM)
                       MD(TM), MD2(TM), MD4(TM), MD5(TM)


RSA reserves the right to update this Exhibit "B" from time to time upon
reasonable notice to licensee.
<PAGE>

LICENSED SOFTWARE AND FIELD OF USE RESTRICTION FOR THIS BUNDLED PRODUCT

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                             SOURCE    RIGHT TO INCLUDE
                                              CODE      OBJECT CODE IN           FIELD OF USE       DESCRIBE FIELD OF
                                            LICENSE     BUNDLED PRODUCT           RESTRICTION        USE RESTRICTION


<S>                                         <C>  <C>  <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>      <C>
BSAFE                                       YES  NO      YES          NO         YES          NO
 RSA Public Key Cryptosystem                [ ]  [X]     [ ]         [X]         [ ]         [X]
 Diffie-Hellman Key Negotiation             [ ]  [X]     [ ]         [X]         [ ]         [X]
 Bloom-Shamir Secret Sharing                [ ]  [X]     [ ]         [X]         [ ]         [X]
 Data Encryption Standard (DES)             [X]  [ ]     [X]         [ ]         [X]         [ ]           */
 Extended Data Encryption Standard (DESX)   [X]  [ ]     [X]         [ ]         [X]         [ ]           */
 Triple DES (3DES)                          [X]  [ ]     [X]         [ ]         [X]         [ ]           */
 RC2 Variable-Key Size Symmetric Block      [X]  [ ]     [X]         [ ]         [X]         [ ]           */
  Cipher
 RC4 Variable-Key Size Symmetric            [X]  [ ]     [X]         [ ]         [X]         [ ]
 Stream Cipher
 RC5 Variable-Key Size Symmetric Block      [X]  [ ]     [X]         [ ]         [X]         [ ]           */
  Cipher
 MD Hashing Algorithm                       [X]  [ ]     [X]         [ ]         [X]         [ ]           */
 MD2 Hashing Algorithm                      [X]  [ ]     [X]         [ ]         [X]         [ ]           */
 MD5 Hashing Algorithm                      [X]  [ ]     [X]         [ ]         [X]         [ ]           */
 Secure Hashing Algorithm (SHA)             [X]  [ ]     [X]         [ ]         [X]         [ ]           */
 Digital Signature Algorithm (DSA)          [X]  [ ]     [X]         [ ]         [X]         [ ]           */
TIPEM (all set forth below)                 [ ]  [X]     [ ]         [X]         [ ]         [X]
 RSA Public Key Cryptosystem
 Data Encryption Standard (DES)
 RC2 Variable Key Size Symmetric Block
  Cipher
 MD2 Hashing Algorithm
 MD5 Hashing Algorithm
BCERT                                       [ ]  [X]     [ ]         [X]         [ ]         [X]
</TABLE>

__________
*/ Solely for privacy in firewall-to-firewall and Windows platform client-to-
firewall communications using the Bundled Product.

<PAGE>

                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.11

                          LOAN MODIFICATION AGREEMENT


BETWEEN:  Watchguard Technologies, Inc., a Delaware corporation ("Borrower"),
          whose address is 316 Occidental Avenue South, Suite 300, Seattle, WA
          98104;


AND:      Silicon Valley Bank ("Silicon"), whose address is 3003 Tasman Drive,
          Santa Clara, California 95054;

DATE:     May 26, 1999


     This Loan Modification Agreement is entered into on the above date by
Borrower and Silicon.

     1.   Background.  Borrower entered into a Loan and Security Agreement with
Silicon in August, 1997, an Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement
dated as of March 20, 1998 and a Loan Modification Agreement dated as of
September, 1998 (as amended from time to time, the "Loan Agreement").
Capitalized terms used in this Loan Modification Agreement shall, unless
otherwise defined in this Agreement, have the meaning given to such terms in the
Loan Agreement.

     Silicon and Borrower are entering into this Agreement to state the terms
and conditions of certain modifications to the Loan Agreement and the Schedule,
as amended prior to the date of this Agreement.

     2.   Modifications to Loan Agreement and Schedule.

          2.1. The Schedule to the Loan Agreement is hereby deleted and replaced
     by the Amended and Restated Schedule to Loan and Security Agreement
     attached to this Agreement.

     3.   Conditions Precedent.  This Loan Modification Agreement shall not take
effect until Borrower delivers to Silicon (i) a Certified Resolution of
Borrower, (ii) such other documents as Silicon shall reasonably require to give
effect to the terms of this Loan Modification Agreement, and (iii) payment for
all fees and expenses associated with the modifications, including, but not
limited to, all outstanding legal fees.

     4.   No Other Modifications.  Except as expressly modified by this Loan
Modification Agreement, the terms of the Loan Agreement, as amended prior to the
date of this Loan Modification Agreement, shall remain unchanged and in full
force and effect. Silicon's agreement to modify the Loan Agreement pursuant to
this Loan Modification Agreement shall not obligate Silicon to make any future
modifications to the Loan Agreement or any other loan document. Nothing in this
Loan Modification Agreement shall constitute a satisfaction of any indebtedness
of any Borrower to Silicon. It is the intention of Silicon and Borrower to
retain as liable parties all makers and endorsers of the Loan Agreement or any
other loan document. Except as provided in the Amended and Restated Schedule to
Loan and Security Agreement attached to this Agreement, no maker, endorser, or
guarantor shall be released by virtue of this Loan Modification Agreement. The
terms of this paragraph shall apply not only to this Loan Modification
Agreement, but also to all subsequent loan modification agreements.

     5.   Representations and Warranties.

          5.1. The Borrower represents and warrants to Silicon that the
     execution, delivery and

Page 1 - LOAN MODIFICATION AGREEMENT
<PAGE>

     performance of this Agreement are within the Borrower's corporate powers,
     and have been duly authorized and are not in contravention of law or the
     terms of the Borrower's articles of incorporation, bylaws or of any
     undertaking to which the Borrower is a party or by which it is bound.

     5.2. The Borrower understands and agrees that in entering into this
Agreement, Silicon is relying upon the Borrower's representations, warranties
and agreements as set forth in the Loan Agreement and other loan documents.
Borrower hereby reaffirms all representations and warranties in the Loan
Agreement, all of which are true as of the date of this Agreement.

                                        Borrower:

                                             WATCHGUARD TECHNOLOGIES, INC.


                                             By:     /s/ Steven N. Moore
                                             Title:  CFO


                                        Silicon:

                                             SILICON VALLEY BANK


                                             By:     [signature illegible]
                                             Title:  Vice President

Page 2 - LOAN MODIFICATION AGREEMENT
<PAGE>

         AMENDED AND RESTATED SCHEDULE TO LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT


Borrower:  WatchGuard Technologies, Inc.

Date:      May 26, 1999


SECURED BRIDGE LOAN FACILITY

Credit Limit:    This Bridge Loan shall be available in two tranches:

                 1.   "Tranche One" in the amount of $1,000,000 shall be
                      available immediately upon closing of this Loan
                      Modification; and

                 2.   "Tranche Two" in the amount of $1,250,000 shall be
                      available upon receipt of comments from the Securities and
                      Exchange Commission regarding Borrower's registration
                      statement, provided that such comments are deemed
                      satisfactory to Silicon, in its sole discretion.

                 This is a revolving credit facility and Borrower may borrow,
                 repay and re-borrow under this facility so long as the amount
                 outstanding does not exceed the credit limit, the Borrower is
                 not in default, and the facility has not matured.

Interest Rate:   The interest rate applicable to this Loan shall be a rate equal
                 to the "Prime Rate" in effect from time to time, plus 2.00%.
                 Interest calculations shall be made on the basis of a 360-day
                 year and the actual number of days elapsed. "Prime Rate" means
                 the rate announced from time to time by Silicon as its "prime
                 rate"; it is a base rate upon which other rates charged by
                 Silicon are based, and it is not necessarily the best rate
                 available at Silicon. The interest rate applicable to the
                 Obligations shall change on each date there is a change in the
                 Prime Rate.

Commitment Fee:  1.5% of each tranche funded ($33,750 in the aggregate), with
                 such amount to be due and payable in full upon the initial
                 advance under each tranche.

Maturity Date:   The earlier of (i) two (2) business days after the date of
                 closing and funding of Borrower's initial public offering
                 ("IPO"), or (ii) ninety (90) days from the date of execution of
                 this Loan Modification Agreement.

Warrants:        A warrant to purchase common shares in the following amounts:
                 (i) 2,250 shares to be granted, contemporaneous with "Tranche
                 One" at either the IPO price, or, if the IPO is not closed by
                 July 31, 1999, the current option price; and (ii) 2,750 shares
                 to be granted, contemporaneous with "Tranche Two: at either the
                 IPO price, or, if the IPO is not closed by July 31, 1999, the
                 current option price. If this Secured Bridge Loan Facility is
                 not paid in full by the Maturity Date, in addition to any other
                 remedies Silicon may have, Silicon shall receive an additional
                 warrant to purchase 1,000 shares for the "Tranche One" loan,
                 and if "Tranche Two" is utilized, an additional 1,250 shares,
                 with all post-maturity warrants priced at either the IPO price
                 per share, or, if the IPO does not close by July 31, 1999, the
                 current option price per share. Borrower shall exercise and
                 deliver such warrant to Silicon

Page 1 - AMENDED AND RESTATED SCHEDULE TO LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT
<PAGE>

                 upon execution of the Loan Modification Agreement, and it shall
                 be returned to Borrower unexercised if the Secured Bridge Loan
                 Facility is paid in full by the Maturity Date.


SECURED ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE LINE OF CREDIT

Credit Limit:    An amount not to exceed the lesser of: (i) $3,500,000 at any
                 one time outstanding; or (ii) the amount of the "Borrowing
                 Base," as defined below. The maximum amount as provided in (i)
                 above shall be increased to $4,500,000 upon closing of
                 Borrower's initial public offering ("IPO"). ("Closing," for
                 purposes of this Agreement, shall mean the date upon which the
                 proceeds of Borrower's IPO are disbursed to Borrower.) For
                 purposes of this Schedule, the "Borrowing Base" shall mean (i)
                 75% of the Net Amount of Borrower's eligible domestic accounts
                 receivable, and (ii) 50% of the Net Amount of Borrower's
                 eligible foreign accounts receivable. With respect to
                 Borrower's accounts, "Net Amount" means the gross amount of the
                 account, minus all applicable sales, use, excise and other
                 similar taxes and minus all discounts, credits and allowances
                 of any nature granted or claimed.

                 Without limiting the fact that the determination of which
                 accounts are eligible for borrowing is a matter of Silicon's
                 discretion, the following shall not be deemed eligible for
                 borrowing: accounts in which Silicon does not have a first
                 priority, perfected security interest; accounts outstanding for
                 more than 90 days from the invoice date, accounts subject to
                 any contingencies, accounts owing from an account debtor
                 outside the United States, accounts owing from governmental
                 agencies, accounts owing from one account debtor to the extent
                 they exceed 25% of the total eligible accounts outstanding,
                 accounts owing from an affiliate of the Borrower, and accounts
                 owing from an account debtor to whom the Borrower is or may be
                 liable for goods purchased from such account debtor or
                 otherwise. Accounts owing from About Communications, Data
                 Construction, Wick Hill (operations in France, Germany, and
                 Great Britain), Otsuka Shokai, and Unitech shall be eligible as
                 foreign accounts receivable for Borrowing Base purposes,
                 subject to an advance rate of 50%. In addition, if more than
                 50% of the accounts owing from an account debtor are
                 outstanding more than 90 days from the invoice date or are
                 otherwise not eligible accounts, then all accounts owing from
                 that account debtor shall be deemed ineligible for borrowing.

Interest Rate:   The interest rate applicable to this Loan shall be a rate equal
                 to the "Prime Rate" in effect from time to time, plus 0.50% per
                 annum.

                 Interest calculations shall be made on the basis of a 360-day
                 year and the actual number of days elapsed. "Prime Rate" means
                 the rate announced from time to time by Silicon as its "prime
                 rate"; it is a base rate upon which other rates charged by
                 Silicon are based, and it is not necessarily the best rate
                 available at Silicon. The interest rate applicable to the
                 Obligations shall change on each date there is a change in the
                 Prime Rate.

Commitment Fee:  $5,000, which is fully earned and payable at closing.


Page 2 - AMENDED AND RESTATED SCHEDULE TO LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT
<PAGE>

Maturity Date:   September 30, 1999, at which time all unpaid principal and
                 accrued but unpaid interest shall be due and payable.


SECURED EQUIPMENT TERM LOAN

Credit Limit:    An initial amount not to exceed the lesser of (i) $250,000 at
                 any one time outstanding; or (ii) the amount of the "Equipment
                 Borrowing Base", as defined below. For purposes of this
                 Schedule, the "Equipment Borrowing Base" meant 80% of the
                 invoice value of equipment purchased by Borrower. Silicon had
                 no obligation to advance against taxes, freight charges,
                 installation charges or other similar amounts relating to
                 Borrower's equipment, whether or not such amounts were
                 identified on the invoices submitted to Silicon. Equipment
                 included in the Equipment Borrowing Base was required to be new
                 equipment, at the time of purchase by Borrower, owned by
                 Borrower, in good working order, was required to be subject to
                 any liens in favor of any person or entity other than Silicon,
                 and was required to be subject to a first priority, perfected
                 security interest in favor of Silicon. Silicon had no
                 obligation to make advances against non-standard equipment,
                 such as tooling, software and custom equipment. Silicon had no
                 obligation to make advances on this Secured Equipment Term Loan
                 after March 5, 1998. The Borrower's indebtedness to Silicon
                 with respect to this Secured Equipment Term Loan shall be
                 evidenced by this Schedule and the Loan Agreement, not by a
                 separate promissory note unless required by Silicon. There was
                 approximately $164,500 in principal outstanding under this
                 facility as of March 31, 1999.

                 Borrower shall not have the right to reborrow any amount on
                 this Secured Equipment Term Loan that has been repaid by
                 Borrower. The unpaid principal balance owing on this Secured
                 Equipment Term Loan at any time may be evidenced by Silicon's
                 internal records, including daily computer print-outs (which
                 Silicon shall provide to Borrower periodically).

Purpose:         Borrowers used the proceeds of this Secured Equipment Term Loan
                 to finance the purchase of new equipment.

Interest Rate:   The interest rate applicable to the Secured Equipment Term Loan
                 shall be a rate equal to the "Prime Rate" (as defined above) in
                 effect from time to time, plus 1.5% per annum. Interest
                 calculations shall be made on the basis of a 360-day year and
                 the actual number of days elapsed. The interest rate applicable
                 to the Obligations shall change on each date there is a change
                 in the Prime Rate.

Amortization:    Borrower shall pay Silicon monthly payments of interest only on
                 the last day each month. In addition, Borrower shall pay
                 Silicon on the last day of each month, commencing with April 5,
                 1998, the amount necessary to repay fully the amount of the
                 Secured Equipment Term Loan in 36 equal monthly payments.

Maturity Date:   March 5, 2001, at which time all unpaid principal and accrued
                 but unpaid interest, fees and other charges shall be due and
                 payable.

Page 3 - AMENDED AND RESTATED SCHEDULE TO LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT
<PAGE>

Commitment
Fee:             No new fee.


SECURED EQUIPMENT TERM LOAN NO. 2

Credit Limit:    An initial amount not to exceed the lesser of (i) $500,000 at
                 any one time outstanding; or (ii) the amount of the "Equipment
                 Borrowing Base", as defined below. For purposes of this
                 Schedule, the "Equipment Borrowing Base" meant 90% of the
                 invoice value of equipment purchased by Borrower. Silicon had
                 no obligation to advance against taxes, freight charges,
                 installation charges or other similar amounts relating to
                 Borrower's equipment, whether or not such amounts were
                 identified on the invoices submitted to Silicon. However, in
                 the case of the $140,000 ONYX System purchase, the Equipment
                 Borrowing Base included software, installation and costs.
                 Equipment included in the Equipment Borrowing Base was required
                 to be new equipment at the time of purchase by Borrower, owned
                 by Borrower, in good working order, not subject to any liens in
                 favor of any person or entity other than Silicon, and subject
                 to a first priority, perfected security interest in favor of
                 Silicon. Silicon had no obligation to make advances against
                 non-standard equipment, such as tooling, software and custom
                 equipment. Silicon had no obligation to make advances on this
                 Secured Equipment Term Loan No. 2 after December _____, 1998.
                 The Borrower's indebtedness to Silicon with respect to this
                 Secured Equipment Term Loan No. 2 shall be evidenced by this
                 Schedule and the Loan Agreement, not by a separate promissory
                 note unless required by Silicon. There was approximately
                 $419,800 in principal outstanding under this facility as of
                 March 31, 1999.

                 Borrower shall not have the right to reborrow any amount on
                 this Secured Equipment Term Loan No. 2 that has been repaid by
                 Borrower. The unpaid principal balance owing on this Secured
                 Equipment Term Loan No. 2 at any time may be evidenced by
                 Silicon's internal records, including daily computer print-outs
                 (which Silicon shall provide to Borrower periodically).

Purpose:         Borrowers used the proceeds of this Secured Equipment Term Loan
                 No. 2 to finance the purchase of new equipment.

Interest Rate:   The interest rate applicable to the Secured Equipment Term Loan
                 No. 2 shall be a rate equal to the "Prime Rate" (as defined
                 above) in effect from time to time, plus 1.00% per annum.
                 Interest calculations shall be made on the basis of a 360-day
                 year and the actual number of days elapsed. The interest rate
                 applicable to the Obligations shall change on each date there
                 is a change in the Prime Rate.

Amortization:    Borrower shall pay Silicon monthly payments of interest only on
                 the last day each month. In addition, Borrower shall pay
                 Silicon on the last day of each month, commencing with January
                 31, 1999, the amount necessary to repay fully the amount of the
                 Secured Equipment Term Loan No. 2 in 36 equal monthly payments.

Page 4 - AMENDED AND RESTATED SCHEDULE TO LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT
<PAGE>

Maturity Date:   December 31, 2001, at which time all unpaid principal and
                 accrued but unpaid interest, fees and other charges shall be
                 due and payable.

Commitment
Fee:             No new fee.

Prior Names of
Borrower:        See attached Exhibit B

Trade Names of
Borrower:        See attached Exhibit B

Trademarks of
Borrower:        See attached Exhibit B

Other Locations
and Addresses:   See attached Exhibit B

Material Adverse
Litigation:      See attached Exhibit B

Financial
Covenants:       The Borrower shall at all times, beginning upon the earlier of
                 (i) July 31, 1999, or (ii) the Closing of Borrower's IPO,
                 comply with all of the following covenants, all of which shall
                 be determined and measured on a monthly basis in accordance
                 with generally accepted accounting principles, on a
                 consolidated basis with any subsidiary of Borrower, except as
                 otherwise stated below:

Tangible Net
Worth:           Borrower shall at all times maintain a Tangible Net Worth of
                 not less than $4,000,000.

Profitability:   Borrower shall not incur a loss (as defined below) in excess of
                 $1,500,000 for each month. For purposes of this paragraph,
                 "loss" means net income after taxes of less than $0.00, as
                 reported on Borrower's financial statements.

Quick Ratio:     Borrower shall maintain a ratio of Quick Assets (defined below)
                 to current liabilities less deferred revenue of not less than
                 1.50:1.0.

Liquidity:       Borrower shall at all times maintain a minimum Term Liquidity
                 Coverage of at least 1.75:1.0.

Definitions:     "Quick Assets" means cash on hand or on deposit in banks,
                 readily marketable securities issued by the United States,
                 readily marketable commercial paper rated "A-I" by Standard &
                 Poor's Corporation (or a similar rating by a similar rating
                 organization), certificates of deposit and banker's
                 acceptances, and accounts receivable (net of allowance for
                 doubtful accounts).

Page 5 - AMENDED AND RESTATED SCHEDULE TO LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT
<PAGE>

                 "Tangible Net Worth" means stockholders' equity plus debt, if
                 any, that has been subordinated to the Loans in a written
                 subordination agreement on terms satisfactory to Silicon, and
                 accrued interest thereon, less goodwill, patents, capitalized
                 software costs, deferred organizational costs, tradenames,
                 trademarks, and all other assets which would be classified as
                 intangible assets under generally accepted accounting
                 principles.

                 "Term Liquidity coverage" means (a) cash + cash equivalents
                 (readily marketable securities issued by the United States,
                 readily marketable commercial paper rated "A-I" by Standard &
                 Poors Corporation or a similar rating by a similar rating
                 organization, certificates of deposit and banker's acceptances)
                 + availability under the Secured Accounts Receivable Line of
                 Credit divided by (b) the outstanding Secured Equipment Term
                 Loan and Secured Equipment Term Loan No. 2 balances.

Other Covenants: Borrower shall at all times comply with all of the following
                 additional covenants:

                 Banking Relationship.  Borrower and its subsidiaries shall at
                 all times maintain their primary banking relationship with
                 Silicon. Neither Borrower nor its subsidiaries shall establish
                 any deposit accounts of any type with any bank or other
                 financial institution other than Silicon without Silicon's
                 prior written consent.

                 Financial Statements and Reports.  The Borrower shall provide
                 Silicon: (a) within 30 days after the end of each month, a
                 monthly financial statement (consisting of a income statement
                 and a balance sheet) prepared by the Borrower in accordance
                 with generally accepted accounting principles; (b) within
                 twenty business days after the end of each month, an accounts
                 receivable aging report, an accounts payable aging report, and
                 an inventory schedule in such form as Silicon shall reasonably
                 specify; (c) within five business days after the end of each
                 month, a Borrowing Base Certificate in the form attached to
                 this Agreement as Exhibit A, as Silicon may reasonably modify
                 such Certificate from time to time, signed by the Chief
                 Financial Officer of the Borrower; (d) within 30 days after the
                 end of each month, a Compliance Certificate in such form as
                 Silicon shall reasonably specify, signed by the Chief Financial
                 Officer of the Borrower, setting forth calculations showing
                 compliance (at the end of each such calendar month) with the
                 financial covenants set forth on the Schedule, and certifying
                 that throughout such month the Borrower was in full compliance
                 with all other terms and conditions of this Agreement and the
                 Schedule, and providing such other information as Silicon shall
                 reasonably request; and (e) within 90 days following the end of
                 the Borrower's fiscal year, complete annual CPA-audited
                 financial statements, such audit being conducted by independent
                 certified public accountants reasonably acceptable to Silicon,
                 together with an unqualified opinion of such accountants.

Conditions to
Closing:         Without in any way limiting the discretionary nature of
                 advances under this Agreement, before requesting any such
                 advance, the Borrower shall satisfy each of the following
                 conditions:

1.   Loan Documents:

Page 6 - AMENDED AND RESTATED SCHEDULE TO LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT
<PAGE>

                 Silicon shall have received this Agreement, the Schedule, a
                 Warrant in a form satisfactory to Silicon, executed by the
                 Borrower, and such other loan documents as Silicon shall
                 require, each duly executed and delivered by the parties
                 thereto.

2.   Documents Relating
     to Authority, Etc.:

                 Silicon shall have received each of the following in form and
                 substance satisfactory to it:

                 (a)  Certified Copies of the Articles of Incorporation and
                 Bylaws of the Borrower;

                 (b)  A Certificate of Good Standing issued by the Secretary of
                 State of the Borrower's state of incorporation and such other
                 states as Silicon may reasonably request with respect to the
                 Borrower;

                 (c)  A certified copy of a Resolution adopted by the Board of
                 Directors of the Borrower authorizing the execution, delivery
                 and performance of this Agreement, and any other documents or
                 certificates to be executed by the Borrower in connection with
                 this transaction; and

                 (d)  Incumbency Certificates describing the office and
                 identifying the specimen signatures of the individuals signing
                 all such loan documents on behalf of the Borrower.

3.   Perfection and
     Priority of Security:

                 Silicon shall have received evidence satisfactory to it that
                 its security interest in the Collateral has been duly perfected
                 and that such security interest is prior to all other liens,
                 charges, security interests, encumbrances and adverse claims in
                 or to the Collateral other than Permitted Liens, which evidence
                 shall include, without limitation, a certificate from the
                 appropriate state agencies showing the due filing and first
                 priority of the UCC Financing Statements to be signed by the
                 Borrower covering the Collateral.

4.   Insurance:  Silicon shall have received evidence satisfactory to it that
                 all insurance required by this Agreement is in full force and
                 effect, with loss payee designations and additional insured
                 designations as required by this Agreement.

5.   Other Information:

                 Silicon shall have received such other statements, opinions,
                 certificates, documents and information with respect to matters
                 contemplated by this Agreement as it may reasonably request,
                 all of which must be acceptable to Silicon.

                 Silicon shall have conducted an examination of the Borrower's
                 books, records, ledgers, journals, and registers, as Silicon
                 may deem necessary, and shall be satisfied with the results of
                 such examination in its sole discretion.

Page 7 - AMENDED AND RESTATED SCHEDULE TO LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT
<PAGE>

     Silicon and the Borrower agree that the terms of this Schedule supplement
the Loan and Security Agreement between Silicon and the Borrower and agree to be
bound by the terms of this Schedule.

                                        Borrower:

                                        WATCHGUARD TECHNOLOGIES, INC.


                                        By:     /s/  Steven M. Moore
                                        Title:  CFO


                                        Silicon:

                                        SILICON VALLEY BANK


                                        By:     [signature illegible]
                                        Title:  Vice President


Page 8 - AMENDED AND RESTATED SCHEDULE TO LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT
<PAGE>

                                   EXHIBIT A

                           BORROWING BASE CERTIFICATE

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Borrower: WatchGuard Technologies, Inc.                                     Lender: Silicon Valley Bank
          316 Occidental Avenue South, Suite 300                                    3003 Tasman Drive
          Seattle, WA 98104                                                         Santa Clara, CA  95054
Commitment Amount:
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                           <C>           <C>
ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE
1.   Accounts Receivable Book Value as of _______                                         $__________
2.   Additions (please explain on reverse)                                                $__________
3.   TOTAL ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE                                                            $__________

ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE DEDUCTIONS (without duplication)
 4.  Amounts over 90 days due                                 $__________
 5.  Balance of 50% over 90 day accounts                      $__________
 6.  Credit balances                                          $__________
 7.  Concentration Limits                                     $__________
 8.  Foreign Accounts                                         $__________
 9.  Governmental Accounts                                    $__________
10.  Contra Accounts                                          $__________
11.  Promotion or Demo Accounts                               $__________
12.  Intercompany/Employee Accounts                           $__________
13.  Other (please explain on reverse)                        $__________
14.  TOTAL ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE DEDUCTIONS                                                 $__________
15.  Eligible Accounts (#3 minus #14)                                                     $__________
16.  LOAN VALUE OF ACCOUNTS (75% of #15)                                                  $__________

BALANCES
17.  Maximum Loan Amount                                      $__________
18.  Total Funds Available [Lesser of #17 or #16]                                         $__________
19.  Present balance owing on Line of Credit                  $__________
20.  RESERVE POSITION (#18 minus #19)                                                     $__________
</TABLE>

The undersigned represents and warrants that this is true, complete and correct,
and that the information in this Borrowing Base Certificate complies with the
representations and warranties in the Loan and Security Agreement between the
undersigned and Silicon Valley Bank.

COMMENTS:

WATCHGUARD TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

By:__________________________

Name:________________________

Title:_______________________
<PAGE>

                                   Exhibit B
                                   ---------


Tradenames
- ----------

WatchGuard Technologies (registered, waiting for final notification)
WatchGuard Firebox (accepted and reviewed, waiting for final notification)

Prior Names
- -----------

Seattle Software Labs

Trademarks
- ----------

[WatchGuard Logo]


Other Locations and Addresses
- -----------------------------

None

Material Adverse Litigation
- ---------------------------

None

                                      -2-


<PAGE>

                                                                    Exhibit 23.1

               CONSENT OF ERNST & YOUNG LLP, INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

  We consent to the reference to our firm under the captions "Selected
Financial Data" and "Experts" and to the use of our reports dated March 26,
1999 except as to Note 11, as to which the date is July   , 1999, in the
Registration Statement (Form S-1 No. 333-76587) and related Prospectus of
WatchGuard Technologies, Inc. for the registration of            shares of its
common stock.

Seattle, Washington
July   , 1999

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  The foregoing report is in the form that will be signed upon the completion
of the stock split described in Note 11 to the financial statements.

                                          ERNST & YOUNG LLP

Seattle, Washington
June 28, 1999

<PAGE>

                                                                    Exhibit 99.1

               REPORT OF ERNST & YOUNG LLP, INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
                        ON FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULE

  We have audited the financial statements of WatchGuard Technologies, Inc. as
of December 31, 1997 and 1998, and the related statements of operations,
stockholders' equity, and cash flows for the period from February 14, 1996
(date of inception) to December 31, 1996 and for the years ended December 31,
1997 and 1998, and have issued our report thereon dated March 26, 1999, except
as to Note 11, as to which the date is July   , 1999 (included elsewhere in
this Registration Statement). Our audits also included the financial statement
schedule listed in Item 16(b) of this Registration Statement. This schedule is
the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to
express an opinion based on our audits.

  In our opinion, the financial statement schedule referred to above, when
considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole,
presents fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.

Seattle, Washington
March 26, 1999

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  The foregoing report is in the form that will be signed upon the completion
of the stock split described in Note 11 to the financial statements.

                                          ERNST & YOUNG LLP

Seattle, Washington
June 28, 1999


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission